User Manual
VX4101A
MultiPaqtInstrument
071-0049-01
This document supports firmware version 2.0
Warning
The servicing instructions are for use by qualified
personnel only. To avoid personal injury, do not
perform any servicing unless you are qualified to
do so. Refer to the Safety Summary prior to
performing service.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
WARRANTY
Tektronix warrants that this product will be free from defects in materials and workmanship for a period of three (3) years
from the date of shipment. If any such product proves defective during this warranty period, Tektronix, at its option, either
will repair the defective product without charge for parts and labor, or will provide a replacement in exchange for the
defective product.
In order to obtain service under this warranty, Customer must notify Tektronix of the defect before the expiration of the
warranty period and make suitable arrangements for the performance of service. Customer shall be responsible for
packaging and shipping the defective product to the service center designated by Tektronix, with shipping charges prepaid.
Tektronix shall pay for the return of the product to Customer if the shipment is to a location within the country in which the
Tektronix service center is located. Customer shall be responsible for paying all shipping charges, duties, taxes, and any
other charges for products returned to any other locations.
This warranty shall not apply to any defect, failure or damage caused by improper use or improper or inadequate
maintenance and care. Tektronix shall not be obligated to furnish service under this warranty a) to repair damage resulting
from attempts by personnel other than Tektronix representatives to install, repair or service the product; b) to repair
damage resulting from improper use or connection to incompatible equipment; or c) to service a product that has been
modified or integrated with other products when the effect of such modification or integration increases the time or
difficulty of servicing the product.
THIS WARRANTY IS GIVEN BY TEKTRONIX WITH RESPECT TO THIS PRODUCT IN LIEU OF ANY
OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED. TEKTRONIX AND ITS VENDORS DISCLAIM ANY
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
TEKTRONIX’ RESPONSIBILITY TO REPAIR OR REPLACE DEFECTIVE PRODUCTS IS THE SOLE AND
EXCLUSIVE REMEDY PROVIDED TO THE CUSTOMER FOR BREACH OF THIS WARRANTY. TEKTRONIX
AND ITS VENDORS WILL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IRRESPECTIVE OF WHETHER TEKTRONIX OR THE VENDOR HAS
ADVANCE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table of Contents
General Safety Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service Safety Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
xi
xiii
xv
Getting Started
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VX4101A Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power-On Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physical Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IEEE-488 Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Self-Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Performance Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
About the VXIplug&play Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–1
1–1
1–7
1–7
1–10
1–10
1–10
1–12
1–13
1–13
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing the Module in the Mainframe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing the VXIplug&play Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Powering-On the VX4101A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SYSFAIL* Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operational Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–15
1–15
1–17
1–22
1–25
1–25
1–26
1–30
Operating Basics
About Global and Instrument Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
About Global Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
About Instrument Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–1
2–1
2–1
VX4101A Operational Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
About Synchronous Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
About Asynchronous Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–3
2–3
2–3
About Instrument Triggering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trigger Sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VX4101A Trigger Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–9
2–9
2–11
About Fast Data Channel (FDC) Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
About FDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
The FDC Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FDC Operation with the DMM and DAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FDC Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–13
2–13
2–13
2–16
2–17
Using the VX4101A MultiPaqt Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using Asynchronous Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–23
2–23
Using the Counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
What You Should Know About . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–27
2–27
i
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table of Contents
Measuring Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Measuring Time Interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Measuring Rise Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Measuring Time Interval with Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–27
2–28
2–29
2–30
Using the Digital Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
What You Should Know About . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Programming the Digital Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reading Current Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reading Points Using the External Handshake Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–33
2–33
2–34
2–35
2–35
Using the Digital Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
What You Should Know About . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Outputing One 32-Bit Word . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Outputing a Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–37
2–37
2–38
2–39
Using the Digital Multimeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
What You Should Know About . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Making a DC Volt Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Making AC Volt Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Making a 2-Wire Resistance Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Making a Current Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–41
2–41
2–44
2–44
2–45
2–46
Using the Digital to Analog Converter (DAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
What You Should Know About . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Generating Continuous and Multiple Waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Generating Repetitive Waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reading a Trace from the DAC in Binary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using the Sample Handshake Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Programming a Trace with a Numeric Array List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–47
2–47
2–48
2–50
2–51
2–52
2–53
Using the Relay Drivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Opening and Closing Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–55
2–55
Using the SurePatht Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
What You Should Know About . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Closing a Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–57
2–57
2–57
Syntax and Commands
Command Syntax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
About Protocol and Syntax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3–1
3–1
SCPI Commands for the VX4101A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Command Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ABORt Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CALibrate Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
INSTrument Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OUTPut Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SOURce Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SYSTem Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRIGger Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3–5
3–5
3–7
3–9
3–11
3–14
3–16
3–18
3–26
SCPI Commands for the Counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Command Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ARM Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CALCulate Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CALibrate Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3–29
3–29
3–37
3–47
3–58
ii
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table of Contents
CONFigure Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3–63
3–73
3–77
3–78
3–89
FETCh? Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
INITiate Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
INPut Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
INSTrument Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MEASure? Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OUTPut Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
READ? Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SENSe Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SOURce Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
STATus Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TEST Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
UNIT Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3–91
3–100
3–102
3–102
3–109
3–110
3–113
3–114
SCPI Commands for the Digital Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–115
Command Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CALibration Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CONFigure Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FETCh? Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FORMat Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
INITiate Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
INSTrument Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MEASure Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
READ? Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SENSe Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
STATus? Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TEST Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRIGger Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3–115
3–119
3–120
3–122
3–125
3–126
3–126
3–128
3–130
3–131
3–137
3–138
3–139
SCPI Commands for the Digital Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–147
Command Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FORMat Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
INITiate Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
INSTrument Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OUTPut Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
STATus? Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TEST Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRACe Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRIGger Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3–147
3–149
3–150
3–152
3–153
3–155
3–156
3–157
3–163
SCPI Commands for the Digital to Analog Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–169
Command Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CALibrate Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FORMat Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
INITiate Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
INSTrument Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OUTPUT Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
STATus? Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TEST Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRACe Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trigger Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VXI:FDC Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3–169
3–171
3–172
3–173
3–174
3–176
3–178
3–179
3–180
3–188
3–193
SCPI Commands for the Digital Multimeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–197
Command Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3–197
iii
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table of Contents
CALCulate Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CALibrate Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CONFigure Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FETCh? Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
INITiate Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
INPut Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
INSTrument Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MEASure? Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TEST Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
READ? Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SENSe Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
STATus? Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TEST Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRIGger Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VXI:FDC Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3–202
3–212
3–218
3–221
3–223
3–224
3–225
3–227
3–233
3–234
3–235
3–243
3–245
3–246
3–251
SCPI Commands for the Relay Drivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–255
Command Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ROUTe Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
STATus? Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3–255
3–255
3–257
SCPI Commands for the SurePatht Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–259
Command Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
INITiate Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
INSTrument Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ROUTe Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
STATus Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TEST Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRIGger Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3–259
3–261
3–262
3–264
3–286
3–287
3–288
IEEE-488.2 Common Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–293
*CLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
*ESE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
*ESR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
*IDN? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
*OPC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
*RST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
*SRE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
*STB? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
*TRG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
*TST? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
*WAI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3–293
3–294
3–294
3–295
3–296
3–297
3–301
3–302
3–302
3–303
3–304
Status and Events
Status and Event Reporting System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
STATus and Event Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
STATus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
STATus : OPERation : ENABle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
STATus : OPERation [:EVENt]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
STATus : OPERation : NTRansition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
STATus : OPERation : PTRansition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
STATus : QUEue : ENABle <numeric list> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
STATus : QUEue [:NEXT]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
STATus : QUEStionable [:EVENt]? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4–1
4–7
4–8
4–9
4–10
4–11
4–12
4–13
4–14
4–15
iv
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table of Contents
STATus : QUEStionable : CONDition? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4–16
4–17
4–18
4–19
4–20
STATus : QUEStionable : ENABle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
STATus : QUEStionable : NTRansition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
STATus : QUEStionable : PTRansition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Status Subsystem Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Appendices
Appendix A: Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VX4101A General Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Over Voltage Indication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Universal Counter Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Digital Multimeter (DMM) Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Digital Input and Output (Option 1D) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Digital to Analog Converter (DAC) (Option 1A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Relay Drivers (Option 1D) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SurePath Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Certifications and Compliances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A–1
A–1
A–3
A–4
A–14
A–24
A–25
A–26
A–26
A–27
Appendix B: Input/Output Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B–1
Appendix C: Instrument I/O Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configuration Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VMEbus Interrupt Level Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C–1
C–2
C–3
Appendix D: Counter Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D–1
Appendix E: Obsolete Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Counter Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
E–1
E–1
Appendix F: Performance Verification Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Semi-Automated PVP Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manual PVP Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
F–1
F–1
F–1
Appendix G: Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibration for the DMM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DC Mode Calibration Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRMS AC (DC Coupled) Mode Calibrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Resistance Mode Calibration Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Current Mode Calibration Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibration for the Counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibration for the Digital to Analog Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DAC Calibration Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibration for the Digital Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Digital Input Calibration Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
G–1
G–1
G–2
G–6
G–8
G–12
G–13
G–19
G–21
G–23
G–24
Appendix H: User Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
H–1
Appendix I: Replaceable Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parts Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using the Replaceable Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I–1
I–1
I–2
Glossary and Index
v
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table of Contents
List of Figures
Figure 1–1: VX4101A VXIbus Connectors, Fuses, and
Switch Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–7
1–8
Figure 1–2: VX4101A Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 1–3: Module Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–16
Figure 2–1: Typical FDC Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–14
Figure 4–1: VX4101A Standard Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 4–2: Instrument Operational Status Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4–2
4–3
Figure I–1: VX4101A Exploded View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure I–2: VX4101A Delay Line Cable Dress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I–6
I–7
vi
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table of Contents
List of Tables
Table 1–1: VX4101A Performance Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–2
1–12
1–12
1–13
1–18
1–22
Table 1–2: Standard Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 1–3: Optional Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 1–4: VX4101A Performance Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 1–5: Instrument-Specific Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 1–6: Commands Available at Power-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 2–1: VX4101A Global Trigger Sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 2–2: VX4101A Counter-Specific Trigger Sources . . . . . . . . . . .
2–9
2–10
Table 2–3: VX4101A Fixed Trigger Sources for the DMM, DAC,
Digital Input and Digital Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–11
Table 3–1: Commands Available at Power-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 3–2: Trigger Resolution (in ms) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 3–3: Input Calibration Source Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 3–4: Optimum Sensitivity Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3–21
3–27
3–60
3–84
Table 3–5: Limits of Calibration Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–215
Table 3–6: Meaning of Returned String . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–221
Table 3–7: MEASure:VOLTage[DC]? and <Expected Value>
ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–230
Table 3–8: MEASure:VOLTage:AC? and <Expected Value>
ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–230
Table 3–9: MEASure:CURRent? and <expected value> ranges . . . . 3–231
Table 3–10: MEASure:RESistance? and MEASure:FRESistance
and <Expected Value> ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–231
Table 3–11: VX4101A Reset Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–297
Table 3–12: Counter Front Panel Arm Reset Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–297
Table 3–13: Counter Channels 1 & 2 Analog Front-End . . . . . . . . . . 3–297
Table 3–14: Counter Measurement Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–298
Table 3–15: DMM Calibration Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–298
Table 3–16: DMM Measurement Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–298
Table 3–17: Digital Input Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–299
Table 3–18: Digital Output Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–299
Table 3–19: Digital to Analog Converter (DAC) Settings . . . . . . . . . . 3–300
Table 3–20: SurePath Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–300
Table 4–1: Instrument Operational Status Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4–3
vii
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table of Contents
Table 4–2: VX4101 A Operational Status Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 4–3: Status Byte Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 4–4: IEEE 488.2 Standard Event Status Register . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 4–5: Status Subsystem and Service Requests . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4–5
4–6
4–6
4–20
Table A–1: VXI Instrument Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table A–2: Power Supply Voltage and Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table A–3: Environmental/Reliability Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table A–4: VX4101A-Specific Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table A–5: VX4101A-Specific Physical Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . .
Table A–6: Universal Counter General Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table A–7: Channel 1 and 2 Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table A–8: Channel 1 and 2 Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table A–9: Channel 3 Frequency (Option 2C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table A–10: Channel 3 Period (Option 2C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table A–11: Time Interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table A–12: Frequency Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table A–13: Channels 1 and 2 Totalizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table A–14: Channels 1 and 2 Rise/Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table A–15: Channels 1 and 2 Positive/Negative Pulse Width . . . . .
Table A–16: Frequency Ratio 1/2,2/1,3/1,3/2,1/3,2/3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table A–17: Voltages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table A–18: Channels 1 and 2 Input Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table A–19: Channel 3 Input Characteristics (Option 2C) . . . . . . . .
Table A–20: Arm Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table A–21: Channel 1 and 2 Trigger Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table A–22: Channels 1 and 2 Autotrigger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table A–23: Front Panel Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A–1
A–1
A–2
A–2
A–3
A–4
A–4
A–5
A–5
A–5
A–6
A–6
A–6
A–6
A–7
A–7
A–7
A–7
A–8
A–9
A–9
A–9
A–9
Table A–24: TimeBase Characteristics (Option 1T) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A–10
Table A–25: Gate Input Trigger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A–10
Table A–26: VXIBus TTLTRG Gate Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A–11
Table A–27: Software Gate/Trigger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A–11
Table A–28: Gate Duration Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A–11
Table A–29: Measurement Throughput . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A–11
Table A–30: Counter Specifications Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A–12
Table A–31: Aperture Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A–14
Table A–32: Digits vs. Aperture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A–14
Table A–33: Memory Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A–14
Table A–34: DC Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A–14
viii
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table of Contents
Table A–35: Accuracy Specifications for 2-Second Aperture . . . . . . A–14
Table A–36: Accuracy Specification for v 1 Millisecond Aperture . . A–15
Table A–37: DC Input Resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A–16
Table A–38: DC Input Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A–16
Table A–39: CMRR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A–16
Table A–40: DC CMRR (0 to 400 Hz) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A–16
Table A–41: DC Normal Mode Rejection (50/60/400 Hz) . . . . . . . . . . A–16
Table A–42: DC ECMR (50/60/400 Hz) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A–17
Table A–43: TRMS AC Voltage (DC Coupled and AC Coupled) . . . A–17
Table A–44: TRMS Accuracy Specifications –24-Hour . . . . . . . . . . . A–17
Table A–45: TRMS Accuracy–90 Day and 1 Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A–18
Table A–46: TRMS Crest Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A–18
Table A–47: TRMS Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A–18
Table A–48: TRMS Input Protection – V+ to V–, V+ to Chassis, and
V– to Chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A–19
Table A–49: TRMS CMRR (0 to 400 Hz) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A–19
Table A–50: Resistance (2-Wire and 4-Wire) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A–19
Table A–51: Resistance Accuracy Specifications for 2-Second
Aperture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A–20
Table A–52: Resistance Accuracy Specifications for 1 Millisecond
Aperture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A–20
Table A–53: Resistance Input Protection-All Ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . A–22
Table A–54: DC Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A–22
Table A–55: DC Current Sense Resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A–22
Table A–56: DC Current Accuracy Specifications for 2-Second
Aperture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A–22
Table A–57: DC Current Accuracy Specifications for 1 Millisecond
Aperture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A–23
Table A–58: Digital Input Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A–24
Table A–59: Digital Output Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A–24
Table A–60: Digital to Analog Converter Characteristics . . . . . . . . . A–25
Table A–61: Relay Drivers Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A–26
Table A–62: Certifications and compliances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A–27
Table B–1: Digital Multimeter (DMM) Input/Output Connections .
Table B–2: 160-Pin Connector Pinouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B–1
B–2
Table C–1: Register Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C–2
Table G–1: DAC Pin Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G–20
ix
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table of Contents
x
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
General Safety Summary
Review the following safety precautions to avoid injury and prevent damage to
this product or any products connected to it. To avoid potential hazards, use this
product only as specified.
Only qualified personnel should perform service procedures.
While using this product, you may need to access other parts of the system. Read
the General Safety Summary in other system manuals for warnings and cautions
related to operating the system.
To Avoid Fire or
Personal Injury
Connect and Disconnect Properly. Do not connect or disconnect probes or test
leads while they are connected to a voltage source.
Ground the Product. This product is indirectly grounded through the grounding
conductor of the mainframe power cord. To avoid electric shock, the grounding
conductor must be connected to earth ground. Before making connections to the
input or output terminals of the product, ensure that the product is properly
grounded.
Observe All Terminal Ratings. To avoid fire or shock hazard, observe all ratings
and marking on the product. Consult the product manual for further ratings
information before making connections to the product.
Do not apply a potential to any terminal, including the common terminal, that
exceeds the maximum rating of that terminal.
Do Not Operate Without Covers. Do not operate this product with covers or panels
removed.
Use Proper Fuse. Use only the fuse type and rating specified for this product.
Avoid Exposed Circuitry. Do not touch exposed connections and components
when power is present.
Do Not Operate With Suspected Failures. If you suspect there is damage to this
product, have it inspected by qualified service personnel.
Do Not Operate in Wet/Damp Conditions.
Do Not Operate in an Explosive Atmosphere.
Keep Product Surfaces Clean and Dry.
Provide Proper Ventilation. Refer to the manual’s installation instructions for
details on installing the product so it has proper ventilation.
xi
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
General Safety Summary
Symbols and Terms
Terms in this Manual. These terms may appear in this manual:
WARNING. Warning statements identify conditions or practices that could result
in injury or loss of life.
CAUTION. Caution statements identify conditions or practices that could result in
damage to this product or other property.
Terms on the Product. These terms may appear on the product:
DANGER indicates an injury hazard immediately accessible as you read the
marking.
WARNING indicates an injury hazard not immediately accessible as you read the
marking.
CAUTION indicates a hazard to property including the product.
Symbols on the Product. The following symbols may appear on the product:
WARNING
High Voltage
Protective Ground
(Earth) Terminal
CAUTION
Refer to Manual
Double
Insulated
xii
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Service Safety Summary
Only qualified personnel should perform service procedures. Read this Service
Safety Summary and the General Safety Summary before performing any service
procedures.
Do Not Service Alone. Do not perform internal service or adjustments of this
product unless another person capable of rendering first aid and resuscitation is
present.
Disconnect Power. To avoid electric shock, disconnect the main power by means
of the power cord or, if provided, the power switch.
Use Care When Servicing With Power On. Dangerous voltages or currents may
exist in this product. Disconnect power, remove battery (if applicable), and
disconnect test leads before removing protective panels, soldering, or replacing
components.
To avoid electric shock, do not touch exposed connections.
xiii
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Service Safety Summary
xiv
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Preface
This manual assumes you are familiar with the operation of VXIbus instruments
and with the purpose and function of this instrument.
Please read and follow all instructions for installation and configuration. Use the
Installation Checklist to ensure proper installation and to record your initial
settings.
The Operating Basics section gives a summary of VXIbus operation and
presents an overview of the operation of this instrument.
The Syntax and Commands section provides a summary of all the commands
followed by detailed descriptions of each command. Appendix E: Examples
contains example programs that demonstrate the programmable features of this
instrument.
The Status and Events section contains an explanation of the Status and Event
Reporting System and lists the system messages.
The Reference Guide contains a summary of all the SCPI instrument commands.
Conventions
The names of all switches, controls, and indicators appear in this manual exactly
as they appear on the instrument.
Specific conventions for programming are given in the sections Syntax and
Commands and Appendix E: Examples.
xv
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Preface
xvi
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Getting Started
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Product Description
This section introduces the VX4101A MultiPaqtInstrument, and includes the
following information:
H
The VX4101A description explains the key features, functionality, and
instruments included with the VX4101A
H
H
H
The physical description shows the locations of the fuses and indicators
The list of accessories describes the standard and optional accessories
The VX4101A self-test outlines the self-diagnostic routines run on each
instrument
H
H
Information about the logical IEEE-488 address of the VX4101A
A description of the VXIplug&play software, including the soft front panels
and device drivers that you can use to control the VX4101A
VX4101A Description
TheVX4101A MultiPaqtInstrument is a C-size single slot VXI module for use
in a mainframe conforming to the VXIbus specification. The VX4101A provides
powerful functionality in a small package, and includes the following instru-
ments needed in a typical VXI system:
H
H
H
H
H
H
Full function Universal Counter/Timer
Digital Input and Output
Full function Digital Multimeter (DMM)
Digital to Analog Converter (DAC)
Relay Drivers
Scanner master function for the Tektronix SurePathtfamily of VXI relay
modules
Features
All instruments included in the VX4101A are VXI message-based. Each
function is located at the same logical address, but can be accessed and used
separately. You can access the instruments sequentially in the same manner as
multiple instruments in a typical test system. They can be set up sequentially,
then triggered and operated concurrently, with local on-instrument processing
and memory for each function. To understand the principles of operation of the
VX4101A, see Operating Basics.
1–1
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Product Description
The VX4101A is programmed by issuing ASCII characters from the system
controller via the VXIbus commander and the VXIbus mainframe backplane.
Refer to the manual for the VXIbus device that will be the commander for details
on the operation of that device.
Instrument Control. You can control the instrument through either SCPI
commands or through VXIplug&play instrument drivers. The SCPI command
sets for each instrument conform to SCPI 1995 standards. The VXIplug&play
driver functions conform to 1997 standards as determined by the VXIplug&play
Alliance.
NOTE. SCPI permits a great deal of flexibility in the form in which you can enter
commands. Examples throughout this manual use various forms of the command
syntax to further illustrate these concepts.
Fast Data Channel. To maximize throughput, some of the the VX4101A
instruments support Fast Data Channel, a VXI Consortium standard protocol for
high speed block transfers of data. The VX4101A architecture implements FDC
V2.0 with a maximum of eight FDC channels per VXIbus module.
NOTE. The Digital Multimeter (DMM) and Digital to Analog Converter (DAC)
each use one FDC channel, which the VX4101A assigns at power-on.
Triggers. Each instrument in the VX4101A that supports triggering can trigger
any other instrument or the backplane TTL triggers.
Performance Options
You can enhance the performance of the VX4101A with the following options:
Table 1–1: VX4101A Performance Options
Description
Option #
1C
500 MHz Ch1 and Ch2
3 GHz prescaler Ch3
8 Ch DAC
2C
1A
32 bit Digital I/O
TCXO
1D
1T
About the Universal
Counter
The Universal Counter in the VX4101A provides two input channels to make
frequency, period, rise and fall time, positive and negative pulse width, positive
and negative duty cycle, frequency ratio, totalizer, time interval, time interval
with delay by time or events, phase, and AC/DC voltage measurements.
1–2
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Product Description
Measurement gating comes from one of several sources, including VXI TTL
triggers, counter front panel arm, software triggers, periodic trigger, and another
VX4101A instrument, such as SurePathtrelay switched and settled. Other key
features of the Universal Counter are as follows:
H
Frequency measurements with ten-digit resolution at 1 second aperture, with
a range of 1 mHz - 250 MHz
H
H
H
The option 1C extends the maximum frequency beyond 500 MHz
250 ns resolution (1 ps with averaging)
Input signal conditioning: x1, x10, x100 attenuation with 0.4 to 10.0 variable
gain and up to ±100 V offset depending on attenuation, DC or AC coupling,
and 50 W or 1 MW input (with automatic over-current protection for the
50 W mode)
For more information on Counter input operations, see Appendix D: Counter
Architecture.
H
H
Optional 3 GHz channel 3 prescaler input with option 2C
Optional temperature controlled, oscillated or crystal Clock Source (TCXO)
with Option 1T
NOTE. You can also use the VXI backplane 10 MHz clock (CLK10) as the
Counter clock source.
About the Digital Input
and Output Modules
Both the Digital Input and Digital Output instruments provide low-speed data
exchange with 32 bits of data. The Digital Input and Output share a single 32-bit
interface on the 160-pin connector. The frequency range for both input and
output is from 3.662 Hz to 48 kHz. The Digital Input and Output instruments
include the following features:
H
H
H
H
H
External handshaking
4K × 32 bits memory
Pattern matching available on the Digital Input
Programmable input threshold and selectable output voltage
Outputs can be repeated continuously or counted a specified number of times
The module self-tests perform full read, write, and verify tests on both shared
memory and read/write control registers. The SCPI TEST subsystem provides
programming capabilities for the self-test functions.
1–3
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Product Description
Digital Input. The Digital Input has a single programmable voltage threshold for
all 32 bits. The range of the input threshold voltage is from 0 volts to 20 volts.
The Digital Input has 8 K samples of digital input memory, 4 K samples each for
the pre-match pattern buffer and the post-match memory. You can query all
Digital Input settings.
Digital Output. Each of the 32 bits of digital output is programmable. Output
voltages can be set for 5 V, 12 V, or 24 V nominal operation. You can also use an
externally supplied voltage, if desired. You must set all digital output bits to the
same voltage setting. The output sample frequency range is from 3.662 Hz to
48 kHz, and applies to all 32 bits. The Digital Output has 4 K × 32 samples of
memory. You can repeat sample segments as either continuous, or with a
programmable count and repetition frequency, You can query all Digital Output
settings.
About the Digital
Multimeter (DMM)
The DMM has full function autoranging with 5 1/2 digit resolution. Measure-
ments can be returned as single measurements, or as an array. Power cycle
averaging modes are available for 60 Hz and 50 Hz.
The device has autozero capability which minimize offset drift errors without
removing the customer input connections. The DMM has floating input isolation
of 300 VDC or ACRMS
.
Ranges of operation are:
H
Array measurements returned with up to 4096 measurements via the Fast
Data Channel Protocol.
H
H
H
Over 500 programmable aperture times from 833 ms to 2 seconds
DC voltage at 30 mV, 300 mV, 3 V, 30 V, and 300 V
AC True RMS, either AC or DC coupled, at 30 mVRMS, 300 mVRMS
3 VRMS, 30 VRMS and 300 VRMS
,
H
Four-wire or two-wire W measurement at ranges of 30 W, 300 W, 3 kW,
30 kW, 300 kW, 3 MW, 30 MW, and 300 MW
H
DC Current at 150 mA and 1A
Acquisition triggering is provided from one of several sources, including VXI
TTL triggers, counter front panel arm, software triggers, periodic trigger, and
other VX4101A instrument triggers, such as the SurePathtrelay switched and
settled.
1–4
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Product Description
About the Digital to
Analog Converter
The Digital to Analog Converter (DAC) includes an eight-channel arbitrary
waveform generator. Waveform length can be generated with one to 1024 sample
points at sample rates from 3.662 to 15 kHz. Signals are generated on all eight
channels when the DAC is initiated. A default 0 VDC output will be set on
unused channels.
The VX4101A DAC includes the following features and functionality:
H
H
Eight synchronized, 12-bit digital to analog channels synchronized to a
single programmable sample clock (3.662 Hz to 15 kHz)
Amplitudes of –14 V to +14 V are supported with 8 mV resolution on each
channel
H
H
Each channel is separately programmable to generate a different waveform
Each channel has 1024 points of trace buffer memory available for waveform
synthesis
H
Waveforms can be repeated either continuously or with a programmable
count and repetition frequency.
NOTE. Setting the sample rate, segment length, and repetition frequency the same
for one channel sets them for all channels.
About the Relay Drivers
The high-current relay drivers include the following:
H
H
Eight lines of high-current outputs
Open collector, 100 mA sink per output
About the SurePatht
The scanner master control enables you to use the VX4101A to control the
Tektronix SurePatht family of VXI relay modules, including the VX4320,
VX4330, VX4350, VX4351, and VX4380. Some of the features of the Sur-
ePatht family are as follows:
Modules
VX4320 1.3 GHz RF Multiplexor. This module is a single-wide VXIbus module
intended to switch RF and high-frequency digital signals. It is arranged as eight
1 × 4 coaxial switches with a 50 W characteristic impedance. Each 1 × 4 section
has five type SMB male snap-on subminiature coaxial connectors.
VX4330 120-Channel Scanner/Multiplexor. This module provides six 1 × 10 4-wire
multiplexor sections. Each of these six sections can be independently configured
under software control as two 1 × 10 2-wire multiplexor, a 1 × 20 2-wire
multiplexor, or as a 1 × 40 1-wire multiplexor. In addition, each section can be
1–5
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Product Description
programmed to connect it to the section above or below to produce a 1 × 60
4-wire multiplexor, a 1 × 120 2-wire multiplexor, or a 1 × 240 1-wire multiplex-
or.
VX4350 64-Channel SPST/SPDT Switching Module. This module provides 64
independent single-pole double-throw relays. A 0 W resistor is placed in series
with the common contact of each relay. This resistor may be replaced by a
resistor with a larger value to limit the current that flows through the relay in
order to protect the relay contacts. Pads are provided for optional metal oxide
varistors (MOVs). These varistors are connected from the common contact to the
normally closed contact, and from the common contact to the normally open
contact of each relay. Using the optional MOVs protects the relay contacts from
over voltage conditions encountered when switching electrical power to
inductive loads. The optional MOVs and current limiting resistors are user
installed, and are not available as factory options.
VX4351 40-Channel, 10 Amp, SPST Switch Module. This module contains 40 SPST
(form A) relays. Each relay may be controlled independently. The contacts of
each relay are connected to one of three 30-pin high current connectors which are
mounted on the module’s front panel. Circuitry is included on the VX4351 to
verify the control signals that are applied to each relay coil driver.
VX4380 256-Crosspoint Relay Matrix Module. This module provides four 4 × 16
2-wire matrix sections. Each section can be configured to connect either the four
rows or the sixteen columns to the section above or below it to produce up to a
16 × 16 2-wire matrix or a 4 × 64 2-wire matrix.
The VX4101A SurePathtMaster provides serial I/O interface for control of
SurePatht relay modules. It also monitors the power fuses of all SurePatht
Relay modules, and provides a serial input interface to identify each module that
it controls.
NOTE. There is a query for the VX4101A which will return a list of the
SurePatht family relay modules that the VX4101A SurePatht Master detects in
the system.
1–6
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Product Description
Power-On Sequence
Physical Description
The power-on sequence of the VX4101A meets the timing requirements of the
VXIbus specification that communications may begin even if the instrument has
not completely initialized. At either power-on or a VXIbus reset, the VX4101A
initializes the VXIbus interface and all hardware and firmware necessary to begin
communication. For more information, see Powering On the VX4101A in
Installation.
Figure 1–1 shows the VX4101A switches and fuses, and Figure 1–2 shows the
front panel.
Switches as viewed
from the rear of instrument
(labels are on the back shield)
F01
F652
F651
F75
LOGICAL
ADDRS
HI
LO
F1351
F1352
F1451
Figure 1–1: VX4101A VXIbus Connectors, Fuses, and Switch Locations
1–7
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Product Description
Figure 1–2: VX4101A Front Panel
Controls and Indicators
The following logical address switches must be correctly set to ensure proper
operation. Refer to Figure 1–1 for their physical locations.
Logical Address Switches. The VX4101A supports VXI dynamic addressing. It is
shipped with the switches set to FF so that the Slot 0 will automatically assign
an address to the module.
Each functional module in a VXIbus System must be assigned a unique logical
address, from 1 to decimal 255 (hexadecimal FF).
1–8
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Product Description
NOTE. If you do not want to use dynamic addressing, align the desired switch
position with the arrow on the module shield.
The physical address of the instrument is on a 64 byte boundary. If the Logical
Address switch representing the most significant digit (LA-HI) of the logical
address is set to position X and the switch representing the least significant digit
(LA-LO) of the logical address is set to position Y, then the base physical
address of the module will be [(4016 × XY16) + C00016]. For example:
Base Physical Address
L.A.
HI
LO
decimal
(64 * 10) + 49152 = 49792 (40 * A ) + C000 = C280
16
hexadecimal
A
16
0
16
A
16
16
16
16
15
16
1
16
5
16
(64 * 21) + 49152 = 50496 (40 * 15 ) + C000 = C540
16 16 16 16
L.A. is the Logical Address
LEDs
The VX4101A has four LEDs visible on its front panel. These LEDs are labeled
as follows:
H
H
Power LED – this LED is On if all six fuses for the six power buses are
intact. Any single fuse being blown results in the LED turning OFF
Fail LED – this LED is normally OFF. During power-on or reset self-test,
the LED will be ON for the duration of the test. If the VX4101A detects a
failure during normal operation, the LED will come ON and the SYSFAIL
line on the backplane will be true
H
H
Message LED – this LED flickers ON when the VX4101A is being
addressed on the VME backplane by its commander
ERR LED – this LED is normally OFF. However, it may blink on and off to
indicate error conditions. The most common reason is a command syntax
error has been detected. Other error conditions that will cause the LED to
blink are discussed elsewhere in this manual. Sending the “SYSTem:ER-
Ror?” query to the instrument will return the cause of the error. When all
errors in the queue have been retrieved, the error LED will return to the OFF
state
Front Panel Connectors
Refer to Appendix B:Input/Output Connections for more information.
1–9
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Product Description
Fuses
The VX4101A has 6 fuses that limit the amount of current that each module can
draw from the VXI backplane +5, -5.2, +24, -24, +12, and -12 V power pins.
These fuses protect the module in case of an accidental shorting of the power bus
or any other situation where excessive current might be drawn.
If any fuse opens, the module will assert SYSFAIL* on the VXIbus.
If the +5 V fuse opens, the VXIbus Resource Manager will be unable to assert
SYSFAIL INHIBIT to disable SYSFAIL*.
If any fuse opens, remove the fault before replacing the fuse. Replacement fuse
information is given in Appendix H: Replaceable Parts. Refer to the Separator
page, following page C-10, before performing any service to this product.
IEEE-488 Address
In order to use and program the VX4101A in an IEEE-488.2 environment, you
must know the IEEE-488 address of the module. Different manufacturers of
IEEE-488 interface devices have different algorithms for equating a logical
address with an IEEE-488 address. Consult the operating manual of the
IEEE-488 module being used.
Self-Test
The VX4101A performs an interface self-test at power-on. This test ensures that
the VXIbus interface is fully functional and ready for communication with the
controller and that each instrument is initialized and ready for operation.
Built-In Test is provided by extensive self-tests which can be invoked via IEEE
488.2 and SCPI commands and queries.
The following are highlights of each test performed:
VX4101A MultiPaqt
The self-test for the VX4101A MultiPaqtInstrument tests the following
components:
Instrument Self-Test
H
H
H
H
CPU RAM
CPU timers, including periodic trigger
Internal CPU interrupts
Software triggers
1–10
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Product Description
Counter Self-Test
The self-test for the Counter tests the following components:
H
H
H
The two 4 Kb Counter measurement buffers.
Logic registers
The analog front end pre-amp offset, pre-amp inverter, and pre-amp gain
digital to analog converters (DACs).
H
A 2.5 MHz signal is routed in through a test source and checked for
accuracy.
Digital Input and Output
Self-Test
The self-test for the Digital Input and Digital Output includes a test of the Digital
Output hardware, as well as read/write/verify tests on shared memory and
read/write control registers.
DMM Self-Test
The DMM self-test includes RAM testing, power supply and DMM reference
testing, amplifier and analog to digital converter testing, and control circuitry
testing. The self-test for the DMM tests the following components:
H
H
H
The two 4 Kb DMM measurement buffers
Logic registers
Measurements of Ground are taken at the 30 mV DC range, 3 VDC range,
and 300 mV AC/DCV range
H
The 2.75 V reference is tested in the 3 V range
DAC Self-Test
The DAC performs the following self-test procedure:
H
H
Read/write/verify test on shared memory
Read/write/verify on all read/write control registers
Relay Drivers Self-Test
There is no self-test for the Relay Drivers.
SurePatht Module
There is no automatic self-test for SurePatht modules. You use the TEST:ALL?
query to test the control logic and data path for both the VX4101A and the
SurePathtcard in use. For more information on the TEST:ALL? query, see SCPI
Commands for the SurePath Modules in this manual
Self-Test
1–11
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Product Description
Accessories
The following tables list the standard and optional accessories for the VX4101A:
Table 1–2: Standard Accessories
Tektronix part
Mfr.
part number
number
Qty
Name and description
Mfr. Code
TK2548
TK2548
TK2548
VX1784S
1
CONN HOODED; DE–9 FEMALE SOCKET
MANUAL,TECH:USERS,VX4101A
MANUAL,TECH:REFERENCE,VX4101A
VXIplug&play 16-bit driver
071–0049–XX
071–0051–XX
063–2598–00
063–2822–00
1
071–0049–XX
071–0050–XX
063–2598–XX
063–2822–XX
1
1
1
VXIplug&play 32-bit driver
Table 1–3: Optional Accessories
Tektronix part
Mfr. part num-
ber
number
VX1630
VX1630M
Qty
Name and description
Mfr. Code
1
CABLE, ANALOG; 160 PIN CONN W/160 COND CBL
1
MOD KIT; VX4101 DMM MOD KIT FOR VX1630 CABLE, 3
TWISTED PAIRS, DE–9P MALE SUBMINIATURE, 24L
VX1630S
VX1729
1
1
160 PIN CON KIT; BAK SHL, PIN HOUSNG, 200 PINS
CABLE,INTCON; COAX,VX1729;RFD,50 OHM,RG188,
10 FT,BNC,MALE X SMB,STR
VX1730
VX1760
1
1
CABLE, ADAPTER; SMB SNAP ON PLUG TO PLUG
SMA–BNC MALE; LE COAX CABLE, RFD50–OHM,
1784S RG188, 10FT, BNC MALE–SMA, STR
174–1428–00
1
CABLE ASSY:COAX,RFD,50 OHM,60.0L,SMA,STR,BOTH
ENDS,MALE
060D9
174–1428–00
012–0057–01
003–1493–00
1
1
CA ASSY,RF:COAXIAL,RFD,50 OHM,43 L,BNC,MALE
060D9
6V439
012–0057–01
471 555
HAND TOOL:DISASSEMBLY TOOL FOR CRIMP & POKE
CONTACTS
003–1494–00
1
HAND TOOL:HAND TOOL FOR LOOSE CRIMP & POKE
CONTACTS
6V439
014 374
1–12
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Product Description
Performance Options
You can purchase the following options to enhance performance of the
VX4101A:
Table 1–4: VX4101A Performance Options
Description
Option Number
500 MHz Counter Channel One and
Channel Two
1C
3 GHz Counter prescaler Channel
Three
2C
Eight Channel DAC
1A
1D
32 Bit Digital I/O with Eight Relay
Drivers
TCXO
1T
About the VXIplug&play Software
The VXIplug&play software included with the VX4101A consists of two
components:
H
H
Device drivers
Soft Front Panels (SFPs)
VXIplug&play device drivers enable you to operate the VX4101A under
program control.
The graphical user interfaces of the SFPs emulate the physical controls and
displays typically found on monolithic instruments. The instrument drivers call a
common set of I/O control functions that are independent of instrument types,
interface types, operating systems, programming languages, and networking
mechanisms.
The installation program installs the VXIplug&play drivers for the framework
appropriate for your processing environment. The frameworks were developed as
established by the VXIplug&play Alliance. The possible frameworks are as
follows:
H
H
H
WIN
WINNT
WIN95
1–13
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Product Description
Using the VXI plug&play
Double clicking on the appropriate instrument icon launches the soft front panel
(SFP). The SFP displays a representation of the traditional controls and
indicators for an instrument. By selecting the appropriate controls on the SFP,
you can verify that the instrument has been correctly installed and is functional,
and perform almost all of the functions of the instrument. The SFP will:
Software
H
H
H
H
Control the instrument
Display data
Provide command line query and response (talk/listen)
Provide error and event reporting
See Installation for instructions on installing and running the SFP and using the
C driver for program control. Detailed descriptions of the VXIplug&play drivers
are given in on-line Help and text files on the disk shipped with the instrument.
1–14
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Installation
This section contains the information you will need to install the VX4101A
MultiPaqtInstrument and its associated software, and to verify that the
instrument is functioning properly. This includes the following:
H
H
H
H
Installing the VX4101A module in the mainframe
Installing the VXIplug&play software
Running a functional check
Using the soft front panels (SFPs) included with the instrument
At the end of the section, you will find a checklist to summarize your installation
choices.
Installing the Module in the Mainframe
Installing the VX4101A in a Tektronix mainframe meets all instrument cooling
requirements.
Tools Required
A slotted screwdriver set is required for proper installation.
Requirements and
Cautions
The VX4101A is a C-size VXIbus instrument module and therefore can be
installed in any C- or D-size VXIbus mainframe slot other than Slot 0. To install
the module in a D-size mainframe, consult the operating manual for the
mainframe. Refer to Controls and Indicators for information on selecting and
setting the Logical Address switch of the module. This switch defines the
programming address of your module.
CAUTION. Note that there are two printed ejector handles on the card. To avoid
installing the card incorrectly, make sure the ejector marked “VX4101A” is at
the top. Installing it incorrectly may damage the DIN connectors on the module.
1–15
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Installation
NOTE. If the VX4101A is inserted in a slot with any empty slots to the left of the
module, the VME daisy-chain jumpers must be installed on the backplane in
order for the VXI Module to operate properly. Check the manual of the main-
frame being used for instructions on jumper settings. If the jumpers are not
installed properly, there will be no interrupts and bus masters will not operate
properly. Jumpers are not necessary for auto-configuring backplane designs
such as those in Tektronix mainframes.
Module Installation
Procedure
Follow these steps to install the VX4101A:
CAUTION. The VX4101A Module is a piece of electronic equipment and therefore
has some susceptibility to electrostatic damage (ESD). ESD precautions must be
taken whenever the module is handled.
1. Record the revision levels, serial numbers (located on the label on the top
shield of the VX4101A), and switch settings on the Installation Checklist.
2. Verify that the switches are set to the correct values. Refer to Controls and
Indicators for more information on setting switches.
3. Make sure that the mainframe power is Off.
4. Insert the module into one of the instrument slots of the mainframe (see
Figure 1–3).
Figure 1–3: Module Installation
1–16
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Installation
CAUTION. Verify that the mainframe is able to provide adequate cooling and
power with this module installed. Refer to the mainframe Operating Manual for
instructions. If the mainframe cannot cool the unit adequately, the unit may not
operate properly and may be damaged.
Installing the VXIplug&play Software
Each VXIplug&play instrument includes either a 3 1/2 inch diskette or CD-
ROM storage media containing the SFPs and device drivers with which you can
control the instrument interactively. The SFPs are capable of controlling the
instrument immediately following a successful installation, without requiring a
specific application development environment. The soft front panels and the
supporting software were developed in conformance with the guidelines of the
VXIplug&play Systems Alliance.
All VXIplug&play products are classified within a particular framework, as
developed by the VXIplug&play Systems Alliance to categorize operating
systems, programming languages, and I/O software libraries. The framework
supported by the driver distributed with this VXI module is printed on the label
of the media.
The source code as well as the dynamic link library (DLL) are distributed so that
you have the flexibility of using either of them in the end application.
About the Device Drivers
The device driver distributed with the Tektronix VX4101A complies with all
current VXIplug&play requirements. The device driver uses VISA calls that are
portable across platforms and development environments. Tektronix uses only
the ANSI C implementation in instrument driver source code. No platform-spe-
cific libraries are included in the driver. The driver source code will compile
using MSVC, Borland, Symantec or Watcom compilers without having to use
foreign libraries, other than the VISA Dynamic Link Library (DLL). All driver
.DLL files are located in:
VXIPNP\<Framework>\BIN
Installation Procedure
Use the following procedure to install the VXIplug&play software:
1. Insert the media containing the driver files in the appropriate drive.
2. Locate the file Setup.exe, as follows:
H
H
On a 3 1/2 inch floppy disk, the file is on disk 1
On a CD-ROM, the file will be in the tkvx4101 directory
1–17
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Installation
3. Launch setup.exe as follows:
H
H
In Windows or Windows NT/3.x, use the File menu and select Run.
Then, browse to find setup.exe or type the drive letter and program name
In Windows 95 or or Windows NT/4.x, use Start and select Run. Browse
to locate setup.exe and click on OK
4. Follow the directions of the installation program.
Following installation, driver files (see list below) will be found in locations
defined by the VXIplug&play Alliance. Where required, modifications to your
autoexec.bat and system.ini files may be automatically completed.
Driver Files
The instrument driver for the VX4101A is distributed with a number of C source
code files, header files, dynamic link libraries and other supporting files. A
breakdown of the modules that the files control are as follows:
VX4101. This is the high level “controller” portion of the driver. This part of the
driver does the actual communication with the instrument. The tkvx4101.c or
tkvx4101.dll files have functions which perform VISA function calls. The other
modules, making up the total driver, call functions in the tkvx4101 to get system
configuration information and to communicate to each specific instrument.
Device-Specific Files. The files supporting the specific instruments are as follows:
Table 1–5: Instrument-Specific Files
Prefix
Controls instrument
DMM
tkmpdmm
tkmpctr
Counter
tkmpscan
tkmpdac
tkmpdrv
tkmpdigi
tkmpdigo
SurePatht scanners
Digital to Analog Converter
Relay Drivers
Digital Input
Digital Output
File Locations. For the VX4101A driver, the following files will be in the
VXIPNP\<Framework>\TKVX4101 directory:
tkvx4101.c
tkvx4101.fp
tkvx4101.mak
tkvx4101.def
1–18
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Installation
tkvx4101.hlp
tksf4101.exe
Supporting driver files will be located in the following directories:
VXIPNP\<Framework>\support\tkmpdmm:
tkmpdmm.c
tkmpdmm.fp
tkmpdmm.mak
tkmpdmm.def
tkmpdmm.hlp
VXIPNP\<Framework>\support\tkmpctr:
tkmpctr.c
tkmpctr.fp
tkmpctr.mak
tkmpctr.def
tkmpctr.hlp
VXIPNP\<Framework>\support\tkmpscan:
tkmpscan.c
tkmpscan.fp
tkmpscan.mak
tkmpscan.def
tkmpscan.hlp
VXIPNP\<Framework>\support\tkmpdac:
tkmpdac.c
tkmpsdac.fp
tkmpdac.mak
tkmpdac.def
tkmpdac.hlp
VXIPNP\<Framework>\support\tkmpdigo:
tkmpdigo.c
tkmpdigo.fp
tkmpdigo.mak
tkmpdigo.def
tkmpdigo.hlp
VXIPNP\<Framework>\support\tkmpdigi:
tkmpdigi.c
tkmpdigi.fp
tkmpdigi.mak
1–19
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Installation
tkmpdigi.def
tkmpdigi.hlp
VXIPNP\<Framework>\support\tkmprdrv:
tkmprdrv.c
tkmprdrv.fp
tkmprdrv.mak
tkmprdrv.def
tkmprdrv.hlp
VXIPNP\<Framework>\support\tkfdc:
tkfdc.c
tkfdc.fp
tkfdc.mak
tkfdc.def
tkfdc.hlp
The directories listed above contain several *.uir (User Interface Resource) files
that support the GUI executables (CVI files).
The following files are installed in the VXIPNP\<Framework>\INCLUDE
directory:
tkvx4101.h
tkmpdac.h
tkmpdigo.h
tkmpdigi.h
tkmprdrv.h
tkmpdmm.h
tkmpctr.h
tkmpscan.h
tkvx4101.bas
tkmpdac.bas
tkmpdigo.bas
tkmpdigi.bas
tkmprdrv.bas
tkmpdmm.bas
tkmpctr.bas
tkmpscan.bas
tkfdc.bas
The VXIPNP\<Framework>\BIN directory includes the following files:
tkvx4101.dll
tkmpdmm.dll
tkmpctr.dll
tkmpscan.dll
tkmpdac.dll
1–20
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Installation
tkmprdrv.dll
tkmpdigo.dll
tkmpdigi.dll
tkfdc.dll
The VXIPNP\KB directory includes the following files:
tkvx4101.kb
tkmpdmm.kb
tkmpctr.kb
tkmpscan.kb
tkmpdac.kb
tkmprdrv.kb
tkmpdigo.kb
tkmpdigi.kb
tkfdc.lib
The VXIPNP\<Framework>\LIB\MSC\ directory includes the following files:
tkvx4101.lib
tkmpdmm.lib
tkmpctr.lib
tkmpscan.lib
tkmpdac.lib
tkmprdrv.lib
tkmpdigo.lib
tkmpdigi.lib
tkfdc.lib
The .DLL files are tested in LabWindows/CVI, LabView, HPVEE, Visual Basic,
MSVC/C++ and Borland C/C++ before distribution. If you want to modify the
driver algorithms, all files are distributed to facilitate rebuilding the .DLL file
with the modifications.
NOTE. Tektronix recommends that you back up your original source files before
modifying the driver files
CAUTION. The Soft Front Panel (SFP) distributed with this driver is built using
the distributed .DLL files. Any modification to the .DLL files used by the SFP
could make it unusable. Re-installing the driver will write over any modified
files with the original files and restore SFP operation.
Installation parameters will vary depending on the mainframe being used. Be
sure to consult the mainframe operating manual before installing and operating
the module.
1–21
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Installation
Powering-On the VX4101A
The VX4101A instrument runs its interface test and is ready for communication
within five seconds. The VXIbus Resource Manager can add an additional delay.
The Power LED will be on. The Failed LED will be off. The default condition of
the module after power-on is listed in the *RST command description. For
information on the *RST command, see IEE488.2 commands.
The power-on sequence of the VX4101A meets the timing requirements of the
VXIbus specification and permits communications to begin even if the instru-
ment has not completely initialized. At either power-on or a VXIbus reset, the
VX4101A initializes the VXIbus interface and all hardware and firmware
necessary to begin communication.
Preparing the Instrument
to Receive Commands
At this point, the VX4101A can receive the word serial Begin Normal Opera-
tions. A subset of instrument commands are available at this point to enable you
to query instrument status. For a full explanation of these commands, consult the
Syntax and Commands section. The available commands are as follows:
Table 1–6: Commands Available at Power-On
Command Syntax
Command Type
Description
*CLS
IEEE 488.2
Clears all event status registers
and queues.
*ESE
IEEE 488.2
IEEE 488.2
IEEE 488.2
IEEE 488.2
IEEE 488.2
Sets the contents of the IEEE
488.2 Standard Event Status
Enable Register.
*ESE?
*ESR
*ESR?
*RST
Queries the contents of the IEEE
488.2 Standard Event Status
Enable Register.
Sets the contents of the IEEE
488.2 Standard Event Status
Register.
Queries the contents of the IEEE
488.2 Standard Event Status
Register.
Resets VX4101A components to
their reset values.
NOTE: See the command summary for the *RST command in the section IEEE 488.2
Commands for the specific reset values.
*SRE
IEEE 488.2
Sets the contents of the IEEE
488.2 Service Request Enable
Register.
1–22
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Installation
Table 1–6: Commands Available at Power-On (Cont.)
Command Syntax
Command Type
Description
*SRE?
IEEE 488.2
Queries the contents of the IEEE
488.2 Service Request Enable
Register.
*STB?
IEEE 488.2
Queries the contents of the IEEE
488.2 Status Byte Register.
STATus:OPERation:CONDition?
STATus:OPERation:ENABle
STATus:OPERation:ENABle?
STATus:OPERation[:EVENt]?
STATus:OPERation:NTRansition
Status and Events
Reporting System
Returns the current operational
status of the VX4101A
Status and Events
Reporting System
Sets the Operational Enable
Register for the VX4101A
Status and Events
Reporting System
Queries the Operational Enable
Register for the VX4101A
Status and Events
Reporting System
Returns contents of Operational
Event Register for the VX4101A.
Status and Events
Reporting System
Sets the Operational Negative
Transition Filter for the VX4101A.
STATus:OPERation:NTRansition? Status and Events
Reporting System
Queries the Operational Negative
Transition Filter for the VX4101A.
STATus:OPERation:PTRansition
Status and Events
Reporting System
Sets the Operational Positive
Transition Filter for the VX4101A
STATus:OPERation:PTRansition? Status and Events
Reporting System
Queries the Operational Positive
Transition Filter for the VX4101A
STATus:PRESet
Status and Events
Reporting System
Clears the enable registers of all
Operational Status Registers, sets
all Positive Transition Filters, and
clears all Negative Transition
Filters
STATus:QUEue:ENABle
Status and Events
Reporting System
Allows you to specify which errors
and events, by error number,
should be placed in the error/
event queue
STATus:QUEue[:NEXT]?
Status and Events
Reporting System
Returns next item from error/event
queue in FIFO order
STATus:QUEue:ENABle?
STATus:QUEStionable[EVENt]?
Status and Event
Reporting System
Queries the Questionable Enable
Register for the VX4101A
Status and Event
Reporting System
Returns contents of Questionable
Event Register for the VX4101A
STATus:QUEStionable:CONDi-
tion?
Status and Event
Reporting System
Returns contents of Questionable
Condition Register for the
VX4101A
STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle
Status and Event
Reporting System
Sets the Questionable Enable
Register for the VX4101A
1–23
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Installation
Table 1–6: Commands Available at Power-On (Cont.)
Command Syntax
Command Type
Description
STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle?
Status and Event
Reporting System
Queries the Questionable Enable
Register for the VX4101A
STATus:QUEStionable:PTRansi-
tion
Status and Event
Reporting System
Sets the Questionable Positive
Transition Filter for the VX4101A
STATus:QUEStionable:PTRansi-
tion?
Status and Event
Reporting System
Queries the Questionable Positive
Transition Filter for the VX4101A
STATus:QUEStionable:NTRansi-
tion
Status and Event
Reporting System
Sets the Questionable Negative
Transition Filter for the VX4101A
STATus:QUEStionable:NTRansi-
tion?
Status and Event
Reporting System
Queries the Questionable Nega-
tive Transition Filter for the
VX4101A
SYSTem:ERRor?
SYSTem:OPTions?
SYSTem:READy?
VX4101A MultiPaqt Returns in first-in first-out order
Instrument Com-
mands
any error messages which have
been queued for any instruments
VX4101A MultiPaqt Returns the options for which the
Instrument Com-
mands
VX4101A is currently configured
VX4101A MultiPaqt Queries for completion of the
Instrument Com-
mands
power-on initialization sequence
for all instruments
NOTE: Polling the instrument, i.e. querying it as fast as possible, might slow the completion of
the second initialization stage. You should have a delay of at least one second between
SYSTem:READy? queries.
SYSTem:SNUMber?
VX4101A MultiPaqt This query returns the serial
Instrument Com-
mands
number of the VX4101A
SYSTem:VERSion?
VX4101A MultiPaqt Returns the firmware version of
Instrument Com-
mands
the VX4101A
NOTE. Until initialization is complete, the VX4101A will recognize only a limited
set of commands listed above. Attempting to enter any other command will
return a Command Not Found Error.
Querying the Instrument. If you are using SCPI commands to control the
instrument, use the following query to determine if the VX4101A has completed
its initialization sequence:
SYSTem:READy?
1–24
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Installation
The format and syntax for the command strings are described in the Command
Syntax section. A complete description if each command in alphabetical order is
in the Command Descriptions section.
Using VXIplug&play Device Drivers. If you are using instrument drivers to control
the VX4101A, instrument initialization occurs automatically. A SYS-
tem:READy? query is sent upon execution of tkvx4101.init. For more informa-
tion on
VXI plug&play instrument drivers, see the Installation section of this manual or
the online help accompanying the instrument.
LEDs at Power-On. At power-on following a successful interface test, the front
panel LEDs will be in the following states:
Power LED
Fail
Message LED
ERR LED
On
Off
Off
Off
SYSFAIL* Operation
SYSFAIL* will operate under the following circumstances:
If any fuse opens, the module will assert SYSFAIL* on the VXIbus.
If the +5 V fuse opens, the VXIbus Resource Manager will be unable to
assert SYSFAIL INHIBIT to disable SYSFAIL*.
NOTE. If a +5 V fuse opens, remove the fault before replacing the fuse.
Replacement fuse information is given in the Specifications section of the
manual.
Functional Check
A VXIbus hard reset occurs when another device, such as the VXIbus Resource
Manager, asserts the backplane SYSRESET* line. A VXIbus soft reset occurs
when another device, such as the Slot 0 Controller, sets the Reset Bit in the
VX4101A Control Register.
Self-Test
The VX4101A has a two level hierarchy of self-tests. At power-on or at a
VXIbus hard or soft reset, the instrument runs an extensive interface test. IEEE
1–25
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Installation
488.2 commands can be used to run more extensive self-tests of instrument
specific functions. During the interface test, or during a hard or soft reset, the
following actions take place:
1. The backplane SYSFAIL* line is asserted, indicating that the module is not
ready for communication.
2. A test of the VXIbus interface logic is performed.
3. Each instrument is configured to its *RST initial state.
4. On successful completion of the interface test, the backplane SYSFAIL* line
is negated and the VX4101A enters the VXIbus PASSED state (ready for
normal operation). If the interface test is not successful, the backplane
SYSFAIL* line remains asserted and the VX4101A enters the VXIbus
FAILED state.
Instrument Self-Tests. Instrument specific self-tests can be run at any time during
normal operations. To run self-test solely on the active instrument, send the
TEST:ALL? query. To test all instruments on the VX4101A, send the *TST?
query. See the instrument specific Syntax and Commands section for each
instrument for more detailed information on each self-test.
During a commanded self-test:
1. The backplane SYSFAIL* line is not asserted.
2. At the end of a successful instrument self-test, the instrument is placed in its
*RST (power-on) configuration.
3. At the end of a successful *TST?, the entire VX4101A will be placed in its
*RST (power-on) state.
Operational Check
This section tells you how to do an operational check of the VX4101A instru-
ments using the soft front panel (SFP). Depending on the configuration you have
purchased, the operational check includes the following procedures:
H
H
H
Standard configuration
Option 1D configuration
Option 1A configuration
1–26
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Installation
Operational Check for
Standard Configuration
To perform the operational check, do the following:
1. Double click on the TKVX4101A icon to start the SFP. The Tektronix
VX4101A MultiPaqt SFP displays on the screen:
2. Launch the DMM by clicking on the DMM icon.
3. Click on Stopped and the DMM will take a DC Voltage measurement.
4. Close the DMM and launch the Counter by clicking on the icons.
5. Using the center pull-down ring control select DC Volts and click on the
Stopped button. The Counter will take a DC Voltage measurement.
6. Close the Counter and launch SurePatht.
1–27
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Installation
7. Any SurePatht modules that are installed immediately to the right of the
VX4101A in the card cage will appear in the list box. Select the module
number that you want to use to close a relay.
NOTE. If there are no SurePatht modules in the system, the list box will be
empty and a Demo button will be available to the right of the list box. Use the
Demo button to show how the VX4101A works with SurePathtmodules.
8. Close SurePatht and do one of the following:
H
H
Exit the Soft Front Panel
Perform the operational check(s) for the options 1D or 1A
Option 1D Operational
Check
If you have purchased option 1D, your VX4101A includes the following
instruments:
H
H
H
Digital Input
Digital Output
Relay Drivers
1. Perform the Option 1D operational check by launching the following
instruments:
a. Digital Input
1–28
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Installation
b. Digital Output:
c. Relay Driver:
2. Close the Digital Input, Digital Output, and Relay Driver and do one of the
following:
H
H
Exit the Soft Front Panel
Perform the operational check(s) for option 1A
Option 1A Operational
Check
If you purchased Option 1A, your VX4101A includes the Digital to Analog
Converter (DAC) . Perform the operational check as follows:
1. Launch the DAC:
2. Close the the DAC and exit the Soft Front Panel
1–29
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Installation
Installation Checklist
Revision Level: __________
Serial No.: __________
Mainframe Slot Number: __________
Switch Settings:__________
VXIbus Logical Address Switch: __________
Cable Installed (if any): __________
VXIplug&play software installed: __________
Notes
Performed by: _______________________ Date: _____________
1–30
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating Basics
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
About Global and Instrument Commands
The SCPI command set included with the VX4101A controls both overall
functions of the MultiPaqt instrument, and commands with unique behaviors
for each individual instrument associated with the MultiPaqtInstrument. The
command set includes the following types of commands:
H
H
Global commands
Instrument commands
For detailed descriptions of global commands and specific commands for each
instrument module, see Syntax and Commands.
About Global Commands
Global commands and queries have the same behavior regardless of which
instrument you select. Examples of global commands include *RST, *IDN?, and
INSTrument:SELect.
About Instrument Commands
Instrument commands and queries have different behavior depending upon
which instrument you select. An example of an instrument class query is
MEASure:VOLT:DC?. This query is valid for both the DMM and the Counter,
but each instrument uses them differently.
The SCPI INSTrument:SELect command enables the VX4101A to differentiate
the same command, such as MEAS:VOLT:DC?, from its unique functionality
with each instrument. This command permits the MEASure command to be
directed to a specific instrument. An example of how each instrument uses the
associated INSTRument command is described in Syntax and Commands for
each each instrument.
NOTE. Only one instrument can be selected at a time. This is referred to as the
active instrument. The active instrument is the only device able to receive
commands. Other instruments can be executing previously entered commands or
queries, such as scan or measure commands, in parallel with the active
instrument.
2–1
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
About Global and Instrument Commands
2–2
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
VX4101A Operational Modes
The VX4101A MultiPaqtInstrument incorporates multiple instruments in a
single C-Size VXIbus slot. This maximizes functionality while minimizing cost
and space. The innovative design enables you to use each instrument of the
VX4101A as a conventional instrument compliant with IEEE 488.2 protocols.
You can also override IEEE 488.2 protocols and query multiple instruments
simultaneously. The two operational modes are as follows:
H
H
Synchronous mode
Asynchronous mode
For an example of how to use Asynchronous mode, see Using the VX4101A
MultiPaqtInstrument.
About Synchronous Mode
The Synchronous mode of the VX4101A is based on strict IEEE-488.2
compliance. In the 488.2 model, all instrument activity is sequential.
The IEEE 488.2 standard requires that a query be completed prior to the receipt
of any new commands or queries. A query is completed after the controller has
read the response. For more information on 488.2 compliance, see Chapter 6,
Message Exchange Control Protocol, of the IEEE 488.2 Standard.
Under 488.2 protocols, the other instruments are unavailable during a query. The
488.2 Message Exchange Protocol Enforcer (MEPE) restricts commands and
queries to another instrument module from being sent while a query is in
progress.
NOTE. The default settings for the VX4101A are fully IEEE-488.2 compliant.
About Asynchronous Mode
The multiple instrument architecture of the VX4101A enables you to send
commands to one instrument while receiving query responses from other
instruments. You receive the responses non-sequentially, which decreases test
times and lowers system costs. The instrument accomplishes this with an
alternate mode of operation, the Asynchronous Protocol.
2–3
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
VX4101A Operational Modes
Asynchronous Protocol allows asynchronous query and command of instru-
ments. When you enable the Asynchronous Mode, the VX4101A stores
responses in a queue. When you request data from this queue via a VXI read,
you receive responses in first-in, first-out (FIFO) order, regardless of which
instrument produced the response. Since these responses can be returned in a
different order than the queries, the VX4101A uses a different method of
associating a response with the associated query. This is described in a later
section entitled Response Formats.
The Asynchronous Protocol ensures that the response queue never blocks the
parser, as follows:
1. One entry in the queue is reserved for the overflow message.
2. If the queue becomes full, any subsequent writes to the queue will result in a
loss of the message.
If a message has been lost in this fashion, then the next VXIbus read will
result in transmission of the error message in the buffer overflow. Data
which is already in the response queue will remain there until it is read.
The 488.2 synchronization commands, *WAI, *OPC, and *OPC? are handled as
global synchronization devices by the Asynchronous Protocol. This allows you
to explicitly control the order of commands to multiple instruments on a single
device.
NOTE. Although it is possible to switch back and forth between strict 488.2
enforcement and the Asynchronous Protocol during instrument operation,
Tektronix recommends that you choose one mode or the other and leave the
instrument in that mode until it is reset. Switching back and forth during
operation could cause the instrument to enter an undesirable state under some
circumstances.
Asynchronous Mode
Commands
This section lists and describes the SCPI command set used in the Asynchronous
Protocol. The command structure is as follows:
SYSTem:LANGuage [[SYNChronous] | ASYNchronous]
This command allows you to choose between strict 488.2 protocol enforcement
and the Asynchronous Mode. The default state of this feature will be SYNChro-
nous, which implies strict 488.2 enforcement. An argument of ASYNchronous
enables the Asynchronous Mode. Both query and command are supported.
2–4
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
VX4101A Operational Modes
If the currently selected language is SYNChronous, any attempt to use an
Asynchronous Mode command or query will generate the following error
message:
-210,“Settings conflict;Execute <:SYST:LANG ASYN> first”
SYSTem:RQUeue:SNUMber:STATe ON"|OFF"|1|0
This command turns the <sequence #> style of tags on or off. See the section
Response Formats for detailed information. Both query and command are
supported.
SYSTem:RQUeue:SNUMber[:SET] <seq #>
This command sets the next <sequence #> to be used. See the section Response
Formats for detailed information. Both query and command are supported.
SYSTem:RQUeue:QMODe [[ NEXT ] | ALL]
This command selects the instrument’s query mode while using the Asynchro-
nous Protocol. Both command and query are supported.
The default is the NEXT mode. In this mode, a VXIbus read is interpreted as
having been preceded by an implicit SYSTem:RQUeue[:NEXT]? query request-
ing the next entry from the queue. For every VXIbus read supplied, one response
will be returned from the response queue.
In the ALL mode, a VXIbus read is interpreted as having been preceded by an
implicit SYSTem:RQUeue:ALL? query requesting all entries currently residing in
the response queue. For every VXIbus read supplied, all entries in the response
queue will be returned in FIFO order, as one message separated by a semicolon.
The response queue is emptied as described under the SYSTem:RQUeue:ALL?
query.
Asynchronous Query
Responses
When using Asynchronous Mode, query responses can be returned in a different
order than their associated queries. Each response must be tagged with a unique
identifier associating the response with the correct query. The general form of a
query response in the Asynchronous mode is as follows:
<tag>,<response>
The <tag> field can have two possible user-selectable formats:
H
H
Sequence name
Sequence number
2–5
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
VX4101A Operational Modes
Sequence Name Format
This format shows each instrument name in ASCII format. In the default, the
<tag> field is defined as follows:
<instrument name>:<canonical query string>
The <instrument name> is the same name which would be used by the
command INSTrument:SELect <instrument name>. For global queries not
associated with a specific instrument, the <instrument name> used is VX4101A.
The <canonical query string> is based upon the original query which generated
this response. The canonical form is the query string expanded to include all
default nodes, with each node represented in its short form in upper case ASCII.
For example, if the MEAS:FREQ? query had been issued to the Counter, the
response from the queue using this format would be:
Counter:MEAS:FREQ?", 1.00000000000000E+07
When the VX4101A is using the Asynchronous Protocol and the response queue
is empty, a VXI word serial read will cause the VX4101A to return a default
message. This ensures that a query will not tie up the VXI backplane.
The <response> field is identical to the query response returned by the
instrument under strict IEEE 488.2 enforcement.
NOTE. For queries taking a significant amount of time to return, it is possible to
use a software function, such as a service request generated by activity in the
SCPI Status registers, rather than polling for the response. This determines
when a response is available.
When there is no data in the response queue, the following response will be
generated in this mode:
VX4101A:RQU?,EMPTY
When there is an overflow in the response queue, the following response will be
generated in this mode:
VX4101A:RQU?,OVERFLOW
Sequence Number Format
The second <tag> field format, which is selected with SYSTem:SNUMber:STATe
ON, is as follows:
<instrument number>:<sequence number>
The <instrument number> is the same number which would be used by the
command INSTrument:NSELect <instrument number>. For global queries not
associated with a specific instrument, the instrument number used is 0. The
sequence number is a one-up number assigned to a query as it is received by the
2–6
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
VX4101A Operational Modes
card. As a query is received, it is assigned the current sequence number. The next
query received will have a sequence number one larger than the last.
NOTE. Note that sequence numbers are global to the card and have no direct
correlation with the instrument number.
The sequence number defaults to zero on power-on. To set the sequence number
to a desired value, use the following command:
SYSTem:RQUeue:SNUMber[SET]<sequence number>
After the instrument receives this command, the next received query will be
assigned the <sequence number> specified in the command. Each subsequent
sequence number will increment by 1 each time a query is received.
The query SYSTem:RQUeue:SNUMber[:SET]? can be used to determine what
the next sequence number will be. Since the response to this query will contain a
sequence number itself (assuming numerical tags are enabled), the response to
this query will be the sequence number which will be used by the next query
received.
For example, if the message is the sixth message in the queue and the Counter
identification number is 3, the response for the example above would be:
3:6,1.00000000000000E+07
The sequence number formats enable you to identify the instruments according
to your own unique requirements. Using the longer ASCII format allows you to
type commands into a talker/listener to get easily readable feedback about the
source of the current response. The more terse numerical format is easier to parse
in automated test software.
When there is no data in the response queue, the following response will be
generated in numeric mode:
0:Ć1,EMPTY
When the response queue has overflowed, the following response will be
generated in numeric mode:
0:Ć2,OVERFLOW
2–7
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
VX4101A Operational Modes
2–8
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
About Instrument Triggering
For digital multimeters, scanners, and sources such as the DAC and Digital I/O,
it is common to think of the devices as triggering to start an operation. For
counters, on the other hand, it is more common to think of the counter as arming
to take a measurement.
Triggering and arming the VX4101A and its associated instrument modules can
be considered to be the same operation. Any differences will be noted. For
example, in addition to the STARt arming source, the Counter implements a
STOP arming source. Counting is enabled when the start source is asserted and
disabled when the stop source is asserted.
Trigger Sources
For the SurePatht master control, triggers are implemented in firmware, while
for the other instruments, the triggers are implemented in hardware. For this
reason, the SurePatht timers have less resolution and accuracy than the other
instrument triggers. Since the SurePatht trigger times are of the same order as
typical settling delays, impact to instrument performance is negligible.
Table 2–1: VX4101A Global Trigger Sources
Trigger
Source
HOLD
Instrument trigger source is disconnected from all trigger sources. If
you INITiate an instrument with a trigger source of HOLD, the
instrument will only enter the triggered state upon receipt of a
TRIGger:IMMediate command. This trigger is fixed.
IMMediate
BUS
Device enter the triggered state immediately after receiving the INITiate
command. This trigger is fixed.
Trigger source is either a word serial trigger command or the 488.2
common command *TRG. This trigger is delayable.
EXTernal
This trigger source is derived from the front panel MultiPaqt External
Trigger In, Pin24B signal. This input signal is common to all
instruments. This trigger is delayable.
TTLTrigger<0-7>
COMMand<0-4>
One of the VXIbus TTL trigger lines. This trigger is delayable. TTLT
sources cannot be routed to other TTLT sources.
One of five software command triggers. TRIG:FIR<N> is used to send
these triggers. This trigger is delayable.
TIMer
Trigger source is the programmable periodic timer. This trigger is fixed.
SUREPATH
Trigger is generated whenever a scan line has switched and settled.
This trigger is delayable.
2–9
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
About Instrument Triggering
Table 2–1: VX4101A Global Trigger Sources (Cont.)
Trigger
Source
DMM
Trigger is generated whenever the DMM has completed a measure-
ment. This trigger is delayable.
COUNTER
CTR_EXTARM
DAC
Trigger is generated whenever the Counter has completed a
measurement. This trigger is delayable.
This trigger is the digital representation of the analog signal input into
the Counter front panel arm signal. This trigger is delayable.
This trigger can have one of three modes, depending on how the DAC
is configured in trigger mode: it is generated either after each sample is
output, at the end of the current segment, or at the end of the
sequence.
This trigger is delayable.
DIGI
This trigger is generated either after each sample is collected or when
the specified data has been collected. This trigger is delayable.
DIGO
This trigger can have one of three modes, depending on how the
trigger mode is configured: it is generated after each sample is output,
at the end of a current segment, or at the end of the sequence. This
trigger is delayable.
Table 2–2: VX4101A Counter-Specific Trigger Sources
Trigger
Source
CTR_CHAN2
The signal on channel two of the Counter can start a measurement on
channel one of the counter. This source is fixed and can only be used
as an ARM:STARt source on channel one of the Counter.
INTernal
LEVel
This fixed source is only valid as an ARM:STOP source and is used to
specify that other internal settings on the Counter (either the aperture
or delay-by-events counter) will be used to stop the Counter.
This fixed source is valid as an ARM:STOP source. It is used to specify
that the ARM:STARt source is level-sensitive instead of edge-sensitive.
The Counter will remain armed as long as the start source is asserted.
2–10
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
About Instrument Triggering
Additional
Instrument-Specific
Trigger Sources
In addition to the above trigger sources, the Digital Multimeter (DMM), Digital
to Analog Converter (DAC), Digital Input, and Digital Output use the following
fixed source:
Table 2–3: VX4101A Fixed Trigger Sources for the DMM, DAC, Digital Input and
Digital Output
Trigger
Source
HANDshake
Derived from one of the front panel REQUEST signals. There is one
source for each instrument. When you select the handshake or trigger
source, the operation triggers on the leading edge of a programmable
polarity pulse of this signal. When the operation ends, the instrument
generates an acknowledge signal on the front panel ACKNOWLEDGE
STROBE signal associated with the generating instrument. You can
also program the polarity of the ACKNOWLEDGE STROBE pulse.
For information on handshake pin assignments, see Appendix
B:Input/Output Connections. See Appendix A: Specifications for
additional information.
VX4101A Trigger Architecture
Figure 1 shows the trigger architecture of the VX4101A. Note that not all trigger
modes and sources are common to all instruments. Most trigger sources can be
routed to any of the VXIbus TTL trigger lines or to an external trigger output on
the front panel. The two types of trigger sources are as follows:
H
H
Fixed trigger sources are always in pass-through mode
Delayable trigger source supports three trigger modes: pass-through, delay
by time, and delay by trigger
2–11
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
About Instrument Triggering
ARM:STARt Sources for Counter
ARM:STOP Sources for Counter
IMMediate
IMMediate
HOLD
HOLD
TIMer
TIMer
Internal
Level
BUS
EXTernal
BUS
TTLTrg<0-7>
COMMand<0-4>
SUREPATH
DMM
COUNTER
CTR_DIV_BY_N
CTR_EXTAR
DAC
CHANnel2
TTLTrg<0-7>
COMMand<0-4>
SUREPATH
DMM
Pass through
Pass through
COUNTER
ARM:STARt
COUNTER
ARM:STop
Delay-by-time
16-bit
Delay-by-time
16-bit
1 MHz
1 MHz
COUNTER
CTR_DIV_BY_N
CTR_EXTARM
DAC
Delay-by-triggers
(ECOunt)
Delay-by-triggers
(ECOunt)
DIGI
DIGO
16-bit
16-bit
DIGI
DIGO
VX4101A Trigger Output Sources
VXIbus TTL Trigger Sources
HOLD
BUS
HOLD
BUS
TIMer
EXTernal
TTLTrg<0-7>
COMMand<0-4>
SUREPATH
DMM
TIMer
EXTernal
COMMand<0-4>
SUREPATH
DMM
OUTP:EXT:SOUR
OUTP:TTLT<N>:SOUR
COUNTER
CTR_DIV_BY_N
CTR_EXTARM
DAC
COUNTER
CTR_DIV_BY_N
CTR_EXTARM
DAC
DIGI
DIGI
DIGO
DIGO
SurePatht Trigger Sources
DMM, DAC, Digital Input, and Digital Output Trigger Sources
Generated after
Operation is Complete
HANDSHAKE (request)
IMMediate
HOLD
HANDshake
(strobe)
IMMediate
HOLD
TIMer
BUS
EXTernal
TTLTrg<0-7>
COMMand<0-4>
SUREPATH
DMM
COUNTER
CTR_DIV_BY_N
CTR_EXTARM
DAC
BUS
EXTernal
TTLTrg<0-7>
COMMand<0-4>
SUREPATH
DMM
COUNTER
CTR_DIV_BY_N
CTR_EXTARM
DAC
TIMer
Pass through
Pass through
SUREPATH
TRIG:STARt
Delay-by-time
16-bit
DMM/DAC/
DIGI/DIGO
TRIG:STARt
Delay-by-time
16-bit
1 MHz
1 MHz
Delay-by-triggers
(ECOunt)
Delay-by-triggers
(ECOunt)
16-bit
DIGI
DIGO
16-bit
DIGI
DIGO
2–12
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
About Fast Data Channel (FDC) Operation
The following section tells you about using the Fast Data Channel (FDC), a
high-speed protocol for data transfer, with the VX4101A MultiPaqtInstrument.
The VXIplug&play driver provided with the VX4101A implements FDC and
does not require full knowledge of the protocol. The description that follows is
only for users who choose not to use the driver.
NOTE. For more information on using VXIplug&play drivers to implement FDC,
see the online help files accompanying the driver software.
About FDC
Fast Data Channel (FDC) is a communications protocol for transferring data
between a VXIbus Commander device and its Servant device. The protocol is
standardized, approved by the VXIbus Consortium in a standard known as
VXI-10. It is supported by VXIbus instrument hardware and software vendors.
FDC was recognized as a supported protocol by the VXIplug&Play Alliance in
1996.
FDC is a bi-directional, block oriented, data transfer mechanism that uses shared
memory and is well suited for transferring large buffers of data between a host
and a servant device. Bit flags in the FDC header word allow transfer of data
larger than the FDC buffer memory. Drivers supporting the protocol must exist
on each Host/Servant pair employing FDC.
The FDC protocol defines the establishing of FDC channels, setting up and
coordinating of the data transfers, channel termination, and error handling. In
order to use the FDC protocol for accessing instrumentation data, you must use
your application code to establish FDC channels, invoke FDC I/O drivers to
actuate the data transfer, close the the channels at termination, and handle any
errors that resulted from the data transfer. Vendor supplied I/O libraries are
generally required.
The FDC Process
In a typical VXIbus instrumentation system, the Commander device is your host
computer, and the Servant device is the instrument. A typical user test applica-
tion employing FDC would contain many of the following operations:
1. Establish a communication session with the instrument
2–13
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
About Fast Data Channel (FDC) Operation
2. Configure and open the FDC channel
3. Transfer data via the FDC channel
4. Close the FDC channel
5. Terminate the instrument session
NOTE. The Commander/Servant hierarchical structure of the VXIbus architecture
requires the Commander device to initiate communication with the Servant
device.
Establish Communication Session
Open FDC Channels
Transfer Data Blocks
Close FDC Channels
Terminate Communication Session
Figure 2–1: Typical FDC Process
2–14
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
About Fast Data Channel (FDC) Operation
Establishing a
Communications Session
Before VXIbus instruments can communicate with each other, you must
establish an I/O linkage between the instruments. The complexity of this
communications session varies with the host environment, but typically involves
Operating System calls that return I/O driver reference handles. You must use
both Word Serial Protocol (WSP) as well as Fast Data Channel I/O drivers to set
up, configure, and terminate FDC channels. Only actual data buffer transfers use
the physical FDC channel.
Opening and Configuring
an FDC
After the WSP and FDC I/O drivers are established between the Commander and
Servant Device (typically a host computer and the instrument), an FDC channel
has to be configured and opened for operation. Configuring the channel defines
the transfer characteristics, such as access protocols, data width, and others.
Opening the channel identifies the particular FDC channel to be used, its
location in shared memory, and its maximum size.
NOTE. Multiple FDC channels may be established concurrently between a
Commander and Servant pair.
Transferring Data Via the
FDC Channel
Data can be downloaded from the host to the instrument as well as extracted
from the instrument and transferred back to the host. Prior to the actual data
transfer, the host must define the direction of the data transfer. The transfer
operations work as follows:
Transferring Data from the Host to the Instrument. Source instruments are
candidates for FDC data transfers from the host to the instrument. In this
scenario, a buffer of data is transferred from the host application to the instru-
ment for processing.
Data Transfers from the Instrument to the Host. Measurement instruments are
candidates for FDC data transfers from the instrument to the host. In this
scenario, a buffer of data is transferred from the instrument back to the host for
processing.
Bi-Directional Transfers. FDC channels can be bi-directional. For example, some
applications might require retrieval of blocks of data from a source instrument,
transmit blocks of data to a measurement instrument, or repeatedly transmit and
receive data between instruments.
2–15
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
About Fast Data Channel (FDC) Operation
Closing the FDC Channel
When your application program completes its FDC data transfer, you must close
the FDC channel to recover the system resources required to maintain the
channel, as well as to put the I/O connection in an appropriate state to re-estab-
lish a channel for the next FDC transfer.
Terminating the
Instrument Session
This activity terminates the I/O session between the VXIbus instruments and
releases the I/O driver’s system resources.
FDC Operation with the DMM and DAC
The VX4101A MultiPaqtInstrument uses FDC protocol only with the Digital
Multimeter (DMM) and the Digital to Analog Converter (DAC). The DMM is a
measurement device and generates data that is transferred back to the host. The
DAC is a source device and accepts data from the host. The DAC can also be
programmed to return data back to the host.
About Physical and
Logical Channels
The VX4101A FDC incorporates both physical and logical channels. The FDC
I/O drivers on the host and instrument device communicate with each other via
the physical FDC channel established between them.
Depending on the host application and the instrument configuration, you should
refer to the FDC channel in your application program with a logical channel
number. The logical channel number should always be the same for each
instrument that employs FDC.
Each instrument’s logical FDC channel numbers range from 1 to the number of
FDC channels used by the instrument.
NOTE. Since the DMM and DAC each only support one FDC channel, their
logical FDC channel number is always 1.
To support the logical channel, however, your application software must retrieve
configuration information from the Servant device channel to supply to the
Host’s FDC drivers prior to using the FDC channel.
FDC SCPI Commands
The VX4101A supports the FDC protocol with the VXI:FDC SCPI Subsystem.
The following commands comprise the FDC command set:
VXI[:SERVant]:FDC?
Returns comma separated list of physical FDC channel numbers assigned to
the VX4101A.
VXI[:SERVant]:FDC:SEL [<channel number>]
2–16
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
About Fast Data Channel (FDC) Operation
Selects the FDC logical channel number.
VXI[:SERVant]:FDC:SEL?
Returns the FDC current logical FDC channel number.
VXI[:SERVant]:FDC:OPEN <mode> [,<channel number>]
Opens the selected FDC channel in the selected mode (Read Only, Write
Only or Read/Write).
VXI[:SERVant]:FDC:CLOSe [<channel number>]
Closes the selected FDC channel.
VXI[:SERVant]:FDC:CONFiguration?
Returns configuration data on FDC channel.
VXI[:SERVant]:FDC:BUFFer <buffer size>
Defines the size of data for a source instrument to return.
NOTE. See the Syntax and Commands section for the DMM or the DAC for a full
explanation of the VXI:FDC command subsystem.
FDC Example
The following scenario and example code demonstrates how you can use the
FDC data transfer capabilities of the VX4101A.
In this scenario, the Unit Under Test (UUT) is a device that processes a variety of
waveforms. You must write a production test that sequences through various
patterns to verify that the device processes the waveforms properly. The
VX4101A DAC instrument will be the source of the waveform pattern to the
UUT.
Because of the large amount of data to construct the waveforms, you will use
FDC to transmit the raw data from the host machine to the DAC. You will use a
VXIbus embedded computer as the host machine and will run the Commander-
side FDC drivers supplied by the embedded computer’s VISA software.
NOTE. Please refer to the National Instrument’s NI-VISA Programmer’s
Reference Manual for a complete description of the command syntax used in
these examples.
2–17
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
About Fast Data Channel (FDC) Operation
Establishing a
Communications Session
You must establish the I/O linkage between the host and the VX4101A DAC.
You use both Word Serial Protocol (WSP) and FDC I/O drivers. Two commu-
nications sessions will be required: one for WSP and one for FDC.
Command Syntax. You use the following command syntax:
viOpen (session, resource name, access mode, timeout, vi);
Example Code. You can use the following code to open and close the FDC
session:
errs = viOpen (visaRM, VX4101Desc, VI_NULL,VI_NULL, &fdc);
errs = viOpen (visaRM, VX4101Desc, VI_NULL, VI_NULL , &wsp);
Successful execution of these commands returns the associated I/O driver
reference handle in the parameter pointed to by wsp or fdc.
Configuring the FDC
Channel
In this section, you will prepare the FDC channel to transmit data.
Before You Begin. Before the channel can be configured, the host needs to know
which physical FDC channels are supported by the instrument. You can retrieve
this information from the instrument by issuing the following query:
VXI:FDC?
This query returns a comma separated list of integers that represent the numeric
values of the physical FDC channels supported by the instrument.
Command Syntax. This is an ASCII command and is sent through the WSP
channel using the VISA functions, viRead and viWrite. Use the following the
syntax to program FDC to read and write data:
viRead(session, buff, max count, return count);
viWrite (session, buff, length(buff), return count);
Example Code for Configuring the FDC Channel. You can use the following code
to prepare the FDC channel to transmit data:
errs = viWrite (wsp, "VXI:FDC?", 8, &RetCnt);
errs = viRead(wsp, buff, sizeof(buff), &RetCnt);
fdc_physical_channel = atoi(buff);
2–18
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
About Fast Data Channel (FDC) Operation
Since the DMM and DAC only have 1 FDC channel, the list returned by either
device contains a single channel value. This physical FDC channel number is
passed to the host FDC drivers through the Host session with a viSetAttribute
command. Use the following command syntax:
viSetAttribute (vi, attribute, attribute state);
Example Code for Passing Values to the Drivers. You can use the following
sample code to pass the channel values to the FDC drivers:
errs = viSetAttribute (fdc, VI_ATTR_FDC_CHNL,
fdc_physical_channel);
The Commander and Servant FDC drivers are now assigned to the same physical
channel.
Other Attributes
Other FDC attributes may also be specified. The host computer vendor’s FDC
support documentation will detail all the configuration parameters required for
your FDC driver implementation.
After the FDC drivers are configured, you must command the servant device to
open the logical FDC channel associated with its physical channel. The
FDC:SEL? query returns the currently selected logical fdc channel:
errs = viWrite (wsp, "VXI:FDC:SEL?", 12, &RetCnt);
errs = viRead (wsp, buff, sizeof(buff), &RetCnt);
fdc_logical_channel = atoi(buff);
NOTE. For the VX4101A DAC and DMM, the above query always returns a 1.
You do not need to use this query.
Opening the FDC Channel
The Open command opens the selected FDC channel in the selected mode, in
this case, Read/Write.
Example Code for Opening the Channel.
sprintf(buff,"VXI:FDC:OPEN RW %u",fdc_logical_channel);
errs = viWrite (wsp, buff, strlen(buff), &RetCnt);
The VX4101A is comprised of a number of independently operating instruments.
The previous OPEN command requires the servant device to set up and initialize
some of the instrument’s internal resources. The time it takes to complete this
2–19
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
About Fast Data Channel (FDC) Operation
process varies with the VX4101A configuration and behavior at the time the
OPEN command is issued. To ensure that an opened FDC channel is not used to
transfer data until it is ready to do so, you should poll the FDC channel to
determine if it is ready for data transfers.
The configure query returns the state of the currently selected FDC channel. In
this case, the channel state must be READ_WRITE before data transfer can
reliably commence.
Example Code for Querying the Channel.
while(strncmp(buff,”READ_WRITE”,10))
{
errs = viWrite (wsp, "VXI:FDC:CONF?", 13, &RetCnt);
errs = viRead (wsp, buff, sizeof(buff), &RetCnt);
buff[RetCnt] = 0;
}
Transferring Data
After configuring and opening the FDC channel, data transfers can begin. You
can use FDC to quickly and efficiently program an output waveform.
Using ASCII Values. The VX4101A DAC can also be programmed for an output
waveform with easy to use, but slow, ASCII values. When programmed in
ASCII, the DAC converts the ASCII voltage values to binary data prior to
driving its output hardware. When programmed with FDC, the data transferred to
the DAC must already be in a binary format suitable for driving the hardware.
In a typical application, you develop waveform patterns with ASCII data. Then,
using FDC, the instrument reads back the binary representations of the waveform
patterns. During the execution of the production test, the binary representations
of the waveforms can be downloaded to the DAC with FDC. This provides a
mechanism to rapidly and efficiently transmit a variety of different waveforms
from the DAC to the Unit Under Test.
The DAC is specialized for outputting waveforms in real time. In order to read
back its output buffers, you must define the amount of data to return. Reception
of the return count command signals the DAC to present its output data to the
FDC drivers. In the following example code, assume the DAC has already been
programmed with ASCII voltage values. The BUFF command defines the return
count of the data that was read back and the viRead command invokes the host
FDC driver’s read function to retrieve the data via FDC.
2–20
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
About Fast Data Channel (FDC) Operation
Example Code for Retrieving Data. Use the following example code to retrieve the
data:
errs = viWrite (wsp, "VXI:FDC:BUFF 1024", 17, &RetCnt);
errs = viRead(fdc, buff, sizeof(buff), &RetCount);
Once the waveform has been returned to the host in binary format, the data can
be re-sent to the VX4101A DAC with the host FDC driver’s write function.
Example Code for Re-Sending Data.
errs = viWrite (fdc, buff, strlen(buff), &RetCnt);
Closing the FDC Channels
Reading and writing the FDC channel can be repeated until you have completed
testing the unit. At that point the program could close down the FDC channels in
preparation for connecting and testing another device.
Example Code for Closing the FDC Channels. You can use the following code to
close the FDC channels:
errs = viWrite (wsp, "VXI:FDC:CLOSE",13, &RetCnt);
Terminating the
Communication Session
When all testing is complete, you can terminate the I/O sessions and shut down
the test equipment. Use the following command syntax:
viClose(vi);
Example Code for Terminating the Communication Session. You can use the
following code to terminate the session:
errs = viClose (fdc);
errs = viClose (wsp);
2–21
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
About Fast Data Channel (FDC) Operation
2–22
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Using the VX4101A MultiPaqt Instrument
This section includes guidelines and procedures for the following operations of
the VX4101A MultiPaqtInstrument:
H
Using Asynchronous Mode
Using Asynchronous Mode
Using Asynchronous Mode, the VX4101A can return responses in a different
chronological order than their associated queries. To keep track of the actual
order in which the responses are returned, the VX4101A MultiPaqtInstrument
assigns a unique tag to each response. You can define two different formats in
which to receive tags:
H
H
ASCII format, which provides feedback in a more easily readable format
Numeric format, which is more terse, but is easier to parse in automated test
software
For more information on VX4101A query formats, see VX4101A Operations.
Starting Sequence
Number
In the following example the instrument is set up to return queries using ASCII
tags.
This example shows how you can use the Asynchronous Protocol to send
multiple queries without intervening VXIbus reads and still associate queries and
responses, regardless of the order in which they are sent and received.
NOTE. This example assumes that a 1 MHz signal is connected to channel 1 of
the counter and a 0.1 Volt DC signal is connected to the DMM.
Prerequisites In order to get the responses shown in the following procedures,
the instrument must have previously performed a word serial read.
NOTE. In the strict 488.2 example, sending the word serial read prematurely
could cause a bus timeout. In the Asynchronous Protocol examples, performing a
word serial read would simply cause the default empty message to be returned.
1. Enter the following command to select Asynchronous Mode:
SYST:LANG ASYN
2–23
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Using the VX4101A Multipaqt Instrument
2. Enter the following query for error conditions:
SYST:ERR?
After a VXIbus read, the instrument returns the following response (note the
<tag> field preceding the response):
"VX4101A:SYST:ERR?",0,"No error"
3. Send the following two queries without performing an intervening VXIbus
read:
*IDN?
INST:CAT?
Two VXIbus reads in succession will return the following responses:
"VX4101A:*IDN?",Tektronix, VX4101A, B010101, Firmware
v.2.0.0/SCPI:95.0
"VX4101A:INST:CAT?",VX4101A,SurePath,DMM,Counter,DAC,DIGI,
DIGO,RDriv
4. Enter the following command to select the DMM:
INST:SEL DMM
5. Send the following query to set up and acquire a 10V DC measurement:
MEAS:ARR:VOLT:DC? 10,MIN,MAX
NOTE. This measurement takes approximately 35 seconds to complete.
6. Without attempting to read the response to the DMM query, immediately
select the Counter with the following command:
INST:SEL Counter
7. Send the following query to measure the frequency of the signal on channel
one of the Counter:
MEAS:FREQ?
8. A VXIbus read will return the result of the counter measurement:
"Counter:MEAS:SCAL:FREQ?",1.00000000000000E+06
9. Another VXIbus read returns a message indicating that the message queue is
empty:
"VX4101A:RQU?","EMPTY
2–24
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Using the VX4101A Multipaqt Instrument
10. Approximately 30 seconds after the DMM measurement was initiated, the
results will be ready. At this point a VXIbus read will return these results:
"DMM:MEAS:ARR:VOLT:DC?",#3130+1.00000E-01,+1.00000E-01,+1.000
00E-01,+1.00000E-01,+1.00000E-01,+1.00000E-01,+1.00000E-01,+1
.00000E-01,+1.00000E-01,+1.00000E-01
11. Another VXIbus read returns a message indicating that the message queue is
once again empty:
"VX4101A:RQU?","EMPTY
2–25
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Using the VX4101A Multipaqt Instrument
2–26
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Using the Counter
This chapter contains procedures and hardware tips for using the Counter for the
following measurements:
H
H
H
Measuring frequency
Measuring time interval
Measuring rise time
What You Should Know About
See the Appendix Counter Architecture for a block diagram of how the Counter
front end is constructed.
Measuring Frequency
In this procedure, you will make a frequency measurement using a 10 nS
aperture.
1. Select the Counter:
INST:SEL COUNTER
2. Set the input 1 coupling to DC:
INPut:COUPling DC
3. Set input 1 impedance to 50 W:
INPut:IMPedance 50
4. Set the aperture to 10 nanoseconds:
SENSe:FREQ:APER 1e-8
5. Configure the Counter to read frequency:
SENSe:FUNCtion "FREQuency"
6. Initiate the configuration and take the measurement:
INIT
7. Retrieve the measured data:
FETCh?
2–27
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Using the Counter
Measuring Time Interval
In this procedure, you will make a time interval measurement using external
gating.
1. Select the Counter:
INST:SEL COUNTER
2. Set the input 1 coupling to DC:
INPut:COUPling DC
3. Set input 1 impedance to 50 W:
INPut:IMPedance 50
4. Set the input 1 signal lowpass filter state On:
INPut:FILT ON
5. Select the start arming source to be used after the Counter is initiated:
ARM:SOURce CTR_EXTARM
6. Select the start arming source to be used when the Counter is initiated:
ARM:STOP:SOURce COUNTER
7. Select the Time Interval function without changing most of the Counter
setup:
SENSe:FUNCtion "TINTerval"
NOTE. Input coupling and impedance are not changed.
8. Set the aperture to minimum:
SENS:APER MIN
9. Initiate the configured measurement:
INIT
NOTE. Need application specific delay to allow time for triggers to occur.
10. Retrieve the measured data:
FETC?
2–28
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Using the Counter
Measuring Rise Time
In this procedure, you will make a rise time measurement using a 10 ns aperture
time.
Programming Example
1. Select the Counter:
INST:SEL COUNTER
2. Set input 1 coupling to DC:
INPut:COUPling DC
3. Set input 1 impedance to 50 W:
INPut:IMPedance 50
4. Sets the aperture to 10 nanoseconds:
SENSe:RTIMe:APER 1e-8
or
SENSe:RISE:TIME:APER 1e-8
5. Configure the Counter to read signal Rise Time:
SENSe:FUNCtion "RTIMe"
or
SENSe:FUNCtion "RISE:TIME"
6. Initiate the configuration and take the measurement:
INIT
7. Retrieve the measured data:
FETCh?
2–29
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Using the Counter
Measuring Time Interval with Delay
Programming Example
1. Select the Counter:
INST:SEL COUNTER
2. Set input 1 coupling to DC:
INPut:COUPling DC
3. Set input 1 impedance to 50 W:
INPut:IMPedance 50
4. Set the input 1 signal lowpass filter state to On:
INPut:FILT ON
5. Set the input 1 to an expected peak-to-peak input voltage and an expected
input offset voltage:
INPut1:SETup 2,1
6. Set input 2 coupling to DC:
INPut2:COUPling DC
7. Set input 2 impedance to 50 W:
INPut2:IMPedance 50
8. Set the input 2 signal lowpass filter state to On:
INPut2:FILT ON
9. Set the Input 2 to an expected peak to peak input voltage and an expected
input offset voltage:
INPut2:SETup 2,1
10. Select the Time Interval with delay by time function:
SENSe[1,2]:FUNCtion "TINT:DEL:TIME"
NOTE. This command will not change most of the setup for the Counter. Input
coupling and impedance are not changed
11. Set the delay to 1 msec:
SENS:TINT:DELay: 1e-3
2–30
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Using the Counter
This will return the time interval from the first edge on channel one to the
first edge on channel two that is at least 1 msec later.
12. Set the aperture to minimum:
SENS:APER MIN
13. Initiate the configured measurement:
INIT
14. Place the result of the measurement in the output buffer so you can read it:
FETch?
15. Set the time interval with delay by events:
SENSe12:FUNCtion "TINT:DEL:EVEN"
16. Set the number of events to 10:
SENSe:TINTerval:DELay:EVENTS 10
This will return the time interval from the first edge of channel one to the
tenth edge on channel two.
17. Initiate the configured measurement:
INIT
18. Place the results of the measurement in the output buffer so you can read
them:
FETC?
2–31
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Using the Counter
2–32
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Using the Digital Input
This section includes guidelines and procedures for the following operations of
the Digital Input:
H
H
H
Program the Digital Input
Read the current input
Read points using external handshake
What You Should Know About
Start-Up
Upon start-up, all Digital Input pins are active.
Shared Pin Assignments
with Digital Output
Since both the Digital Input and Output share the same pins, the Digital Input
detects any voltage applied to the Digital Output. The 32 pins of the Digital
Input physically share the same pins with the Digital Output. If you are using
both the Digital Input and Digital Output, each common pin will be set to low if
either the Digital Output or your connection to the Digital Input drives it low.
Digital Output Source
If the Digital Output source is external and no external voltage is applied, the
Digital Input level of unconnected Digital inputs will be affected by other
connected Digital Inputs.
Pin Usage for Only the Digital Input. If you are not using the Digital Output, then
you should select one of the following internal excitation values:
H
H
H
5 VDC
12 VDC
24 VDC
Select the level based on whether the measured inputs are nominal 5 VDC or
less, 12 VDC or less, or higher than 12 VDC.
About Triggering
You can program the Digital Input to trigger as follows:
H
H
Normal triggers
On a pattern
2–33
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Using the Digital Input
Programming the Digital Input
This section describes how to program the Digital Input using the described
command set.
1. Select the Digital Input as the active instrument:
INST:SEL DIGI
2. Set the return format to hexadecimal:
FORMAT HEX
3. Enable all bits as input:
SENSE:PSELECT:DIGLOBAL ENAB
4. Set up the Digital Input to take 1000 postmatch measurements:
sens:arr 1000
5. Set up the threshold value to 2.8 V:
sense:threshold 2.8
6. Set the match pattern:
trig:matc#h00007e38
7. Set the mask for the match pattern:
trigger:mask #h0000FFFF
8. Start the measurements:
initiate
NOTE. Until the match occurs, the instrument will not take the 1000 post-match
measurements. You must manually enter the match pattern in order to use this
example.
9. Query the amount of prematch data
FETch:COUNt?
10. Retrieve all postmatch data:
FETch?
2–34
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Using the Digital Input
Reading Current Input
This procedure will show you how to read current input to the Digital Input.
1. Select the Digital Input as the active instrument:
INST:SEL DIGI
2. Set the data format to hexadecimal:
FORMat HEX
3. Enable all input bits:
INPut:PSelect:DIGLobal ENAB
4. Set up the read operation:
CONF:DIGL 2.5
5. Initiate measurement:
INIT
6. Retrieve the most recent values:
FETch?
Reading Points Using the External Handshake Feature
This procedure will show you how to read input points using handshake signals.
1. Select the Digital Input as the active instrument:
INST:SEL DIGI
2. Set the data format to hexadecimal:
FORMat HEX
3. Set up the read:
CONF:DIGL 2.5
4. Set up the instrument to make 20 measurements:
sense:arr 20
5. Program the instrument for one trigger and handshake:
trig:mode once
2–35
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Using the Digital Input
6. Program the instrument for the external handshake:
trig:source handshake
7. Manually send 20 external input strobes
8. Retrieve the number of measurements taken:
fetch:count?
9. Retrieve the data taken by the measurements:
Fetch?
2–36
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Using the Digital Output
This section includes guidelines and procedures for the following operations of
the Digital Output:
H
H
Outputing one 32-bit word
Outputing a sequence
What You Should Know About
About Segments and
Sequences
You should understand the following definitions:
Segments: a programmable number of points
Sequence: a programmable number of segments
Shared Pins With the
Digital Input
The Digital Output is connected to the Digital Input. The 32 pins of the Digital
Input physically share the same pins with the Digital Output.
Pin Usage With Digital Input and Output Together. Common pins used by both the
Digital Input and Digital Output will be driven low if either instrument drives it
low.
NOTE. If you are using the Digital Input and want to use a pin only as an input,
you must reset the Digital Output for pin to the default state of High.
2–37
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Using the Digital Output
Outputing One 32-Bit Word
This procedure will show you how to continuously output a 32-bit word at a
specified frequency with the Digital Output.
1. Select the Digital Output:
INST:SEL DIGO
2. Load the first memory location:
TRACe 1,<data>
3. Load the sample rate at the specified frequency:
TRACe:SRATe <sample output frequency>
4. Set the trace length:
TRACe:Points 1
5. Specify continuous output:
INIT:CONTinuous ON
6. Begin the sampling operation:
TRIGger:IMMEDiate
2–38
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Using the Digital Output
Outputing a Sequence
This procedure will show you how to output a sequence of x segments of y
points with the Digital Output. The internal clock is set to 1 kHz.
1. Select the Digital Output:
INST:SEL DIGO
2. Define the number of data points:
TRACe (1:Y),<data 1,...,data Y>
3. Set the output sample frequency to 1 kHz:
TRACe:SRATe 1000
4. Set the segment length to the number of data points Y:
TRACe:Points Y
5. Set the sequence number:
TRIG:MODE SEQuence, <number ofsegments>
6. Initiate the configuration:
INIT:IMM
2–39
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Using the Digital Output
2–40
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Using the Digital Multimeter
This section shows you how to make the following types of measurements with
the Digital Multimeter (DMM):
H
H
H
H
DC Voltage
AC Voltage
Resistance
Current
What You Should Know About
MEASure and CONFigure
Commands
The following command subsystems enable you to take measurements:
H
H
MEASure
CONFigure
The MEASure subsystem requires less specific knowledge of the DMM. The
MEASure commands configure the instrument for the measurement, initiates the
measurement, and returns the data.
The CONFigure command configures the instrument for a specific measurement
and allows more specific instrument parameters to be set before a measurement
is made. For example, you can control aperture settings and initialization. You
use CONFigure along with two other command subsystems:
H
H
INIT
FETCh?
The INIT command initiates the measurement. The FETCh? commands return
the measured data. MEASure can be used in place of the CONF, INIT, and
FETCh? commands in the measurement procedures below.
The READ? query initiates a measurement and returns the measured data in one
step. READ? can be used in place of INIT and FETCh? in the procedures below.
Selecting the Input
Impedance
The VX4101A has a default 10 MW input impedance (± 5%) following power up
for all voltage ranges. This input impedance is the result of the 10 MW resistance
ladder in the VX4101A provided for attenuation of voltages greater than 3 VDC.
This is usually not an issue for most measurements. However, if the signal you
are measuring has a source or output impedance of greater than 100 W, you
2–41
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Using the Digital Multimeter
might receive errors resulting from this impedance. A voltage divider circuit is
created by the measurement source impedance and the VX4101A input
impedance. For example, a 1000 W source impedance loaded by the VX4101A
10 MW input impedance will result in a .01% error.
For voltage measurements less than 3 VDC, this error may be essentially
eliminated by sending the command INPut:IMPedance 10e9. Since an attenuator
is not required for the lower voltage ranges, this command is provided to switch
out that attenuator, if desired.
About Low Level DC
Measurements
The VX4101A in the 30 mV DC measurement range has a resolution of 100 nV.
The accuracy at 0 VDC is between 8 mV and 15 mV depending on aperture
selection. At this low level of operation, the primary contributions to the error in
ambient temperature applications are the DC low range input amplifier voltage
and current noise and drift with time and temperature, and thermal EMF drops in
the range changing relays. These errors are minimized with the use of low drift
amplifiers and low thermal EMF relays in the VX4101A.
Cabling and aperture selection are vital in order to attain these measurement
accuracies. The primary source of additional error when you make an actual
measurement is normal mode power line noise. Normal mode power line noise is
differential noise between the high and low input that can easily be coupled into
your cabling. Since it is differential noise between the high and low input it
looks to the DMM like an actual input voltage.
To minimize these errors at low-level measurements, you should use shielded
twisted pair cabling to connect to the DMM. Since the VX4101A has a floating
front end, the low input of the VX4101A is not grounded. If your measurement
is referenced to ground, the best place to provide the ground reference is at your
equipment. If the measurement is referenced to ground, it is probably already
grounded within your unit somewhere. The DMM low side should not be
grounded. This will only create a ground loop adding potential error. Finally,
using an aperture that is a power line period multiple will provide significant
power line rejection as discussed in About Power Line Noise, below.
Low level errors are also minimized by using the autozero capability of the
VX4101A. Autozero minimizes long term drift errors in the input amplifier by
comparing a null reading taken during autozero with a reference null reading
taken when the VX4101A was last calibrated and compensating for any
difference. The autozero function also eliminates a portion of temperature drift
errors in applications where the temperature drifts slowly.
2–42
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Using the Digital Multimeter
About Power Line Noise
and Common Mode
Rejection
Three sets of common mode specifications are provided for the VX4101A:
H
H
H
DC Common Mode Rejection
AC Common Mode Rejection
AC Effective Common Mode Rejection
Power line noise is generally at a frequency of 60 Hz or 50 Hz depending on the
power system prevalent in the area of the world where you are located. 400 Hz is
often prevalent in avionics applications. The VX4101A minimizes errors due to
power line noise at these frequencies. This rejection is provided by a combina-
tion of the VX4101A floating front end and the resulting common mode
rejection, and by the aperture programming provided.
Power line errors (typically injected into the measurement cabling) are of two
types, differential mode errors and common mode errors. Differential mode
errors, as described above, may be reduced by proper cabling and by selection of
aperture. Common mode errors are those equally injected onto both lines of the
measurement cabling. They are reduced by proper cabling, by selection of
aperture, and by the VX4101A AC common mode rejection.
Proper aperture selection for power line noisy environments may be easily
selected by using the SENS:NPLC command. This permits selection of apertures
that are an integer number of power line cycles. The VX4101A is initially
shipped assuming operation in a 60 Hz environment. For 50 Hz and 400 Hz (a
multiple of 50 Hz), the CALibrate:LFRequency command is provided to select
multiples of 50 Hz periods when the SENS:NPLC command is used. The
CAL:LFR command is included in the CALibrate command subsystem so the
latest selection may be stored in non-volatile memory on the VX4101A. As
such, you need only send the command once on receipt of your equipment,
although you may find it easier just to include it in the initialization sequence of
your test program.
Normal mode rejection specifications are specified at the particular frequency of
interest within some tolerance. You can reject frequencies outside that tolerance,
if they are high enough, by choosing an aperture that is a multiple of that
frequency, or for broadband noise by choosing as large an aperture as is
consistent with test time requirements. The amount of rejection for any
frequency and aperture may be determined by integrating the noise signal over
the aperture time and determining the resulting DC error.
2–43
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Using the Digital Multimeter
Making a DC Volt Measurement
This procedure will show you how to make a DC measurement with the DMM.
Hardware Tips
DC voltage measurements are made by connecting to pins 6 V+ and 1 V– of the
D-sub connector.
Programming Example
Do the following to perform a DC voltage measurement on the DMM:
1. Select the DMM:
INST:SEL DMM
2. Configure the DMM to take a DC measurement in the 30 V range with
minimum resolution:
CONF:VOLT:DC 30, MIN
3. Initiate the measurement:
INIT
4. Retrieve the measurement results:
FETCh?
Making AC Volt Measurements
Hardware Tips
AC voltage measurements are made by connecting to pins 6 (V+) and 1 (V–) of
the D-sub connector. The following measurement example is AC coupled. Any
DC component is blocked.
The default range change time for AC measurements is very slow, approximately
2 seconds, to permit accurate measurements of low frequencies (below 100 Hz).
If you know the frequency you are measuring is above 100 Hz, you can use the
SENSe:BANDwidth command to speed up range changes and autoranging.
60 Hz may also be measured in the Fast Bandwidth Mode if an additional .3%
error is added to the accuracy spec.
Programming Example
1. Select the DMM:
INST:SEL DMM
2. Configure the DMM to take a AC Volt measurement in the 30 volt range
with minimum resolution:
CONF:VOLT:AC 30, MIN
2–44
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Using the Digital Multimeter
NOTE. To make a DC coupled AC voltage measurement, use ACDC in place of
AC in the CONF:VOLT:AC command
3. Initiate and acquire the AC V measurement:
INIT
4. Return the AC V measurement:
FETCh?
Making a 2-Wire Resistance Measurement
Hardware Tips
It is possible to make both 4-wire and 2-wire measurements. The hardware
considerations for both types of measurements are as follows:
2-Wire Measurements. 2-wire resistance measurements are made by connecting to
pins 6 (R+) and 1 (R–) of the D-sub connector. For making 4-wire resistance
measurements pins 9 (R+) and 5 (R–) are also used.
4-Wire Measurements. 4-wire measurements are useful when making low-resis-
tance or null resistance measurements. The additional two wires eliminate
cabling resistance in the measurement. For effective use of the four-wire
measurement, connect the pins as follows:
H
H
Connect pins 6 and 9 as close as possible to the positive side of the
resistance to be measured
Connect pins 1 and 5 as close as possible to negative side of the resistance
Programming Example
1. Select the DMM:
INST:SEL DMM
2. Configure the DMM to take a resistance measurement in the 30 Ohm range
with minimum resolution:
CONF:RES 30, MIN
3. Initiate and acquire the resistance measurement and retrieve results:
READ?
2–45
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Using the Digital Multimeter
Making a Current Measurement
Hardware Tips
Current measurements are made by connecting to pins 7 (I+) and 3 (I–) of the
D-sub connector.
Making a current measurement results in a voltage drop, known as burden
voltage, across the VX4101A current terminals. The voltage drop may affect
your circuit for which you are measuring current. Check the burden specification
in Appendix A to determine if this is a concern.
Programming Example
1. Select the DMM:
INST:SEL DMM
2. Configure the DMM to take a Current measurement in the 1.0 Amp range
with minimum resolution:
CONF:CURR 1.0, MIN
3. Initiate and acquire the measurement:
INIT
4. Retrieve the measurement results:
FETCh?
2–46
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Using the Digital to Analog Converter (DAC)
This section contains the following procedures for using the DAC:
H
H
H
H
H
Generating continuous and multiple waveforms
Generating repetitive waveforms
Reading a trace from the DAC in binary
Using the sample handshake mechanism
Programming a trace with a numeric array list
What You Should Know About
Key Concepts
Sample. A single DAC output point. At the end of a sample, the DAC output
amplitude remains at the last sample value until a new sample is initiated. For
example, you can use the command TRIG:MODE SAMPLE to externally trigger
sample generation.
Segment. A group of DAC points that generate a waveform. The maximum
number of points in a waveform is 1024. You use the TRAC:POIN <number of
points> command to enter the segment length. At the end of a segment, the DAC
output amplitude remains at the last segment value until you initiate a new
segment. You can initiate a new segment continuously, by the repetition
frequency, or by a trigger. You can use the command TRIG:MODE SEGMENT
to externally trigger segment generation, or the TRACe:FREQuency to internally
program a segment repetition rate.
Sequence. A programmed repetition of segments. The maximum number of
segments is 4096. At the end of a sequence, the DAC output amplitude remains
at the last sequence value until a new sequence is triggered. You use the
TRIG:MODE SEQ,<sequence length> command to define the number of
segments. You can initiate a new sequence either by a trigger, or continuously.
Waveform Period. The waveform period is defined as the number of points in the
waveform times the sample period.
2–47
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Using the Digital to Analog Converter (DAC)
If the waveform repetition mechanism is enabled, the repetition period must be
greater than or equal to the waveform period. Calculate the waveform period as
follows:
Sample Period * Number of Points
DAC Trigger Modes
The DAC has the following trigger modes.
H
H
H
Sample mode allows an external or handshake trigger to clock the DAC
samples when an external or handshake trigger source is selected.
Segment triggering allows an external, handshake, or immediate trigger
source to initiate an externally timed segment.
Sequence triggering allows an external, handshake or immediate trigger
source to initiate an externally timed sequence.
DAC Channel Common
Functions
All channels share the following functions:
H
H
H
H
H
Common sample clock
Common trigger source
Common trigger output
Common repetition mechanism
Common trigger mode
Using the Internal Clock
When the trigger source is programmed to IMMediate, the internal sample clock
is selected. This is the default condition.
Generating Continuous and Multiple Waveforms
This procedure shows you how to generate four waveforms simultaneously with
the DAC. You will generate the following waveform types:
H
H
H
62.5 Hz triangle waveform on channel two
62.5 ramp waveform on channel one
500 Hz and 250 Hz square waveforms on channel three and channel eight
You will use Numeric Array Lists.
2–48
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Using the Digital to Analog Converter (DAC)
Programming Example
Perform the following steps:
1. Select the DAC with the following command:
INST:SEL DAC
2. Enter the following command to set the number of data points used in the
waveforms:
TRACe:POINts32
3. Enter the next command to set the sample rate for the waveforms:
TRACe:SRATe 2000
4. Enter the following command to create a Ramp waveform on Channel one:
TRACe1,1,0,.625,1.25,1.875,2.5,3.125,3.75,4.375,5,5.625,6.25,
6.875,7.5,8.125,8.75,9.375,10,0,.625,1.25,1.875,2.5,3.125,3.7
5,4.375,5,5.625,6.25,6.875,7.5,8.125
5. Enter the next command to create a Triangle waveform on Channel two:
TRACe 2,1,0,.625,1.25,1.875,2.5,3.125,3.75,4.375,5,4.375,
3.75,3.125,2.5,1.875,1.25,.625,0,-.625,-1.25,-1.875,-2.5,-3.1
25,-3.75,-4.37,-5,-4.375,-3.75,-3.125,-2.5,-1.875,-1.25,-.625
6. Enter the following two commands to create a 500Hz Square wave on
Channel three:
TRACe 3,(1:2,5:6,9:10,13:14,17:18,21:22,25:26,29:30),5
TRACe 3,(3:4,7:8,11:12,15:16,19:20,23:24,27:28,31:32),-5
7. Enter the following command to create a 250Hz Square wave on Channel
eight:
TRACe 8,1,0,0,0,0,5,5,5,5,0,0,0,0,5,5,5,5,0,0,0,0,5,5,5,5,0,
0,0,0,5,5,5,5
8. Enter the following command to initialize a continuous DAC output of
signals:
INIT:CONT ON
9. Enter the following command to abort the signals currently being generated:
INIT:CONT OFF
2–49
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Using the Digital to Analog Converter (DAC)
Generating Repetitive Waveforms
This procedure shows you how to generate the same waveforms as in the
previous example, with continuous output, at a repetition frequency of 50 Hz.
As before, you will use Numeric Array Lists.
Programming Example
Perform the following steps:
1. Select the DAC with the following command:
INST:SEL DAC
2. Enter the following command to set the number of data points used in the
waveforms:
TRACe:POINts32
3. Enter the next command to set the sample rate for the waveforms:
TRACe:SRATe 2000
4. Enter the following command to set the repeat frequency of the waveforms:
TRACe:RFR 50
This command will repeat the waveforms at a repeat frequency of 50 Hz.
5. Enter the following command to create a Ramp waveform on Channel one:
TRACe 1,0,.625,1.25,1.875,2.5,3.125,3.75,4.375,5,5.625,6.25,
6.875,7.5,8.125,8.75,9.375,10,0,.625,1.25,1.875,2.5,3.125,3.7
5,4.375,5,5.625,6.25,6.875,7.5,8.125,8.75,9.375,10
6. Enter the next command to create a Triangle waveform on Channel two:
TRACe 2,1,0,.625,1.25,1.875,2.5,3.125,3.75,4.375,5,4.375,
3.75,3.125,2.5,1.875,1.25,.625,0,-.625,-1.25,-1.875,-2.5,-3.1
25,-3.75,-4.37,-5,-4.375,-3.75,-3.125,-2.5,-1.875,-1.25,-.625
7. Enter the following two commands to create a 500Hz Square wave on
Channel three:
TRACe 3,(1:2,5:6,9:10,13:14,17:18,21:22,25:26,29:30),5
TRACe 3,(3:4,7:8,11:12,15:16,19:20,23:24,27:28,31:32),-5
8. Enter the following command to create a 250Hz Square wave on Channel
eight:
TRACe 8,1,0,0,0,0,5,5,5,5,0,0,0,0,5,5,5,5,0,0,0,0,5,5,5,5,0,
0,0,0,5,5,5,5
2–50
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Using the Digital to Analog Converter (DAC)
9. Enter the following command to initialize a continuous DAC output of
signals:
INIT:CONT ON
10. Enter the following command to abort the signals currently being generated:
INIT:CONT OFF
Reading a Trace from the DAC in Binary
1. Select the DAC as the active instrument:
INST:SEL DAC
2. Set the data format to binary:
FORMAT BIN
NOTE. ASCII is the default format. You can use the command FORMAT ASCII to
change the data format back to ASCII. The queries in this procedure can be used
in either ASCII or Binary.
3. Read the current trace from channel 1, starting at index 1 through the
currently programmed number of points:
TRACe? 1
4. Read the value of the third data point from channel 8:
TRACe? 8,3
5. Read from channel 3 data points 100 through 200:
TRACe? 3,(100:200)
6. Set the data format to ASCII:
FORMAT ASCII
2–51
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Using the Digital to Analog Converter (DAC)
Using the Sample Handshake Mechanism
The handshake mechanism is similar to external trigger except that it adds a
second signal to notify the unit under test that the instrument is ready to accept
the next trigger. The handshake trigger input is called DAC. A second signal
DAC, provides a signal back to the user indicating the DAC is ready for the next
trigger. The default polarity of both DAC and DAC are active low.
The following example demonstrates the handshake mechanism in sequence
mode. Segment and sample modes are similar. In this example, a burst of
10 triangle waves will be triggered by a square wave signal generator. The
triangle waves have a period of 4 milliseconds. The burst will have a duration of
40 milliseconds. The trigger source will be a TTL square wave with a period of
10 milliseconds (the trigger source simulates a trigger that may have a period
shorter than the programmed sequence).
Hardware Tips
To ensure the trigger is not re-initiated during the burst, the square wave
generator must be qualified by the DAC’s Analog Output Request signal. To
accomplish this, do the following:
1. Connect the DAC as described above to a 100 Hz TTL signal generator.
2. Reset to the default settings:
*RST
Programming Example
Perform the following steps:
1. Place an R/S flip flop between the square wave trigger source and the DAC.
a. Connect the flip-flop S input to the square wave signal source.
b. The Q* output is connected to the DAC’s Analog Output Request.
c. The flip-flop Clear* input is connected to the DAC’s Analog Output
Strobe.
d. The R input is connected to ground
2. Select the DAC as the active instrument:
INST:SEL DAC
3. Program the internal sample rate to 10 kHz:
TRAC:SRAT 10000
4. Program the number of sample points to 40:
TRAC:POIN 40
2–52
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Using the Digital to Analog Converter (DAC)
5. Program channel 1, starting at index 1 to a 10 Vpp triangle waveform:
TRAC
1,1,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,9,8,7,6,5,4,3,2,1,0,-1,-2,-3,-4,-5,-
6,-7,-8,-9,-10,-9,-8,-7,-6,-5,-4,-3,-2,-1,0
6. Program a sequence of 10 segments:
TRIG:MODE SEQ,10
7. Set the handshake polarity:
TRIG:HAND:POL:REQ INV
TRIG:HAND:POL:STR INV
8. Start the DAC:
INIT:CONT ON
9. Stop the DAC:
INIT:CONT OFF
Programming a Trace with a Numeric Array List
This programs a 5 Vpp square wave with zero offset and 256 points per period.
1. Select the DAC as the active instrument:
INST:SEL DAC
2. Use the numeric list format to set the array for channel one:
a. Set the following channel one points to +5 V:
TRAC 1,(1:128,257:384,513:640,769:896),5
This sets points 1-128, 257–384, 513:640, and 769:896 to +5 V
b. Set the following channel one points to –5V:
TRAC 1,(129:256,385:512,641:768,897:1024),-5
This sets points 129-256, 385-512, 641:768, and 897:1024 to –5 V
3. Set the waveform period to 10 Hz:
TRAC:SRAT 2560
4. Set the number of points to 1024:
TRAC:POIN 1024
2–53
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Using the Digital to Analog Converter (DAC)
5. Start the waveform:
INIT:CONT ON
6. Stop the waveform:
INIT:CONT OFF
2–54
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Using the Relay Drivers
You can perform the following operation with the Relay Drivers:
H
Opening and closing relays
Opening and Closing Relays
This procedure shows you how to open and close the relay drivers. The
procedure is as follows:
Programming Example
1. Select the Relay Drivers as the active instrument:
INSTrument:SELect RDRIV
2. Enter the following command to open relays on channel one, three, five, and
seven:
OPEN (@1,3,5,7)
3. Enter the following command to verify which relays are closed:
CLOSe:STATe?
The instrument returns the following string: 10101010
4. Enter the following command to close the relays:
CLOSe (@1,3,5,7)
A subsequent [ROUTe]:CLOSe:STATe? query will show that all relays are
closed.
2–55
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Using the Relay Drivers
2–56
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Using the SurePatht Modules
You can perform the following operations with the SurePatht modules:
H
H
Closing a relay
Opening a relay
What You Should Know About
SurePatht Module
The procedure demonstrates closing a relay on a VX4330 SurePatht module.
You can use a similar procedure for the other SurePatht modules compatible
with the VX4101A. For a list of the modules that will work with the VX4101A,
see Product Description.
Closing a Relay
In this procedure, you will assign a specific dwell to the scanner and set channels
to multiplex (mux). The “mux” mode allows you to close multiple relays (or
channels) at the same time. Perform the following procedure to close a relay with
the SurePathtmaster:
1. Select SurePath:
INSTrument:SELect SUREPATH
2. Enter the following command to assign the close dwell:
close:Dwell m1,.5
3. Enter the following command to set the close mode of specific sections of
the scanner matrix to “mux.”
close:mode mux,m1,(1:3)
4. Enter the following command to close a specific section of the matrix:
close(@m1(1!1:10!1,1!2:5!2,5!3:10!3))
This closes the following:
Channels 1-10 in section one
Channels 1-5 in section two
Channels 5-10 in section three
2–57
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Using the SurePatht Modules
5. When the relays close, pulse the front panel encode signals corresponding to
sections one, two, and three.
2–58
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Syntax and Commands
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Command Syntax
About Protocol and Syntax
Command protocol and syntax for the VX4101A Module are as follows:
H
The following is a command for the DMM:
CONFigure[:SCALar][:VOLTage]:DC [<expectedvalue>
[,<resolution>]]
Each of the following commands is a valid form of this command. This is
only a partial list of commands and is intended only for illustrative purposes:
CONFIGURE:SCALAR:VOLTAGE:DC 5.0,.001
conf:DC
CONF:scal:DC 5.0
Conf:Dc MAX,min
confIGURE:scalAR:voltAGE:DC 21
conf:DC 10,maximum
NOTE. Examples throughout this manual use various forms of the command
syntax to further illustrate these concepts.
H
A command string consists of a string of ASCII-encoded characters
terminated by a <program message terminator>. The <program message
terminator> is optional white space, followed by any one of the following
command terminations:
A line feed <LF> or new line <NL> character (hexadecimal 0A, decimal
10)
The END bit set
The END bit with a line feed <LF> or new line <NL>
The command string is buffered until the terminator is encountered, at which
time the entire string is processed.
H
In addition to terminating a command, the semi-colon character directs the
SCPI command parser to interpret the next command with the assumption
that all characters up to and including the last colon in the previous
command have just been parsed.
3–1
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Command Syntax
H
White space characters can be used to make a command string more
readable. These characters are ASCII-encoded bytes in the range hexadeci-
mal 00-09 and 0B-20 (decimal 0-9 and 11-32). This range includes the
ASCII control characters and the space, but excludes the line feed <NL>.
White space characters are ignored when legally encountered in a command
string. White space is allowed anywhere in a command string, except for the
following:
Within a program mnemonic (for example ROUTE )
Around a colon (:) mnemonic separator (for example ROUTE: CLOSE
or ROUTE :CLOSE)
Between a mnemonic and a (?) (for example CLOSE ?)
Following an asterisk (*) (for example * STB?)
Within a number (for example 12 34)
At least one white space character is required between a command/query
header and its associated arguments. For example in the command
route:configure:join m1,(1:6)
the command header is the string “route:configure:join”. The arguments
associated with this command are the module name “m1” and the section list
“(1:6)”. At least one white space character must be sent before the first
argument.
In the query
route:close? (@m1(1:64))
the query header is the string “route:close?”. The argument associated with
this query is the channel list “(@m1(1:64))”. At least one white space
character must be sent before the channel list argument.
H
A SCPI command or query is composed of one or more keywords separated
by colons. A keyword can be sent in either short or long form. The short
form of a keyword is composed of capital letters in the command descrip-
tions. The long form is composed of all characters in the keyword. The
keywords in a command or query can be a combination of long and short
forms. Commands and queries are parsed in a case-independent manner
H
H
Multiple data parameters passed by a command are separated by a comma (,)
A question mark (?) following a command indicates that a response will be
returned. All responses from the VX4101A are terminated with a line feed
<LF> (hexadecimal 0A) character
H
In the command descriptions, the following special characters are used.
Except for the colon (:), these characters are not part of the command and
3–2
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Command Syntax
should not be sent. If an optional field is omitted, the default for the
command is applied
[ ]
Brackets indicate an optional field
|
A bar indicates a logical OR choice
A colon is used to separate command fields
Field indicator
:
< >
SCPI/IEEE 488.2
Command Elements
The definition of elements used in SCPI/IEEE 488.2 commands and command
descriptions is as follows:
<NR1>
ASCII integer representation of a decimal number.
<NRf>
ASCII integer, fixed point or floating point representation of a decimal number.
Error/Event queue
When the command parser detects a syntax error or data range error, it places an
error message describing the error in the Error/Event queue. Bit 2 of the Status
Byte Register is set to indicate that this queue is not empty. Bit 5 of the Standard
Event Status Register (the Command Error bit) is set if the parser detects a
syntax error. Bit 4 of the Standard Event Status register (the Execution Error bit)
is set if the parser detects a numeric argument that is out of range. When a
SYSTem:ERRor? query is received, an error message is moved from the
Error/Event queue and placed in the Output queue.
3–3
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Command Syntax
3–4
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the VX4101A
This section summarizes the SCPI commands that control overall functions of
the VX4101A, including:
H
H
H
H
Querying different firmware versions
Querying measurement options
Selecting which instrument to use
Selecting the IEEE 488.2 Synchronous Mode or the Asynchronous Mode
Command Summary
The following is a listing of the available command subsystems and syntax:
ABORt Subsystem
Commands
ABORt:COMPlete
ABORt[:IMMediate]
CALibrate Subsystem
INSTrument Subsystem
Commands
CALibrate:ROSCillator
:CLEar
:MANual<frequency>
Commands
INSTrument:NSELect <instrument id>
INSTrument[:SELect] <instrument name>
Queries
INSTrument:CATalog?
:FULL?
:LONG?
INSTrument:COUNt?
INSTrument:NSELect?
INSTrument[:SELect]?
3–5
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the VX4101A
OUTput Subsystem
Commands
OUTPut:EXTernal:SOURce <ext source>
OUTPut:TTLTrg[<N>]:SOURce <trig source>
Queries
OUTPut:EXTernal:SOURce:CATalog?
OUTPut:EXTernal:SOURce?
OUTPut:TTLTrg[<N>]:SOURce?
OUTPut:TTLTrg[<N>]:SOURce:CATalog?
SOURce Subsystem
Commands
SOURce:ROSCillator[:SOURce] <source>
SOURce:ROSCillator:VALue <frequency>
Queries
SOURce:ROSCillator[:SOURce]?
SOURce:ROSCillator:VALue?
SYStem Subsystem
Commands
SYSTem:LANGuage <language>
SYSTem:RQUeue
:QMODe <qmode>
:SNUMber[:SET] <snumber>
:SNUMber:STATe <state>
SYSTem:TIMeout <timeout in seconds>
Queries
SYSTem:ERRor?
SYSTem:LANGuage?
SYSTem:OPTions?
SYSTem:OPTions:DESCription? <option code>
SYSTem:READy?
SYSTem:RQUeue?
:QMODe
:SNUMber[:SET]?
:SNUMber:STATe?
SYSTem:SNUMber?
SYSTem:TIMeout?
SYSTem:VERSion?
3–6
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the VX4101A
TRIGger Subsystem
Commands
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:FIRe<command trigger>
TRIGger ([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:TIMer <timer seconds>
Queries
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:TIMer?
ABORt Subsystem
Command Syntax
ABORt:COMPlete
ABORt[:IMMediate]
Query Syntax
*RST Value
N/A
N/A
N/A
Limits
Related Commands
INSTrument:ABORt
INITiate
INITiate:CONTinuous
Command Description
ABORt[:COMPlete]
Place all instruments in the IDLE state, aborting after the current SEGMent or
SEQuence is complete. The instrument configuration is unchanged and a
subsequent INIT command will cause the instrument to re-start the same type of
measurement. Regardless of whether the instrument is in Synchronous or
Asynchronous Mode, you can send this command while a query is in progress
and abort any measurement.
For more information on how the VX4101A handles queries in both Synchro-
nous and Asynchronous mode, see About VX4101A Operational Modes.
ABORt[:IMMediate]
Places all instruments in the IDLE state, immediately aborting any measurement
or other instrument activity currently in progress. The instrument configuration
is unchanged and a subsequent INIT command will cause the instrument to
re-start the same type of measurement.
3–7
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the VX4101A
NOTE. While the instrument is initiated, any command or query which would
cause the instrument to change its configuration or start a new measurement will
first cause the instrument to abort immediately. After this implicit abort has been
issued, the ABORt bit of the Operational Status Register will toggle to signal
that the abort has completed and the new command or query will be executed.
NOTE. If a query (as opposed to a command) is currently in progress, the
behavior of the instrument will depend upon the communications protocol in
effect. If the instrument is in asynchronous mode, a new command or query can
be sent while a query is in progress and the implied abort will occur. If, however,
the instrument is in synchronous mode, the command or query will be queued
while the current query completes. This is a ramification of the IEEE 488.2
Message Exchange Protocol Enforcer (MEPE).
Query Response
Examples
N/A
ABORt[:COMPlete]
Command
Response
INST:SEL DAC
trac:srat 10000
trac:poin 10
trac:data
1,1,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,0
trig:mode seq,100
init:cont
trac:ind?
21,3
1,1
abor:comp
trac:ind?
ABORt[:IMMediate]
Command
Response
INST:SEL DMM
CONF:ARR:VOLT:DC 512
INIT
FETC:COUN?
127
3–8
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the VX4101A
Command
ABOR
Response
FETC:COUN?
FETC:COUN?
153
153
NOTE. After the ABORt command, the instrument will take no more measure-
ments.
CALibrate Subsystem
Command Syntax
CALibrate:ROSCillator
:CLEar
:MANual <frequency>
Query Syntax
*RST Value
N/A
Parameter
Values
<frequency>
Calibration Value Stored in non-volatile memory
Limits
Parameter
Value
<frequency>
9 MHz ≤ Frequency ≤ 11 MHz
Related Commands
SOUR:ROSC[?]
SOUR:ROSC:VAL[?]
Command Description
CALibrate:ROSCillator:CLEar
This command negates the calibration for the currently selected reference
oscillator. The reference oscillator is flagged as uncalibrated in nonvolatile
memory and any time the current source is reselected, an error message will be
generated noting this fact. An uncalibrated reference oscillator is assumed to be
exactly 10 MHz. This command would typically be used when a reference
oscillator source has been changed (such as changing a Slot 0 controller) and the
instrument has not yet been calibrated with the new source.
3–9
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the VX4101A
CALibrate:ROSCillator:MANual <frequency>
This command allows you to manually specify the calibrated frequency to be
used for the currently selected reference oscillator. The specified frequency value
is stored in non-volatile memory and overwrites the calibrated value stored
previously.
NOTE. To temporarily override the calibrated value without storing in non-vola-
tile memory, use the the SOUR:ROSC:VAL command.
Examples
CALibrate:ROSCillator:CLEar
Command
Response
SOUR:ROSC
INT:SYST:ERR?
–313,“Calibration memory lost; VX4101A; Reference Oscillator
Uncalibrated”
SOUR:ROSC:VAL?
INST:SEL COUNTER
CAL:ROSC 10.001E6
SOUR:ROSC:VAL?
CAL:ROSC:CLE
10000000.0000
9999999.0000
SOUR:ROSC:VAL?
SOUR:ROSC:VAL?
10000000.000
10000000.0000
CALibrate:ROSCillator:MANual
Command
Response
SOUR:ROSC INT
SYST:ERR
–300 “Device specific error; VX4101A; Reference Oscillator
Not Calibrated”
CAL:ROSC:MAN
SOUR:ROSC INT
SOUR:ROSC:VAL?
SYST:ERR
9.999999E6
9999999.0000
0, “No error”
3–10
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the VX4101A
INSTrument Subsystem
Command Syntax
INSTrument:NSELect <instrument id>
INSTrument[:SELect] <instrument name>
Query Syntax
INSTrument:CATalog?
:FULL?
:LONG?
INSTrument:COUNt?
INSTrument:NSELect?
INSTrument[:SELect]?
*RST Value
Limits
Parameter
Values
0
<instrument id>
<instrument name>
VX4101A
Parameter
Values
<instrument id>
<instrument name>
0–99
VX4101A, SUREPATH, DMM, COUNTER, DAC, DIGI, DIGO,
RDRV
<number of instruments>
0-99
Related Commands
N/A
Command Description
INSTrument:NSELect <instrument id>
Selects an instrument by its assigned instrument number. The VX4101A is
always instrument 0, selecting this number deselects all other instruments.
INSTrument[:SELect] <instrument name>
This command selects an instrument by its assigned instrument name.
3–11
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the VX4101A
Query Response
INSTrument:CATalog?
This query lists the names of the individual instruments which comprise the
VX4101A. These names can be used to select the instrument using the
INST:SEL command.
INSTrument:CATalog:FULL?
This query lists the names and numbers of the individual instruments which
comprise the VX4101A.
NOTE. To select an instrument by either name or number, see the INSTru-
ment:NSELect or the INSTrument:SELect command in this section.
INSTrument:CATalog:LONG?
This query is primarily for the use of the VXIplug&play soft front panel. It lists
information on an individual instrument including the instrument name, number,
soft front panel executable, and ASCII description. Specify an instrument
number in the argument to return information about that instrument. Specify no
argument to return information on all instruments. The information is returned
separated by commas.
INSTrument:COUNt?
This query returns the number of instruments which are listed when a
INST:CAT? query is performed.
INSTrument:NSELect?
Queries the current instrument based upon the instrument number. The
VX4101A is always instrument 0 and selecting this number effectively deselects
all instruments.
INSTrument[:SELect]?
This query returns the current instrument based upon the instrument name.
Selecting the VX4101A effectively deselects all other instruments.
3–12
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the VX4101A
Examples
INSTrument:CATalog?
Command
Values
INST:CAT?
VX4101A, SurePath, DMM, Counter
INSTrument:CATalog:FULL?
Parameter
Values
INST:CAT:FULL?
VX4101A, 0, SurePath, 1, DMM, 2, Counter, 3
INSTrument:CATalog:LONG?
Parameter
Values
INST:CAT:LONG 2
DMM,2,tksfdmm.exe,”DMM”
INSTrument:COUNt?
Parameter
INST:CAT?
INST:COUN?
Values
VX4101A, SurePath, DMM, Counter
4
INSTRument:NSELect
Command
*RST
Values
INST:NSEL?
INST:NSEL 2
INST:NSEL?
0
2
INSTrument[:SELect]
Command
*RST
Values
INST:SEL?
INST:SEL COUNTER
INST:SEL?
VX4101A
COUNTER
3–13
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the VX4101A
OUTPut Subsystem
Command Syntax
OUTPut:EXTernal:SOURce <ext source>
OUTPut:TTLTrg[<N>]:SOURce <trig source>
Query Syntax
OUTPut:EXTernal:SOURce:CATalog?
OUTPut:EXTernal:SOURce?
OUTPut:TTLTrg[<N>]:SOURce?
OUTPut:TTLTrg[<N>]:SOURce:CATalog?
Command Class
*RST Value
Global
Parameter
<ext source>
<trig source>
<N>
Values
Hold
Hold
1
Limits
Parameter
Values
<ext source>
HOLD,IMMEDIATE,BUS,EXTERNAL,TTLTRG0, TTLTRG1,
TTLTRG2, TTLTRG2, TTLTRG3, TTLTRG4, TTLTRG5,
TTLTRG6, TTLTRG7, COMMAND0, COMMAND1, COM-
MAND2, COMMAND3, COMMAND4, TIMER, SUREPATH,
DMM, COUNTER, CTR_EXTARM, DAC, DIGI, DIGO
<trig source>
<N>
HOLD, COMMAND0, COMMAND1, COMMAND2, COM-
MAND3, COMMAND4, TIMER, SUREPATH, DMM,
COUNTER, CTR_EXTARM
0-7 are valid TTL Trigger Suffixes. Default is 1
Command Description
OUTPut:EXTernal:SOURce <ext source>
Selects the trigger source for the MultiPaqt external output trigger on pin 24E.
OUTPut:TTLTrg[<N>]:SOURce <trig source>
Selects the trigger source for the specified VXIbus TTL trigger.
3–14
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the VX4101A
Query Response
OUTPut:EXTernal:SOURce:CATalog?
Lists available trigger sources for use with the OUTP:EXT:SOUR command.
OUTPut:EXTernal:SOURce?
Lists the current external trigger source.
OUTPut:TTLTrg[<N>]:SOURce?
Queries the trigger source for the specified VXIbus TTL trigger.
OUTPut:TTLTrg[<N>]:SOURce:CATalog?
Lists available trigger sources for use with the OUTP:TTLT:SOUR command.
The possible values are:
HOLD, BUS, COMMAND0, COMMAND1, COMMAND2, COMMAND3,
COMMAND4, TIMER, SUREPATH, DMM, COUNTER, CTR_EXTARM
Examples
OUTPut:EXTernal:SOURce:CATalog?
Command
Response
OUTP:EXT:SOUR:CAT?
HOLD, IMMEDIATE, BUS, EXTERNAL, TTLTRG0, TTLTRG1,
TTLTRG2, TTLTRG3, TTLTRG4, TTLTRG5, TTLTRG6,
TTLTRG7, COMMAND0, COMMAND1, COMMAND2,
COMMAND3, COMMAND4, TIMER, SUREPATH, DMM,
COUNTER, CTR_EXTARM, DAC, DIGI, DIGO
OUTPut:TTLTrg[<N>]:SOURce:CATalog?
Command
Response
OUTP:TTLT:SOUR:CAT?
HOLD, BUS, COMMAND0, COMMAND1, COMMAND2,
COMMAND3, COMMAND4, TIMER, SUREPATH, DMM,
COUNTER, CTR_EXTARM
OUTPut:TTLTrg[<N>]:SOURce
Parameter
Response
OUTP:TTLT:SOUR:CAT?
HOLD, BUS, COMMAND0, COMMAND1, COMMAND2,
COMMAND3, COMMAND4, TIMER, SUREPATH, DMM,
COUNTER, CTR_EXTARM
OUTP:TTLT5:SOUR DMM
OUTP:TTLT5:SOUR?
DMM
3–15
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the VX4101A
SOURce Subsystem
Command Syntax
Query Syntax
*RST Value
SOURce:ROSCillator[:SOURce] <source>
SOURce:ROSCillator[:SOURce]:VALue <frequency>
SOURce:ROSCillator[:SOURce]?
SOURce:ROSCillator[:SOURce]:VALue?
Parameter
<source>
Values
INTernal
<frequency>
Calibrated internal source value
Limits
Parameter
Values
<source>
INTernal|CLOCk10|USER1|USER2|USER3|USER4|
USER5|USER6|USER7|USER8|USER9|USER10
<frequency>
DEFault or 9 MHz ≤ value ≤ 11 MHz
Related Commands
N/A
Command Description
SOURce:ROSCillator[:SOURce] <source>
This command selects the source of the instrument’s 10 MHz reference
oscillator. Valid sources are the VX4101A on-board 10 MHz crystal and the
VXIbus backplane 10 MHz signal. Because you might have more than one
possible backplane source, the VX4101A allows calibration factors for up to ten
back reference oscillator sources (USER1 to USER10) to be stored in non-vola-
tile memory. CLOCk10 is an alias for USER1. When the source has never been
calibrated, then a warning is issued that the source is not calibrated. Sources that
are not calibrated are assumed to be ideal (10 MHz).
NOTE. The Counter uses the 10 MHz signal to drive most of its own control
circuitry. If the backplane 10 MHz signal is selected and no signal is present,
any attempt to use the Counter will result in a communications failure with the
VX4101A. To recover from this state, cycle power on the VX4101A.
3–16
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the VX4101A
NOTE. The reference oscillator should only be changed when the instrument is
not active. Switching the reference oscillator source during measurements will
result in indeterminate instrument operation.
SOURce:ROSCillator:VALue <frequency>
This command provides a temporary override of the calibrated oscillator
frequency with a frequency supplied that you enter. The device uses the
frequency to provide a calibrated value for a USER oscillator without running a
calibration cycle or to simulate an ideal oscillator. This value is lost whenever
the oscillator source is switched. Choosing DEFault as the value re-initializes the
oscillator frequency to the calibrated value, if available. If the calibrated value is
not available, 10 MHz is used.
Query Response
SOURce:ROSCillator [:SOURce?]
INTernal|CLOCk10|USER1|USER2|USER2|USER3|USER4|
USER5|USER6|USER7|USER8|USER9|USER10
SOURce:ROSCillator:VALue?
Returns the calibrated value of the internal frequency source.
Examples
SOURce:ROSCillator:VALue?
Command
Response
*RST
SOUR:ROSC?
SOUR:ROSC:VAL?
SOUR:ROSC CLOC
SOUR:ROSC?
SOUR:ROSC:VAL?
SOUR:ROSC USER2
SOUR:ROSC?
SYST:ERR?
INTernal
9.99999999999999E+06
CLOCk10
1.00000010000000E+07
USER2
–300 “Device specific error; VX4101A; Reference Oscillator
Not Calibrated”
SOUR:ROSC:VAL?
1.00000000000000E+07
3–17
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the VX4101A
SYSTem Subsystem
Command Syntax
SYSTem:LANGuage <language>
SYSTem:RQUeue
:QMODe <qmode>
:SNUMber[:SET] <snumber>
:SNUMber:STATe <state>
SYSTem:TIMeout <timeout in seconds>
Query Syntax
SYSTem:ERRor?
SYSTem:LANGuage?
SYSTem OPTions?
SYSTem:OPTions:DESCription? <option code>
SYSTem:READy?
SYSTem:RQUeue?
:QMODe?
:SNUMber[:SET]?
:SNUMber:STATe?
SYSTem:SNUMber?
SYSTem:TIMeout?
SYSTem:VERSion?
*RST Value
Parameter
<language>
<qmode>
<snumber>
<state>
Values
SYNC
NEXT
0
OFF
<timeout>
0 (infinite timeout)
Limits
Parameter
<language>
<qmode>
Values
SYNChronous | ASYNchronous
NEXT | ALL
<snumber>
0 to 2,147,483,647 for normal sequence numbers
–1 for empty queue
–2 for queue overflow
<state>
0, 1, ON, OFF
3–18
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the VX4101A
Parameter
Values
<timeout>
0, disable timeout
1–100,000 seconds
SYSTem:READy?
0|1
Related Commands
N/A
Command Description
SYSTem:LANGuage <language>
This command enables or disables the IEEE 488.2 Message Exchange Protocol
Enforcer (MEPE). MEPE is enabled when you select Synchronous Protocol. The
MEPE is disabled and Query Responses are tagged when the you select
ASYNchronous Protocol. See Instrument Functions for more information on
Synchronous and Asynchronous Protocols.
SYSTem:RQUeue:QMODe <qmode>
This command provides a fast way to retrieve all responses in the Response
Queue. When the mode is NEXT, a word serial read will retrieve a single
response (assuming one exists). If the mode is ALL, then a word serial response
will retrieve all responses, separated by semicolons, currently in the response
queue. See the Theory of Operations in Operating Basics for a detailed
description of this mechanism.
SYSTem:RQUeue:SNUMber[:SET] <snumber>
When in ASYNchronous mode, this command specifies what the next sequence
number should be. By default, the sequence numbers start from zero and
increment by one after each query is received. Since the query for the current
sequence number has a sequence number in its tag, the query itself is the
sequence number which will be used to tag the next Query Response. See the
Theory of Operations in Operating Basics for a detailed description of this
mechanism.
SYSTem:RQUeue:SNUMber:STATe <state>
When in ASYNchronous mode, this command specifies whether Query
Responses are tagged with ASCII labels, or with the numeric instrument number
and an incrementing sequence number. See the Theory of Operations section for
a detailed description of this mechanism.
SYSTem:TIMeout <timeout in seconds>
Specifies the maximum amount of time a query is allowed to take. If the query
has not completed within the specified time, the instrument is aborted and the
TIMEOUT response is placed in the response queue. This command has no
3–19
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the VX4101A
effect if the VX4101A is using the Asynchronous Protocol. For more informa-
tion on Asynchronous Protocol, see Theory of Operation in Operating Basics.
Query Response
SYSTem:ERRor?
This query returns returns in first-in first-out order any error messages which
have been queued. Error messages are of the form <error #>,error string. If the
queue is empty, this is reported as 0, No Error. Depending upon the type of error,
the error string may indicate which instrument generated the error.The two
possible language
SYSTem:LANGuage?
This query returns the language, or mode currently selected for the instrument.
The possible languages are Synchronous or Asynchronous.
SYSTem:OPTions?
This query returns the options for which the VX4101A is currently configured.
The options are returned as the following codes:
H
H
H
H
H
H
1C (Counter 500 MHz Frequency Option)
2C (Counter Channel 3 Prescalar Option)
1D (32 Digital I/O and eight Relay Drivers)
1A (16 Channel Digital to Analog Converter)
1T (High stability TCX0 reference)
NOOPT (no option installed)
SYSTem:OPTions:DESCription? <option code>
Provides textual description of the option codes returned by the SYSTem:OP-
Tions? query. See SYSTem:OPTions? for a complete listing of the possible
options.
SYSTem:READy?
The VX4101A negates SYSFAIL* approximately three seconds after power-on
and is ready for the word serial Begin Normal Operations command. Full
instrument initialization completes in approximately twenty seconds from
power-on to completion.
NOTE. Polling, or querying the instrument as quickly as possible, might slow the
completion of the second initialization stage. A delay of one second between
SYSTem:READy? is recommended.
3–20
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the VX4101A
You use this query to determine if full power-on initialization has completed for
all instruments and that all commands and queries are available. A return value
of (1) indicates that initialization is complete and that all commands are loaded.
A return value of (0) indicates that only the following set of commands are
available:
Table 3–1: Commands Available at Power-On
Command Syntax
Command Type
Description
*CLS
IEEE 488.2
Clears all event status regis-
ters and queues.
*ESE
IEEE 488.2
IEEE 488.2
IEEE 488.2
IEEE 488.2
IEEE 488.2
Sets the contents of the IEEE
488.2 Standard Event Status
Enable Register.
*ESE?
*ESR
*ESR?
*RST
Queries the contents of the
IEEE 488.2 Standard Event
Status Enable Register.
Sets the contents of the IEEE
488.2 Standard Event Status
Register.
Queries the contents of the
IEEE 488.2 Standard Event
Status Register.
Resets VX4101A components
to their reset values.
NOTE: See the command summary for the *RST command in the section IEEE 488.2
Commands for the specific reset values.
*SRE
*SRE?
*STB
IEEE 488.2
IEEE 488.2
IEEE 488.2
Sets the contents of the IEEE
488.2 Service Request Enable
Register.
Queries the contents of the
IEEE 488.2 Service Request
Enable Register.
Queries the contents of the
IEEE 488.2 Status Byte Reg-
ister.
STATus:OPERation:CONDition?
STATus:OPERation:ENABle
STATus:OPERation:ENABle?
Status and Events
Status and Events
Status and Events
Returns the current operation-
al status of the VX4101A
Sets the Operational Enable
Register for the VX4101A
Queries the Operational
Enable Register for the for the
VX4101A
3–21
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the VX4101A
Table 3–1: Commands Available at Power-On (Cont.)
Command Syntax
Command Type
Description
STATus:OPERation[:EVENt]?
STATus:OPERation:NTRansition
STATus:OPERation:NTRansition?
STATus:OPERation:PTRansition
STATus:OPERation:PTRansition?
STATus:PRESet
Status and Events
Returns contents of Opera-
tional Event Register for the
VX4101A.
Status and Events
Status and Events
Status and Events
Status and Events
Sets the Operational Negative
Transition Filter for the
VX4101A.
Queries the Operational
Negative Transition Filter for
the VX4101A.
Sets the Operational Positive
Transition Filter for the
VX4101A
Queries the Operational
Positive Transition Filter for
the VX4101A
Status and Events
Reporting System
Clears the enable registers of
all Operational Status Regis-
ters, sets all Positive Transi-
tion Filters, and clears all
Negative Transition Filters
STATus:QUEue:ENABle
Status and Events
Reporting System
Allows you to specify which
errors and events, by error
number, should be placed in
the error/event queue
STATus:QUEue[:NEXT]?
STATus:QUEue:ENABle?
Status and Events
Reporting System
Returns next item from error/
event queue in FIFO order
Status and Event
Reporting System
Queries the Questionable
Enable Register for the
VX4101A
STATus:QUEStionable[EVENt]?
Status and Event
Reporting System
Returns contents of Question-
able Event Register for the
VX4101A
STATus:QUEStionable:CONDition?
Status and Event
Reporting System
Returns contents of Question-
able Condition Register for the
VX4101A
STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle
STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle?
Status and Event
Reporting System
Sets the Questionable Enable
Register for the VX4101A
Status and Event
Reporting System
Queries the Questionable
Enable Register for the
VX4101A
STATus:QUEStionable:PTRansition
Status and Event
Reporting System
Sets the Questionable Posi-
tive Transition Filter for the
VX4101A
3–22
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the VX4101A
Table 3–1: Commands Available at Power-On (Cont.)
Command Syntax
Command Type
Description
STATus:QUEStionable:PTRansition?
Status and Event
Reporting System
Queries the Questionable
Positive Transition Filter for
the VX4101A
STATus:QUEStionable:NTRansition
STATus:QUEStionable:NTRansition?
SYSTem:ERRor?
Status and Event
Reporting System
Sets the Questionable Nega-
tive Transition Filter for the
VX4101A
Status and Event
Reporting System
Queries the Questionable
Negative Transition Filter for
the VX4101A
VX4101A MultiPaqt Returns in first-in first-out
Instrument Com-
mands
order any error messages
which have been queued for
any instruments
SYSTem:OPTions?
SYSTem:READy?
VX4101A MultiPaqt Returns the options for which
Instrument Com-
mands
the VX4101A is currently
configured
VX4101A MultiPaqt Queries for completion of the
Instrument Com-
mands
power-on initialization se-
quence for all instruments
NOTE: Polling the instrument, i.e. querying it as fast as possible, might slow the completion of
the second initialization stage. You should have a delay of at least one second between
SYSTem:READy? queries.
SYSTem:SNUMber?
VX4101A MultiPaqt This query returns the serial
Instrument Com-
mands
number of the VX4101A
SYSTem:VERSion?
VX4101A MultiPaqt Returns the firmware version
Instrument Com-
mands
of the VX4101A
NOTE. Until initialization is complete, the VX4101A will recognize only the
commands listed above. Attempting to enter any other command will return a
Command Not Found Error.
SYSTem:RQUeue:QMODe?
Queries the mode in which the instrument returns responses in the Response
Queue.
SYSTem:RQUeue:SNUMber[:SET]?
This query returns the next sequence number for Asynchronous Mode.
3–23
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the VX4101A
SYSTem:RQUeue:SNUMber:STATe?
Returns the SNUMber state of 0|1|ON|OFF when the VX4101A is in Asynchro-
nous Mode.
SYSTem:SNUMber?
This query returns the serial number of the VX4101A.
SYSTem:TIMeout?
This query returns the maximum amount of time a query is allowed to take when
the VX4101A is in Synchronous Mode.
SYSTem:VERSion?
Returns the firmware version of the instrument in <major>.<minor>.<sub-mi-
nor> form.
Examples
SYSTem:ERRor?
Command
SYST:ERR?
SYST:ERR?
Response/description
–113,“Undefined header; Command not found; XXX\0D”
0,“No error”
SYSTem:LANGuage?
Command
Response
SYNC
*RST
SYST:LANG?
SYST:LANG ASYN
SYST:LANG?
ASYN
SYSTem:OPTions?
Command
Response
SYST:OPT?
NOOPT
SYSTem:OPTions:DESCription
Command
Response
SYST:OPT?
1C
SYST:OPT:DESC? “1C”
Counter 500 MHz option
3–24
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the VX4101A
SYSTem:READy?
Command
Response
BNO (Begin Normal Operations) command sent
SYST:READy?
INST:CAT?
0
SYST:ERR?
–113, “Undefined header; Command not found; inst:cat\n?
Wait approximately 20 seconds
SYST:READY?
INST:CAT?
1
VX4101A. SurePath, DMM, Counter, DAC, DIGI, DIGO, RDriv
SYSTem:RQUeue:QMODe
Command
Response
SYST:LANG ASYN
SYST:RQU:QMOD ALL
*IDN?
SYST:ERR?
“VX4101A:*IDN?”, Tektronix, VX4101A, B00000021, Firmware
v.2.0.0/SCPI:95.0; “VX4101A:SYST:ERR?”, 0, “No error”
SYSTem:RQUeue:SNUMber[:SET]
Command
Response
SYST:LANG ASYN
SYST:RQU:SNUM 100
SYST:RQU:SNUM?
0:100,101
SYSTem:RQUeue:SNUMber:STATe
Command
Response
SYST:LANG ASYN
SYST:RQU:SNUM:STAT?
SYST:RQU:SNUM:STAT ON
SYST:RQU:SNUM:STAT?
“VX4101A:SYST:RQU:SNUM:STAT?”,0
0:1,1
SYSTem:SNUMber?
Command
Response
SYST:SNUM?
B0000001
3–25
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the VX4101A
SYSTem:TIMeout
Command
Response
SYST:TIM 10
INST:SEL DMM
CONF:ARR:VOLT:DC
512,MAX
READ?
<wait 10 seconds>
TIMEOUT
SYSTem:VERSion?
Command
Response
SYST:VERS?
2.0.0
TRIGger Subsystem
Command Syntax
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:FIRe <command trigger>
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:TIMer <timer seconds>
Query Syntax
*RST Value
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:TIMer?
Parameter
Values
<command trigger>
<timer seconds>
0–4
0 seconds, <off>
Limits
Parameter
Values
<command trigger>
<timer seconds>
0-4
1e–6 seconds to 65.535e–3 seconds in 1e–6 second steps
Related Commands
N/A
3–26
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the VX4101A
Command Description
TRIGger ([:SEQuence1] |:STARt)[:LAYer]:FIRe <command trigger>
Generates one of five software triggers: COMMAND0 through COMMAND4.
TRIGger ([:SEQuence1] |:STARt)[:LAYer]:TIMer <timer seconds>
Sets or queries the value of the period trigger source. Note that this is a global
class command and there is only one periodic timer for the VX4101A. Any time
you program the TRIG:TIM command, the period of the timer trigger will be
changed for all instruments using it as a source.
Table 3–2: Trigger Resolution (in ms)
Lower Bound
≥ 2
Upper Bound
< 510
Resolution
2
≥ 510
< 1275
5
≥ 1275
≥ 2040
≥ 6375
≥ 8160
≥ 12750
< 2040
8
< 6375
25
32
50
100
< 8160
< 12750
< 25500
Query Response
Examples
TRIGger ([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[LAYer]:TIMer
This query returns the value of the periodic trigger source in seconds.
TRIGger ([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:FIRe <0-4>
Command
Response
TRIG:SOUR:CAT?
HOLD, IMMEDIATE, BUS, TTLTRG0, TTLTRG1, TTLTRG2,
TTLTRG3, COMMAND0, COMMAND1, COMMAND2,
COMMAND3, COMMAND4, TIMER, SUREPATH, DMM,
COUNTER, CTR_EXTARM, DAC, DIGI, DIGO, HANDSHAKE
INST:SEL DMM
CONF:VOLT:DC
TRIG:SOUR COMM0
INIT
FETC:COUN?
TRIG:FIR0
0
FETC:COUN?
FETC?
1
–6.03720E+00
3–27
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the VX4101A
TRIGger ([:SEQuence1] |:STARt)[:LAYer]:TIMer
Command
Response
TRIG:TIM 500E–6
TRIG:TIM?
500E–6
INST:SEL DMM
TRIG:TIM?
500E–6
TRIG:TIM 45E–3
INST:SEL COUNTER
TRIG:TIM?
45E–3
1E–3
1E–3
TRIG:TIM .001
TRIG:TIM?
INST:SEL DMM
TRIG:TIM?
3–28
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
This section contains SCPI commands for the Universal Counter (Counter). The
commands are organized by command subsystem. Some commands within each
subsystem are organized by type of command rather than in alphabetical order.
The command subsystems for the Counter are as follows:
Command Summary
The following is a listing of the available command subsystems and syntax:
ARM Subsystem
Commands
ARM([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]
:DELay <time delay>
:ECOunt <event delay>
:IMMediate
:LEVel <threshold>
:MODE <mode>
:SLOPe <slope>
:SOURce <source>
ARM(:SEQuence2|:STOP)[:LAYer]
:DELay <time delay>
:ECOunt <event delay>
:IMMediate
:SOURce <source>
Queries
ARM([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]
:DELay?
:ECOunt?
:LEVel?
:MODE?
:SLOPe?
:SOURce?
:CATalog[:ALL]?
:DELayable?
:FIXed?
3–29
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
ARM(:SEQuence2|:STOP) [:LAYer]
:DELay?
:ECOunt?
:SOURce?
:CATalog[:ALL]?
:DELayable?
:FIXed?
CALCulate Subsystem
Commands
CALCulate:LIMit
:ENVelope[:DATA] <threshold1>,<threshold2>
:LOWer[:DATA] <threshold>
:UPPer[:DATA] <threshold>
CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram:COUNt <numeric_value>
CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram:POINts <numeric_value>
CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram:RANGe <min>,<max>
CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram:RANGe:AUTO <ON|OFF>
Queries
CALCulate:AVERage? [<count>[,<offset>[,<step_size>]]]
CALCulate:LIMit
ENVelope
:FCOunt?
:LOWer [DATA]?
:REPort [:DATA]?
:UPPER [DATA]
CALCulate:MEDian? [<count>[,<offset>[,<step_size>]]]
CALCulate:MINimum? [<count>[,<offset>[,<step_size>]]]
CALCulate:MAXimum? [<count>[,<offset>[,<step_size>]]]
CALCulate:SDEViation? [<count>[,<offset>[,<step_size>]]]
CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram?
:ABOVe?
:BELow?
:COUNt?
:POINts?
:RANGe?
:RANGe:AUTO?
CALCulate:VARiance? [<count>[,<offset>[,<step_size>]]]
3–30
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
CALibrate Subsystem
Commands
CALibrate:ARM[:VALue] <arm input voltage>
CALibrate[<channel>]
:DELay <cross channel specifications>
:HYSTeresis
:LFCOmp
:LINearity
:VALue <input voltage>
:ZERO
CALibrate:DTI
CALibrate3:BIAS
CALibrate[1|2|3]:ROSCillator <input frequency>
CONFigure Subsystem
Commands
CONFigure[1|2|3]([:SCALar]|:ARRay)
:FREQuency [<array size>[,<expected value>[,resolution>]]]
:FREQuency:RATio [<array size>[,<expected
value>[,resolution>]]]
:PERiod [<array size>[,<expected value>[,resolution>]]]
CONFigure[1|2]([:SCALar]|:ARRay)
:NDUTy cycle|PDUTCycle|DCYCle [<array size>[,<dcycle
reference>[,<expected value>[,resolution>]]]
:NWIDth|PWIDth [<array size>[,<pwidth reference>[,<expected
value>[,resolution>]]]
:PHASe [<array size>[,<expected value>[,resolution>]]]
:RTIMe|FTIMe|RISE:TIME|FALL:TIME [<array size>[,<low
reference>[,<high reference> [,<expected
value>[,resolution>]]]]]
:TINTerval [<array size>[,<expected value>[,resolution>]]]
[:VOLTage]
:AC [<array size>[,<expected value>[,resolution>]]]
:DC [<array size>[,<expected value>[,resolution>]]]
:MINimum [<array size>[,<expected value>[,resolution>]]]
:MAXimum [<array size>[,<expected value>[,resolution>]]]
:PTPeak [<array size>[,<expected value>[,resolution>]]]
3–31
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
CONFigure[1|2|11|12|21|22]([:SCALar]|:ARRay)
:TINTerval:DELay:TIME|EVENts [<array size>[,<delay
time>|<delay events>[,<expected value>[,resolution>]]]]]
CONFigure[1|2|10|20]([:SCALar]|:ARRay)
:TOTalize
NOTE. If you specify SCALar in the command, <array size> is not a valid
parameter. If ARRay is specified, <array size> is a required parameter.
Queries
CONFigure?
FETCh? Subsystem
Queries
FETCh[:...]? [<count>[,<start>[,<step>]]]
:DCYCle?
:FALL:TIME?
:FREQuency?
:FREQuency:RATio?
:FTIMe?[<count>
:NDUTycycle?
:PDUTycycle?
:NWIDth?
:PWIDth?
:PHASe?
:PERiod?
:RISE:TIME?
:RTIMe?
:TINTerval?
:TINTerval:DELay?
FETCh:COUNt?
FETCh:TOTalize?
FETCh[:VOLTage][:...]? [<count>[,<start>[,<step>]]]
:AC?
:DC?
:MINimum?
:MAXimum?
:PTPeak?
3–32
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
INITiate Subsystem
INPut Subsystem
Commands
INITiate[:IMMediate]
INITiate:CONTinuous [ON]|OFF|O|1
Queries
INITiate:CONTinuous?
Commands
INPut[1|2]
:ATTenuation <attenuation>|DEFault|MINimum|MAXimum
:COMParator[1|2]:LEVel
[:ABSolute]<absolute level>|DEFault|MINimum|MAXimum
:RELative <relative level>
:HYSTeresis
[:ABSolute]<absolute level>|DEFault|MINimum|MAXimum
:RELative <relative level>
:SLOPe <slope>|DEFault
:COUPling <coupling>
:FILTer[:LPASs]
:FREQuency <frequency>|DEFault|MINimum|MAXimum
[:STATe]<filter state>|DEFault
:GAIN <gain>|DEFault|MINimum|MAXimum
:IMPedance <impedance>|DEFault
:OFFSet
[:ABSolute]<absolute offset>|DEFault|MINimum|MAXimum
:RELative <relative offset>
:SETup <expected ptp>[,<expected offset>]
INPut:SETup:AUTO <auto>
Queries
INPut[1|2]
:ATTenuation? [DEFault|MINimum|MAXimum]
:COMParator[1|2]
:LEVel[:ABSolute]? [DEFault|MINimum|MAXimum]
:LEVel:RELative?
:SLOPe? [DEFault]
3–33
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
:HYSTeresis
[:ABSolute]? [DEFault|MINimum|MAXimum]
:RELative?
:COUPling? [DEFault]
:IMPedance? [DEFault]
:FILTer[:LPASs]
:FREQuency?[MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault]
[:STATe]?[DEFault]
:GAIN? [DEFault|MINimum|MAXimum]
:OFFSet
[:ABSolute]? [MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault]
:RELative?
INPut:SETup:AUTO?[DEFault]
INSTrument Subsystem
MEASure? Subsystem
Commands
INSTrument
:ABORt
:RESet
Queries
MEASure[1|2|3]([:SCALar]|:ARRay)
:FREQuency? [<array size>[,<expected value>[,resolution>]]]
:FREQuency:RATio? [<array size>[,<second channel>[,<expected
value>[,resolution>]]]]
:PERiod? [<array size>[,<expected value>[,resolution>]]]
MEASure[1|2]([:SCALar]|:ARRay)
:NDUTycycle|PDUTycycle|DCYCle? [<array
size>[,<reference>[,<expected value>[,resolution>]]]]
:NWIDth|PWIDth? [<array size>[,<reference>[,<expected
value>[,resolution>]]]]
:PHASe? [<array size>[,<expected value>[,resolution>]]]
:RTIMe|FTIMe|RISE:TIME|FALL:TIME? [<array size>[,<low
reference>[,<high reference> [,<expected
value>[,resolution>]]]]]
3–34
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
:TINTerval? [<array size>[,<expected value>[,resolution>]]]
[:VOLTage]
:AC? [<array size>[,<expected value>[,resolution>]]]
:DC? [<array size>[,<expected value>[,resolution>]]]
:MINimum? [<array size>[,<expected value>[,resolution>]]]
:MAXimum? [<array size>[,<expected value>[,resolution>]]]
:PTPeak? [<array size>[,<expected value>[,resolution>]]]
MEASure[1|2|11|12|21|22]([:SCALar]|:ARRay)
:TINTerval:DELay:TIME|EVENts? [<array size>[,<delay
time>|<delay events>[,<expected value>[,resolution>]]]]
MEASure[1|2|10|20]([:SCALar]|:ARRay)
:TOTalize?
NOTE. If SCALar is specified, <array size> is not a valid parameter. If ARRay is
specified, <array size> is a required parameter.
OUTPut Subsystem
Commands
OUTPut:TRIGger:SOURce <channel>,<count>
Queries
OUTPut:TRIGger:SOURce?
READ? Subsystem
SENSe Subsystem
Queries
READ?
Commands
SENSE:APERture <time>|DEFault|MINimum|MAXimum
SENSe:COUNt <array size>|DEFault|MINimum|MAXimum
SENSe:MODe <mode>
SENSe:EVENts <# of events>
SENSe[1|2|3]:FUNCtion
"TOTALize"
"FREQuency"
3–35
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
"FREQuency:RATio <second channel>"
"PERiod"
SENSe[1,2]:FUNCtion
"DCYCle"
"FALL:TIME"
"FTIMe"
"NDUTycycle"
"NWIDth"
"PDUTycycle"
"PHASe"
"PWIDth"
"RISE:TIME"
"RTIMe"
"TINTerval"
"VOLTage:AC"
"VOLTage:DC"
"VOLTage:MINimum"
"VOLTage:MAXimum"
"VOLTage:PTPeak"
SENSe[1|2|11|12|21|22]:FUNCtion
TINTerval:DELay:TIME"
TINTerval:DELay:EVENts"
SENSe[1|2|10|20]:FUNCtion TOTalize"
SENSe:TINTerval:DELay:EVENts <event
delay>|MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault
SENSE:TINTerval:DELay:TIME <time delay>|DEFault|MINimum|MAXimum
Queries
SENSe:APERture? [DEFault|MINimum|MAXimum]
SENSe:COUNt? [DEFault|MINimum|MAXimum]
SENSe:EVENts? [DEFault|MINimum|MAXimum]
SENSe:MODe? [DEFault]
SENSe:FUNCtion?
SENSe:TINTerval:DELay:EVENts? [DEFault]|MINimum]|MAXimum]
3–36
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
SOURce Subsystem
Commands
SOURce:COSCillator[:SOURce] <source>
Queries
SOURce:COSCillator[:SOURce]?
SOURce:COSCillator:VALue?
STATus:OPERation:CONDition?
TEST: ALL?
STATus? Subsystem
TEST Subsystem
UNIT Subsystem
Commands
UNIT:ANGLe <units>[,<zero>]
Queries
UNIT:ANGLe?
ARM Subsystem
Command Syntax
ARM([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]
:DELay <time delay>
:ECOunt <event delay>
:IMMediate
:LEVel <threshold>
:MODE <mode>
:SLOPe <slope>
:SOURce <source>
ARM(:SEQuence2|:STOP)[:LAYer]
:DELay <time delay>
:ECOunt <event delay>
:IMMediate
:SOURce <source>
Query Syntax
ARM([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]
:DELay?
:ECOunt?
:LEVel?
:MODE?
3–37
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
:SLOPe?
:SOURce?
:CATalog[:ALL]?
:DELayable?
:FIXed?
ARM(:SEQuence2|:STOP) [:LAYer]
:DELay?
:ECOunt?
:SOURce?
:CATalog[:ALL]?
:DELayable?
:FIXed?
Command Class
*RST Value
Instrument (Counter)
Parameter
<time delay>
<event delay>
<threshold>
<mode>
Value
0 seconds (pass-through)
0 triggers (pass-through)
1.4 V
ALL
<slope>
POSitive
<source>
IMMEDIATE
Limits
Parameter
Value
<time delay>
<delay in seconds>
0 = pass through, 1 to 65,535 triggers in 1 ms steps
<event delay>
<threshold>
<triggers to count>
0 = pass through, 1 to 65,535 triggers
TTL = 1.6 V
ECL = –1.3 V
ZERO = 0.0 V
MAXimum = 20.0 V
MINimum = –20.0 V
AUTO = 1.4 V
–20 to +20 V
<mode>
ONCE|ALL
3–38
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
Parameter
<slope>
Value
POSitive | NEGative
<source>
BUS, TTLTRG0, TTLTRG1, TTLTRG2, TTLTRG3, TTLTRG4,
TTLTRG5, TTLTRG6, TTLTRG7, COMMAND0, COMMAND1,
COMMAND2, COMMAND3, COMMAND4, SUREPATH, DMM,
COUNTER, CTR_EXTARM, CTR_CHAN2, DAC, DIGI, DIGO,
INTERNAL LEVEL
Related Commands
Description
N/A
The following summarizes the ARM subsystem functionality:
ARM ([:SEQuence1] |:STARt) [:LAYer]:DELay <time delay>
Specifies a time delay to occur after receipt of an arm signal prior to actually
arming the Counter. If the arming source selected is fixed, this command will
have no effect on the Counter arming. This command always zeros the event
count delay, so specifying a delay of zero places the arm subsystem in pass-
through mode. In this mode, the instrument arms immediately upon receipt of a
trigger.
ARM ([:SEQuence1] |:STARt) [:LAYer]:ECOunt <time delay>
Specifies the number of arm signals to count prior to arming the Counter. Upon
receipt of arming signal N (where N is the number specified in the command),
the Counter will be armed to take measurements. If you are using a fixed arm
source, this command will have no effect on the Counter arming. This command
always zeros the delay by time parameter, so specifying an event count of zero
places the arm subsystem in pass-through mode. In this mode, the instrument
arms immediately upon receipt of a trigger.
ARM ([:SEQuence1] |:STARt) [:LAYer]:IMMediate
Causes a one-time entry by the Counter into the armed state without receiving
the specified start arm signal.
ARM ([:SEQuence1] |:STARt) [:LAYer]:LEVel <threshold>
Specifies the comparator level of Counter External Arm Signal. When the
External Arm Signal crosses this level with the appropriate slope, the instrument
activates the CTR_EXTARM trigger source.
ARM ([:SEQuence1] |:STARt) [:LAYer]:MODE <mode>
When the Counter has been configured for an array measurement, this command
specifies whether the Counter will perform one or all operations when an ARM
command is received. If the mode is ALL, then all operations will be completed
3–39
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
upon receipt of one arm signal. If the mode is ONCE, then the instrument will
perform one operation and reenter the initiated state. This will continue until the
specified number of arm signals have been received. At that point, the specified
number of operations have been completed.
ARM ([:SEQuence1] |:STARt) [:LAYer]:SLOPe <slope>
Specifies the slope of the Counter External Arm Signal. When the slope is
POSitive, the CTR_EXTARM trigger source will be activated by a rising edge
passing through the specified level. When the slope is NEGative, the CTR_EX-
TARM trigger source will be activated by a falling edge passing through the
specified level. For more information see the ARM:LEVel command.
ARM ([:SEQuence1] |:STARt) [:LAYer]:SOURce <source>
Selects or queries the start arming source to be used when the Counter is
initiated.
ARM (:SEQuence2 |:STOP) [:LAYer]:DELay <time delay>
Specifies a time delay to occur after receipt of a stop arm signal prior to actually
disarming the Counter. If the stop arming source selected is fixed, this command
will have no effect on the Counter arming. This command always zeros the event
count delay, so specifying a delay of zero places the arm subsystem in pass-
through mode. In this mode, the instrument disarms immediately upon receipt of
an arming signal.
ARM (:SEQuence2 |:STOP) [:LAYer]:ECOunt <time delay>
Specifies the number of stop arm signals the instrument will count prior to
disarming the Counter. Upon receipt of an arming signal, the Counter will exit
the armed state. If the arm source selected is fixed, this command will have no
effect on disarming the Counter. This command always zeros the delay by time
parameter, so specifying an event count of zero places the arm subsystem in
pass-through mode. In this mode, the instrument arms immediately upon receipt
of a trigger.
ARM (:SEQuence2 |:STOP) [:LAYer]:IMMediate
Cause a one-time exit by the Counter from the armed state without receiving the
specified stop arm signal.
ARM (:SEQuence2 |:STOP) [:LAYer]:SOURce <source>
Selects or queries the stop arming source to be used when the Counter is
initiated.
3–40
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
Query Response
Query
Response
ARM ([:SEQuence1] |:STARt) <delay in seconds>
[:LAYer]:DELay?
ARM ([:SEQuence1] |:STARt) <triggers to count>
[:LAYer]:ECOunt?
ARM ([:SEQuence1] |:STARt) TTL | ECL | ZERO | MAXimum | MINimum | AUTO | <desired
[:LAYer]:LEVel? voltage>
ARM ([:SEQuence1] |:STARt) ONCE|ALL
[:LAYer]:MODE?
ARM ([:SEQuence1] |:STARt) POSitive | NEGative
[:LAYer]:SLOPe?
ARM ([:SEQuence1] |:STARt) <current source>
[:LAYer]:SOURce?
ARM ([:SEQuence1] |:STARt) Lists all trigger sources available for use with the ARM:SOUR
[:LAYer]:SOURce:CATalog
[:ALL]?
command. Specifies the start arming source for the Counter.
The possible responses are:
HOLD, IMMEDIATE, BUS, TTLTRG0, TTLTRG1, TTLTRG2,
COMMAND0, COMMAND1, COMMAND2, COMMAND3,
COMMAND4, TIMER, SUREPATH, DMM, COUNTER,
CTR_EXTARM, CTR_CHAN2, TTLTRG3, TTLTRG4,
TTLTRG5, TTLTRG6, TTLTRG7
ARM ([:SEQuence1] |:STARt) Lists all delayable trigger sources available for use with the
[:LAYer]:SOURce:CATalog:
DELayable?
ARM:SOUR command. This command specifies the start
arming source for the Counter. The possible responses are as
follows:
BUS, TTLTRG0, TTLTRG1, TTLTRG2, TTLTRG3, TTLTRG4,
TTLTRG5, TTLTRG6, TTLTRG7, COMMAND0, COMMAND1,
COMMAND2, COMMAND3, COMMAND4, SUREPATH, DMM,
COUNTER, CTR_EXTARM, DAC, DIGI, DIGO
ARM ([:SEQuence1] |:STARt) Lists all fixed trigger sources available for use with the
[:LAYer]:SOURce:CATalog:
FIXed?
ARM:SOUR command. This command specifies the start
arming source for the Counter. The possible responses are as
follows:
HOLD,IMMEDIATE,TIMER,CTR_CHAN2
<delay in seconds>
ARM(:SEQuence2 |:STOP)
[:LAYer]:DELay?
ARM (:SEQuence2 |:STOP)
[:LAYer]:ECOunt?
<triggers to count>
<current source>
ARM(:SEQuence2 |:STOP)
[:LAYer]:SOURce?
3–41
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
Query
Response
ARM(:SEQuence2 |:STOP)
[:LAYer]:SOURce:CATalog[:
ALL]?
Lists all trigger sources available for use with the
ARM:STOP:SOUR command. This command specifies the
stop arming source for the Counter. The possible responses
are as follows:
HOLD, IMMEDIATE, BUS, TTLTRG0, TTLTRG1, TTLTRG2,
TTLTRG3, TTLTRG4, TTLTRG5, TTLTRG6, TTLTRG7,
COMMAND0, COMMAND1, COMMAND2, COMMAND3,
COMMAND4, TIMER, SUREPATH, DMM, COUNTER,
CTR_EXTARM, DAC, DIGI, DIGO, INTERNAL, LEVEL
ARM(:SEQuence2 |:STOP)
[:LAYer]:SOURce:CATalog:
DELayable?
Lists all delayable trigger sources available for use with the
ARM:STOP:SOUR command. This command specifies the
stop arming source for the Counter. The possible responses
are as follows:
BUS, EXTERNAL, TTLTRG0, TTLTRG1, TTLTRG2, TTLTRG3,
TTLTRG4, TTLTRG5, TTLTRG6, TTLTRG7, COMMAND0,
COMMAND1, COMMAND2, COMMAND3, COMMAND4,
SUREPATH, DMM, COUNTER,
CTR_EXTARM, DAC, DIGI, DIGO
ARM (:SEQuence2 |:STOP)
[:LAYer]:SOURce:CATalog:
FIXed?
Lists all fixed trigger sources available for use with the
ARM:STOP:SOUR command. This command specifies the
stop arming source for the Counter. The possible responses
are as follows:
HOLD, IMMEDIATE, TIMER, INTERNAL, LEVEL
Examples
ARM ([:SEQuence1] |:STARt) [:LAYer]:DELay <delay in seconds>
Command
Description
INST:SEL COUNTER
CONF:VOLT:DC
ARM:SOUR TTLT0
ARM:DEL 1E–3
INIT
Selects the Counter
Sets the Counter for DC voltage measurements
Arms the TTLT0 source
Sets time delay for 1E–3 seconds
Begins the measurement
ARM ([:SEQuence1] |:STARt) [:LAYer]:ECOunt
Command
Response
INST:SEL COUNTER
CONF:VOLT:DC
ARM:SOUR TTLT0
ARM:ECO 100
INIT
Selects the Counter
Sets the Counter for DC voltage measurements
Arms the TTLT0 source
Sets the event counter for 100 events
Begins the measurement
3–42
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
ARM ([:SEQuence1] |:STARt) [:LAYer]:IMMediate
Command
Response
INST:SEL COUNTER
ARM:SOUR:CAT?
Selects the Counter
HOLD, IMMEDIATE, BUS, TTLTRG0, TTLTRG1, TTLTRG2,
TTLTRG3, TTLTRG4, TTLTRG5, TTLTRG6, TTLTRG7,
COMMAND0, COMMAND1, COMMAND2, COMMAND3,
COMMAND4, TIMER, SUREPATH, DMM, COUNTER,
CTR_EXTARM, CTR_CHAN2, DAC, DIGI, DIGO
CONF:FREQ
ARM:SOUR TTLT0
INIT
Configures the Counter to read frequency
Arms source TTLT0
Begins the measurement
0
FETC:COUN?
Returns the number of measurements
TRIG:IMM
Arms Counter to take an immediate measurement
1
FETC:COUN?
Returns the number of measurements
1.234567890E6
FETC?
ARM ([:SEQuence1] |:STARt) [:LAYer]:LEVel
Command
Response
INST:SEL COUNTER
ARM:SLOP NEG
ARM:LEV TTL
Selects the Counter
INST SEL DMM
TRIG:SOUR CTR_EXTARM
CONF:VOLT:DC
INIT
<wait until falling edge of
external arm crosses 1.6 V>
FETC?
+1.00000E–01
ARM ([:SEQuence1] |:STARt) [:LAYer]:MODE
Command
Response
INST:SEL COUNTER
CONF:ARR:FREQ 3
Selects the Counter
Configures the Counter to take three array measurements
3–43
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
Command
Response
ARM:MODE ONCE
Sets up Counter to take one measurement and then re-enter
the initiated state.
ARM:SOUR COMM0
INIT
Selects COMM0 as the start arming source
Begins the measurement
0
FETC:COUN?
TRIG:FIR0
FETC:COUN?
TRIG:FIR0
1
TRIG:FIR0
FETCH:COUN?
FETC?
3
#2411.234567891E6, 1.234567890E6, 1.234567892E6
ARM ([:SEQuence1] |:STARt) [:LAYer]:SLOPe
See ARM:LEVel example
ARM ([:SEQuence1] |:STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce:CATalog[:ALL]?
Command
Response
INST:SEL COUNTER
ARM:SOUR:CAT?
HOLD, IMMEDIATE, BUS, TTLTRG0, TTLTRG1, TTLTRG2,
TTLTRG3, TTLTRG4, TTLTRG5, TTLTRG6, TTLTRG7,
COMMAND0, COMMAND1, COMMAND2, COMMAND3,
COMMAND4, TIMER, SUREPATH, DMM, COUNTER,
CTR_EXTARM, CTR_CHAN2
CONF:FREQ
ARM:SOUR BUS
INIT
FETC:COUN?
*TRG
0
FETC:COUN?
FETC?
1
1.234567890E6
3–44
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
ARM ([:SEQuence1] |:STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce:CATalog:DELayable?
Command
Response
ARM:SOUR:CAT:DEL?
BUS, EXTERNAL, TTLTRG0, TTLTRG1, TTLTRG2, TTLTRG3,
TTLTRG4, TTLTRG5, TTLTRG6, TTLTRG7, COMMAND0,
COMMAND1, COMMAND2, COMMAND3, COMMAND4,
SUREPATH, DMM, COUNTER, CTR_EXTARM, DAC, DIGI,
DIGO
ARM (:SEQuence2 |:STOP) [:LAYer]:SOURce:CATalog:[ALL]
Command
Response
ARM:STOP:SOUR:CAT?
HOLD, IMMEDIATE, BUS, EXTERNAL, TTLTRG0, TTLTRG1,
TTLTRG2, TTLTRG3, TTLTRG4, TTLTRG5, TTLTRG6,
TTLTRG7, COMMAND0, COMMAND1, COMMAND2,
COMMAND3, COMMAND4, TIMER, SUREPATH, DMM,
COUNTER, CTR_EXTARM, DAC, DIGI, DIGO, CTR_CHAN2,
INTERNAL, LEVEL
ARM ([:SEQuence1] |:STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce:CATalog:FIXed?
Command
Response
ARM:SOUR:CAT:FIX?
HOLD,IMMEDIATE,TIMER,CTR_CHAN2
ARM (:SEQuence2 |:STOP) [:LAYer]:DELay
Command
Response
INST:SEL COUNTER
CONF:VOLT:DC
ARM:STOP:SOUR TTLT0
ARM:STOP:DEL 1E–3
INIT
ARM (:SEQuence2 |:STOP) [:LAYer]:ECOunt
Command
Response
INST:SEL COUNTER
CONF:VOLT:DC
ARM:STOP:SOUR TTLT0
ARM:STOP:ECO 100
INIT
3–45
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
ARM (:SEQuence2 |:STOP) [:LAYer]:IMMediate
Command
Response
CONF:FREQ
ARM:STOP:SOUR TTLT0
INIT
FETC:COUN?
ARM:STOP:IMM
FETC:COUN?
0
0
ARM (:SEQuence2 |:STOP) [:LAYer]:SOURce:CATalog:ALL
Command
Response
INST:SEL COUNTER
ARM:STOP:SOUR:CAT?
HOLD, IMMEDIATE, BUS, EXTERNAL, TTLTRG0, TTLTRG1,
TTLTRG2, TTLTRG3, TTLTRG4, TTLTRG5, TTLTRG6,
TTLTRG7, COMMAND0, COMMAND1, COMMAND2,
COMMAND3, COMMAND4, TIMER, SUREPATH, DMM,
COUNTER, CTR_EXTARM, INTERNAL, LEVEL, DAC, DIGI,
DIGO
CONF:ARR:FREQ 512
ARM:SOUR BUS
ARM:STOP:SOUR BUS
INIT
FETC:COUN?
*TRG
0
FETC:COUN?
FETC:COUN?
*TRG
23
47
FETC:COUN?
53
ARM(:SEQuence2|:STOP)[:LAYer]:SOURce:CATalog[:ALL]?
Command
Response
ARM:STOP:SOUR:CAT?
HOLD, IMMEDIATE, BUS, TTLTRG0, TTLTRG1, TTLTRG2,
TTLTRG3, TTLTRG4, TTLTRG5, TTLTRG6, TTLTRG7,
COMMAND0, COMMAND1, COMMAND2, COMMAND3,
COMMAND4, TIMER, SUREPATH, DMM, COUNTER,
CTR_EXTARM, CTR_CHAN2, INTERNAL, LEVEL
3–46
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
ARM (:SEQuence2 |:STOP) [:LAYer]:SOURce:CATalog:DELayable?
Command
Response
ARM:STOP:SOUR:CAT:DEL? BUS, TTLTRG0, TTLTRG1, TTLTRG2, TTLTRG3, TTLTRG4,
TTLTRG5, TTLTRG6, TTLTRG7, COMMAND0, COMMAND1,
COMMAND2, COMMAND3, COMMAND4, SUREPATH, DMM,
COUNTER, CTR_EXTARM, DAC, DIGI, DIGO
ARM (:SEQuence2 |:STOP) [:LAYer]:SOURce:CATalog:FIXed?
Command
Response
ARM:STOP:SOUR:CAT:FIX?
HOLD,IMMEDIATE,TIMER,INTERNAL,LEVEL
CALCulate Subsystem
The CALCulate commands enable you to process data acquired by the instru-
ment with SENSe commands.
Command Syntax
CALCulate:LIMit
:ENVelope[:DATA] <threshold1>,<threshold2>
:LOWer[:DATA] <threshold>
:UPPer[:DATA] <threshold>
CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram:COUNt <numeric_value>
CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram:POINts <numeric_value>
CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram:RANGe <min_value>, <max_value>
CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram:RANGe:AUTO <ON|OFF>
Query Syntax
CALCulate:AVERage? [<count>[,<offset>[,<step_size>]]]
CALCulate:LIMit
:ENVelope [:DATA]?
:FCOunt [:DATA]?
:LOWer [:DATA]?
:UPPer [:DATA]?
:REPort [:DATA]?
CALCulate:MEDian? [<count>[,<offset>[,<step_size>]]]
CALCulate:MINimum? [<count>[,<offset>[,<step_size>]]]
CALCulate:MAXimum? [<count>[,<offset>[,<step_size>]]]
CALCulate:SDEViation?[<count>[,<offset>[,<step_size>]]]
CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram?
3–47
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
:ABOVe?
:BELow?
:COUNt?
:POINts?
:RANGe?
:RANGe:AUTO?
CALCulate:VARiance? [<count>[,<offset>[,<step_size>]]]
Command Class
*RST Value
Instrument
Parameter
<threshold1>
<threshold2>
<threshold>
<numeric value>
<min>
Value
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
<max>
N/A
<count>
size of last array measurement
<offset>
1
1
<step size>
Limits
Parameter
<threshold1>
<threshold2>
<threshold>
<numeric value>
<min>
Value
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
<max>
N/A
<count>
1 to 1000
1 to 1000
1 to 1000
<offset>
<step size>
Related Commands
N/A
Command Description
CALCulate:LIMit:ENVelope[:DATA] <threshold1>,<threshold2>
This command searches for all the input data values within an envelope of values
defined as being above, below, or in between, a set of boundary values. The
3–48
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
range of the envelope is determined by the <threshold1> and the <threshold2>
values. For example:
H
H
If the <threshold2> is greater than the <threshold1>, the range of data
values searched for is above the <threshold1> value or below the <thresh-
old1> value.
If the <threshold2> is less than <threshold1>, the range of data values
searched for is between the <threshold1> and <threshold2>.
Threshold t Threshold
1
2
Threshold
Threshold
Threshold
2
1
1
2
Threshold u Threshold
1
2
Threshold
Threshold t Threshold
1
2
CALCulate:LIMit:LOWer[:DATA] <threshold>
This command searches for all the input data values below a certain <threshold>.
CALCulate:LIMit:UPPer[:DATA] <threshold>
This command searches for all the input data values above a certain threshold.
CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram:COUNt <threshold>
This command determines the number of data points to include in a histogram
calculation.
CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram:POINts <threshold>
This command sets the number of intervals in a histogram calculation. If a data
value is exactly the same value as a limit dividing two bins, the data value will
be counted in the next bin, unless the value matches the last interval limit.
Bin #
Limits
5 –10
1
2
3
4
10 –15
15 –20
20 –25
3–49
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
Bin #
Limits
25 –30
30 –35
5
6
Data
6
Bin
1
33
15
35
6
3
6
CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram:RANGe <minimum>,<maximum>
This command sets the minimum and maximum values to use in a histogram
calculation.
CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram:RANGe:AUTO <ON|OFF>
This command sets the minimum and maximum values to use in a histogram
calculation to be automatically determined. The minimum and maximum data
points will be used.
Query Response
Query
Response
CALCulate:AVERage?
[< count >[,<offset>
[,<step_size>]]]
Averages a specified number of measurements in the memory
buffer. The optional parameters are for averaging selected
values in the memory buffer.
<count> specifies the number of data points to calculate.
<offset> determines at which point the instrument will begin
averaging stored values.
<step_size> determines the number of measurements the
instrument will skip before taking a value to be averaged.
NOTE: In order to specify <step size>, you must first enter <count> and <offset> values>. If you
do not specify a <count> value, then the instrument will use the most recent <count> as the
default.
CALCulate:LIMit:ENVelope[:
DATA]?
Returns the <threshold1> and <threshold2> values
CALCulate:LIMit:FCOunt?
Performs a limit test on the current available data and returns
the number of data points that failed a limit test.
NOTE: You must send a CALC:limit:upper, lower, or envelope command before this query.
CALCulate:LIMit:REPort[:
DATA]?
Returns the <memory_index> and <failed_value> values
collected in the most recent CALCulate:LIMit:...[:DATA]
command.
3–50
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
Query
Response
NOTE: You must execute the CALCulate:LIMit:...[DATA] command before running the
CALCulate:REPort command. If no data values were found, the instrument will return a value of
zero. (The first point in memory is “1”)
NOTE: You must send a CALC:LIMit:UPPer, LOWer, or ENVelope command before sending the
above query.
CALCulate:LIMit:LOWer[:
DATA]?
The <threshold> value
The <threshold> value
CALCulate:LIMit:UPPer[:
DATA]?
CALCulate:MAXimum?
[<count>[<offset>
[,<step size>]]]
This query calculates and returns the maximum value for a set
of data.
The <data_index> returned indicated which data point in
memory where the maximum value is.
The <maximum_value> returns the value of the maximum data
point. If no valid data values were found “No Data” will be
returned. The optional parameters are for comparing selected
values in the memory buffer.
The optional <count> parameter specifies the number of data
points to search. If no <count> is specified, then the number
measurements last taken will be the default.
The optional <offset> parameter determines at which point in
memory values will start to be searched.
The optional <step_size> parameter determines the number of
measurements to skip before taking a value to be compared.
Note: In order to specify a <step_size>, the user must enter the
<count> and the <offset> information.
3–51
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
Query
Response
CALCulate:MEDian?
[<count>[,<offset>[,
<step size>]]]
This query calculates and returns the median value for a set of
data.
The <data_index> returned indicated which data point in
memory where the median value is.
The <median_value> returns the value of the median data
point. If no valid data values were found “No Data” will be
returned. The optional parameters are for searching selected
values in the memory buffer.
The optional <count> parameter specifies the number of data
points to search. If no <count> is specified, then the number
measurements last taken will be the default.
The optional <offset> parameter determines at which point in
memory values will start to be searched.
The optional <step_size> parameter determines the number of
measurements to skip before taking a value to be compared.
Note: In order to specify a <step_size>, the user must enter the
<count> and the <offset> information.
CALCulate:MINimum?
[<count>[<offset>
[,<step size>]]]
This query calculates and returns the minimum value for a set
of data.
The <data_index> returned indicated which data point in
memory where the minimum value is.
The <minimum_value> returns the value of the minimum data
point. If no valid data values were found “No Data” will be
returned. The optional parameters are for comparing selected
values in the memory buffer.
The optional <count> parameter specifies the number of data
points to compare. If no <count> is specified, then the number
measurements last taken will be the default.
The optional <offset> parameter determines at which point in
memory values will start to be searched.
The optional <step_size> parameter determines the number of
measurements to skip before taking a value to be compared.
Note: In order to specify a <step_size>, the user must enter the
<count> and the <offset> information.
3–52
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
Query
Response
CALCulate:SDEViation?
[<count>[,<offset>
[,<step size>]]]
This query calculates and returns the standard deviation for a
set of data. The formula used for standard deviation is:
s = sqrt (S (data – average)2/(n–1)
i
(n = amount of data summed)
If no valid data values were found “No Data” will be returned.
The optional parameters are for calculating selected values in
the memory buffer.
The optional <count> parameter specifies the number of
datapoints to calculate. If no <count> is specified, then the
number measurements last taken will be the default.
The optional <offset> parameter determines at which point in
memory values will start to be calculated.
The optional <step_size> parameter determines the number of
measurements to skip before taking a value to be used.
NOTE: In order to specify a <step_size>, you must enter the
<count> and the <offset> information.
CALCulate:TRANsform:
HISTogram?
This query calculates and returns the histogram for a set of
data. The format is as follows:
<bin_data{bin_data>}
CALCulate:TRANsform:
HISTogram:ABOVe?
Returns the number of points above the maximum value in a
histogram calculation.
CALCulate:TRANsform:
HISTogram:BELow?
Returns the number of points below the minimum value in a
histogram calculation.
CALCulate:TRANsform:
HISTogram:COUNt?
Returns number of points in a histogram calculation.
CALCulate:TRANsform:
HISTogram:POINts?
Returns number of points in a histogram calculation.
CALCulate:TRANsform:
HISTogram:RANGe?
Returns the <minimum_value> and <maximum_value> in a
histogram calculation.
3–53
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
Query
Response
CALCulate:TRANsform:
HISTogram:AUTO?
<ON|OFF>
CALCulate:VARiance?
[<count>[,<offset>
[,step size>]]]
This query calculates and returns the variance for a set of data.
The variance is the standard deviation squared or:
s = sqrt (S (data – average)2/(n–1)
i
(n = amount of data summed)
If no valid data values were found “No Data” will be returned.
The optional parameters are for calculating selected values in
the memory buffer.
The optional <count> parameter specifies the number of
datapoints to calculate. If no <count> is specified, then the
number measurements last taken will be the default.
The optional <offset> parameter determines at which point in
memory values will start to be calculated.
The optional <step_size> parameter determines the number of
measurements to skip before taking a value to be used.
NOTE: In order to specify a <step_size>, you must enter the
<count> and the <offset> information.
Examples
CALCulate:AVERage?[<count>[,<offset>[,<step_size>]]]
Command
Response
inst:sel ctr
Selects the Counter
calc:lim:upper 5.0
calc:aver?
Sets upper data value limit
Averages all the data that has been collected
calc:aver? 20,3,2
Averages 20 measurement readings. Starts with the 3rd mea-
surement. Averages every other data point
CALCulate:LIMit:ENVelope[:DATA]
Command
Response
inst:sel ctr
Selects the Counter
calc:lim:env 5000,1000
Sets an envelope value. All data points above 05.0 kHz and
below 1.0 kHz are targeted.
calc:lim:env?
1000, 5000<lf> returns the envelope threshold value
calc:lim:env 1000,5000
Sets an envelope value. All data points between 5.0 kHz and
1.0 kHz are targeted.
calc:lim:env?
5000, 1000<lf> returns the envelope threshold value
3–54
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
CALCulate:LIMit:FCOunt?
Command
Response
inst:sel ctr
Selects the Counter
calc:lim:upp 5000
calc:lim:fco?
Sets upper threshold value
Returns the number of data points outside of a defined thresh-
old.
CALCulate:LIMit:LOWer[:DATA]
Command
Response
inst:sel ctr
Selects the Counter
Sets lower threshold value
5.0
calc:lim:lower 5.0
calc:lim:lower?
Returns the lower threshold value
CALCulate:LIMit:REPort[:DATA]?
Command
Response
inst:sel ctr
Selects the Counter
Sets <threshold2> value
2, 6002.0; 5,5001.0
calc:lim:upp 5000
calc:lim:rep?
Returns the number of data points and data values outside of
the defined threshold
CALCulate:LIMit:UPPer[:DATA]
Command
Response
inst:sel ctr
Selects the Counter
Sets the <threshold2> value
5.0
calc:lim:upper 5.0
calc:lim:upper?
Returns the <threshold2> value
CALCulate:MEDian
Command
Response
inst:sel ctr
Selects the Counter
Finds the median value
CALC:MEDian?
3–55
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
CALCulate:MINimum
Command
Response
inst:sel ctr
Selects the Counter
Finds the minimum value
CALC:MINimum?
CALCulate:MAXimum
Command
Response
inst:sel ctr
Selects the Counter
Finds the maximum value
CALC:MAXimum?
CALCulate:SDEViation
Command
Response
inst:sel ctr
Selects the Counter
CALC:SDEViation?
Calculates and returns the standard deviation on a set of data
CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram
Command
Response
inst:sel ctr
Selects the Counter
CALC:TRAN:HIST:COUNt 5
CALC:TRAN:HIST:POINts 3
Sets the number of data to use in a histogram calculation to 5
Sets the number of intervals in a histogram calculation to 3
Sets the range of a histogram calculation
CALC:TRAN:HIST:RANGe
10,00
CALC:TRAN:HIST?
Returns the histogram distribution
CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram:ABOVe?
Command
Response
inst:sel ctr
Selects the Counter
Turns off autoranging
CALC:TRAN:HIST:RANGE:
AUTO OFF
CALC:TRAN:HIST:RANGE:
10,50
Sets the range of the histogram calculation for 10-50
Returns the number of data points above 50
CALC:TRAN:HIST:ABOV?
3–56
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram:BELow
Command
Response
inst:sel ctr
Selects the Counter
CALC:TRAN:HIST:BEL?
Returns the number of data points below 10
CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram:COUNt
Command
Response
inst:sel ctr
Selects the Counter
CALC:TRAN:HIST:COUNt 5
CALC:TRAN:HIST:COUNt?
Sets the number of data to use in a histogram calculation to 5
Returns the number of data points to use in a histogram
calculation
CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram:POINts
Command
Response
inst:sel ctr
Selects the Counter
CALC:TRAN:HIST:POINts 3
CALC:TRAN:HIST:POINts?
Sets the number of intervals in a histogram calculation to 3
Returns the number of intervals in a histogram calculation
CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram:RANGe
Command
Response
inst:sel ctr
Selects the Counter
CALC:TRAN:HIST:RANGe
CALC:TRAN:HIST:RANGe?
Sets the range of a histogram calculation
Returns the range of a histogram calculation
CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram:RANGe:AUTO
Command
Response
inst:sel ctr
Selects the Counter
CALC:TRAN:HIST:RANGe:
AUTO ON
Automatically sets the range of a histogram calculation
CALC:TRAN:HIST:RANGe:
AUTO?
Tells if the histogram auto range is on or off
3–57
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
CALCulate:VARiance
Command
Response
inst:sel ctr
Selects the Counter
CALC:VARiance?
Calculates and returns the variance on a set of data
CALibrate Subsystem
The CALibrate commands enable you to set the Counter functions to their
correct values.
Command Syntax
CALibrate:ARM[:VALue] <arm input voltage>
CALibrate[<channel>]
:DELay <cross channel specification>
:HYSTeresis
:LFCOmp
:LINearity
:VALue <input voltage>
:ZERO
CALibrate:DTI
CALibrate3:BIAS
CALibrate[1|2|3]:ROSCillator <input frequency>
Query Syntax
*RST Value
N/A
N/A
Parameter
Value
Limits
<arm input voltage>
0.0 or 20.0
<cross channel specification> 12 or 21
<channel>
1 or 2
<input voltage>
<input frequency>
–50 to +50
9000000.0000 to 11000000.0000
Related Commands
SOUR:ROSC[?]
SOUR:ROSC:VAL[?]
3–58
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
Command Description
CALibrate:ARM[:VALue] <arm input voltage>
The CALibrate:ARM:VALue command performs a gain and zero calibration on
the ARM input. This command requires an <arm_input_voltage> calibration
source set to 0.0 ±0.001 V for calibrating the offset, and 20.0 V ±0.1% for
calibrating the gain.
CALibrate[<channel>]:DELay <cross channel specification>
Performs calibration of the internal delay cabling for the channel specified. This
command requires an input frequency source set to a 10 MHz square wave at
±1.0 V ±0.1 V.
This command performs cross-channel delay calculations between the two input
channels. It requires the 10 MHz square wave to be connected to both channel
inputs of the instrument using a “T” connector and cables of equal length.
The <channel> argument specifies which of the two standard Counter channels
you want to calibrate.
CALibrate[<channel>]:HYSTeresis
The CALibrate[<channel>]:HYSTeresis command calculates the hysteresis
linearization factors. This command uses an internal reference, and so does not
require any external input.
The <channel> argument specifies the channel being calibrated, and can be
specified as either 1 or 2. If <channel> is not specified, channel one is assumed.
CALibrate[<channel>]:LFCOmp
The CALibrate:LFCOmp command performs a low frequency compensation on
the inputs. This command requires an input frequency source set to a square
wave of ±2.5 V ±0.1 V at 1 kHz.
The <channel> argument specifies the channel being calibrated, and can be
specified as either 1 or 2. If [<channel>] is not specified, channel one is
assumed.
CALibrate[<channel>]:LINearity
The CALibrate[<channel>]:LINearity command calculates linearity corrections
for the preamplifier section of the Counter hardware. This command requires an
input calibration source set to 0.5 V ±0.1%.
The <channel> argument specifies the channel being calibrated, and can be
specified as either 1 or 2. If [<channel>] is not specified, channel one is
assumed.
CALibrate[<channel>]:VALue <input voltage>
The CALibrate[<channel>]:VALue <input voltage> command calculates the gain
3–59
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
correction factors for the Counter attenuation and gain settings. This command
requires an input calibration source set to the <input voltage> values below
(±0.1%).
Table 3–3: Input Calibration Source Settings
<input voltage>
+50.0
+20
+10
+5.0
+2.0
+1.0
+0.5
+0.2
+0.1
+0.05
–50.0
–20
–10
–5.0
–2.0
–1.0
–0.5
–0.2
–0.1
–0.05
[<channel>] specifies the channel being calibrated, and can be specified as either
1 or 2. If [<channel>] is not specified, channel one is assumed.
CALibrate[<channel>]:ZERO
The CALibrate[<channel>]:ZERO command performs offset corrections for each
of the gain and attenuation settings of the Counter. This command requires an
input calibration source set to 0.0 V ±0.001 V.
[<channel>] specifies the channel being calibrated, and can be specified as either
1 or 2. If [<channel>] is not specified, channel one is assumed.
3–60
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
CALibrate:DTI
The CALibrate:DTI command performs a statistical analysis of the internal
hardware for determining the setting of the digital time interpolation bit used by
the Counter hardware. This command requires an input frequency source set to a
10 MHz square wave at ±0.5 V ±0.1 V.
CALibrate3:BIAS
The CALibrate3:BIAS performs a sensitivity adjustment for the channel three
input of the card.
CALibrate[1|2|3]:ROSCillator <input frequency>
This command is used to calibrate the currently selected reference oscillator
using an externally supplied signal with a known frequency and the VX4101A
counter. The suffix on the Calibrate keyword specifies to which channel the
external signal is connected. The argument specifies the frequency of this signal.
After the calibration is complete, the calibrated reference oscillator frequency is
stored in nonvolatile memory and will be used for all subsequent measurements.
Examples
CALibrate:ARM[:VALue]
Command
Description
CALIBRATE:ARM:VALUE 0
cal:arm 20
Performs the ARM input offset correction
Performs the ARM input gain correction
CALibrate[<channel>]:DELay
Command
Description
CALIBRATE1:DELAY
cal2:del
Performs the channel 1 cabling delay calibration
Performs the channel 2 cabling delay calibration
Performs the channel 1 to 2 cross channel delay calibration
Performs the channel 2 to 1 cross channel delay calibration
CAL:DELAY 12
cal:delay 21
CALibrate[<channel>]:VALue
Command
Description
CALIBRATE1:VALUE 5
CAL2:VAL –5.0
Performs the gain correction for channel 1 for a 5 V input
Performs the gain correction for channel 2 for a –5.0 V input
3–61
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
CALibrate[<channel>]:HYSTeresis
Command
Response
CALIBRATE1:HYSTERESIS
CAL2:HYST
Performs the hysteresis linearization for channel 1
Performs the hysteresis linearization for channel 2
CALibrate[<channel>]:LFCOmp
Command
Response
CALIBRATE1:LFCOMP
CAL2:LFCO
Performs the low frequency compensation for channel 1
Performs the low frequency compensation for channel 2
CALibrate[<channel>]:LINearity
Command
Response
CALIBRATE1:LINEARITY
CAL2:LIN
Performs the linearization correction for channel 1
Performs the linearization correction for channel 2
CALibrate[<channel>]:ZERO
Command
Response
CALIBRATE1:ZERO
CAL2:ZERO
Performs the offset calibration for channel 1
Performs the offset calibration for channel 2
CALibrate:DTI
Command
Response
CALIBRATE:DTI
Performs the DTI calculations.
CALibrate[3]:BIAS
Command
Response
CALIBRATE3:SENSITIV
N/A, Perform the sensitivity adjustment
3–62
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
CALibrate [3] :ROSCillator <input frequency>
Command
Response/Description
SOUR:ROSC INT;
SYST:ERR?
–313,“Calibration memory lost; VX4101; Reference Oscillator
Uncalibrated”
Display the reference oscillator error
10000000.0000
SOUR:ROSC:VAL?
INST:SEL COUNTER
CAL:ROSC 10.001E6
SOUR:ROSC:VAL?
Selects the Counter
9999999.0000
CONFigure Subsystem
The CONFigure commands tell the Counter what type of measurement to make
and the input channel(s) to use. The measurement will not be made until a
INITiate or READ? command is given.
The input coupling and impedance are not changed by these commands. You
must select the coupling and impedance that makes sense for the input signal(s)
and the desired measurement.
The input attentuation, offset, gain, and comparator hysteresis are not changed by
these commands. However, the comparator slopes and thresholds are changed to
defaults by these commands. If INPut:SETup:AUTO (autotrigger) is set to ON or
ONCE, the input attenuation, offset, gain, and comparator hysteresis may change
when the measurement is started. The coupling and impedance are set with the
INPut:COUPling and INPut:IMPedance commands.
After a CONFigure command, you can use the INPut and SENSe commands to
modify the CONFigure setup before the measurement is started by an INITiate or
READ? command. These modifications can be undone at INITiate by some
types of measurements.
The Counter may be programmed to make and store up to 1000 measurements.
The SCALar commands program the Counter for one measurement. The ARRAy
commands program the Counter for a maximum of 1000 measurements as
specified by the <array size> parameter.
3–63
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
Command Syntax
CONFigure[1|2|3]([:SCALar]|:ARRay)
:FREQuency [<array size>[,<expected value>[,resolution>]]]
:FREQuency:RATio [<array size>[,<expected
value>[,resolution>]]]
:PERiod [<array size>[,<expected value>[,resolution>]]]
CONFigure[1|2]([:SCALar]|:ARRay)
:NDUTy cycle|PDUTCycle|DCYCle [<array size>[,<dcycle
reference>[,<expected value>[,resolution>]]]
:NWIDth|PWIDth [<array size>[,<pwidth reference>[,<expected
value>[,resolution>]]]
:PHASe [<array size>[,<expected value>[,resolution>]]]
:RTIMe|FTIMe|RISE:TIME|FALL:TIME [<array size>[,<low
reference>[,<high reference> [,<expected
value>[,resolution>]]]
:TINTerval [<array size>[,<expected value>[,resolution>]]]
[:VOLTage]
:AC [<array size>[,<expected value>[,resolution>]]]
:DC [<array size>[,<expected value>[,resolution>]]]
:MINimum [<array size>[,<expected value>[,resolution>]]]
:MAXimum [<array size>[,<expected value>[,resolution>]]]
:PTPeak [<array size>[,<expected value>[,resolution>]]]
CONFigure[1|2|11|12|21|22]([:SCALar]|:ARRay)
:TINTerval:DELay:TIME|EVENts [<array size>[,<delay
time>|<delay events>[,<expected value>[,resolution>]]]
CONFigure[1|2|10|20]([:SCALar]|:ARRay)
:TOTalize
NOTE. If you specify SCALar in the command, <array size> is not a valid
parameter. If ARRay is specified, <array size> is a required parameter.
Query Syntax
CONFigure?
3–64
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
*RST Value
Parameter
Value
1
<array size>
<delay time>
1E–6
1000
50
<delay events>
<dcycle reference>
<pwidth reference>
<low reference>
<high reference>
50
10
90
Limits
Parameters
Value
<array size>
1 to 1000
1E–9 to 9E6
1 to 9E15
10 to 90
10 to 90
10 to 90
10 to 90
<delay time>
<delay events>
<dcycle reference>
<pwidth reference>
<low reference>
<high reference>
Related Commands
MEASure, SENSe
Command Description
The following describes specific characteristics and behavior of CONFigure
commands applies to all measurement functions.
Characteristics of All CONFigure Commands
If a reference is specified, then the instrument must perform an autotrigger to
determine the appropriate trigger levels. Thus, if INPut:SETup:AUTO is set to
OFF, then INPut:SETup:AUTO will be set to ONCE. If INPut:SETup:AUTO is
set to ONCE or ON, then INPut:SETup:AUTO will be unchanged.
If no reference is specified and the INPut:SETup:AUTO is set to OFF, then the
counter front end will be changed to the following:
gain is set to 1
attenuation is set to 1
threshold is set to 0 V for frequency, period, and totalize and to –0.03 V for
all other measurement functions (so that the upper threshold of the hysteresis
is set to 0 V)
3–65
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
Aperture Characteristics
The aperture is set for all measurement commands except for totalize as follows:
If the optional resolution argument is not specified, then aperture is set to the
default value. If the optional expected value and resolution arguments are not
specified, then the aperture is set to the default value. If both the expected value
and resolution arguments are specified, then the aperture is calculated as follows:
aperture = 10^(–9+log<expected value>–log<resolution>)
with a minimum of 1e–8 and a maximum of 5 seconds. A longer aperture may
be set with the SENSe:APERture command.
The aperture for totalize is 9e6 seconds. An abort must be issued to terminate the
measurement.
CONFigure[1|2|3]([:SCALar]|:ARRay):FREQuency [<array size>[,expected
value>[,<resolution>]]]
This command configures the Counter to measure the frequency of the signal on
the CONFigure suffix input channel. The units of <expected value> and
<resolution> are both Hz.
This command will modify the following:
function - set to FREQuency
aperture - described below
aperture/events mode - set to APERture
if autosetup mode is ON or ONCE, the input channel attenuation, offset,
gain, level and slope can be modified
If neither of the optional arguments are used:
aperture is set to the default value
If only the <expected value> argument is used:
aperture is set to the default value
If both <expected value> and <resolution> are used the aperture is calculated as
follows:
aperture + 10(–9)logtexpectedu*logtresolutionu)
with a minimum of 1e–8 and a maximum of 5 seconds. A longer aperture may
be set with the SENSe:FREQuency:APERture command.
CONFigure[1|2|3]([:SCALar]|:ARRay):FREQuency:RATio [<array size>[,expected
value>[,<resolution>]]]
This command configures the Counter to measure the ratio of the frequencies of
the signals on the CONFigure suffix input channel and <second channel>.
3–66
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
The <expected value> and <resolution> arguments have no units. The parame-
ters <expected value> and <resolution> are accepted but are not used.
This command will modify the following:
function - set to FREQ:RAT
aperture - set to default
aperture/events mode - set to APERture
if autosetup mode is ON or ONCE, the input channel attenuation, offset, gain,
level, slope can be modified
The SENSe suffix selects the input channel for the numerator, the <second
channel> selects the input channel for the denominator. Ratios of a channel to
itself are always one and the Counter will generate an error if programmed to do
it. <second channel> can be 1, 2 or 3. When channel 3 is not being used and the
Counter mode is EVENts, the <second channel> will be used as the input to the
EVENts counter. In the case where input channel 3 is used and the counter mode
is EVENts, the other specified input channel will be used as the input to the
EVENts counter.
CONFigure[1|2]([:SCALar]|:ARRay):NDUTycycle|PDUTCycle|DCYCLE [,dcycle
reference>[,<expected>[<array size>[,expected value>[,<resolution>]]]]
NOTE. Duty cycle measurements use all available hardware timers. When the
Counter is in this mode, the aperture is time controlled by software and has a
minimum period of approximately 10 ms. For event apertures, only a measure-
ment.
This command configures a positive or negative duty cycle measurement. The
reference is the percent of the signal’s peak value, e.g. percent of peak to peak as
measured from the signal’s minimum.
This command will modify the following:
function - set to PDUT or NDUT
aperture - described below
aperture/events mode - set to APERture
The input channel attenuation, offset, gain, level and slope can be modified.
CONFigure[1|2]([:SCALar]|:ARRay):NWIDth|PWIDth [<array size>[,<pwidth
reference>[,expected value>[,<resolution>]]]
This command configures the Counter to measure the positive or negative pulse
width time of the signal on the CONFigure suffix input channel. The units of the
<reference> are percentage. The units of <expected value> and <resolution> are
3–67
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
seconds. If the <expected value> argument is used, the expected period of the
input signal should be used, not the expected pulse width. This measurement
uses both comparators of the input channel. The reference value is used to set the
comparator threshold levels to a percentage of the peak-to-peak signal.
If a reference value is specified and INPut:SETup:AUTO is set to OFF,
INPut:SETup:AUTO will be set to ONCE. If a reference value is not specified,
the input channel comparators 1 and 2 levels will be set to 0 V.
This command will modify the following:
function - set to PWID or NWID
aperture - described below
aperture/events mode - set to APERture
The input channel attenuation, offset, gain, level and slope can be modified
If neither of the optional arguments are used:
aperture is set to the default value
If only the <expected value> argument is used:
aperture is set to the default value
If both <expected value> and <resolution> are used the aperture is calculated as
follows:
aperture + 10(–9)logtexpectedu– logtresolutionu)
with a minimum of 1e–8 and a maximum of 5 seconds. A longer aperture may
be set with the SENSe:PWIDth:APERture command.
CONFigure[1|2|3]([:SCALar]|:ARRay):PERiod [<array size>[,expected value>[,<reso-
lution>]]]
This command configures the Counter to measure the period of the signal on the
CONFigure suffix input channel. The units of <expected value> and <resolu-
tion> are seconds.
This command will modify the following:
function - set to PERiod
aperture - described below
aperture/events mode - set to APERture
if autosetup mode is ON or ONCE, the input channel attenuation, offset, gain,
level, and slope can be modified
If neither of the optional arguments are used:
aperture is set to the default value
3–68
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
If only the <expected value> argument is used:
aperture is set to the default value
If both <expected value> and <resolution> are used the aperture is calculated as
follows:
aperture + 10(–9)logtexpectedu– logtresolutionu)
with a minimum of 1e–8 and a maximum of 5 seconds. A longer aperture may
be set with the SENSe:FREQuency:APERture command.
CONFigure[1|2]([:SCALar]|:ARRay):PHASe [<array size>[,expected value>[,<resolu-
tion>]]]
This command configures a phase measurement. The suffix selects the channel
for the beginning of the measurement. For example, CONF1:PHASe will set up
the instrument to perform a phase measurement from channel one to channel
two, whereas CONF2:PHASe will set up the instrument to perform a phase
measurement from channel two to channel one.
This command will modify the following:
Function set to PHAS
Aperture/events mode set to aperture
If auto setup is ON or ONCE, the input attenuation, offset, gain, level, and slope
can be modified.
NOTE. Phase measurements use all available hardware timers. When the
Counter is in this mode, the aperture is controlled by software and has a
minimum period of approximately 10 ms.
CONFigure[1|2]([:SCALar]|:ARRay):RTIMe|FTIMe|RISE:TIME|FALL:TIME [<array
size>[,<low reference>[,<high reference>[expected value>[,<resolution>]]]]
This command configures the Counter to measure the rise or fall time of the
signal on the CONFigure suffix input channel. The units of the <low reference>
and <high reference> are a percentage. The units of <expected value> and
<resolution> are seconds. If the <expected value> argument is used, the expected
period of the input signal should be used, not the expected rise/fall time. This
measurement uses both comparators of the input channel.
If a reference value is specified and INPut:SETup:AUTO is set to OFF,
INPut:SETup:AUTO will be set to ONCE. If a reference value is not specified,
the input channel comparator 1 level will be set to –.25 V and input channel
3–69
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
comparator 2 level will be set to +.25 V for a rise time measurement. For fall
time, the reverse is set.
This command will modify the following:
function - set to RTIMe or FTIMe
aperture - described below
aperture/events mode - set to APERture
The input channel attenuation, offset, gain, level and slope can be modified
If neither of the optional arguments are used:
aperture is set to the default value
If only the <expected value> argument is used:
aperture is set to the default value
If both <expected value> and <resolution> are used the aperture is calculated as
follows:
aperture + 10(–9)logtexpectedu– logtresolutionu)
with a minimum of 1e–8 and a maximum of 5 seconds. A longer aperture may
be set with the SENSe:RTIMe:APERture command.
CONFigure[1|2]([:SCALar]|:ARRay):TINTerval [<array size>[,expected value>[,<res-
olution>]]]
This command sets the Counter to make a time interval measurement. This
measurement is made between input channels 1 and 2. The CONFigure suffix
selects the input channel for the beginning of the interval. The end of the interval
will be from the remaining channel. The measurement is made from the first
detected rising edge on the first channel to the first following rising edge on the
second channel. If the <expected value> argument is used, the expected period of
the input signal should be used, not the expected time interval.
This command will modify the following:
function - set to TINT
aperture - described below
aperture/events mode - set to APERture
If autosetup mode is ON or ONCE, the input channel attenuation, offset, gain,
level and slope can be modified
If neither of the optional arguments are used:
aperture is set to the default value
3–70
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
If only the <expected value> argument is used:
aperture is set to the default value
If both <expected value> and <resolution> are used the aperture is calculated as
follows:
aperture + 10(–9)logtexpectedu– logtresolutionu)
with a minimum of 1e–8 and a maximum of 5 seconds. A longer aperture may
be set with the SENSe:TINTerval:APERture command.
CONFigure[1|2|11|12|21|22]([:SCALar]|:ARRay):TINTerval:DELay:TIMe|EVENts
[<array size>[,<delay time>|<delay events>[,expected value>[,<resolution>]]]
This command configures a time interval measurement where the second channel
is ignored for a specified period of time (delay by time) or for a specified number
of second channel events (delay by events). If neither time or events are
specified, the instrument assumes delay by time. Selecting 1 or 12 will configure
a time interval measurement with delay from channel one to channel two.
Selecting 2 or 21 will configure a time interval measurement with delay from
channel two to channel one. Selecting 11 will configure a time interval with
delay measurement from channel one to itself. Likewise, selecting 22 will
configure a time interval with delay measurement from channel two to itself.
NOTE. Time Interval With Delay uses all available hardware timers. When the
counter is in this mode, the aperture is controlled by software and has a
minimum period of approximately 10 ms.
This command will modify the following:
function - set to TINT:DEL:EVEN|TM
aperture - described below
aperture/events mode - set to APERture
If autosetup mode is ON or ONCE, the input channel attenuation, offset, gain,
level and slope can be modified
If neither of the optional <expected value> and <resolution> arguments are used:
aperture is set to the default value
If only the <expected value> argument is used:
aperture is set to the default value
If both <expected value> and <resolution> are used the aperture is calculated as
follows:
aperture + 10(–9)logtexpectedu– logtresolutionu)
3–71
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
with a minimum of 1e–8 and a maximum of 5 seconds. A longer aperture may
be set with the SENSe:TINTerval:APERture command.
CONFigure[1|2|10|20][:SCALar]:TOTalize
Configures a totalize measurement. The counter totalizes two selected channels
simultaneously. Channels 1 and 2 are selected by either 1 or 2. Channel one and
the 1 GHz VCO are selected by 10. Channel two and the 1 GHz VCO are
selected by 20. If you select either channel 1 or 2, and the VCO measurement
provide an elapsed time in nanoseconds after the totalized results for the channel.
CONFigure[1|2]([:SCALar]|:ARRay)[:VOLTage][:...] [<array size>[,expected
value>[,<resolution>]]]
These commands configure the Counter to measure the voltage on the CONFig-
ure suffix input channel. The <expected value> and <resolution> parameters are
accepted but ignored.
The maximum and minimum voltage of the input signal are determined
assuming either a DC signal or a repetitive signal with a frequency of at least
1000 Hz. The user must select the proper INPut:COUPling and INPut:IMPed-
ance separately. The voltage measurements are calculated as follows:
AC = (maximum – minimum) / 2.828
DC = (maximum + minimum) / 2
MAXimum = maximum
MINimum = minimum
PTPeak = maximum – minimum
These commands will modify the following:
input setup - no effect
function - set to AC, DC, MIN, MAX or PTP
autosetup mode - no effect
aperture/events mode - no effect
The actions of these commands are modified by the following:
<expected value> - no effect
<resolution> - no effect
autosetup mode - no effect
aperture/events mode - no effect
Query Response
Query
Response
CONFigure?
Returns the current measurement configuration. This includes
any channels, SCALar or ARRay settings, and measurements
selected.
3–72
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
Examples
Command/Query
Response/Description
CONF2:ARR:NDUT 1000,25
Configures the instrument to take 1000 negative duty cycle
measurements with a trigger point of 25% of the signal’s peak
on Channel 2.
CONFigure1: ARRay :Dcycle Configures the instrument to take 100 positive duty cycle
100,50
measurements with a trigger point of 50% of the signal’s peak
on Channel 1.
CONF1:PHAS
Configures the instrument to take a phase measurement from
channel 1 to channel 2.
CONF1:TINT:DEL:EVEN 100 Configures a time interval with delay measurement from
channel 1 to the 100th edge on channel 2.
CONFigure10:TOTalize
Sets up the instrument to totalize channel 1 and the 1 GHz
VCO.
CONFigure?
“10:SCAL:TOT”
FETCh? Subsystem
The FETCh? subsystem is used to retrieve measurement results. If a measure-
ment or array of measurements haven’t completed, the VX4101 will delay the
read until the measurement(s) have completed unless <count> is less than or
equal to the number of measurements completed.
The results of some measurements can be returned as a different measure-
ment,such as frequency and period. If a frequency measurement was made, it can
be also be read back as a period by the command FETC:PER? If autotrigger is
ON or ONCE, voltages for the primary measurement channel can be read back.
If the measurement was an array measurement specified with commands such as
MEAS:ARR:func or CONF:ARR:func or SENS:func:COUN, the optional
parameters <count>, <start> and <step> apply.
The default value of <count> is the number of measurements requested for the
array. The default value of <start> is 1. The default value of <step> is 1. The
number of values returned is <count>. The first of the values returned is value
<start>. Then every <step> values after start are returned.
For instance, the command FETC? 4,3,2 will return four values starting with
value three and stepping 2 values. The values returned would be 3, 5, 7, and 9.
If the range of requested values is beyond the number of measurements, an error
will be generated and no values returned.
The format of the returned values varies with the measurement function and
whether it was an array measurement or not.
3–73
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
NOTE. The Counter will not perform an implied abort for a fetch query that is
received during a measurement.
Command Syntax
Query Syntax
N/A
FETCh[:...]? [<count>[,<start>[,<step>]]]
:DCYCle?
:FALL:TIME?
:FREQuency?
:FREQuency:RATio?
:FTIMe?
:NDUTycycle?
:PDUTycycle?
:NWIDth?
:PWIDth?
:PHASe?
:PERiod?
:RISE:TIME?
:RTIMe?
:TINTerval?
:TINTerval:DELay?
FETCh:COUNt?
FETCh:TOTalize?
FETCh[:VOLTage][:...]? [<count>[,<start>[,<step>]]]
:AC?
:DC?
:MINimum?
:MAXimum?
:PTPeak?
*RST Value
Parameter
<count>
<start>
Value
The number of measurements requested for the array.
1
1
<step>
3–74
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
Limits
Parameter
<count>
<start>
Value
1 to 1000
1 to 1000
1 to 1000
<step>
Related Commands
Description
CONFigure, SENSe
N/A
Query Response
FETCh[:...]? [<count>[,<start>[,<step>]]]
If a single measurement is made, the format of the returned value is:
n.nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnesxx<lf>
If an array measurement is made, the format of the returned values is:
#abbrn.nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnesxx,rn.nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnesxx, ... ,
rn.nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnesxx<lf>
where
a = number of b digits
b = number of characters in the returned data not including #abb
r = space or –
n = value
s = + or –
xx = exponent
The default value of the <count> parameter is the number of measurements
requested for the array. The default value of <start> is 1. The default value of
<step> is 1. The number of values returned is <count>. The first of the values
returned is value <start>. Then every <step> values after start are returned.
FETCh:COUNt?
This command returns the number of measurements completed. This command
may be used to monitor the progress of a measurement or an array of measure-
ments.
3–75
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
CAUTION. Do not continuously issue FETCh?COUNt or STAT:OPER:COND?
queries to check if the measurement is complete. Provide a minimum 100 ms
delay between each query to permit the multitasking system to process the
measurement efficiently or use *SRQ to avoid processing delays caused by
polling.
FETCh:TOTalize?
The totalize measurement returns two integers of up to 15 digits. The first integer
is the total counts from input channel one and the second integer is the total
counts from input channel two.
FETCh[:VOLTage][:...]? [<count>[,<start>[,<step>]]]
Sets up to return the results of the previous voltage measurement. If a single
voltage measurement has been made, any of the other voltage function results
may be fetched. If an array of voltage measurements have been made, only the
results of the requested voltage measurement function may be fetched.
The default value of <count> is the number of measurements requested for the
array. The default value of <start> is 1. The default value of <step> is 1. The
number of values returned is <count>. The first of the values returned is value
<start>. Then every <step> values after start are returned.
If a single measurement is made, the format of the returned voltage is:
n.nnnn<lf>
If an array measurement is made, the format of the returned values is:
#abbrn.nnnnesxx,rn.nnnnesxx, ... ,rn.nnnnesxx<lf>
where
a = number of b digits
b = number of characters in the returned data not including #abb
r = – or space
n = value
s = + or –
xx = exponent
for example:
meas:arr:DC? 10
#3119 2.5712e+01, 1.5392e+02,–1.0252e+02, 2.5642e+02,–9.7442e+01,
3.0777e+01,–2.2567e+02, 2.5647e+02,–9.7447e+01, 3.0777e+01
3–76
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
Examples
FETCh[:...]?
Command
Response
meas:arr:freq? 5
#3114 1.000028872529214e+07, 1.000028882397919e+07,
1.000028897200977e+07,1.000028892266624e+07,
1.000028879930743e+07
FETCh:TOTalize?
Command
meas:tot?
fetc?
Response
“9179, 0”
“62710055, 0”
“72161385, 0”
“81704262, 0”
“100501585, 0”
“112160067, 0”
fetc?
fetc?
fetc?
fetc?
abort
INITiate Subsystem
Command Syntax
INITiate[:IMMediate]
INITiate:CONTinuous [ON]|OFF|0|1
Query Syntax
*RST Value
N/A
N/A
N/A
Limits
Related Commands
READ
MEASure
ARM
Command Description
INITiate[:IMMediate]
Initiates its current trigger sequence. After the instrument has completed the
current trigger sequence, it enters the idle state.
3–77
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
INITiate:CONTinuous
Measurements are continuously made until a *RST or ABORt command is used
while the Counter is continuously making measurements, the FETCh? command
may be used to return the results of the most recently completed measurement.
Initiates its current trigger sequence. After the instrument has completed the
current trigger sequence, it re-enters the initiated state. It will continue this cycle
until an abort, reset, or INIT:CONT OFF is received.
Query Response
INPut Subsystem
Command Syntax
INITiate:CONTinuous?
Returns a 0 if the Counter is not taking continuous measurements, a 1 if it is.
This subsystem controls the characteristics of the instrument’s input channels.
INPut[1|2]
:ATTenuation <attenuation>|DEFault|MINimum|MAXimum
:COMParator[1|2]
:LEVel
[:ABSolute] <absolute level>|DEFault|MINimum|MAXimum
:RELative <relative level>
:HYSTeresis
[:ABSolute] <absolute
hysteresis>|DEFault|MINimum|MAXimum
:RELative <relative hysteresis>
:SLOPe <slope>|DEFault
:COUPling <coupling>
:FILTer[:LPASs]
:FREQuency <frequency>|DEFault|MINimum|MAXimum
[:STATe] <filter state>|DEFault
:GAIN <gain>|DEFault|MINimum|MAXimum
:IMPedance<impedance>|DEFault
3–78
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
:OFFSet
[:ABSolute]<absolute offset>|DEFault|MINimum|MAXimum
:RELative <relative offset>
:SETup <expected ptp>[,<expected offset>]
INPut [1|2]:SETup:AUTO <auto>
Query Syntax
INPut[1|2]
:ATTenuation? [DEFault|MINimum|MAXimum]
:COMParator[1|2]:LEVel
[:ABSolute]? [DEFault|MINimum|MAXimum]
:RELative?
:HYSTeresis
[:ABSolute]?[DEFault|MINimum|MAXimum]
:RELative?
:SLOPe? [DEFault]
:COUPling? [DEFault]
:IMPedance? [DEFault]
:FILTer[:LPASs]:FREQuency? [MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault]
[:STATe]?[ON|OFF|DEFault]
:GAIN? [DEFault|MINimum|MAXimum]
:OFFSet
[:ABSolute]? [MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault]
:RELative?
INPut:SETup:AUTO? [DEFault]
*RST Value
Parameter
Value
1
<attenuation>
<absolute level>
<relative level>
<absolute hysteresis>
<relative hysteresis>
<slope>
0
N/A
0.6
N/A
POSitive
AC
<coupling>
3–79
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
Parameter
Value
20e6
OFF
1
<frequency>
<filter state>
<gain>
<impedance>
<absolute offset>
<relative offset>
1E6
0
N/A
N/A
<expected PTP>[,
<expected offset>]
<auto>
OFF
Limits
Command or Query
Value
<attenuation>
1 to 100
DEFault = 1
MINimum = 1
MAXimum = 100
<absolute level>
<relative level>
–0.5 to .5
–300 to +300
0.01 to 0.06
<absolute hysteresis>
DEFault = 0.06
MINimum = 0.01
MAXimum = 0.06
<relative hysteresis>
<slope>
Positive|Negative DEFault = positive
<coupling>
AC/DC
DEFault = AC
<frequency>
20E6/100E6
DEFault = 20E6
MINimum = 20E6
MAXimum = 100E6
<filter state>
<gain>
ON/OFF
DEFault = OFF
0.4 to 10.0
DEFault = 1.0
MINimum = 0.4
MAXimum = 10.0
<impedance>
50/1E6
DEFault = 1E6
<absolute offset>
–1.0 to +1.0
DEFault = 0
MINimum = –1.0
MAXimum = 1.0
<relative offset>
–100 to +100
N/A
<expected PTP>[,
<expected offset>]
<auto>
On/Off/Once
3–80
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
Related Commands
N/A
Command Description
The following summarizes the INPut commands:
INPut[1|2]:ATTenuation <attenuation>|DEFault|MINimum|MAXimum
This command sets the input block signal attenuator for the specified channel.
If <attenuation> is less than 2, the attenuator is set to 1. If <attenuation> is
between 2 and 20, the attenuator is set to 10. If <attenuation> is greater than 20,
the attenuator is set to 100.
INPut[1|2]:COMParator[1|2]:LEVel[:ABSolute] <absolute level>|DEFault|MINi-
mum|MAXimum
This command sets the threshold level for the input channel and comparator
selected. The units are volts.
DEFault = 0
MINimum = –0.5
MAXimum = 0.5
To calculate what a particular input voltage will be at the comparator, the
following equation may be used:
VL = S*G*(VO + VI/A)
where
VL = voltage at the comparator
S = 1 for positive slope, –1 for negative slope
G = gain setting
VO = offset voltage
VI = input voltage
A = attenuator setting
INPut[1|2]:COMParator[1|2]:LEVel:RELative <relative level>
This command sets the comparator threshold level voltage of the channel and
comparator selected. This value will be used at INITiate time to set the compara-
tor level to a voltage that is the same as if the voltage was fed to the input. This
compensates for attenuation, offset and gain settings. The unit for <relative
level> is V. The comparator level hardware will be set when the measurement is
INITiated. The following formula will be used:
VL = S*G*(VLR/A + VO)
3–81
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
where
VL = comparator level voltage
S = slope, 1 for positive, –1 for negative
G = current gain setting
VLR = relative comparator level previously set
A = current attenuator setting
VO = current offset setting (converted from a relative offset if necessary)
INPut[1|2]:COMParator[1|2]:HYSTeresis[:ABSolute] <absolute hysteresis>|DE-
Fault|MINimum|MAXimum
This command sets the hysteresis of the channel and comparator selected. The
units are in volts. If an <absolute hysteresis> is specified, it is rounded to the
nearest of the values 0.01, 0.02, 0.03, 0.04, 0.05 and 06.
DEFault = .06
MINimum = .01
MAXimum = .06
INPut[1|2]:COMParator[1|2]:HYSTeresis:RELative <relative hysteresis>
This command sets the hysteresis voltage for the selected input channel and
comparator. This value will be used at INITiate time to set the comparator
hsyteresis to a voltage that is the same as if the hysteresis voltage was imple-
mented at the input. This compensates for attenuation and gain settings. The unit
for <relative hysteresis> is V. The comparator hysteresis hardware will be set
when the measurment is INITiated. The following formula will be used:
VH = G(VHR/A)
where
VH = comparator hysteresis set at INITiate time
G = current gain setting
VHR = relative comparator hsyteresis set here
A = current attenuator setting
INPut[1|2]:COMParator[1|2]:SLOPe <slope>|DEFault
This command sets the slope for the selected input channel and comparator. The
slope may be either positive or negative.
INPut[1|2]:COUPling <coupling>
This command sets the input block signal coupling for the specified channel to
AC or DC.
DEFault = AC
3–82
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
INPut[1|2]:IMPedance <impedance>|DEFault
This command sets the input terminating impedance for the specified channel. If
<impedance> is less than 60, the impedance is set to 50 W. If <impedance> is
greater than 60, the impedance is set to 1E6 W (1 MW).
DEFault = 1E6
INPut[1|2]:FILTer[:LPASs]:FREQuency <frequency>|MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault
This command sets the input block signal lowpass filter for the selected channel.
If <frequency> is less than 30E6, the filter is set to 20E6 Hz. If <frequency> is
greater than 30E6, the filter is set to 100E6 Hz.
NOTE. This setting has no effect on the signal unless the INPut<channel>:FIL-
Ter[:LPASs][:STATe] ON command is given. The units for <frequency> are in
Hz
DEFault = 20E6
MINimum = 20E6
MAXimum = 100E6
INPut[1|2]:FILTer[:LPASs][:STATe] <filter state>|DEFault
This command sets the input block signal lowpass filter state for the selected
channel to ON or OFF.
DEFault = OFF
INPut[1|2]:GAIN <gain>|DEFault|MINimum|MAXimum
This command sets the input block signal gain for the specified channel.
DEFault = 1.0
MINimum = 0.4
MAXimum = 10.0
NOTE. When using the X10 gain, the 20 MHz filter should be turned on. This
combination provides the best sensitivity for measurements below 20 MHz. Also,
when using the X5 gain, the 100 MHz filter should be turned on. This combina-
tion provides the best sensitivity for measurements up to 100 MHz. The X1 and
X2.5 gains can be used up the full 500 MHz bandwidth of the product.
Table 3–4 shows the settings for optimum sensitivity.
3–83
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
Table 3–4: Optimum Sensitivity Settings
Measurement
<20 MHz
Gain
X10
X5
Filter
20 MHz
100 MHz
None
<100 MHz
<500 MHz
X2.5
INPut[1|2]:OFFSet[:ABSolute] <absolute offset>|MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault
This command sets the offset voltage for the channel specified by the INPut
suffix. The units are volts. The offset voltage is subtracted from the signal after
the input attenuator and before the input gain.
DEFault = 0
MINimum = –1.0
MAXimum = 1.0
This command will abort any command in progress.
INPut[1|2]:OFFSet:RELative <relative offset>
This command sets the offset voltage for the channel specified by the INPut
suffix. This value will be used at INITiate to set the offset to a voltage that is
relative to the input.
INPut[1|2]:SETup <expected PTP>[,<expected offset>]
This command allows you to set up input channel one or 2 by specifying an
expected peak-to-peak input voltage and, optionally, an expected input offset
voltage. The Counter will set the input channel attenuation, offset and gain to
settings that would center the expected signal in 80% of the comparator range.
Both comparators’ slope is set to POSitive, level to 0 V and hysteresis to
MAXimum.
INPut:SETup: <auto>
This command controls the autosetup of input channels 1 and 2. If it is set ON,
each measurement will be proceeded by an automatic setup of the input
channel(s) involved in the measurement. If it is set OFF, the current settings are
used for the measurement. For ARRay measurements, the ONCE setting will
cause an autosetup to occur only for the first measurement. For SCALar
measurements, ONCE will cause an autosetup with each measurement.
An autosetup adjusts the input channel’s attenuation, offset and gain so that the
input signal’s peak-to-peak voltage into the comparator is centered on about 80%
of the range of the comparator.
3–84
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
INPut commands which manually set the input channel hardware other than
COUPling, IMPedance and FILTering will remain in effect when a measurement
is initiated only if autosetup is set to OFF.
The time a measurement is taken is influenced by the ARM subsystem.
Query Response
INPut[1|2]:ATTenuation?
Without one of the optional parameters, this command moves to the output-buff-
er the current setting of the input block signal attenuator for the specified
channel. If one of the optional parameters is used, the default, minimum or
maximum value for attenuation is moved to the output-buffer. The possible
values returned are 1, 10 or 100.
INPut[1|2]:COMParator[1|2]:LEVel[:ABSolute]?
Without one of the optional arguments, this command moves the current
threshold level setting to the output buffer. The setting is of the currently selected
channel and comparator. If one of the optional arguments is included, the
MINimum, MAXimum or DEFault value for level is moved to the output buffer
instead. The value returned is calculated as follows:
VL = S*G*(VLR/A + VO)
INPut[1|2]:COMParator[1|2]:LEVel:RELative?
The threshold level corrected for attenuation, slope, gain and offset of the
channel and comparator selected is moved to the output buffer. If the level was
not previously set by the relative command, the value returned is calculated by
the formula:
VLR = A((S*VL)/G – VO)
where
VLR = comparator trigger level relative to the input
A = current attenuator setting
S = slope, 1 for positive, –1 for negative
VL = comparator level previously set
G = current gain setting
VO = current offset setting (converted from a relative offset if necessary)
INPut[1|2]:COMParator[1|2]:HYSTeresis[:ABSolute]?
Without one of the optional arguments, this command moves to the output-buffer
the current setting in volts of the hysteresis of the currently selected channel and
comparator. If one of the optional arguments is included, the MINimum,
MAXimum or DEFault value for hysteresis is moved to the output-buffer
instead.
3–85
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
If the hysteresis was previously set with the relative hysteresis command, the
query will calculate the hysteresis voltage to put in the output buffer by the
formula:
VH = G(VHR/A)
where
VH = comparator hysteresis that will be output for query
G = current gain setting
VHR = relative comparator hysteresis voltage previously set
A = current attenuator setting
INPut[1|2]:COMParator[1|2]:HYSTeresis:RELative?
This query places in the output buffer the selected input channel and comparator
hysteresis setting in volts. If the hysteresis was not set by the relative command,
the value returned is calculated by the formula:
VHR = A(VH/G)
where
VHR = comparator hysteresis relative to the input
A = current attenuator setting
VH = comparator hysteresis previously set
G = current gain setting
INPut1|2]:COMParator[1|2]:SLOPe?
Without one of the optional parameters, this command moves to the output
buffer the current setting of the slope of the selected input channel and compara-
tor. If the optional parameter is used the default value for slope is moved to the
output buffer.
INPut[1|2]:COUPling?
Without the optional parameter, this command moves the current setting of the
input block signal coupling for the specified channel to the output buffer. If the
optional argument DEFault is included, the default coupling is moved to the
output-buffer. The possible values returned are “AC” and “DC”.
INPut[1|2]:IMPedance?
Without the optional parameter, this command moves to the output buffer the
current setting of the input terminating impedance for the specified channel. If
the optional argument DEFault is included, the default impedance is moved to
the output-buffer. The possible values returned are 50 W or 1E6 W.
3–86
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
INPut[1|2]:FILTer[:LPASs]:FREQuency?
Without one of the optional arguments, this command moves to the output buffer
the current setting in Hz of the input lowpass filter. If one of the optional
arguments is included, the MINimum, MAXimum or DEFault value for filter is
moved to the output-buffer instead.
INPut[1|2]:FILTer[:LPASs][:STATe]?
Without the optional parameter, this command moves to the output buffer the
current setting of the input lowpass filter state for the specified channel. If the
optional argument DEFault is included, the default filter state is moved to the
output_buffer. The possible values returned are 1 for ON and 0 for OFF.
INPut[1|2]:GAIN?
Without one of the optional parameters, this command moves to the output
buffer the current setting of the input gain for the specified channel. If the one
optional parameters is used, the DEFault, MINimum or MAXimum value for
gain is moved to the output buffer.
INPut[1|2]:OFFSet[:ABSolute]?
Without one of the optional arguments, this command moves to the output buffer
the current setting in volts of the offset. If one of the optional arguments is used,
the MINimum, MAXimum or DEFault value for offset is moved to the output
buffer instead.
If the offset was set with the INPut:OFFSet:RELative command, the value
returned will be the voltage the offset will be set to at INITiate time.
INPut[1|2]:OFFSet:RELative?
This query moves the offset voltage of the input channel to the output buffer. In
the process, the offset voltage is corrected for the attenuation.
INPut:SETup:AUTO?
This command moves the current setting of autosetup to the output buffer. The
returned value will be 0 for OFF, 1 for ON and ONCE for ONCE.
3–87
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
Examples
INPut[1|2]:OFFSet[:ABSolute]
The channel one input signal is a 0.5 Vp-p sine wave with a +.25 VDC compo-
nent and the user wishes to remove the DC component with the INPut:OFFset
command.
Command
Response
INSTrument:SELect Counter
INPut:SETup:AUTo off
Selects the Counter
SENSe:FUNCtion
“FREQuency”
INPut:COUPling DC
INPut:OFFSet .25
INPut[1|2]:COMParator[1|2]:LEvel[:ABSolute]
In this example, the channel one input signal varies between +0.5 and –0.5 V and
you will cause the comparator to trigger at 0.25 V.
Command
Response
INSTrument:SELect Counter
INPut:SETup:AUTo off
SENSe:FUNCtion
“FREQuency”
INPut:COUPling DC
INPut:COMParator:LEVel .25
INPut[1|2]:OFFSet:RELative
The channel one input signal is a 0.5 Vp-p sine wave with a +0.25 VDC
component. The user wishes to remove the DC component with the INPut:OFF-
set:RELative command.
Command
Response
INSTrument:SELect Counter
INPut:SETup:AUTo off
SENSe:FUNCtion
“FREQuency”
INPut:COUPling DC
INPut:OFFSet:RELative .25
3–88
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
INSTrument Subsystem
The Instrument subsystem controls the instrument’s status. You can use it to end
a measurement or to make the instrument available for a measurement.
Command Syntax
INSTrument
:ABORt
:RESet
Query Syntax
Command Class
*RST Value
N/A
Instrument
N/A
Limits
N/A
Related Commands
ABORt
INITiate
INITiate:CONTinuous
Command Description
The following summarizes the INSTrument subsystem functionality:
INSTrument:ABORt
Places active instrument in the IDLE state, aborting any measurement or other
instrument activity in progress. The instrument configuration is unchanged and a
subsequent INIT command will cause the instrument to re-start the same type of
measurement. If the instrument is in Asynchronous mode, this command can be
sent while a query is in progress and the measurement will be aborted.
If the instrument is in Synchronous mode, this command will be queued while a
query is in progress. This is a ramification of the IEEE 488.2 Message Exchange
Protocol Enforcer (MEPE).
INSTrument:RESet
This command resets the currently selected instrument without affecting other
instruments. The instrument returns to its *RST state. The instrument remains
selected.
Query Response
N/A
3–89
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
Examples
INSTrument:ABORt
Command
Response/Description
INST:SEL Counter
CONF:ARR:FREQ 512
INIT
Selects the Counter
Begins the measurement
FETC:COUN?
INST:ABOR
127
Ends the measurement
153
FETC:COUN?
Shows the number of measurements made prior to receiving
the ABORt command
NOTE. After abort, no more measurements are taken.
INSTrument:RESet
Command
INST:SEL Counter
CONF:DC
CONF?
Response
Selects the Counter
Configures for DC voltage measurements
“CONF1:SCAL:VOLT DC”
Resets the instrument to default values
Counter
INST:RES
INST:SEL?
CONF?
“CONF1:SCAL:FREQ”
Instrument displays the default configuration
3–90
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
MEASure? Subsystem
The MEASure queries tell the Counter what type of measurement to make and
the input channel(s) to use. It also INITiates a measurement and moves to the
results of the completed measurement to the output buffer.
The input filtering, coupling, and impedance are not changed by these com-
mands. You must select the coupling and impedance that make sense for the
input signal(s) and the desired measurement. The filtering, coupling and
impedance are set with the INPut:FILter, INPut:COUPling and INPut:IMPed-
ance commands. The input attenuation, offset, gain, and comparator hysteresis
are not changed by these commands. The comparator slopes and thresholds are
changed to defaults by these commands. If INPut:SETup:AUTO (autotrigger) is
set to ON or ONCE, the input attenuation, offset, gain, and comparator hysteresis
can change when the measurement is started.
The following applies to all measurement functions:
If a reference is specified, then the instrument must perform an autotrigger to
determine the appropriate trigger levels. Thus, if INPut:SETup:AUTO is set to
OFF, then INPut:SETup:AUTO will be set to ONCE. If INPut:SETup:AUTO is
set to ONCE or ON, then INPut:SETup:AUTO will be unchanged.
If no reference is specified and the INPut:SETup:AUTO is set to OFF, then the
counter front end will be changed to the following:
gain is set to 1
attenuation is set to 1
threshold is set to 0 V for frequency, period, and totalize and to –0.03 V for
all other measurement functions (so that the upper threshold of the hysteresis
is set to 0 V)
The aperture is set for all measurement commands except for totalize as follows:
H
H
H
If the optional resolution argument is not specified, then aperture is set to the
default value.
If the optional expected value and resolution arguments are not specified,
then the aperture is set to the default value.
If both the expected value and resolution arguments are specified, then the
aperture is calculated as follows:
aperture + 10(–9)logtexpectedu*logtresolutionu)
with a minimum of 1E–8 and a maximum of 5 seconds. You can use the
SENSe:APERture command to set a longer aperture.
3–91
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
The aperture for totalize is 9E6 seconds. An ABORt command must be issued to
terminate the measurement.
NOTE. The Counter will perform an implied abort for a measurement query that
is received during a measurement. The measurement in progress will be
terminated and the measure command will be executed.
You can program the Counter to make and store up to 1000 measurements. The
SCALar commands program the Counter for one measurement. The ARRAy
commands program the Counter for 1 to 1000 measurements as specified by the
<array size> parameter.
Command Syntax
Query Syntax
N/A
MEASure[1|2|3]([:SCALar]|:ARRay)
:FREQuency? [<array size>[,<expected value>[,resolution>]]]
:FREQuency:RATio? [<array size>[,<second channel>[,<expected
value>[,resolution>]]]]
:PERiod? [<array size>[,<expected value>[,resolution>]]]
MEASure[1|2]([:SCALar]|:ARRay)
:NDUTycycle|PDUTycycle|DCYCle? [<array
size>[,<reference>[,<expected value>[,resolution>]]]]
:NWIDth|PWIDth? [<array size>[,<reference>[,<expected
value>[,resolution>]]]]
:PHASe? [<array size>[,<expected value>[,resolution>]]]
:RTIMe|FTIMe|RISE:TIME|FALL:TIME? [<array size>[,<low
reference>[,<high reference> [,<expected
value>[,resolution>]]]]]
:TINTerval? [<array size>[,<expected value>[,resolution>]]]
[:VOLTage]
:AC? [<array size>[,<expected value>[,resolution>]]]
:DC? [<array size>[,<expected value>[,resolution>]]]
:MINimum? [<array size>[,<expected value>[,resolution>]]]
:MAXimum? [<array size>[,<expected value>[,resolution>]]]
3–92
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
:PTPeak? [<array size>[,<expected value>[,resolution>]]]
MEASure[1|2|11|12|21|22]([:SCALar]|:ARRay)
:TINTerval:DELay:TIME|EVENts? [<array size>[,<delay
time>|<delay events>[,<expected value>[,resolution>]]]]
MEASure[1|2|10|20]([:SCALar]|:ARRay)
:TOTalize?
NOTE. If SCALar is specified, <array size> is not a valid parameter. If ARRay is
specified, <array size> is a required parameter.
NOTE. If SCALar is specified, <array size> is not a valid parameter. If ARRay is
specified, <array size> is a required parameter.
*RST Value
Parameter
Value
1
<array size>
<low reference>
<high reference>
<second channel>
<reference>
10
90
N/A
50
<delay time>
1e –6
1000
<delay events>
Limits
Parameter
Value
<array size>
1 to 100
10 to 90
10 to 90
10 to 90
1|2|3
<reference>
<low reference>
<high reference>
<second channel>
<delay time>
<delay events>
<reference>
1E–9 to 9E–6
1 to 9E15
1 to 90
3–93
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
Parameter
Value
<expected value>
<resolution>
none or ignored
none or ignored
Related Commands
Command Description
Query Response
CONFigure, SENSe
N/A
MEASure[1|2][:SCALar|:ARRay]:DCYCle|NDUTycycle|PDUTycycle? [<array
size>[,<reference>[,expected value>[,<resolution>]]]
This query performs a positive or negative duty cycle measurement. The
reference is the percent of the signal’s peak value, e.g. percent of peak to peak as
measured from the signal’s minimum. Note that DCYCle is the same as
PDUTycycle The <expected value> and <resolution> are accepted but not used.
This command will modify the following:
function - set to PDUT or NDUT
aperture - described below
aperture/events mode - set to APERture
The input channel attenuation, offset, gain, level and slope can be modified.
MEASure[1|2|3]([:SCALar]|:ARRay):FREQuency? [<array size>[,expected val-
ue>[,<resolution>]]]
Configures the Counter to measure the frequency of the signal on the MEASure
suffix input channel. The measurement is initiated and the result placed in the
output buffer. The units of <expected value> and <resolution> are both Hertz.
This command will modify the following:
function - set to FREQuency
aperture - described below
aperture/events mode - set to APERture
If autosetup mode is ON or ONCE, the input channel attenuation, offset, gain,
level and slope can be modified.
If neither of the optional arguments are used:
aperture is set to the default value
If only the <expected value> argument is used:
aperture is set to the default value
3–94
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
If both <expected value> and <resolution> are used the aperture is calculated as
follows:
aperture + 10(–9)logtexpectedu*logtresolutionu)
with a minimum of 1e–8 and a maximum of five seconds. A longer aperture may
be set with the SENSe:FREQuency:APERture command.
MEASure[1|2|3]([:SCALar]|:ARRay):FREQuency:RATio? [<array size>[,<second
channel>[,<expected value>[<resolution>]]]]
This query configures the Counter to measure the ratio of the frequencies of the
signals on the MEASure suffix input channel and <second channel>. The
measurement is initiated and the result placed in the output buffer. Ratio,
<expected value>, and <resolution> have no units. The parameters <expected
value> and <resolution> are accepted but are not used.
This command will modify the following:
function - set to FREQ:RAT
aperture - set to default
aperture/events mode - set to APERture
If autosetup mode is ON or ONCE, the input channel attenuation, offset, gain,
level and slope can be modified.
The SENSe suffix selects the input channel for the numerator. The <second
channel> selects the input channel for the denominator. Ratios of a channel to
itself are always one and the Counter will generate an error if programmed to do
it. The <second channel> can be 1, 2 or 3. When channel 3 is not being used and
the Counter mode is EVENts, the SENSe suffix channel will be used as the input
to the EVENts Counter. In the case where input channel 3 is used and the
Counter mode is EVENts, the other specified input channel will be used as the
input to the EVENts Counter.
MEASure[1|2|3]([:SCALar]|:ARRay):PERiod? [<array size[,expected value>[,resolu-
tion>]]]
Configures the Counter to measure the period of the signal on the MEASure
suffix input channel. The measurement is initiated and the result placed in the
output buffer. The units of <expected value> and <resolution> are seconds.
This command will modify the following:
function - set to PERiod
aperture - described below
aperture/events mode - set to APERture
If autosetup mode is ON or ONCE, the input channel attenuation, offset, gain,
level and slope can be modified
3–95
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
If the optional arguments <expected value> and <resolution> are not used:
aperture is set to the default value
If only the <expected value> argument is used:
aperture is set to the default value
If both <expected value> and <resolution> are used the aperture is calculated as
follows:
aperture + 10(–9)logtexpectedu– logtresolutionu)
with a minimum of 1e–8 and a maximum of 5 seconds. A longer aperture may
be set with the SENSe:FREQuency:APERture command.
MEASure[1|2]([:SCALar]|:ARRay):NWIDth|PWIDth? [<array size>[,<reference>[,<ex-
pected value>[<resolution>]]]
This query configures the Counter to measure the positive or negative pulse
width time of the signal on the MEASure suffix input channel. The measurement
is initiated and the result placed in the output buffer. The units of the <reference>
are percentage. The units of <expected value> and <resolution> are seconds. If
the <expected value> argument is used, the expected period of the input signal
should be used, not the expected pulse width. This measurement uses both
comparators of the input channel. The <reference value> is used to set the
comparator threshold levels to a percentage of the peak-to-peak signal.
If a reference value is specified and INPut:SETup:AUTO is set to OFF,
INPut:SETup:AUTO will be set to ONCE. If a reference value is not specified,
the input channel comparators 1 and 2 levels will be set to 0 V.
This command will modify the following:
function - set to PWID or NWID
aperture - described below
aperture/events mode - set to APERture
The input channel attenuation, offset, gain, level and slope can be modified
If the optional arguments <expected value> and <resolution> are not used:
aperture is set to the default value
If only the <expected value> argument is used:
aperture is set to the default value
If both <expected value> and <resolution> are used the aperture is calculated as
follows:
aperture + 10(–9)logtexpectedu– logtresolutionu)
3–96
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
with a minimum of 1e–8 and a maximum of five seconds. A longer aperture may
be set with the SENSe:PWIDth:APERture command.
MEASure[1|2]([:SCALar]|:ARRay):PHASe? [<array size>[,<expected value>[,resolu-
tion>]]]
This query performs a phase measurement. The suffix selects the channel for the
beginning of the measurement. For example, MEAS1:PHASe will perform a
phase measurement from channel one to channel two, whereas MEAS2:PHASe
will perform a phase measurement from channel two to channel one.
This command will modify the following:
Function set to PHAS
Aperture?events mode set to APERture
The input channel attenuation, offset, gain, level, and sloped can be modified.
NOTE. Time Interval With Delay, Phase, and Duty Cycle use all available
hardware timers. When the counter is in one of these modes, the aperture is
controlled by software and has a minimum period of approximately 10 ms.
MEASure[1|2]([:SCALar]|:ARRay):RTIMe|FTIMe? [<array size>[,<low refer-
ence>[,<high reference>[,<expected value>[,<resolution>]]]]]
This query configures the Counter to measure the rise or fall time of the signal
on the MEASure suffix input channel. The measurement is initiated and the
result placed in the output buffer. The units of the <low reference> and <high
reference> are percentage. The units of <expected value> and <resolution> are
seconds. If the <expected value> argument is used, the expected period of the
input signal should be used, instead of the expected rise/fall time. This measure-
ment uses both comparators of the input channel.
If a reference value is specified and INPut:SETup:AUTO is set to OFF,
INPut:SETup:AUTO will be set to ONCE. If a reference value is not specified,
the input channel comparator 1 level will be set to –.25 V and input channel
comparator 2 level will be set to +.25 V for a rise time measurement. For fall
time, the reverse is set.
This command will modify the following:
function - set to RTIMe or FTIMe
aperture - described below
aperture/events mode - set to APERture
if autosetup mode is ON or ONCE, the input channel attenuation, offset, gain,
level and slope can be modified
3–97
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
MEASure[1|2]([:SCALar]|:ARRay):TINTerval?
Sets the Counter to make a time interval measurement and fetch the result. This
measurement is made between input channels 1 and 2. The MEASure suffix
selects the input channel for the beginning of the interval, the end of the interval
will be from the remaining channel. The measurement is made from the first
detected rising edge on the first channel to the first following rising edge on the
second channel. If the <expected value> argument is used, the expected period of
the input signal should be used, not the expected time interval.
This command will modify the following:
function - set to TINT
aperture - described below
aperture/events mode - set to APERture
If autosetup mode is ON or ONCE, the input channel attenuation, offset, gain,
level and slope can be modified
If neither of the optional arguments are used:
aperture is set to the default value
If only the <expected value> argument is used:
aperture is set to the default value
If both <expected value> and <resolution> are used the aperture is calculated as
follows:
aperture + 10(–9)logtexpectedu– logtresolutionu)
with a minimum of 1e–8 and a maximum of 5 seconds. A longer aperture may
be set with the SENSe:TINTerval:APERture command.
MEASure[1|2|11|12|21|22]([:SCALar]|:ARRay):TINTerval:DELay[:TIME|EVENts]?
[<array size>[,<delay time>|<delay events>[,<expected value>[,<resolution>]]]]
This query performs a time interval measurement where the second channel is
ignored for a specified period of time (delay by time) or for a specified number
of second channel events (delay by events). If neither time or events are
specified, the delay remains unchanged. Selecting 1 or 12 will perform a time
interval measurement with delay from channel one to channel two. Selecting 2 or
21 will perform a time interval measurement with delay from channel two to
channel one. Selecting 11 will perform a time interval with delay measurement
from channel one to itself. Likewise, selecting 22 will perform a time interval
with delay measurement from channel two to itself.
3–98
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
NOTE. Time Interval With Delay, Phase, and Duty Cycle use all available
hardware timers. When the counter is in one of these modes, the aperture is
controlled by software and has a minimum period of approximately 10 ms.
MEASure[1|2|10|20][:SCALar]:TOTalize?
This query performs a totalize measurement. The counter totalizes two selected
channels simultaneously. Channels 1 and 2 are selected by either 1 or 2. Channel
one and the 1 GHz VCO are selected by 10. Channel two and the 1 GHz VCO
are selected by 20. Selecting either channel one or 2 and the VCO provides an
elapsed time in nanoseconds after the totalized results for the selected channel.
This measurement is unique. It allows you to fetch the totals while it is still
counting. Each fetch will return updated count values. This command has a
default aperture of 99 days. Use the ABORt command to end this measurement.
Since this measurement allows reading the Counter hardware while it is
counting, there is some risk that the value returned will be in error.
If the optional <expected value> and <resolution> arguments are not used:
aperture is set to the default value
If only the <expected value> argument is used:
aperture is set to the default value
If both <expected value> and <resolution> are used the aperture is calculated as
follows:
aperture + 10(–9)logtexpectedu– logtresolutionu)
with a minimum of 1e–8 and a maximum of 5 seconds. A longer aperture may
be set with the SENSe:RTIMe:APERture command.
MEASure[1|2]([:SCALar]|:ARRay)[:VOLTage][:...]? [<array size>[,<expected
value>[,<resolution>]]]
These queries configure the Counter to measure the voltage on the MEASure
suffix input channel. The measurement is initiated and the result placed in the
output buffer. The <expected value> and <resolution> parameters are accepted
but ignored.
The maximum and minimum voltage of the input signal are determined
assuming either a DC signal or a repetitive signal with a frequency of at least
1000 Hz. The user must select the proper INPut:COUPling and INPut:IMPed-
ance separately. The voltage measurements are calculated as follows:
AC = (maximum – minimum) / 2.828
DC = (maximum + minimum) / 2
3–99
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
MAXimum = maximum
MINimum = minimum
PTPeak = maximum – minimum
These commands can or will modify the following:
function - set to AC, DC, MIN, MAX or PTP
autosetup mode - no effect
aperture/events mode - no effect
Command/Query
Response/Description
Examples
MEAS2:ARR:NDUT? 1000,25 Takes 1000 negative duty cycle measurements with a trigger
point of 25% of the signal’s peak.
MEASure2:ARRay:
PDUTycycle? 100,50
Take 100 positive duty cycle measurements with a trigger point
of 50% of the signal’s peak.
MEASure1:PHASe?
Take a phase measurement from channel 1 to channel 2.
MEAS1:TINT:DEL:EVEN? 100 Take a time interval with delay measurement from channel 1 to
the 100th edge on channel 2.
MEASure10:TOTalize?
Totalize channel 1 and the 1 GHz VCO.
OUTPut Subsystem
The OUTPut subsystem specifies the output trigger source and division ratio.
OUTPut:TRIGger:SOURce <channel>,<count>
OUTPut:TRIGger:SOURce?
Command Syntax
Query Syntax
*RST Value
Parameter
<channel>
<count>
Value
0
1.0
Limits
Parameter
<channel>
<count>
Value
0-2 (note 0 = off)
1-9E15
Related Commands
3–100
N/A
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
Command Description
OUTPut:TRIGger:SOURce <channel>,<count>
This command allows a Counter input to be used as a trigger source. Either
channel 1 or 2 can be selected. Selecting channel 0 turns this feature off. The
divisor is the number by which the input signal is divided (e.g. a divisor of 10 on
a 10 MHz signal will result in a 1 MHz trigger output). You can set up the front
end with SENSe commands to provide attenuation, gain, offset, and filtering as
you would for any other measurement. Likewise, the trigger threshold and
hysteresis may also be selected.
SENSe subsystem commands can be used to configure the front-end to condition
the signal appropriately or if INP:SET:AUTO is ON or ONCE an auto-level
operation will occur.
The Counter will perform an implied abort for an output command that is
received during a measurement. The measurement in progress will be terminated
and the output command will be executed.
The Counter will not perform an implied abort for an output query that is
received during a measurement.
NOTE. When the Counter is in this mode, it cannot be used to perform frequency
and period measurements. Sending any command which would alter the current
configuration of the counter will result in an implied abort of this operation.
This operation can also be stopped by sending an ABORt or by resending this
command with the channel set to zero (0).
Query Response
Examples
OUTPut:TRIGger:SOURce?
0
1
2
disabled
channel 1
channel 2
OUTPut:TRIGger:SOURce <channel>,<count>
Command
Response
INST:SEL COUNTER
OUTPut:TRIG:SOUR?
OUTPut:TRIG:SOUR 1,5
OUTPut:TRIG:SOUR?
0,1.00000000000000E+00
1,5.00000000000000E+00
3–101
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
READ? Subsystem
Command Syntax
Query Syntax
N/A
READ?
Query Response
The read query causes an INITiate:IMMediate action and a FETCh? query. See
the INITiate and FETCh command descriptions.
*RST Value
Limits
N/A
N/A
Related Commands
Description
INITiate, FETCh?
N/A
SENSe Subsystem
The SENSe commands enable you to select the input channel, type of measure-
ment to be made and the manner in which it is made. It does not cause a
measurement to be made.
Only the SENSe:FUNCtion command has a SENSe suffix. This suffix will select
an input channel to be used for the FUNCtion. If a SENSe suffix is used on the
other SENSe commands, a “No suffix allowed error” will be set.
Implied Abort
The counter will perform an implied abort for a sense command that is received
during a measurement. The measurement in progress will be terminated and the
sense command will be executed.
The counter will not perform an implied abort for a sense query that is received
during a measurement.
Command Syntax
SENSE:APERture <time>|DEFault|MINimum|MAXimum
SENSe:COUNt <array size>|DEFault|MINimum|MAXimum
SENSe:MODe <mode>
3–102
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
SENSe:EVENts <# of events>
SENSe[1|2|3]:FUNCtion
TOTalize"
"FREQuency"
"FREQuency:RATio <second channel>"
"PERiod"
SENSe[1,2]:FUNCtion
"DCYCle"
"FALL:TIME"
"FTIMe"
"NDUTycycle"
"NWIDth"
"PDUTycycle"
"PHASe"
"PWIDth"
"RISE:TIME"
"RTIMe"
"TINTerval"
"VOLTage:AC"
"VOLTage:DC"
"VOLTage:MINimum"
"VOLTage:MAXimum"
"VOLTage:PTPeak"
SENSe[1|2|11|12|21|22]:FUNCtion
TINTerval:DELay:TIME"
"TINTerval:DELay:EVENts"
SENSe[1|2|10|20]:FUNCtion TOTalize"
SENSe:TINTerval:DELay:EVENts <event
delay>|MINimum|MAXimum|DEFault
SENSe:TINTerval:DELay:TIMe <time delay>|DEFault|MINimum|MAXimum
Query Syntax
SENSe:APERture?[DEFault|MINimum|MAXimum]
SENSe:COUNt?[DEFault|MINimum|MAXimum]
SENSe:EVENts? [DEFault|MINimum|MAXimum]
SENSe:MODe? [DEFault]
SENSe:FUNCtion?
SENSe:TINTerval:DELay:EVENts? [DEFault]|MINimum]|MAXimum]
3–103
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
*RST Value
Parameter
Value
1
<array size>
<time>
1e–01
1E to 3
APERture
“FREQ”
<#of events>
<mode>
SENSe[1|2|3]:FUNCtion
SENSe[1|2|10|11|12|20|21|22] “FREQ”
:FUNCtion
<time delay>
<event delay>
le–6
1
Limits
Parameter
<array size>
<time>
Value
1 to 1000
1e–8 to 9e6
1 to 9E+15
APERTURE|EVENTS
1e–9 to 9e+6
1 to 9e15
<# of events>
<mode>
<time delay>
<event delay>
Command Description
SENSe:APERture <time>
This command sets the Counter measurement aperture <time>. Whether the
aperture time is used or not depends on the mode set with one of the
SENSe:MODE command. The default mode is to use an aperture. The units are
in seconds and range from 1E–8 to 9E6 in 1E–9 size steps.
CONFigure and MEASure commands also set the aperture.
NOTE. Time Interval With Delay, Phase, and Duty Cycle use all available
hardware timers. When the counter is in one of these modes, the aperture is
controlled by software and has a minimum period of approximately 10 ms.
SENSe:COUNT <array size>
This command sets the Counter to do <array size> number of measurements.
CONFigure and MEASure commands also set this count.
SENSe:MODe <mode>
This command sets the Counter to make a measurement for a length of time
3–104
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
(APERture) or for a number of cycles of the input signal (EVENTs). However
some functions don’t have one or both of the APERture and EVENts modes.
Those functions ignore the mode setting.
CONFigure and MEASure commands set the mode to APERture.
NOTE. Event mode with greater than 1 event is invalid for Time Interval with
Delay, Duty Cycle, or Phase Angle measurements.
SENSe:EVENts <# of events>
This command sets the Counter <# of events>. If the SENSe:<function>:MODE
is set to EVENTs, the Counter will make a measurement for a number of cycles
of the input signal. The range of events is 1 to 9E15 step 1, however the
measurement must complete in 9E6 seconds (99 days) to avoid errors.
NOTE. Event mode with greater than 1 event is invalid for Time Interval with
Delay, Duty Cycle, or Phase Angle measurements.
SENSe[1|2|3]:FUNCtion
The SENSe:FUNCtion command selects a function and input channel without
changing most of the Counter setup. The input filtering, coupling, and imped-
ance are not changed by these commands. You must select the filtering, coupling
and impedance that makes sense for the input signal. The input attenuation,
offset, gain, and comparator hysteresis are not changed by these commands.
However, the comparator slopes and thresholds are changed to defaults by these
commands. If INPut:SETup:AUTO (autotrigger) is set to ON or ONCE, the
input attenuation, offset, gain, and comparator hysteresis may change when the
measurement is started. See the CONFigure or MEASure command descriptions
for detail of these commands.
The possible parameters for this command are as follows:
“TOTalize”
“FREQuency”
“FREQuency:RATio <second channel>”
“PERiod”
3–105
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
SENSe[1,2]:FUNCtion
Selects a function and input channel without changing most of the set up of the
Counter. The input coupling and impedance are not changed by these commands.
The user must select the coupling and impedance that makes sense for the input
signal. The input attenuation, offset, gain, and comparator hysteresis are not
changed. However, the comparator slopes and thresholds are changed to defaults.
If INPut:SETup:AUTO (autotrigger) is set to ON or ONCE, the input attenua-
tion, offset, gain, and comparator hysteresis may change when the measurement
is started.
The possible parameters for this command are as follows:
“DCYCle”
“FALL:TIME”
“FTIMe”
“NDUTycycle”
“NWIDth”
“PDUTycycle”
“PHASe”
“PWIDth”
“RISE:TIME”
“RTIMe”
“TINTerval”
“VOLTage:AC”
“VOLTage:DC”
“VOLTage:MINimum”
“VOLTage:MAXimum”
“VOLTage:PTPeak”
NOTE. “DCYCle” is the same as “PDUTycycle,” “FTIMe” is the same as
“FALL:TIME,” and “RTIMe” is the same as “RISE:TIME.”
SENSe[1|2|11|12|21|22]:FUNCtion
Selects a function and input channel without changing most of the set up of the
Counter. The input coupling and impedance are not changed by these commands.
You must select the coupling and impedance that makes sense for the input
signal. The input attenuation, offset, gain, and comparator hysteresis are not
changed. However, the comparator slopes and thresholds are changed to defaults.
If INPut:SETup:AUTO (autotrigger) is set to ON or ONCE, the input attenua-
tion, offset, gain, and comparator hysteresis may change when the measurement
is started.
3–106
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
The possible parameters for this command are as follows:
“TINTerval:DELay:TIMe”
“TINTerval:DELay:EVENTS”
SENSe[1|2|10|20]:FUNCtion
The SENSe:FUNCtion command selects a function and input channel without
changing most of the Counter setup. The input filtering, coupling, and imped-
ance are not changed by these commands. You must select the filtering, coupling
and impedance that makes sense for the input signal. The input attenuation,
offset, gain, and comparator hysteresis are not changed by these commands.
However, the comparator slopes and thresholds are changed to defaults by these
commands. If INPut:SETup:AUTO (autotrigger) is set to ON or ONCE, the
input attenuation, offset, gain, and comparator hysteresis may change when the
measurement is started. See the CONFigure or MEASure command descriptions
for detail of these commands.
The possible parameters for this command are as follows:
“TOTalize”
SENSe:TINTerval:DELay:EVENTs <event delay>
This command sets the number of events to use for the time interval with delay.
SENSe:TINTerval:DELay:TIME <time delay>
This command sets the delay time for time interval with delay by time function.
Query Response
SENSe:APERture? [DEFault|MINimum|MAXimum]
This query moves the currently set aperture time, set by the most recent
SENSe:...:APERture, CONFigure or MEASure command, to the output buffer. If
one of the optional arguments is used, the DEFault, MINimum or MAXimum
value of aperture is moved to the output buffer instead.
SENSe:COUNT? [DEFault|MINimum|MAXimum]
This query moves the currently set <array size> count, as set by the most recent
SENSe:...:COUNt, CONFigure or MEASure command, to the output buffer. If
one of the optional arguments is used, the DEFault, MINimum or MAXimum
value of count is moved to the output buffer instead.
SENSe:EVENts? [DEFault|MINimum|MAXimum]
This query moves the number of events, as set by the most recent
SENSe:...:EVENts command, to the output buffer . If one of the optional
arguments is used, the DEFault, MINimum or MAXimum value of aperture is
moved to the output buffer instead.
3–107
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
SENSe:MODE? [DEFault]
This query moves the currently set mode, as set by the most recent
SENSe:...:MODE, CONFigure or MEASure command, to the output buffer. If
the optional DEFault argument is used, then the default value of aperture mode
will be moved to the output buffer instead.
SENSe:FUNCtion?
This query moves the currently selected function to the output buffer. Functions
are selected by a SENSe:FUNCtion, CONFigure or MEASure command.
SENSe:TINTerval:DELay:EVENts? [DEFault]|MINimum]|MAXimum]
Returns the current value of the time interval delay by events of the default,
minimum or maximum value. The default value is 1 event.
Examples
SENSe:APERture
Command
Response
SENS:APER DEF
SENSe:APERture?
Returns set aperture to default
1e–1
Query aperture value
SENSe:COUNt
Command
Response
SENSE:COUNT 100
SENS:COUN?
Set array size to 100 measurements
100
Query array size
SENSe:EVENts
Command
Response
SENS:EVENT MIN
SENSe:EVENts?
Returns set events to minimum
1
Queries events value
3–108
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
SENSe:MODe
Command
Response
SENSE:MODE EVENTS
SENS:MOD?
Set mode to events
EVEN
Queries for the current mode
SENSe[1|2|10|11|12|20|21|22]:FUNCtion
Command
Response
SENSE1:FUNCTION “FRE-
QUENCY”
Set mode to events
SENS1:FUNC?
FREQ
Query Function
SENSe:TINTerval:DELay:EVENts
Command
Response
SENS:TINT:DEL:EVEN MIN
Set event delay to minimum
SENSE:TINT:DELAY:
EVENTS?
1
Query event delay
SOURce Subsystem
The SOURce subsystem commands are used to command the TCXO1 option (if
available).
Command Syntax
Query Syntax
SOURce:COSCillator[:SOURce] <source>
SOURce:COSCillator[:SOURce]?
SOURce:COSCillator:VALue?
*RST Value
Limits
Parameter
Value
<source>
TCX01 with the Option 1T installed, ROSCILLATOR otherwise
Parameter
Value
<source>
ROSCILLATOR|TCXO1
3–109
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
Related Commands
N/A
Command Description
SOURce:COSCillator[:SOURce] ROSCillator|TCXO1
This command selects the source of the Counter reference oscillator. Choices are
the VX4101A Reference Oscillator (ROSCILLATOR) or the Temperature
Controlled Crystal Oscillator (TCXO1). Specifying TCX01 as a source will
generate an error if Option 1T is not available on the VX4101A.
Query Response
Query
Value
SOURce:COSCillator:VALue? <oscillator frequency>
SOURce:COSCillator[:
SOURce]?
This query returns the current clock source selected for the
counter. Possible values are:
ROSCILLATOR|TCXO1
Examples
SOURce:COSCillator[:SOURce] ROSCillator|TCXO1
Command
*RST
Response
SOUR:COSC?
TCXO1
SOURce:COSCillator:VALue?
Command
Response
9.9999999999999E+06
SOUR:COSC:VAL?
STATus Subsystem
The STATus commands for the VX4101A Counter includes the use of the
coincidence bit. This bit indicates that a time interval measurement has occurred
that is approximately coincident with the built-in delay for the counter front end.
This delay is calibrated and is usually about 1.8 ns. There are three cases in
which the coincidence bit is used:
H
During single-shot measurements, the firmware checks the coincidence bit,
and if it is set, the time interval result to be returned will be set to the
calibrated delay value. There are no errors generated.
3–110
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
H
H
During continuous single-shot, or array measurements, one of the following
actions take place:
a. The firmware behaves as described above for single-shot measurements.
It checks the coincident bit for each measurement and returns the
calibrated delay value if it is set. No errors are generated.
During gated measurements, using either an external gate, events mode
where events are larger than 1, or aperture mode where the aperture is longer
than just a single event:
The firmware will check the coincidence bit at the end of the gate. If it is set,
it will still return its calculated answer, but it will also generate an error
condition. You can set up the status registers to interrupt on such an error.
Command Syntax
Query Syntax
Command Class
Query Response
*RST Value
N/A
STATus:OPERation:CONDition?
Instrument
The operational condition register value.
0
Limits
N/A
Formats
Query Response
Numeric
Related Commands
Description
MEASure?
READ?
INITiate
ABORt
The STATus:OPERation:CONDition query returns the current operational status
of the Counter. The bit definitions of the value are (bit 0 = the least significant
bit):
3–111
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
Bit Definition
Function
0
1
2
Calibrating
Set when any CALibration operation is running. Cleared when
the CALibration operation is complete
Settling
Set when the instrument changes its function or range. Cleared
when the all circuitry has settled
Ranging
Set when the instrument is auto-ranging. Cleared when the
input range has been found
3
4
Sweeping
Measuring
Not used
Set when an INITiate command is executed. Cleared when the
command is complete or aborted
5
6
Triggering
Arming
Not used
Set when the instrument is waiting for an arm signal. Cleared
when the arm is received
7
8
9
Correcting
Set when the instrument is performing an auto-zero operation.
Cleared when the auto-zero operation is complete
Testing (User 1)
Aborting (User 2)
Set when the instrument is performing a self-test. Cleared
when the self-test is complete
Set when the instrument is in the process of aborting an
operation. Cleared when the abort is complete
10 User 3
11 User 4
Not used
Not used
Reserved
Not used
Not used
Always 0
12 User 5
13 Instrument Summary
14 Program Running
15 Reserved
Command
Response/Description
Examples
stat:oper:cond?
16
Makes a measurement (0010 hex)
3072
stat:oper:cond?
Measurement complete because of ABORt (0C00 hex)
3–112
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
TEST Subsystem
The TEST subsystem handles the self test operations of the instrument. The
Counter self test tests the Counter memory, the Read/Write hardware control
registers, the analog front end, and a 2.5 MHz test signal. The query returns
pass/fail information. In a failed situation, additional failure information can be
obtained with the SYStem:ERRor? query.
Command Syntax
Query Syntax
*RST Value
N/A
TEST:ALL?
N/A
Limits
N/A
Related Commands
Query Response
*TST?
Initiates the Counter self-test operation. If the test fails, an error message is
placed in the error queue and the error LED blinks. The self test tests the
following:
H
H
H
Two 4 Kb Counter measurement buffers
Logic registers
Analog front end pre-amp offset, pre-amp inverter, and pre-amp gain digital
to analog converters (DACs)
H
A 2.5 MHz signal is routed in through a test source and checked for accuracy
Command
INST:SEL Counter
TEST:ALL?
Response/Description
Examples
Counter
“CTR: Self-Test Passed”
”CTR: Self-Test Failed
Initiates the Counter self test operation and returns either a
pass or failure message.
3–113
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Counter
UNIT Subsystem
The UNIT subsystem command specifies the units for the phase measurements
as either degrees or radians and determines whether the units will be positive or
centered around zero.
Command Syntax
Query Syntax
*RST Value
UNIT:ANGLe <units>[,<zero>]
UNIT:ANGLe?
Parameter
<units>
Value
RADIAN
MINIMUM
<zero>
Limits
Parameter
<units>
Value
DEGREE|RADIAN
MINIMUM|CENTER|AUTO
<zero>
Related Commands
CONFigure|MEASure|SENSe[:...]:PHASe
Command Description
Specifies the units for the phase measurements as either degrees or radians and
determines whether the units will be positive or centered around 0.
MINimum will set 0 as the minimum measurement and return measurements as
0 to 360 degrees or 0 to 2 p radians.
CENTer will set 0 as the center measurement and return measurements from
–180 to +180 or – p to + p radians. Selecting AUTo will start as MINimum,
returning positive values only. The instrument will automatically switch to
CENTer if crossing 0 degrees (0 radians) in the negative direction and automati-
cally switch back to MINimum if crossing 180 degrees (p radians) in the positive
direction.
Query Response
Examples
DEG|RAD,MIN|CENT|AUT
Command
Response
UNIT:ANGL DEG,CENT
values from –180 to +180
Sets the units to degrees
3–114
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Input
This section contains the SCPI commands for the Digital Input. You can use the
commands to calibrate the instrument, prepare it for operation, or to trigger a
measurement.
Command Summary
The following is a listing of the available command subsystems and syntax:
CALibration Subsystem
CONFigure Subsystem
CALibration:VALue <calvalue>
Commands
CONFigure[:SCALar]
:DIGLobal
[:NORMal] <voltage_threshold>
:INVerted <voltage_threshold>
:DIPort
[:NORMal] <voltage_threshold>,<numeric_port_list>
:INVerted <voltage_threshold>,<numeric_port_list>
:DIBit
[:NORMal] <voltage_threshold>,<channel_bit_list>
:INVerted <voltage_threshold>,<channel_bit_list>
CONFigure[:ARRay]
:DIGLobal
[:NORMal] <repetitions>,<voltage_threshold>
:INVerted <repetitions>,<voltage_threshold>
:DIPort
[:NORMal]
<repetitions>,<voltage_threshold>,numeric_port_list>
:INVerted
<repetitions>,<voltage_threshold>,numeric_port_list>
3–115
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Input
:DIBit
[:NORMal]
<repetitions>,<voltage_threshold>,<channel_bit_list>
:INVerted
<repetitions>,<voltage_threshold>,channel_bit_list>
Queries
CONFigure?
FETch? Subsystem
FORMat Subsystem
Queries
FETCh? [<count>[<offset>[,<step_size>]]]
FETCh:COUNt?
Commands
FORMat[:DATA] <format>
Queries
FORMat[:DATA]?
INITiate Subsystem
Command
INITiate:[IMMediate] <control>
INSTrument Subsystem
Commands
INSTrument:ABORt[:IMMediate]
INSTrument:RESet
MEASure Subsystem
Queries
MEASure[:SCALar]
:DIGLobal
[:NORMal]? <voltage_threshold>
:INVerted? <voltage_threshold>
:DIPort
[:NORMal]? <voltage_threshold>,<numeric_port_list>
:INVerted? <voltage_threshold>,<numeric_port_list>
3–116
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Input
:DIBit
[:NORMal]? <voltage_threshold>,<numeric_port_list>
:INVerted? <voltage_threshold>,<numeric_port_list>
MEASure[:ARRay]
:DIGLobal
[:NORMal]? <repetitions>,<voltage_threshold>
:INVerted? <repetitions>,<voltage_threshold>
:DIPort
[:NORMal]?
<repetitions>,<voltage_threshold>,<numeric_port_list>
:INVerted?
<repetitions>,<voltage_threshold>,<numeric_port_list>
:DIBit
[:NORMal]?
<repetitions>,<voltage_threshold>,<channel_bit_list>
:INVerted?
<repetitions>,<voltage_threshold>,<channel_bit_list>
READ? Subsystem
SENSe Subsystem
READ?
Commands
SENSe:ARRay <array size>
SENSe:MODE <mode>
SENSe:PSELect
:DIBit
[:NORMal]
<ENABle|DISable>,<channel_bit_list>|<numerical_bit_mask>
:INVerted
<ENABle|DISable>,<channel_bit_list>|<numerical_bit_mask>
:DIGLobal
[:NORMal] <ENABle|DISable>
:INVerted <ENABle|DISable>
:DIPort
[:NORMal] <ENABle|DISable>,<port list>
:INVerted <ENABle|DISable>,<port list>
3–117
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Input
SENSe:SRATe <sample rate>
SENSe:THReshold <voltage_threshold>
Queries
SENSe:ARRay?
SENSe:MODE?
SENSe:PSELect?
SENSe:SRATe?
SENSe:THReshold?
STATus Subsystem
TEST Subsystem
STATus:OPERation:CONDition?
Queries
TEST:ALL?
TRIGger Subsystem
Commands
TRIGger:MASK <mask>
TRIGger:MATCh <pattern>
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:DELay <time delay>
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:ECOunt <event delay>
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:HANDshake:POLarity
:REQuest NORMal|INVerted <polarity>
:STRobe NORMal|INVerted <polarity>
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:IMMediate
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:MODE <mode>
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce <source>
Queries
TRIGger:MASK?
TRIGger:MATCh?
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:DELay?
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:ECOunt?
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:HANDshake:POLarity
:REQuest?
:STRobe?
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:MODE?
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce?
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce:CATAlog[ALL]?
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce:CATalog:DELayable?
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce:CATalog:FIXed?
3–118
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Input
CALibration Subsystem
The CALibration subsystem handles the calibration operations of the instrument.
Command Syntax
Query Syntax
*RST Value
Limits
CALibration:VALue <cal value>
N/A
N/A
Parameter
Value
<cal value>
2.5|12
Related Commands
N/A
Command Description
This command calibrates the Digital Input threshold. This is a 2-point calibra-
tion. The voltages used for calibration are 2.5 VDC and 12 VDC. You must use
external 2.5 V and 12 V sources to perform the calibration. You must hook up
the external source to Discrete Input 1 and set the Digital Output source to 1
(inactive).
NOTE. The Digital Output instrument uses the same pins as the Digital Input, so
the Digital Output should be reset prior to calibrating the Digital Input to ensure
that the outputs are inactive.
Query Response
Examples
N/A
Command
Response/Description
CAL:VAL 2.5
Sets the 2.5 V calibration factor using an external 2.5 V source.
3–119
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Input
CONFigure Subsystem
The CONFigure subsystem commands sets up the instrument to take a measure-
ment.
Command Syntax
CONFigure[:SCALar]
:DIGLobal
[:NORMal] <voltage_threshold>
:INVerted <voltage_threshold>
:DIPort
[:NORMal] <voltage_threshold>,<numeric_port_list>
:INVerted <voltage_threshold>,<numeric_port_list>
:DIBit
[:NORMal] <voltage_threshold>,<channel_bit_list>
:INVerted <voltage_threshold>,<channel_bit_list>
CONFigure[:ARRay]
:DIGLobal
[:NORMal] <repetitions>,<voltage_threshold>
:INVerted <repetitions>,<voltage_threshold>
:DIPort
[:NORMal]
<repetitions>,<voltage_threshold>,numeric_port_list>
:INVerted
<repetitions>,<voltage_threshold>,numeric_port_list>
:DIBit
[:NORMal]
<repetitions>,<voltage_threshold>,<channel_bit_list>
:INVerted
<repetitions>,<voltage_threshold>,channel_bit_list>
Queries
CONFigure?
Query Syntax
CONFigure?
3–120
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Input
*RST Value
Parameter
Value
NORM
2.3 V
#hffffffff
1
<NORMal|INVerted>
<voltage_threshold>
<input_mask>
<repetitions>
<numeric_port_list>
<channel_bit_list>
(1:4)
(@1:32)
Limits
Parameter
Value
<NORMal|INVerted>
<voltage_threshold>
<input_mask>
NORMal|INVerted
0.0–20.0 V
#h00000000 to #hffffffff
<repetitions>
1–4096
1–4
<numeric_port_list>
<channel_bit_list>
1–32
Related Commands
READ?
INITiate
FETCh?
MEASure?
Command Description
The ‘[:SCALar]’ commands set up the Digital Input for a single measurement
read, while the ‘ARRay’ commands set up the Digital Input for a multiple read
sequence. The rate at which data is read in is determined by the Digital Input’s
sample rate or handshake rate, depending on whether handshaking is enabled or
not. For ARRay commands, the sample rate is set to default. When a NORMal
command is used, data is returned as a 1 if the input is higher than the input
threshold and a 0 if the input is lower than the threshold. For an INVerted
command, the opposite is true. The data mode will be formatted, i.e. all disabled
bits will be returned as 0.
If a port list is used, selected ports will be enabled or disabled. Only bits enabled
as input ports can be queried for input. The port list can be comma separated or
listed as (x:y) for ports x through y.
Port
Bits
1
2
1 through 8
9 though 16
3–121
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Input
Port
Bits
3
4
17 through 24
25 through 32
If a bit_list is used, specific input bits will be enabled or disabled. Only bits
enabled as input bits can be read from and queried for its input. The bit list can
be comma separated or listed as (@x:y) for bits x through y.
Query Response
Command
Value
CONFigure?
“<SCALar|ARRay>;<DIGlobal|DIPort|
DIBit>:NORMal|INVerted>”,<voltage_threshold>V,<in-
put_mask>,<repetitions>
Command
Response/Description
Sets the return format to hex.
Enables all bits as input.
Examples
FORMAT HEX
SENS:PSEL:DIGL ENAB
CONFIGURE:DIGLOBAL 2.5 Sets up the:
Voltage threshold to 2.5 V
Read from all inputs
Normal
One reading
CONF?
“SCALar:DIGLobal:
NORMal“, 2.5 V,
#hffffffff ,1
Queries the input setting.
FETCh? Subsystem
The FETCh? queries retrieve completed measurements. You can use
FETCh:COUNt? to monitor the progress of a measurement or an array of
measurements.
Command Syntax
Query Syntax
N/A
FETCh? [<count>[<offset>[,<step_size>]]]
FETCh:COUNt?
3–122
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Input
*RST Value
Parameter
Value
<count>
Currently specified array size, which is 1+postmatch count if
pattern match is used.
<offset>
(without match pattern)
1
<step_size>
1
<postmatch measurement
count, prematch count>
0,0 (match not found yet)
Limits
Parameter
Value
<count>
If match pattern is used or currently specified array size if
match isn’t used, the value is:
Prematch count + postmatch count +1 (pattern matched)
<offset>
–1 times prematch count to postmatch count if pattern match is
used or 1 to currently specified array size if match isn’t used.
<step_size>
Same limits as <count>
<postmatch measurement
count, prematch count>
0vpostmatch countv4096, 0vprematch countv4095
NOTE. Data starts at 1; a postmatch value of 0 is used to indicate that no match
has occurred yet).
Related Commands
Query Response
READ?
MEASure?
CONFigure
FETCh? [<count>[<offset>[,<step size>]]]
Fetches the last measurement(s) taken after an INITiate. If you don’t use the
pattern match, FETCh can return all or part of the array size specified. If a
pattern match is used, then FETCh can also retrieve pretrigger data. For example,
if the pattern match is used and the prematch and postmatch buffers are full, then
FETCh? 8192,–4095,1 would retrieve all the data. For the same case, FETCh?
4096,1,1 retrieves all the postmatch data, while FETCh? 4097,0,1 would retrieve
the pattern match in addition to the postmatch data. To determine how many
prematch and postmatch points are available, use the FETCh:COUNt? query.
FETCh:COUNt?
This query fetches the number of postmatch and prematch measurements taken
since the last INITiate.
3–123
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Input
NOTE. If you enable the Digital Input pattern match, both the prematch and
postmatch values remain at zero until a match is found.
Examples
FETCh?
Command
Response/Description
Sets the return format to hexadecimal.
Enables all bits as input
Sets up the:
FORM HEX
SENSE:PSEL:DIGL ENAB
CONF:ARRAY:DIGLOBAL
2,2.5
Voltage threshold to 2.5 V
Read from all inputs,
Normal,
Two readings
READ?
#hf0f0f0f0,#h1111111
Orders a read in the current configuration.
Setting up a different configuration.
Arm the instrument.
CONF:ARR:DIGL 2,18.0
INITiate
FETCh?
#h0000ffff,#hfffff0000
Getting last read values.
FETCh:COUNt?
Command
Response/Description
FORMAT HEX
Sets the return format to hexadecimal
Enables all bits as input
SENSE:PSELECT:
DIGLOBAL ENAB
sens:arr 1000
Take 1000 postmatch measurements
Set the threshold to 2.8V
sense:threshold 2.8
trig:matc #h00007e38
trigger:mask #h0000FFFF
initiate
Set the match pattern
Set the mask for the match pattern
Start taking measurements
7,42
fetc, coun?
Reads how many measurements have been taken so far
3–124
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Input
FORMat Subsystem
This subsystem defines the format for returned data.
Command Syntax
Query Syntax
*RST Value
FORMat[:DATA] <format>
FORMat[:DATA]?
Parameter
Value
<format>
HEX
Limits
Parameter
Value
<format>
INTeger|HEXadecimal|BINary
Related Commands
Query Response
N/A
INT|HEX|BIN
Command Description
The FORMat[:DATA] command specifies the format of the data returned from
all queries returning numeric data. Data can be returned in an ASCII integer,
ASCII hexadecimal or binary format.
The binary trace format is based upon the IEEE 488.2 Indefinite Arbitrary Block
Program Data type. The data is preceded by a preamble of <#0>, followed by
binary data. Each sample is encoded in four bytes. The most significant byte is
transmitted first, followed by the least significant byte (big endian). The series of
samples is terminated by a new line (‘\n’) and the end bit. The most significant
bit corresponds to bit 32, and the least significant bit corresponds to bit 1.
Command
format hex
form?
Response/Description
Sets the return format to hexadecimal
HEX
Examples
Queries the return format
3–125
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Input
INITiate Subsystem
Command Syntax
Query Syntax
Command Class
*RST Value
INITiate:IMMediate
N/A
Instrument
N/A
Limits
N/A
Related Commands
ABORt
INSTrument:ABORt
Command Description
INITiate:IMMediate
This command initiates the current programed trigger sequence. After the
instrument has completed the current trigger sequence, it enters the idle state.
See instrument documentation for details on instrument state after an INITiate.
Query Response
Examples
N/A
See TRIGger([: SEQuence1] |:STARt) [:LAYer]:IMMediate command for an ex-
ample.
INSTrument Subsystem
The INSTrument subsystem aborts, resets, or selects the instrument.
Command Syntax
INSTrument:ABORt[:IMMediate]
INSTrument:RESet
Query Syntax
*RST Value
N/A
N/A
3–126
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Input
Limits
N/A
Command Description
INSTrument:ABORt [:IMMediate]
This command places the Digital Input in the idle state, and terminates any
activities that are currently in progress. A subsequent INIT command will cause
the Digital Input to initiate a new operation based upon the current configuration,
which is unchanged by the ABORt. After execution, the Digital Input Instrument
is still selected.
You can use this command for terminating an unsuccessful pre-match capture.
INSTrument:RESet
This command resets the Digital Input to its power-on (default) state. After
execution, the Digital Input remains selected. After reset, the Digital Input
memory is initialized to zero. The sample rate and points are at their default
values.
Query Response
Examples
N/A
INSTrument:ABORt
Command
Response/Description
inst:sel digi
Selects the Digital Input
(Digital Input configuration commands)
inst:abor
Aborts the Digital Input activity
DIGI
instrument:select?
Queries the current instrument
INSTrument:RESet
Command
inst:sel digi
instrument:reset
inst:sel?
Response/Description
Selects the Digital Input
Resets the Digital Input
DIGI
Queries the instrument selected
3–127
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Input
MEASure Subsystem
The MEASure subsystem configures and initiates a measurement, and then
returns the results.
Command Syntax
Query Syntax
N/A
MEASure[:SCALar]
:DIGLobal
[:NORMal]? <voltage_threshold>
:INVerted? <voltage_threshold>
:DIPort
[:NORMal]? <voltage_threshold>,<numeric_port_list>
:INVerted? <voltage_threshold>,<numeric_port_list>
:DIBit
[:NORMal]? <voltage_threshold>,<numeric_port_list>
:INVerted? <voltage_threshold>,<numeric_port_list>
MEASure[:ARRay]
:DIGLobal
[:NORMal]? <repetitions>,<voltage_threshold>
:INVerted? <repetitions>,<voltage_threshold>
:DIPort
[:NORMal]?
<repetitions>,<voltage_threshold>,<numeric_port_list>
:INVerted?
<repetitions>,<voltage_threshold>,<numeric_port_list>
:DIBit
[:NORMal]?
<repetitions>,<voltage_threshold>,<channel_bit_list>
:INVerted?
<repetitions>,<voltage_threshold>,<channel_bit_list>
3–128
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Input
*RST Value
Parameter
Value
NORM
2.3 V
#hffffffff
1
<NORMal|INVerted>
<voltage_threshold>
<input_mask>
<repetitions>
<numeric_port_list>
<channel_bit_list>
(1:4)
(@1:32)
Limits
Parameter
Value
<NORMal|INVerted>
<voltage_threshold>
<input_mask>
NORMal|INVerted
0.0–20.0 V
#h00000000 to #hffffffff
<repetitions>
1–4096
1–4
<numeric_port_list>
<channel_bit_list>
1–32
Related Commands
Query Response
CONFigure
READ?
The MEASure:SCALar queries set up the Digital Input for a single measure-
ment, reads a value, and returns the requested data.
The MEASure:ARRay queries set up the Digital Input for multiple reads, reads
the values, and returns the requested data.
The voltage threshold can be specified or set to default. For ARRay: queries, the
sample rate is set to default. When a NORMal query is used, data is returned as a
1 of the input is higher than the input threshold and a 0 if the input is lower than
the threshold. For an INVerted query, the opposite is true. The data mode will be
formatted, i.e. all disabled bits will be returned as 0.
If a port list is used, selected ports will be enabled or disabled. Only bits enabled
as input ports can be queried for input. The port list can be comma separated or
listed as (x:y) for ports x through y.
Data is returned in the following format:
<data>{,<data>}
3–129
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Input
Port
Bits
1
2
3
4
1 through 8
9 though 16
17 through 24
25 through 32
If a bit_list is used, specific input bits will be enabled or disabled. Only bits
enabled as input bits can be read from and queried for its input. The bit list can
be comma separated or listed as (@x:y) for bits x through y.
MEASure returns the complete array (see READ?). To retrieve prematch data,
use a CONFigure or SENSe command followed by an INITiate command and
then a FETCh? query.
Command
Response/Description
Sets the return format to hexadecimal
Enables all bits as input
#h00000000
Examples
format hex
sens:psel:digl enab
meas:digl? 2.3
Initiates a measurement with voltage threshold at 2.3 V
#hffffffff
meas:digl:inv? 4.4
Initiates a measurement with voltage threshold at 4.4 V and
inverts the bits.
READ? Subsystem
The Read subsystem initiates a measurement and returns the results.
Command Syntax
Query Syntax
*RST Value
Limits
N/A
READ?
N/A
N/A
3–130
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Input
Related Commands
Query Response
CONFigure
FETCh?
INITiate
This query performs an INITiate, followed by a FETCh? query. The number of
data points read, voltage threshold and bits read are setup with a CONFigure or
SENSe command. READ? returns the complete array if no pattern match is used,
or the match and all the postmatch data if pattern match is used. To retrieve
prematch data, use a CONFigure or SENSe command followed by an INITiate
command and then a FETCh? query. Data is returned in the following format:
<data_point>{,<data_point>}
Command
Response/Description
Examples
format hex
Sets the return format to hexadecimal
Enables all bits as input
sens:psel:digl enable
configure:diglobal 2.5
Sets up the following:
Voltage threshold to 2.5 V
Read all inputs
Normal
One reading
conf
“<SCALar|ARRay>;<DIGlobal|DIPort|DIBit>:NORMal|IN-
Verted>”,<voltage_threshold>V,<input_mask>,<repetitions>
READ?
f0f0f0f0
Orders a read in the current configuration
SENSe Subsystem
The SENSe subsystem sets up the instrument to take a measurement.
The SENSe: commands can also configure the instrument following a CONFig-
ure command. However, the CONFigure command or MEASure? query will
reset all SENSe command parameters to the default state.
Command Syntax
SENSe:ARRay <array size>
SENSe:MODe <mode>
SENSe:PSELect
:DIBit
[:NORMal] <ENABle|DISable>,<channel_bit_list>|
<numerical_bit_mask>
3–131
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Input
:INVerted <ENABle|DISable>,<channel_bit_list>|
<numerical_bit_mask>
:DIGLobal
[:NORMal] <ENABle|DISable>
:INVerted <ENABle|DISable>
:DIPort
[:NORMal] <ENABle|DISable>,<port_list>
:INVerted <ENABle|DISable>,<port_list>
SENSe:SRATe <sample rate>
SENSe:THReshold <voltage_threshold>
Query Syntax
SENSe:ARRay?
SENSe:MODE?
SENSe:PSELect?
SENSe:SRATe?
SENSe:THReshold?
*RST Value
Parameter
Value
1
<array size>
<mode>
FORMatted
ENABle
(@1:32)
(1:4)
<ENABle|DISable>
<channel_bit_list>
<port_list>
<numerical_bit_mask>
<sample rate>
<voltage threshold
#hffffffff
48000.0
2.3
Limits
Parameter
Value
<array size>
1-4096
<mode>
FORMatted|UNFormatted
1-32
<channel_bit_list>
<numerical_bit_mask>
<ENABle|DISable>
#h00000000 to #hfffffffff
ENABle|DISable
3–132
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Input
Parameter
Value
<channel_bit_list>
<port_list>
1-4
1-4
<sample rate>
<voltage threshold
3.662-48000.0
0.00-20.000
Resolution
Related Commands
Description
Command or Query
SENSe:SRATe?
Value
(240e+03/n)
5 mV
where 5 v n v 65536
SENSe:THReshold?
FETCh?
READ?
CONFigure
MEASure
SENSe:ARRay <array size>
Sets the number of postmatch data points. The match pattern is defined as index
0. Prematch will automatically store up to 4095 patterns before the match.
SENSe:MODE <mode>
This command determines whether the return data is masked with the bits
defined as inputs. Selecting FORMatted with this command masks all readbacks
to 0 for those bits not programmed as input.
Selecting UNFormatted with this command sets all readbacks to return raw data
from all 32 bits, whether they are defined as input bits or not. Since all 32 bits of
Digital Input are common with the Digital Output Instrument, a low from either
the UUT or from the Digital Output Instrument will result in a low on that bit in
UNFormatted mode (the result will be a high if the data is specified as IN-
Verted).
SENSe:PSELect:DIBit [:NORMal|:INVerted] <ENABle|DISable>,<chan-
nel_bit_list>|<numeric_bit_mask>
Enables or disables specific input bits defined by the <channel_bit_list>. It can
be comma separated or listed as (@x:y) for bits x through y. The query returns
the enable/disable state of all the input bits. A one in a bit position indicates that
the bit is enabled.
SENSe:PSELect:DIGLobal [:NORMal]|:INVerted <ENABle|DISable>
Enables or disables all 32 bits of the Digital Input. The query returns the
3–133
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Input
enable/disable state of all the input bits. A one in a bit position indicates that the
bit is enabled.
SENSe:PSELect:DIPort [:NORMal]|:INVerted <ENABle|DISable>,<port_list>
Enables or disables selected ports as input bits. The port list can be comma
separated or listed as (x:y) for ports x through y.
Port
Bits
1
2
3
4
1 through 8
9 though 16
17 through 24
25 through 32
The query returns the enable/disable state of all the input bits. A one in a bit
position indicates that the bit is enabled.
NOTE. The SENSe:PSel commands change any previously-defined NORMal|IN-
Verted setting. See the CONFigure or MEASure commands.
SENSe:SRATe <sample rate>
Sets the sample (frequency) rate of input in Hz. The SRATe command is used to
set the sample rate of array SENSe commands and the input frequency of
samples taken in a pattern match operation.
If a numeric value is specified that does not correlate to an integer “n” as
specified above, the instrument will automatically select the closest value.
SENSe:THReshold <voltage_threshold>
This command sets the threshold for all digital input bits. If the SENSe:PSELect
command selects NORMal, then inputs above the threshold will read 1 and those
below will read as 0. If the SENSe:PSELect command specifies INVerted, then
the opposite is true.
Query Response
Query
Response
SENSe:ARRay?
SENSe:MODE?
SENSe:PSELect?
SENSe:SRATe?
SENSe:THReshold?
<array size>
0 formatted, 1 unformatted
<input_word_mask>
<sample_rate>
<voltage_threshold>
3–134
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Input
Examples
SENSe:ARRay
Command
Response/Description
SENS:ARR 5
SENSe:ARRay?
Sets the number of postmatch points to 5
5
Queries the number of specified postmatch data points.
SENSe:PSELect:DIGLobal
Command
Response/Description
Sets the return format to hexadecimal.
Enables all bits as input bits.
#hffffffff
FORMAT HEX
SENS:PSEL:DIGL ENAB
SENS:PSELECT?
Queries all bit states.
Disables all bits as input bits.
#h00000000
SENS:PSEL:DIGL DIS
SENSE:PSELECT
Queries all bit states.
SENSe:PSELect:DIPort
Command/Query
Response/Description
FORM HEX
Sets the return format to hexadecimal.
Enables ports 1 & 4 as input bits
SENSe:PSELect:DIPort
ENAB,(1,4)
SENS:PSELECT?
#hff0000ff
Queries all bit states.
SENS:PSEL:DIP ENAB,(1:4)
SENS:PSEL:DIP DIS,(1)
SENSe:PSELect?
Enables ports 1 thru 4 as input bits.
Disables port 1 as an input port.
#hffffff00
Queries all bit states.
SENSe:PSELect:DIBit
Command/Query
Response/Description
FORM HEX
Sets the return format to hexadecimal.
Enables bits 1 – 8 as input bits.
SENSe:PSELect:DIBit
ENAB,(@1:8)
SENS:PSEL?
Queries all bit states.
#h000000ff
3–135
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Input
Command/Query
Response/Description
SENS:PSEL:DIB DIS-
ABLE,#hf0
Disables bits 5 – 8 as input bits.
SENSe:PSELect?
#h0000000f
Queries all bit states.
SENSe:MODE <FORMatted|UNFormatted>
Command/Query
SENS:MODE FORM
SENS:MODE?
Response/Description
Sets the data returned to be formatted.
FORMATTED
Queries the mode for the data format.
SENSe:SRATe?
Command/Query
SENSE:SRATE 48000.0
SENS:SRAT?
Response/Description
Sets the sample rate to 48 kHz.
48000.0
Queries the sample rate.
Sets the sample rate to 24.1 kHz
24100.0
SENSE:SRATE 24100.0
SENS:SRAT?
Queries the sample rate.
SENSe:THReshold?
Command/Query
SENSE:THRESHOLD 10
SENS:THR?
Response/Description
Sets the threshold.
10.000
Queries the threshold.
3–136
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Input
STATus? Subsystem
The STATus queries enable you to inquire on the current operational state of the
instrument.
Many STATus commands are available for use for all instruments. For a
summary of those commands, see the Status and Events section.
Command Syntax
Query Syntax
Command Class
*RST Value
N/A
STATus:OPERation:CONDition?
Instrument
0
Limits
N/A
Formats
Query Response
Numeric
Related Commands
Query Response
MEASure?
READ?
INITiate
ABORt
The STATus:OPERation:CONDition query returns the current operational status
of the Digital Input. The bit definitions of the value are (bit 0 = the least
significant bit):
Bit Definition
Function
0
Calibrating
Set when any CALibration operation is running. Cleared when
the CALibration operation is complete
1
2
3
4
Settling
Not used
Not used
Not used
Ranging
Sweeping
Measuring
Set when the INITiate command is executed. Cleared when the
command is complete or aborted
3–137
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Input
Bit Definition
Function
5
Triggering
Set when the instrument is waiting for a trigger signal. Cleared
when the trigger is received
6
7
8
Arming
Not used
Not used
Correcting
Testing (User 1)
Set when the instrument is performing a self-test. Cleared
when the self-test is complete
9
Aborting (User 2)
Set when the instrument is in the process of aborting an
operation. Cleared when the abort is complete
10 User 3
Not used
11
Pattern Match
Set when pattern match has occurred
Cleared when INITiated
Reserved
12 User 5
13 Instrument Summary
14 Program Running
15 Reserved
Not used
Not used
Always 0
Command
Response
Examples
status:operation:condition?
stat:oper:cond?
16 Measurement in progress (0010 hex).
3072 Measurement complete because an ABORt was received
(0C00 hex).
TEST Subsystem
The TEST subsystem handles the self test operations of the instrument. The
Digital Input self test tests the Digital Input memory and the Read/Write
hardware control registers. The query returns pass/ fail information. In a failed
situation, additional failure information can be obtained with the SYStem:ER-
Ror? query.
Command Syntax
Query Syntax
*RST Value
N/A
TEST:ALL?
N/A
3–138
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Input
Limits
Related Commands
Query Response
N/A
*TST?
Initiates the Digital Input self test operation and returns one of two possible
responses:
“DIGI: Self Test Passed”
“DIGI: Self Test Failed”
NOTE. If the self-test fails, you can obtain further information with a SYST:ERR?
query.
Command/Query
Response/Description
Examples
INSTRUMENT:SELECT DIGI Selects the Digital Input instrument.
TEST:ALL?
”Digital Input passes self-test.”
Runs the self-test.
TRIGger Subsystem
Command Syntax
TRIGger:MASK <mask>
TRIGger:MATCh <pattern>
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:DELay <time delay>
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:ECOunt <event delay>
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:HANDshake:POLarity
:REQuest NORMal|INVerted <polarity>
:STRobe NORMal|INVerted <polarity>
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:IMMediate
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:MODE <mode>
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce <source>
Query Syntax
TRIGger:MASK?
TRIGger:MATCh?
3–139
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Input
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:DELay?
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:ECOunt?
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:HANDshake:POLarity
:REQuest?
:STRobe?
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:MODE?
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce?
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce:CATAlog[ALL]?
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce:CATalog:DELayable?
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce:CATalog:FIXed?
Command Class
*RST Value
Instrument
Command
<mask>
Values
#h00000000
N/A
<pattern>
<time delay>
<event delay>
<polarity>
<mode>
0 seconds
0 triggers (pass-through)
INVerted
ALL
<source>
<mode>
IMMEDIATE
ONCE, ALL
Limits
Command
<mask>
Values
#h00000000 – #hffffffff
#h00000000–#hffffffff
<pattern>
<time delay>
0 seconds=pass through
1E–06 to 65.535 E–03M in 1E–06 steps
<event delay>
<polarity>
<mode>
0 = pass through, 1 to 65,535 triggers in step of 1
NORMal|INVerted
ONCE, ALL
<source>
BUS, TTLTRG0, TTLTRG1, TTLTRG2, TTLTRG3, TTLTRG4,
TTLTRG5, TTLTRG6, TTLTRG7, COMMAND0, COMMAND1,
COMMAND2, COMMAND3, COMMAND4, SUREPATH, DMM,
COUNTER, CTR_EXTARM, DAC, DIGI, DIGO, HANDSHAKE
3–140
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Input
Related Commands
N/A
Command Description
TRIGger:MASK <mask>
Defines a mask for the match pattern. Bits set to 0 in the mask are “don’t care”
bits for the match pattern. Thus, setting the mask to #h00000000 will disable
pattern matching completely.
See the TRIGger:MASK <mask> example for more information on changing the
mask.
TRIGger:MATCh <pattern>
Defines a match pattern to use for a search. Until the instrument finds a match
pattern, all read data will be stored in prematch memory. When the instrument
finds the match pattern, it is placed in prematch memory.
See the TRIGger:MASK <mask> example for more information on changing the
mask.
TRIGger ([:SEQuence1] |:STARt)[:LAYer]:DELay <time delay>
Specifies a time delay to occur after receipt of a trigger prior to actually
triggering. If the trigger source selected is fixed, this command will have no
effect on the instrument triggering. This command always zeros the event count
delay, so specifying a delay of zero places the trigger subsystem in pass-through
mode. In this mode, the instrument triggers immediately upon receipt of a trigger
command.
TRIGger ([:SEQuence1] |:STARt)[:LAYer]:ECOunt <event delay>
Specifies the number of triggers to count prior to triggering. Upon receipt of
trigger N (where N is the number specified in the command), the instrument will
enter the triggered state. If the trigger source selected is fixed, this command will
have no effect on the instrument triggering. This command always zeros the
delay by time parameter, so specifying an event count of zero places the trigger
subsystem in pass-through mode. In this mode, the instrument triggers immedi-
ately upon receipt of a trigger.
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:HANDshake:POLarity:REQuest|:STRobe
NORMal|INVerted <polarity>
Specifies the active edge of the signals to be received and driven on the external
handshake lines. NORMal indicates that the rising edge is active. INVerted
indicates that the falling edge is active.
TRIGger ([:SEQuence1] |:STARt)[:LAYer]:IMMediate
Causes a one time entry into the triggered state without receiving the specified
3–141
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Input
trigger. This command is often used to “prime the pump” in cases such as setting
up a scan list measurement.
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:MODE <mode>
When an instrument has been configured for some type of array measurement,
this command specifies whether the instrument will perform one or all operations
when a trigger is received. If the mode is ALL, then all operations will be
completed upon receipt of one trigger condition. If the mode is ONCE, then the
instrument will perform one operation and reenter the initiated state. This will
continue until the specified number of triggers has been received (and hence, the
specified number of operations has been completed).
TRIGger([:SEQuence1] |:STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce <source>
Selects or queries the trigger source to be used when the instrument is initiated.
Query Response
Query
Response
<mask>
TRIGger:MASk
TRIGger:MATCh?
<mask>
TRIGger ([:SEQuence1]
|:STARt)[:LAYer]:DELay?
<delay in seconds>
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:
STARt)[:LAYer]:ECOunt
<triggers to count>
NORMal | INVerted
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:
STARt)[:LAYer]:HANDshake:
POLarity:REQuest|STRobe
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:
STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce
<current source>
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:
STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce:
CATAlog[ALL]?
Lists all trigger sources available for use with the TRIG:SOUR
command.
HOLD, IMMEDIATE, BUS, EXTERNAL, TTLTRG0, TTLTRG1,
TTLTRG2, TTLTRG3, TTLTRG4, TTLTRG5, TTLTRG6,
TTLTRG7, COMMAND0, COMMAND1, COMMAND2,
COMMAND3, COMMAND4, TIMER, SUREPATH, DMM,
COUNTER, CTR_EXTARM, DAC, DIGI, DIGO, HANDSHAKE
NOTE: Depending upon which options were purchased with the VX4101A, some of the trigger
sources listed above may not be available for use.
3–142
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Input
Query
Response
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:
STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce:
CATalog:DELayable?
Lists all delayable trigger sources available for use with the
TRIG:SOUR command.
BUS, EXTERNAL, TTLTRG0, TTLTRG1, TTLTRG2, TTLTRG3,
TTLTRG4, TTLTRG5, TTLTRG6, TTLTRG7, COMMAND0,
COMMAND1, COMMAND2, COMMAND3, COMMAND4,
SUREPATH, DMM, COUNTER, CTR_EXTARM, DAC, DIGI,
DIGO
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:
STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce:
CATalog:FIXed?
Lists all fixed trigger sources available for use with the
TRIG:SOUR command.
HOLD, IMMEDIATE, TIMER, HANDSHAKE
Examples
TRIGger:MASK <mask>
Command
Response
TRIG:MATC #h00000000
Sets the value of the match pattern for all input bits. All bits are
set to 0.
TRIGGER:MASK #hffffffff
TRIG:MASK?
Sets the match mask to “care” bits.
#hffffffff
Queries the mask
TRIGger ([:SEQuence1] |:STARt)[:LAYer]:DELay
Command
Response
INST:SEL DIGIN
Selects the Digital Input instrument
Configures the Digital Input for a DC voltage reading
Sets the trigger source to be TTLT0
Sets the trigger delay to 1 mSec
Initiates the measurement
CONF:VOLT:DC
TRIG:SOUR TTLT0
TRIG:DEL 1E-3
INIT
TRIGger ([:SEQuence1] |:STARt)[:LAYer]:ECOunt
Command
Response
INS:SEL DIGIN
CONF:VOLT:DC
TRIG:SOUR TTLT0
TRIG:ECO 100
INIT
Selects the Digital Input instrument
Configures the Digital Input for a DC voltage reading
Sets the trigger source to be TTLT0
Sets the trigger count to 100
Initiates the measurement
3–143
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Input
TRIGger ([:SEQuence1] |:STARt)[:LAYer]:IMMediate
Command
Response
TRIG:SOUR:CAT?
IMMEDIATE, BUS, TTLTRG0, TTLTRG1, TTLTRG2,
TTLTRG3, TTLTRG4, TTLTRG5, TTLTRG6, TTLTRG7,
COMMAND0, COMMAND1, COMMAND2, COMMAND3,
COMMAND4, TIMER, SUREPATH, DMM, COUNTER,
CTR_EXTARM, DAC, DIGI, DIGO, HANDSHAKE
INST:SEL DMM
CONF:VOLT:DC
TRIG:SOUR TTLT0
INIT
FETC:COUN?
TRIG:IMM
0
FETC:COUN?
FETC?
1
–6.03720E+00
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:MODE
Command
Response
INST:SEL DMM
CONF:ARR:VOLT:DC 3
TRIG:MODE ONCE
TRIG:SOUR COMM0
INIT
FETC:COUN?
TRIG:FIR0
0
1
FETC:COUN?
TRIG:FIR0
TRIG:FIR0
FETCH:COUN?
FETC?
3
#239–6.04180E+00,–6.04180E+00,–6.04180E+00
3–144
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Input
TRIGger([:SEQuence1] |:STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce
Command
Response
TRIG:SOUR:CAT?
HOLD, IMMEDIATE, BUS, TTLTRG0, TTLTRG1, TTLTRG2,
TTLTRG3, TTLTRG4, TTLTRG5, TTLTRG6, TTLTRG7,
COMMAND0, COMMAND1, COMMAND2, COMMAND3,
COMMAND4, TIMER, SUREPATH, DMM, COUNTER,
CTR_EXTARM, DAC, DIGI, DIGO, HANDSHAKE
INST:SEL DMM
CONF:VOLT:DC
TRIG:SOUR BUS
INIT
FETC:COUN?
*TRG
0
FETC:COUN?
FETC?
1
–6.03720E+00
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce:CATAlog[ALL]?
Command
Response
INST:SEL DMM
TRIG:SOUR:CAT?
HOLD, IMMEDIATE, BUS, EXTERNAL, TTLTRG0, TTLTRG1,
TTLTRG2, TTLTRG3, TTLTRG4, TTLTRG5, TTLTRG6,
TTLTRG7, COMMAND0, COMMAND1, COMMAND2,
COMMAND3, COMMAND4, TIMER, SUREPATH, DMM,
COUNTER, CTR_EXTARM, DAC, DIGI, DIGO, HANDSHAKE
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce:CATalog:DELayable?
Command
Response
TRIG:SOUR:CAT:DEL?
BUS, EXTERNAL, TTLTRG0, TTLTRG1, TTLTRG2, TTLTRG3,
TTLTRG4, TTLTRG5, TTLTRG6, TTLTRG7, COMMAND0,
COMMAND1, COMMAND2, COMMAND3, COMMAND4,
SUREPATH, DMM, COUNTER, DAC, DIGI, DIGO,
CTR_EXTARM
TRIGger([:SEQuence1] |:STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce:CATalog:FIXed?
Command
Response
INST:SEL:DMM
TRIG:SOUR:CAT:FIX?
HOLD,IMMEDIATE,TIMER
3–145
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Input
3–146
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Output
The Digital Output command syntax enables you to control the 32 output bits of
the instrument. The bits can be programmed with pattern segment lengths to a
maximum of 4096 sample points. If not all of the 32 bits are required, you can
use the commands to turn the appropriate bits on or off.
Command Summary
The following is a listing of the available command subsystems and syntax:
FORMat Subsystem
Commands
FORMat[:DATA] <format>
Queries
FORMat[:DATA]?
INITiate Subsystem
Commands
INITiate
:CONTinuous <control>
[:IMMediate]
Queries
INITiate:CONTinuous?
INSTrument Subsystem
OUTPut Subsystem
Commands
INSTrument:ABORt ([:IMMediate]|:COMPlete)
INSTrument:RESet
Commands
OUTPut:LEVel <voltage level>
OUTPut:TRIGger:SOURce <source>
3–147
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Output
Queries
OUTPut:LEVel?
OUTPut:TRIGger:SOURce?
STATus? Subsystem
TEST Subsystem
STATus:OPERation:CONDition?
Queries
TEST:ALL?
TRACe Subsystem
Commands
TRACe:CLEar
TRACe|DATA[:DATA] <indices>{,<ascii_hex_data>}
TRACe|DATA[:DATA] <index>,{,ascii_hex_data, indefiĆ
nite_binary_data}
TRACe:POINts <number_of_points>
TRACe:RFRequency <repeat_frequency>
TRACe:RPERiod <repeat_period>
TRACe:SRATe <sample_rate>
Queries
TRACe|DATA[:DATA]? <numeric_list>
TRACe:INDice?
TRACe:POINts?
TRACe:RFRequency?
TRACe:RPERiod?
TRACe:SRATe?
TRIGger Subsystem
Commands
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:DELay <time_delay>
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:ECOunt <event_delay>
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:HANDshake:POLarity
:REQuest <polarity>
:STRobe <polarity>
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:IMMediate
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:MODE <mode>
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce <source>
3–148
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Output
Queries
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:DELay?
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:ECOunt?
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:HANDshake:POLarity
:REQuest?
:STRobe?
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:MODE?
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce?
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce:CATAlog[ALL]?
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce:CATalog:DELayable?
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce:CATalog:FIXed?
NOTE. The Digital Output shares pins with the Digital Input. When using a pin
as an input, Tektronix recommends that you clear and initialize the Digital
Output for High (inactive) output, unless the pin is intended to be a bi-direction-
al input/output pin.
FORMat Subsystem
This subsystem formats return data.
FORMat[:DATA] <format>
FORMat[:DATA]?
Command Syntax
Query Syntax
*RST Value
Parameter
Value
<format>
HEX
Limits
Parameter
Value
<format>
INTeger|HEXadecimal|BINary
Related Commands
N/A
Command Description
The FORMat[:DATA] command specifies the format of the data returned from
all TRACe:DATa queries. Data can be returned in an ASCII integer, ASCII
hexadecimal, or binary format.
3–149
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Output
Query Response
Examples
INTeger|HEXadecimal|BINary
Command
Response/Description
Stores data in 1 memory location.
Sets the return format to hexadecimal.
HEX
TRACe 1,#hffffffff
FORMat HEX
FORMat?
Queries the return format
#hffffffff
TRACe? 1
Queries the first data point in memory.
Sets the return format to binary.
FORMat BIN
NOTE: Consult the IEEE 488.2 Standard, section 7.7.6 for indefinite format.
FORMat?
TRACe? 1
BIN
Queries the return format.
<binary data>
Queries the first data point in memory.
Sets the return format to integer
INT
FORMAT INT
FORM?
Queries the return format
TRACe 2,#hf
TRAC? 2
Stores hex data “f” in the second memory location.
15
Queries the second sample point in memory.
INITiate Subsystem
Command Syntax
INITiate
:CONTinuous <control>
[:IMMediate|
INITiate:CONTinuous?
Instrument
Query Syntax
Command Class
3–150
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Output
*RST Value
Limits
Parameter
Value
<control>
0
Parameter
Value
<control>
0|1|OFF|ON
NOTE: 0=OFF, 1=ON
Related Commands
ABORt
Command Description
INITiate:CONTinuous <control>
Initiates its current trigger sequence. After the instrument has completed the
current trigger sequence, it re-enters the initiated state. It will continue this cycle
until an abort, reset, or INIT:CONT OFF is received. See instrument documenta-
tion for details on instrument state after an initiate.
This command applies to all trigger sources.
INITiate[:IMMediate]
Initiates its current trigger sequence. After the instrument has completed the
current trigger sequence, it enters the idle state.
NOTE. This command applies only to an IMMediate TRIGger source .This
command returns an error for all other trigger sources. Either instrument will
accept triggers and generate data until the instrument receives one of the
following commands:
ABORt
INSTrument:ABORt
An implied abort
INITiate:CONTinuous OFF.
Consult the summaries for each of these commands for more information.
Query Response
Command
Response
INITiate:CONTinuous?
0=OFF=continuous initiate not enabled
1=ON=continuous initiate enabled
3–151
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Output
Examples
INITiate:CONTinuous
Command
Response
INST:SEL:DIGO
INITCONT:ON
INSTrument Subsystem
The INSTrument subsystem aborts, resets, or selects the Digital Output
instrument.
Command Syntax
INSTrument:ABORt([:IMMediate]|COMPlete)
INSTrument:RESet
Query Syntax
*RST Value
N/A
N/A
Limits
N/A
Related Commands
Command Description
ABORt
INSTrument:ABORt([:IMMediate]|COMPlete)
This command places the Digital Output in the idle state, and terminates any
activities that are currently in progress. A subsequent INIT command will cause
the Digital Output to initiate a new operation based upon the current configura-
tion, which is unchanged by the ABORt. After execution, the Digital Output
Instrument is still selected. INST:ABORt:COMPlete terminates activity after the
present sequence is completed. INST:ABORt:IMMediate terminates operation on
the next sample.
INSTrument:RESet
This command resets the Digital Output to its power-on (default) state. After
execution, the Digital Output remains selected. After reset, the Digital Output
memory is initialized to zero. The sample rate and points are at their default
values.
3–152
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Output
Examples
INSTrument:ABORt
Command
Response/Description
inst:sel digo
Selects the Digital Output
(Digital Input configuration commands)
INIT
Initiates command
inst:abort
Ends instrument operation
INSTrument:RESet
Command
Response/Description
inst:sel digo
instrument:reset
Selects the Digital Output
Aborts instrument operation and resets the Digital Output to
default state
inst:sel?
DIGO
Queries the instrument selected
OUTPut Subsystem
The output subsection specifies the output voltage, output bits and handshaking
mode.
Command Syntax
Query Syntax
*RST Value
OUTPut:LEVel <voltage level>
OUTPut:TRIGger:SOURce <source>
OUTPut:LEVel?
OUTPut:TRIGger:SOURce?
Parameter
<voltage level>
<source>
Value
EXT
SEQuence
Limits
Parameter
<voltage level>
<source>
Value
5|12|24|EXT
SEQuence|SEGment|SAMPle
Related Commands
N/A
3–153
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Output
Command Description
OUTPut:LEVel <voltage level>
This command sets the output voltage level for all 32 output bits. The output
voltage can be set to 5V, 12V, 24V or can be input from an external source. The
external input voltage source must be limited between 0V and 36V.
NOTE. The actual high voltage output will depend on the type of load placed on
the pin. Internal loading limits the output to approximately 75% of the pro-
grammed nominal values. Any additional external load placed on the pins might
limit the output further. For the load limits of the Digital Output, see Appendix
A: Specifications.
OUTPut:TRIGger:SOURce <source>
Selects when the Digital Output will generate output triggers. It can be set to
generate a trigger every sample period, segment period, or once per sequence.
Query Response
Query
Response
OUTPut:LEVel <voltage level> <5|12|24| EXT>
OUTPut:TRIGger:SOURCE
<source>
SEQUENCE|SEGMENT|SAMPLE
NOTE. The output trigger in the segment or sequence mode occurs just prior to
the start of the last sample and is approximately 70 nsec in width. In the trigger
out sample mode, the trigger pulse occurs approximately 3 ms after the sample
changes and is 1 ms in length.
Examples
OUTPut:LEVel <voltage level>
Command
Response/Description
OUTPut:LEVel EXT
OUTPut:LEVel?
Selects an external source for the output voltage.
EXT
Queries the output voltage level.
OUTPut:TRIGger:SOURce <source>
Command
Response/Description
OUTP:TRIG:SOUR SEGM
OUTP:TRIG:SOUR?
This outputs a trigger for each segment.
SEGM
3–154
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Output
STATus? Subsystem
The STATus queries enable you to inquire on the current operational state of the
instrument.
Many STATus commands are available for use for all instruments. For a
summary of those commands, see the Status and Events section.
Command Syntax
Query Syntax
Command Class
*RST Value
N/A
STATus:OPERation:CONDition?
Instrument
0
Limits
N/A
Formats
Query Response
Numeric
Related Commands
Query Response
MEASure?
READ?
INITiate
ABORt
The STATus:OPERation:CONDition query returns the current operational status
of the Digital Output. The bit definitions of the value are (bit 0 = the least
significant bit):
Bit Definition
Function
0
Calibrating
Set when any CALibration operation is running. Cleared when
the CALibration operation is complete
1
2
3
Settling
Not used
Not used
Ranging
Sweeping
Set when the INITiate command is executed. Cleared when the
command is complete or aborted
4
5
Measuring
Triggering
Not used
Not used
3–155
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Output
Bit Definition
Function
Not used
Not used
6
7
8
Arming
Correcting
Testing (User 1)
Set when the instrument is performing a self-test. Cleared
when the self-test is complete
9
Aborting (User 2)
Set when the instrument is in the process of aborting an
operation. Cleared when the abort is complete
10 User 3
11 User 4
Not used
Not used
Reserved
Not used
Not used
Always 0
12 User 5
13 Instrument Summary
14 Program Running
15 Reserved
Command
Response
Examples
init:cont on
status:operation:condition?
init:cont off
8
disables trigger
0
stat:oper:cond?
TEST Subsystem
The TEST subsystem handles the self test operations of the instrument. The
Digital Output self test tests the Digital Output memory and the Read/Write
hardware control registers. The query return pass/ fail information. In a failed
situation, additional failure information can be obtained with the SYStem:ER-
Ror? query.
Command Syntax
Query Syntax
*RST Value
Limits
N/A
TEST:ALL?
N/A
N/A
3–156
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Output
Related Commands
Query Response
*TST?
Initiates the Digital Output self test operation and returns one of two possible
responses:
“DIGO: Self-Test Passed”
“DIGO: Self-Test Failed”
NOTE. If the test fails, you can obtain further information on the failure with the
SYST:ERR? query.
Command
Response
Examples
INSTRUMENT:SELECT DIGO Select the Digital Output
TEST:ALL?
“DIGO: Self-Test Passed”
Run self test.
TRACe Subsystem
The TRACe subsystem commands write output data into memory and specify
the output frequency.
Command Syntax
TRACe:CLEar
TRACe|DATA[:DATA] <numeric list of indices>{,<ascii_hex_data>}
TRACe|DATA[:DATA] <index>{,ascii_hex_data|indefinite_binary_data}
TRACe:POINts <number_of_points>
TRACe:RFRequency <repeat_frequency>
TRACe:RPERiod <repeat_period>
TRACe:SRATe <sample_rate>
Query Syntax
TRACe[:DATA]? <numeric_list>
TRACe:INDice?
TRACe:POINts?
TRACe:RFRequency?
3–157
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Output
TRACe:RPERiod?
TRACe:SRATe?
*RST Value
Parameter
Value
0,0
TRACe:INDice?
<number_of_points>
<repeat_frequency>
<repeat_period>
<sample_rate>
1
48000
0
48000
Limits
Parameter
<indice>
Value
1-4096
1-4096
<index>
TRACe:INDice?
1 v segment length v 4096
1 v sample index v 4096
<number_of_points>
<repeat_frequency>
1 - 4096
0.0625 - 48000.0 and greater than:
<sample_rate> × <number_of_points>
<repeat_period>
<sample_rate>
2.0833e–5 – 16.0 and less than:
<number_of_points>/<sample_rate>
3.622 - 48000
Related Commands
N/A
Command Description
TRACe:CLEar
Clears the memory buffer of all previous data and sets all bits to #hFFFFFFFF.
This setting causes the Digital Output to send the discrete output bits High.
If the Digital Output is currently sending data, this command forces an implied
abort, halting instrument operation. The memory buffer is initialized to its
default state of #hFFFFFFFF.
The CLEAr command does not alter the points register.
TRACe|DATA[:DATA] <indices>{,<ascii_hex_data>}
TRACe|DATA[:DATA>] <index>{,ascii_hex_data|indefinite_binary_data>}
Fills the output memory buffer with data_values from starting memory location
memory_index.
3–158
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Output
NOTE. The number of data values following the memory index must not exceed
the number of memory locations (for example, a command argument of 4093 + 5
data_values specifies location 4097 which is not permitted).
If the <index> is a numeric list of indices rather than a single index, then the
memory locations indicated in the numeric list will be filled with the single
specified data value.
If the index is a single value, then the memory locations starting at the index will
be filled with successive values in the data list. The values may be in ASCII hex
or indefinite binary format. For more information, consult the IEEE Standard,
Section 7.7.6.
There are 4K words of memory available for data_values. To query several
points from memory, enter the number of points in a numeric list.
If this command is sent while the instrument is sending data, or sweeping, then
the instrument will automatically perform an implied abort and implement the
trace command. The instrument must be initiated again to start sending data
again.
If either parameter is omitted, the instrument generates an error.
The query will cause an implied abort if you enter it while the Digital Output is
generating data.
TRACe:POINts <number_of_points>
Sets the number of trace data points in a segment and the number of data points
returned in a query. The POINts command does not change the contents of
memory either within or outside the number of points specified.
This command is used to define the number of sample points that comprise an
output segment. Each segment can be comprised of up to 4096 sample points for
each of the 32 bits. If the <number_of_points> field is omitted, or is out of
limits, an error will be generated.
There is a second limitation on the trace buffer points. The number of points *
the sample period (1/sample rate) must be less than 16 seconds. If set to be
greater than this limit, the instrument will return an error upon INITiate.
TRACe:RFRequency <repeat_frequency>
Sets the repeat frequency, in Hz, of a trace pattern. The default value is Off
(disabled).
3–159
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Output
The repeat frequency must be less than:
Sample Frequency x Number of Output Trace Points
or
<sample_rate> x <number_of_points>
TRACe:RPERiod <repeat_period>
Sets the repeat period of a trace pattern in seconds. The commands RFRequency
and RPERiod program the same parameter. The RPERiod command is the
reciprocal of the RFRequency command.
The repeat period must be greater than:
Sample Period * Number of Output Trace Points
or
<number_of_points>/<sample_rate>
TRACe:SRATe <sample_rate>
The sample (frequency) rate, in Hz, of a trace pattern. The sample rate times the
number of data points must be greater or equal to the repeat frequency.
NOTE. The VX4101A will round the TRACe:RFRequency, TRACe:RPER and
TRACe:SRATe values off to the nearest values supported by the VX4101A
hardware. The rates are rounded to 240000/n, where n is an integer. The period
is rounded to n/240000 where n is an integer. The queries for these commands
will return actual programmed values.
NOTE. The number of points multiplied by the sample period (or 1/sample rate)
must be less than 16 seconds. If the number of points is more than 16 seconds,
the instrument returns an error.
Query Response
Query
Response
TRACe|DATA[:DATA]?
<numeric_list>
<index>,{<numeric value>}
TRACe:INDice?
<segment_index>, <sample_index> of output memory buffer.
You can also use RPERiod or RFRequency to create gaps
between segments. During a gap, the Digital Output continues
to output the final sample point, so this query will return the
most recent segment output and final sample point.
3–160
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Output
Query
Response
NOTE: For high sample traces, the <sample index> data might be old. You can use TRACe:IN-
Dice? query to determine the approximate sample index.
After completing the output of a sequence, this query returns the final segment and final sample
since the Digital Output will retain the data in the buffer until the instrument is reset or initiated.
TRACe:POINts?
<number_of_points>
<repetition frequency>
<repetition frequency>
<sample rate>
TRACe:RFRequency?
TRACe:RPERiod?
TRACe:SRATe?
Examples
TRACe:CLEar
Command
Response/Description
TRACe:CLEar
Clears the output memory buffer to #hFFFFFFFF
TRACe [:DATA]<numeric_list>{,<data_values>}
Command
Response/Description
TRACe:DATA 1
Fills the output memory buffer with data
#hf0f0f0f0,#h0f0f0f0f, etc.
TRACe:POINts 2
Sets the trace length to 2
#hf0f0f0f0, #h0f0f0f0f
TRACe:DATA? (1:2)
Queries trace data
TRACe:DATA (1:4096),
#ha0a0f0f0
Fills all 4096 memory locations with #ha0a0f0f0.
TRACe:DATA? (1:2)
#ha0a0f0f0
Queries trace data.
TRACe:INDice?
Command
*RST
Response/Description
Resets the entire card module.
0,0
TRACe:INDice?
Queries current output segment and sample index
3–161
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Output
TRACe:POINts <number_of_points>
Command
Response/Description
TRACe:POINts 11
TRACe:POINts?
Sets the number of trace data points to 11
11
Queries the number of trace data points.
TRACe:RFRequency <repeat_frequency>
Command
Response/Description
TRACe:RFRequency 10000.0 Sets the repeat frequency to 10 kHz
TRACe:RFRequency?
Queries the repeat frequency.
10000.0
TRACe:RPERiod <repeat_period>
Command
Response/Description
TRACe:RPERiod 0.001
TRACe:RPERiod?
Sets the repeat period to 1 ms
0.001
Queries the repeat period.
TRACe:SRATe<sample_rate>
Command
Response/Description
Sets the sample rate to 48 kHz.
48000.0
TRACe:SRATe 48000.0
TRACe:SRATe?
Queries the sample rate.
3–162
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Output
TRIGger Subsystem
Command Syntax
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:DELay <time_delay>
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:ECOunt <event_count>
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:HANDshake:POLarity
:REQuest <polarity>
:STRobe <polarity>
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:IMMediate
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:MODE <mode>
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce <source>
Query Syntax
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:DELay?
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:ECOunt?
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:HANDshake:POLarity
:REQuest?
:STRobe?
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:MODE?
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce?
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce:CATAlog[ALL]?
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce:CATalog:DELayable?
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce:CATalog:FIXed?
Command Class
*RST Value
Instrument
Parameter
<time_delay>
<event_delay
<polarity>
Values
0 seconds (pass-through)
0 triggers (pass-through)
INVerted
<mode>
SEQuence,1
<source>
IMMEDIATE
3–163
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Output
Limits
Parameter
<time_delay
<event_delay>
<polarity>
Values
1E+06 to 65.535E–03 seconds in 1E–06 steps
0 = pass through, 1 to 65,535 triggers
NORMal | INVerted
<mode>
SAMPle|SEGMent|(SEQuence, <sequence count>)
<source>
BUS, TTLTRG0, TTLTRG1, TTLTRG2, TTLTRG3, TTLTRG4,
TTLTRG5, TTLTRG6, TTLTRG7, COMMAND0, COMMAND1,
COMMAND2, COMMAND3, COMMAND4, SUREPATH, DMM,
COUNTER, CTR_EXTARM, DAC, DIGI, DIGO, HANDSHAKE
Related Commands
N/A
Command Description
TRIGger ([:SEQuence1] |:STARt)[:LAYer]:DELay <time_delay>
Specifies a time delay to occur after receipt of a trigger prior to actually
triggering. If the trigger source selected is fixed, this command will have no
effect on the instrument triggering. This command always zeros the event count
delay, so specifying a delay of zero places the trigger subsystem in pass-through
mode. In this mode, the instrument triggers immediately upon receipt of a
trigger.
TRIGger ([:SEQuence1] |:STARt)[:LAYer]:ECOunt <event_count>
Specifies the number of triggers to count prior to triggering. Upon receipt of
trigger N (where N is the number specified in the command), the instrument will
enter the triggered state. If the trigger source selected is fixed, this command will
have no effect on the instrument triggering. This command always zeros the
delay by time parameter, so specifying an event count of zero places the trigger
subsystem in pass-through mode. In this mode, the instrument triggers immedi-
ately upon receipt of a trigger.
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:HANDshake:POLarity:REQuest|STRobe
<polarity>
Specifies the active edge of the signals to be received and driven on the external
handshake lines. NORMal indicates that the rising edge is active. INVerted
indicates that the falling edge is active.
TRIGger ([:SEQuence1] |:STARt)[:LAYer]:IMMediate
Causes a one time entry into the triggered state without receiving the specified
trigger. This command is often used to “prime the pump” in cases such as setting
up a scan list measurement.
TRIGger ([:SEQuence1] |:STARt)[:LAYer]:MODE <mode>
After receipt of an initiate, if the <mode> is SAMPle, then on receipt of a trigger,
3–164
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Output
the next location in the active trace will be output by the instrument and the
location in the trace will be incremented. Each subsequent trigger will cause the
instrument to output a new value.
If the <mode> is SEGMent, the number of points specified with the
TRACe:POINts command will be output at the rate specified by the
TRACe:SRATe command. Each subsequent trigger will cause the instrument to
re-output the segment.
If the <mode> is SEQuence, the number of points specified with the
TRACe:POINts command will be output at the rate specified by the
TRACe:SRATe command. This will be repeated for the number of times
specified in the sequence count specified when the mode was set. The spacing
between each group of points will be such that the repeat period specified in the
TRACe:RPERiod will be met. Each subsequent trigger will cause the instrument
to re-output the entire sequence.
The instrument will remain in the initiated state, driving the output until an abort
or a reset occurs.
TRIGger([:SEQuence1] |:STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce <source>
Selects the trigger source to be used when the instrument is initiated.
Query Response
Query
Response
TRIGger([:SEQuence1] |:
STARt)[:LAYer]:DELay?
<delay in seconds>
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:
STARt)[:LAYer]:ECOunt?
<triggers to count>
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:
STARt)[:LAYer]:MODE?
SAMPle|SEGMENT 1
SEQuence,<sequence count>
NORMal | INVerted
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:
STARt)[:LAYer]:HANDshake:
POLarity:REQuest|STRobe?
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:
STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce?
<current source>
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:
STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce:
CATAlog[ALL]?
Lists all trigger sources available for use with the TRIG:SOUR
command.
HOLD, IMMEDIATE, BUS, EXTERNAL, TTLTRG0, TTLTRG1,
TTLTRG2, TTLTRG3, TTLTRG4, TTLTRG5, TTLTRG6,
TTLTRG7, COMMAND0, COMMAND1, COMMAND2,
COMMAND3, COMMAND4, TIMER, SUREPATH, DMM,
COUNTER, CTR_EXTARM, DAC, DIGI, DIGO, HANDSHAKE
NOTE: Depending upon which options were purchased with the VX4101A, some of the trigger
sources listed above may not be available for use.
3–165
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Output
Query
Response
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:
STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce:
Lists all delayable trigger sources available for use with the
TRIG:SOUR command.
CATalog:DELayable?
BUS, EXTERNAL, TTLTRG0, TTLTRG1, TTLTRG2, TTLTRG3,
TTLTRG4, TTLTRG5, TTLTRG6, TTLTRG7, COMMAND0,
COMMAND1, COMMAND2, COMMAND3, COMMAND4,
SUREPATH, DMM, COUNTER, CTR_EXTARM, DAC, DIGI,
DIGO
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:
STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce:
CATalog:FIXed?
Lists all fixed trigger sources available for use with the
TRIG:SOUR command.
HOLD, IMMEDIATE, TIMER, HANDSHAKE
Examples
TRIGger ([:SEQuence1] |:STARt)[:LAYer]:DELay
Command
Response
INST:SEL DIGO
TRIG:SOUR TTLT0
TRIG:DEL 1E-3
INIT CONT ON
Use TTLT0 trigger
Sets trigger delay to 1 ms
TRIGger ([:SEQuence1] |:STARt)[:LAYer]:ECOunt
Command
Response
INS:SEL DIGO
TRIG:SOUR TTLT0
TRIG:ECO 100
INIT CONT ON
Uses TTLT0 trigger source
Triggers instrument after 100 TTLT0 triggers
TRIGger ([:SEQuence1] |:STARt)[:LAYer]:IMMediate
Command
Response
INST:SEL DIGO
TRIG:SOUR:CAT?
IMMEDIATE, BUS, TTLTRG0, TTLTRG1, TTLTRG2,
TTLTRG3, TTLTRG4, TTLTRG5, TTLTRG6, TTLTRG7,
COMMAND0, COMMAND1, COMMAND2, COMMAND3,
COMMAND4, TIMER, SUREPATH, DMM, COUNTER,
CTR_EXTARM, DAC, DIGI, DIGO, HANDSHAKE
TRIG:SOUR HOLD
TRIG:MODE SEQ,2
3–166
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Output
Command
INIT
Response
TRIG:IMM
Outputs one sequence of two segments
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:MODE
Command
Response
INST:SEL DIGO
TRIG:MODE SAMP
TRIG:SOUR COMM0
INIT
TRIG:FIR0
Outputs one sample
Outputs one sample
Outputs one sample
TRIG:FIR0
TRIG:FIR0
TRIGger([:SEQuence1] |:STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce
Command
Response
INST:SEL DIGO
TRIG:SOUR:CAT?
HOLD, IMMEDIATE, BUS, TTLTRG0, TTLTRG1, TTLTRG2,
TTLTRG3, TTLTRG4, TTLTRG5, TTLTRG6, TTLTRG7,
COMMAND0, COMMAND1, COMMAND2, COMMAND3,
COMMAND4, TIMER, SUREPATH, DMM, COUNTER,
CTR_EXTARM, DAC, DIGI, DIGO, HANDSHAKE
TRIG:MODE SEQ 2
TRIG:SOUR BUS
INIT
*TRG
Outputs one sequence of two segments
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce:CATAlog[ALL]?
Command
Response
INST:SEL DIGO
TRIG:SOUR:CAT?
HOLD, IMMEDIATE, BUS, EXTERNAL, TTLTRG0, TTLTRG1,
TTLTRG2, TTLTRG3, TTLTRG4, TTLTRG5, TTLTRG6,
TTLTRG7, COMMAND0, COMMAND1, COMMAND2,
COMMAND3, COMMAND4, TIMER, SUREPATH, DMM,
COUNTER, CTR_EXTARM, DAC, DIGI, DIGO, HANDSHAKE
3–167
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Output
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce:CATalog:DELayable?
Command
Response
INST:SEL DIGO
TRIG:SOUR:CAT:DEL?
BUS, EXTERNAL, TTLTRG0, TTLTRG1, TTLTRG2, TTLTRG3,
TTLTRG4, TTLTRG5, TTLTRG6, TTLTRG7, COMMAND0,
COMMAND1, COMMAND2, COMMAND3, COMMAND4,
SUREPATH, DMM, COUNTER, DAC, DIGI, DIGO,
CTR_EXTARM
TRIGger([:SEQuence1] |:STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce:CATalog:FIXed?
Command
Response
INST:SEL:DIGO
TRIG:SOUR:CAT:FIX?
HOLD,IMMEDIATE,TIMER
3–168
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital to Analog Converter
This section includes a summary of SCPI commands you can use to control the
Digital to Analog Converter (DAC) of the VX4101A MultiPaqtInstrument. The
commands enable you to calibrate the instrument, define the format for your
input or output, prepare and initiate waveform generation, and query the
instrument’s current status.
Command Summary
The command syntax for the DAC is as follows:
CALibrate Subsystem
FORMat Subsystem
CALibrate[<channel>]:OUTput <channel >
CALibrate[<channel>]:VALue <channel>,<DVM reading>
CALibrate[<channel>]:SAVe
Commands
FORMat[:DATA] <format>
Queries
FORMat[:DATA]?
INITiate Subsystem
Commands
INITiate
:CONTinuous [0|OFF|1|ON]
[:IMMediate]
Queries
INITiate:CONTinuous?
INSTrument Subsystem
OUTPut Subsystem
Commands
INSTrument:ABORt([:IMMediate]|:COMPlete)
INSTrument:RESet
Commands
OUTPut:TRIGger:SOURce <trigger source>
3–169
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital to Analog Converter
Queries
OUTPut:TRIGger:SOURce?
STATus? Subsystem
TEST Subsystem
TRACe Subsystem
STATus:OPERation:CONDition?
TEST:ALL?
Commands
TRACe:Clear
TRACe|DATA[:DATA]
<Channel>,<index>{,ASCII Trace Voltages|BINary Indefinite
Block Trace Voltages>}
<Channel>,<Numeric List of Indices>{,<ASCII Trace Voltages>}
TRACe:POINts <Trace Buffer Points>
TRACe:RFRequency <repeat frequency|OFF>
TRACe:RPERiod <repeat period|OFF>
TRACe:SRATe <sample_rate>
Queries
TRACE|DATA[:DATA]? <Channel Select>|<Numeric List of Indices>
TRACE|DATA[:DATA]? <Channel Select>
TRACe:INDice?
TRACe:POINts?
TRACe:RFRequency?
TRACe:RPERiod?
TRACe:SRATe?
TRIGger Subsystem
Commands
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:DELay <time delay>
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:ECOunt <event count>
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:HANDshake:POLarity
:REQuest <polarity>
:STRobe <polarity>
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:IMMediate
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:MODE <mode>
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce <source>
Queries
TRIGger:COUNt?
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:DELay?
3–170
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital to Analog Converter
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:ECOunt?
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:HANDshake:POLarity
:REQuest?
:STRobe?
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:MODE?
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce?
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce:CATAlog[ALL]?
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce:CATalog:DELayable?
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce:CATalog:FIXed?
VXI:FDC Subsystem
Commands
VXI[:SERVant]:FDC:CLOSe [<channel number>]
VXI[:SERVant]:FDC:OPEN <channel mode>[,<channel number>]
VXI[:SERVant]:FDC:SEL <channel number>
VXI[:SERVant]:FDC:BUFFer <buffer length>[,<channel number>]
Queries
VXI[:SERVant]:FDC?
VXI[:SERVant]:FDC:CONFiguration?[<channel number>]
VXI[:SERVant]:FDC:SEL?
VXI[:SERVant]:FDC:BUFFer?[channel number]
CALibrate Subsystem
You use these commands to calibrate the DAC. For more information on
calibration, see Calibration for the Digital to Analog Converter in Appendix G:
Calibration.
Command Syntax
CALibrate[<channel>]:OUTput <voltage>
CALibrate[<channel>]:VALue <channel>,<DVM reading>
CALibrate[<channel>]:SAVE
Query Syntax
*RST Value
N/A
Parameter
Value
<channel>
1
0
<DVM reading>
3–171
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital to Analog Converter
Limits
Parameter
Value
1-8
<channel>
<DVM reading>
Offset
0
8
Gain
Related Commands
N/A
Command Description
CALibrate[<channel>]:OUTput <voltage>
Sets the DAC output for the selected channel at the specified nominal voltage.
Enter a different <channel> to calibrate output for a different channel.
CALibrate[<channel>]:VALue <channel>,<DVM reading>
Sets the DAC for the selected channel at the most recent voltage reading from
the digital voltmeter. Use this command to refine the voltage setting for the
channel to an increasingly accurate tolerance.
For adjusting offset, you will repeat this command a total of six times.
For adjusting gain, you will repeat this command a total of eight times.
CALibrate[<channel>]:SAVE
Saves the best values found in the offset and gain adjustment. This command
loads the values in EEPROM.
FORMat Subsystem
The FORMat subsystem specifies the format of command and response data.
FORMat[:DATA] <format>
Command Syntax
Query Syntax
*RST Value
FORMat[:DATA]?
Parameter
Value
<format>
ASCII
Limits
Parameter
Value
<format>
ASCII|BINary
3–172
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital to Analog Converter
Related Commands
TRACe
Command Description
The command specifies how data is returned from a waveform (TRACe
subsystem) voltage value query. Data can be returned in ASCII or binary format.
Query Response
Examples
The query returns the currently selected response data format.
Command
Response/Description
FORMat BINary
N/A
Specifies the use of binary when returning trace voltage values.
The binary format of the return trace data is based upon the
IEEE 488.2 Indefinite Arbitrary Block Program Data type.
The output amplitude = (x–2048) * 8 mV
where x=256*MSByte+LSByte.
INITiate Subsystem
These commands cause the current TRIGger command sequence to begin.
Command Syntax
INITiate
:CONTinuous [0|OFF|1|ON]
[:IMMediate]
Query Syntax
Command Class
*RST Value
INITiate:CONTinuous?
Instrument
N/A
Limits
0, 1, ON, or OFF
Related Commands
ABORt
INSTrument:ABORt
Description
INITiate:CONTinuous [0|OFF|1|ON]
This command initiates the current programmed trigger sequence. After the
instrument has completed the current trigger sequence, it enters the initiated state
3–173
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital to Analog Converter
a second time. It will continue this cycle until an abort, reset, or INIT:CONT
OFF command is received. This command applies to all trigger sources.
INITiate[:IMMediate]
This command initiates the current programmed trigger sequence. After the
instrument has completed the current trigger sequence, it enters the idle state.
See instrument documentation for details on instrument state after an INITiate.
This command is applicable only to an IMMediate trigger source. INIT:IMMedi-
ate is functional only with the TRIG:SOURCE IMMediate command.
This command applies to TRIG:SOURCe:IMMEDiate only. This command
returns an error for all other trigger sources.
NOTE. For the DAC and Digital Output, if you select a trigger source other than
IMMediate, the INItiate:IMMediate command will not work. Either instrument
will continue to accept triggers and generate data until one instrument receives
one of the following commands:ABORt, INSTrument:ABORt, an implied abort,
or INITiate:CONTinuous OFF. Consult the summaries for each of these
commands for more information.
Query Response
Command
Response
INITiate:CONTinuous
[0|OFF|1|ON]
0 = continuous initiate not enabled
1 = continuous initiate enabled
INITiate:IMMediate
N/A
Examples
INSTrument Subsystem
Command Syntax
See TRIGger([: SEQuence1] |:STARt) [:LAYer]:IMMediate command for an ex-
ample.
The INSTrument subsystem controls the operational state of the DAC.
INSTrument:ABORt([:IMMediate]|COMPlete)
INSTrument:RESet
Query Syntax
Limits
N/A
N/A
3–174
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital to Analog Converter
*RST Value
Limits
N/A
N/A
Related Commands
ABORt:IMMEDiate
ABORt:COMPlete
Command Description
INSTrument:ABORt([:IMMediate]|COMPlete)
This command places the DAC in the idle state, and terminates any activities
that are currently in progress. The instrument configuration is unchanged and a
subsequent INIT command will cause the DAC to re-start its previous activity.
After the activity completes, the DAC remains selected. INST:ABORt:COM-
Plete terminates activity after the present sequence is completed.
INST:ABORt:IMMediate terminates operation on the next sample.
INSTrument:RESet
This command resets the DAC to its power-on state and sets the instrument to its
default conditions. After execution, the DAC is remains selected. After reset, the
DAC memory is initialized to zero; the sample rate and points are at their default
values; each output is set to 0 V; the indice are 0,0; repeat period is set to off (i.e.
no waveform segment gaps). The output will remain at 0V and the indice at 0,0
until the TRACe:DATA command is used to load memory and the instrument in
initiated. The default trigger state is internal.
*RST Value
Examples
ABORt:IMMediate
ABORt:COMPlete
INSTrument:ABORt
Command
Response/Description
Selects the DAC
INST:SEL DAC
INIT:CONT ON
INST:ABOR
INST:SEL?
Initiates the DAC instrument
Aborts the DAC activity
DAC
Queries for the selected instrument
3–175
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital to Analog Converter
INSTrument:RESet
Command
Response/Description
Selects the DAC
INST:SEL DAC
INIT:CONT ON
INST:RES
Initiates the DAC instrument
Resets the DAC to default state
Query returns DAC
INST:SEL?
OUTPUT Subsystem
The commands in this subsystem select when the DAC will generate an output
trigger.
Command Syntax
Query Syntax
*RST Value
OUTPut:TRIGger:SOURce <trigger source>
OUTPut:TRIGger:SOURce?
Parameter
Value
<trigger source>
SEQuence
Limits
Parameter
Value
<trigger source>
SEQuence|SEGMent|SAMPle
Resolution
Related Commands
Description
N/A
N/A
This command selects when the output trigger for the DAC will occur. It can be
set to trigger every sample period, every waveform segment period, or once per
waveform sequence.
Sample. A single DAC output point. At the end of a sample, the DAC output
amplitude remains at the last sample value until a new sample is initiated. Use
the command TRIG:MODE SAMPLE to program sample generation.
Segment. A group of DAC points that generate a waveform. The maximum
number of points in a waveform is 1024. You use the TRAC:POIN <number of
3–176
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital to Analog Converter
points> command to enter the number of points in a segment. At the end of a
segment, the DAC output amplitude remains at the last segment value until you
initiate a new segment. You can initiate a new segment continuously, by the
repetition frequency, or by a trigger. Use the command TRIG:MODE SEG-
MENT to program segment generation.
Sequence. A programmed repetition of segments. The maximum number of
segments is 4096. At the end of a sequence, the DAC output amplitude remains
at the last sequence value until a new sequence is triggered. You use the
TRIG:MODE SEQ,<sequence length> command to define the number of
segments. You can initiate a new sequence either by a trigger, or continuously.
Waveform Period. The waveform period is defined as the number of points in the
waveform times the sample period.
If the waveform repetition mechanism is enabled, the repetition period must be
greater than or equal to the waveform period. Calculate the waveform period as
follows:
Sample Period * Number of Points
Query Response
SEQUENCE|SEGMENT|SAMPLE
NOTE. The output trigger in the segment and sequence mode occurs just prior to
the start of the last sample and approximately 70 ns in width. The output trigger
in the sample mode occurs about 6 ms after the new sample is strobed and is 2
ms in width.
Command
Response
Examples
OUTP:TRIG:SOUR SEGM
Outputs a trigger from the DAC for each segment.
3–177
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital to Analog Converter
STATus? Subsystem
The STATus queries enable you to inquire on the current operational state of the
instrument.
Many STATus commands are available for use for all instruments. For a
summary of those commands, see the Status and Events section.
Command Syntax
Query Syntax
Command Class
Query Response
*RST Value
N/A
STATus:OPERation:CONDition?
Instrument
The operational condition register value
0
Limits
N/A
Formats
Query Response
Numeric
Related Commands
Description
MEASure?
READ?
INITiate
ABORt
The STATus:OPERation:CONDition query returns the current operational status
of the Digital Input. The bit definitions of the value are (bit 0 = the least
significant bit):
Bit Definition
Function
0
Calibrating
Set when any CALibration operation is running. Cleared when
the CALibration operation is complete
1
2
3
Settling
Not used
Not used
Ranging
Sweeping
Set when the INITiate command is executed. Cleared when the
command is complete or aborted
3–178
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital to Analog Converter
Bit Definition
Function
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
4
5
6
7
8
Measuring
Triggering
Arming
Correcting
Testing (User 1)
Set when the instrument is performing a self-test. Cleared
when the self-test is complete
9
Aborting (User 2)
Set when the instrument is in the process of aborting an
operation. Cleared when the abort is complete
10 User 3
11 User 4
Not used
Not used
Reserved
Not used
Not used
Always 0
12 User 5
13 Instrument Summary
14 Program Running
15 Reserved
Command
Response
Examples
status:operation:condition?
stat:oper:cond?
16 Measurement in progress (0010 hex).
3072 Measurement complete because an ABORt was received
(0C00 hex).
TEST Subsystem
The TEST subsystem handles the self test operations of the instrument.
Command Syntax
Query Syntax
*RST Value
N/A
TEST:ALL?
N/A.
Limits
N/A
Related Commands
*TST?
3–179
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital to Analog Converter
Command Description
Query Response
Initiates the DAC self test operation and returns one of two possible responses:
“DAC: Self Test Passed”
“DAC: Self Test Failed”
The query returns basic pass/fail information.
NOTE. In a failed situation, you can get more detailed failure information with
the SYStem:ERRor? query.
Command
Response/Description
Examples
TEST:ALL?
“DAC: Self-Test Passed”
“DAC: Self-Test Failed”
Initiates the DAC self test operation and returns either a pass
or failure message.
TRACe Subsystem
The TRACe: and TRACe|DATA commands work with the arbitrary waveform
generator capabilities of the DAC. The TRACe|DATA commands can be used
with either the TRACe or DATA command
NOTE. For the TRACe|DATA commands, you can preface the command with
either TRACe or DATa
Command Syntax
TRACe:Clear
TRACe|DATA[:DATA]
<Channel>,<index>{,ASCII Trace Voltages|BINary Indefinite
BlockTrace Voltages>}
<Channel>,<Numeric List of Indices>{,<ASCII Trace Voltages>}
TRACe:POINts <Trace Buffer Points>
TRACe:RFRequency <repeat frequency|OFF>
TRACe:RPERiod <repeat period|OFF>
TRACe:SRATe <sample_rate>
3–180
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital to Analog Converter
Query Syntax
TRACE|DATA[:DATA]? <Channel Select>|<Numeric List of Indices>
TRACE|DATA[:DATA]? <Channel Select>
TRACe:INDice?
TRACe:POINts?
TRACe:RFRequency?
TRACe:RPERiod?
TRACe:SRATe?
Related Commands
*RST Value
FORMat
Parameter
Value
0.0
<trace voltages>
TRACe:INDice?
0,0
NOTE: At reset, the DAC clears its memory and returns a segment index of 0. The DAC will not
perform an output operation and remains at the 0,0 indice until you send a TRACe|DATA
command and the instrument is initiated.
<Trace Buffer Points>
<repeat frequency>
<repeat period>
1
OFF
OFF
<sample_rate>
15000 Hz
Limits
Parameter
Limit
<Channel>,<Channel Select> 1-8
<Index>
1 v index v 1024
<Trace Voltage>
TRACe:INDice?
–14.0 v voltage value v + 14.0
1 v sement v 4096
1 v sample index v 1024
<Trace Buffer Points>
1 v Trace Buffer Points v 1024
and
(Trace Buffer Points/Sample Rate) v 16 seconds
<repeat frequency>
<repeat period>
.0625 Hz v Waveform Frequency v 15000 Hz or OFF
66.67E–6 seconds v Waveform period v 16 seconds, or
OFF
<sample_rate>
3.662 Hz v Sample Rate v 15000 Hz and (Trace Buffer
Points/Sample Rate) v 16 seconds
3–181
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital to Analog Converter
Resolution
Parameter
Resolution
<ASCII Trace Voltages>
8 mV
<Channel>
<Numeric List of Indices>
<ASCII Trace Voltages>}
8 mV
<repeat frequency>
<repeat period>
<sample_rate>
240 E3/n
where 16 v n v 3,840,000
n/240 E3
where 16 v n v 3,840,000
240 E3/n
where 16 v n v 2^16
Related Commands
FORMat
Command Description
The TRACe: and TRACe|DATA commands perform the following operations:
TRACe:CLEAR
This command zeroes the DAC as follows:
H
H
H
Sets the output array for each of the 8 DAC channels to zero.
Sets all 1024 samples of each output array is set to zero.
Sets all DAC output points to zero.
If the DAC is currently producing output, it stops immediately upon receiving
this command. The instrument initializes the array as in the power-on sequence
and returns to its default state. The Points register is not affected by the Clear
command.
TRACe | DATA [:DATA] <Channel >,<Index>{,<ASCII Trace Voltages|BINary Indefinite
Block Trace Voltages}
This command enables you to use the arbitrary waveform generator capabilities
of the DAC. You can enter the command with either the TRACe or DATA prefix.
The command loads the selected DAC channel with the list of sample voltage
values. The command programs the DAC with ASCII or binary data.
You can use the parameters provided with the command, as follows:
If either the Channel Select or the Array Index integer parameters are
omitted, an error is generated.
If this command is sent while the instrument is generating a waveform (e.g.
Sweeping), then the instrument will automatically perform an implied abort
3–182
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital to Analog Converter
and execute the TRACe command. The instrument must be re-initiated to
start generating a waveform again.
TRACe|DATA[:DATA] <Channel>,<Numeric List of Indices>{,<ASCII Trace Voltages>
This command enables you to use the arbitrary waveform generator capabilities
of the DAC. All commands use either the TRACe or DATA prefix. The
commands load the selected DAC channel with the list of sample voltage values.
The command programs the DAC to use ASCII data.
You can use the parameters provided with the command, as follows:
If either the Channel Select or the Array Index integer parameters are
omitted, an error is generated.
If this command is sent while the instrument is generating a waveform (e.g.
Sweeping), then the instrument will automatically perform and implied abort
and implement the trace command. The instrument must be re-initiated to
start generating a waveform again.
TRACe:POINts <Trace Buffer Points>
This command defines the number of sample points that comprise a segment.
Each segment can have a maximum of 1024 data points (2048 byes). The points
register is shared between each of the 8 DAC channels. Consequently, the Points
command specifies the number of data points for each of the DAC waveforms.
There is only one data point count register for all DAC channels. If the <Trace
Buffer Points> field is omitted or is out of limits, the instrument generates an
error.
NOTE. The number of points multiplied by the sample period (or 1/sample rate)
must be less than 16 seconds. If the number of points more than 16 seconds, the
instrument returns an error upon an INITiate command.
TRACe:RFRequency <repeat frequency|OFF>
This command defines the repetition frequency of each waveform segment. It is
the inverse of the TRACe:RPERiod. It defines the inverse of the waveform
repeat period. For more information, see the TRACe:RPERiod command
description.
Default units are in Hz. If the repeat period is set to OFF, the instrument will not
allow any gaps, i.e. the repeat period will be calculated to equal the waveform
period. Programming a repetition frequency is illegal if the trigger mode is
SAMPle. An error will be generated on INITiate if the repetition frequency is
enabled while the trigger mode is SAMPle.
3–183
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital to Analog Converter
TRACe:RPERiod <repeat period|OFF>
This command defines the repeat period of each waveform segment. This is the
inverse of the TRACe:RFREQency command.
NOTE. The waveform segment period is the sample period times the number of
data points. Thus, the waveform repeat period must be greater than or equal to
the waveform segment period.
If the waveform repeat period is set to be greater than the waveform segment
period, then there will be a gap between waveform segments (the final point in
the segment will be output until the next segment is started). If the waveform
repeat period is equal to the waveform segment period, then there will be no gaps
between the last point of a segment and the first point of the next segment. If the
waveform repeat period is set to less than the waveform segment period, an error
will be generated when INITiate is issued.
Default units are in seconds. If the repeat period is set to OFF, the repetition
mechanism is disabled and no gap will begenerated. Programming a repetition
frequency is illegal if the trigger mode is SAMPle. An error will be generated on
an INITiate if the repetition frequency is enabled while the trigger mode is
SAMPle.
TRACe:SRATe <sample_rate>
This command assigns the sample rate of the waveform data point. The value is
in Hz. This is the frequency at which the waveform data points are output to the
DAC output ports. Since there is only one sample clock and a single points
register for all DAC channels, the sample rate and waveform frequency is the
same for all 8 channels. The sample rate can range from 3.662 Hz to 15e3 Hz.
The actual sample rate will be rounded to the closest value. Query responses will
return the quantized value.
Changing the output frequency during the output of a waveform (e.g. sweeping),
will result in an implied abort. The instrument accepts the change in frequency
and go into a wait state until it is re-initiated.
NOTE. The number of points multiplied by the sample period (or 1/sample rate)
must be less than 16 seconds. If the number of points is more than 16 seconds,
the instrument returns an error.
3–184
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital to Analog Converter
Query Response
The TRACe: subsystem queries have the following responses:
TRACE | DATA [:DATA]? <Channel Select>,<Numeric List of Indices>
TRACE | DATA [:DATA]? <Channel Select>
There are two forms for this query as shown above. In either case, the return data
can be either ASCII decimal or binary data as defined by the FORMAT
subsystem command. If either query is issued during operation, the device
performs an applied abort and returns the query data.
The first query returns the array element values for the selected DAC channel.
The Numeric List of Indices specifies which sample points to return for the
selected DAC channel.
The second query above returns all of the values for the selected DAC channel.
TRACe:INDice?
Returns the current waveform segment index and sample index of the output
memory buffer.
NOTE. The query response time might make this command impractical at high
sample rates. For slow sample rates, you can use this query to determine the
approximate position of the actual waveform.
After completing the output of a waveform sequence, this query will return the
final segment and final sample since the DAC will continue to hold that output
until reset or initiated again.
RPERiod or RFREquency can be used to create gaps between waveform
segments. During the gap, segment and sample numbers do not change.
TRACe:POINts?
This query returns the current number of active sample points in the DAC trace
buffers.
TRACe:RFRequency?
Returns the frequency of the output cycle, in Hz.
TRACe:RPERiod?
Returns the period of the output cycle, in seconds.
3–185
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital to Analog Converter
NOTE. The VX4101A will round the TRACe:RFRequency, TRACe:RPER and
TRACe:SRATe values off to the nearest values supported by the VX4101A
hardware. The rates are rounded to 240000/n, where n is an integer. The period
is rounded to n/240000 where n is an integer. The queries for these commands
will return actual programmed values.
NOTE. The number of points multiplied by the sample period (or 1/sample rate)
must be less than 16 seconds. If the number of points is more than 16 seconds,
the instrument returns an error.
TRACe:SRATe?
Returns the current waveform data sample rate.
Examples
TRACe:CLEAR
Command
Response
TRAC:CLE
Zeroes all samples for all eight DAC channels.
TRACe | DATA [:DATA] <Channel >,<Index>{<ASCII Trace Voltages|BINary Indefinite
Block Trace Voltages}
TRACe|DATA[:DATA] <Channel>,<Numeric List of Indices>{,<ASCII Trace Voltages>
Command
Response
DATA 1,10,1.0,2.0,3.0,
4.0,5.0
Fills the DAC channel one with five data values, 1-5, starting at
index 10
Other memory locations are not modified.
TRAC 2,5,6.0,7.0
Fills DAC channel two with 2 values, 6 & 7, starting at index 5.
The others values in the DAC are not modified.
TRAC 8,
(1:10,64, 235:418), 5.0
Fills the following DAC channel 8 memory locations 1 through
10, location 64 and locations 235 through 418 all with 5.0 volts.
Other memory locations are not modified
DATA? 1,(1:1000)
Request the voltages values in DAC 1 from index 1 through
location 1000
TRAC 3,1
(#xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx<new-
Fills DAC channel three in memory locations 1-8 with binary
data. Where xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx is binary data.
line><endbit>)
3–186
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital to Analog Converter
TRACe:INDice?
Command
Response/Description
*RST
N/A
Resets the output trace index
1,1
TRAC:IND?
Returns the output trace segment and sample index
TRACe:POINts <Trace Buffer Points>
Command
Response/Description
TRACE:POINTS 100
N/A
Defines the trace buffer size to be 100 points for each DAC
100<LF>
TRAC:POIN?
The allocated number of points in each DAC channel trace
buffer.
trace:points 1.02e3
N/A
Defines each DAC channel trace buffer size to 1020 points.
TRACe:RFRequency <repeat frequency|OFF>
Command
Response/Description
TRACE:RFR 10e3
N/A
Assigns a waveform frequency of 10 kHz.
10E3
TRAC:RFR?
TRACe:RPERiod <repeat period|OFF>
Command
Response/Description
TRAC:RPER 100e–6
TRAC:RPER?
Assigns a waveform period of 100 msec.
100E–6
TRACe:SRATe
Command
Response/Description
TRACe:SRATe 10e3
Programs the DAC hardware to output the waveforn data
points at a 10 kHz rate.
TRAC:SRAT?
10E3
Queries for the sample rate
3–187
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital to Analog Converter
Trigger Subsystem
The TRIGger subsystem commands control the DAC trigger operation. The
DAC supports trigger commands that initiate continuous DAC output operation.
Command Syntax
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:DELay <time delay>
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:ECOunt <event count>
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:HANDshake:POLarity
:REQuest <polarity>
:STRobe <polarity>
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:IMMediate
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:MODE <mode>
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce <source>
Query Syntax
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:DELay?
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:ECOunt?
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:HANDshake:POLarity
:REQuest?
:STRobe?
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:MODE?
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce?
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce:CATAlog[ALL]?
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce:CATalog:DELayable?
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce:CATalog:FIXed?
Command Class
*RST Value
Instrument
Parameter
<time delay>
<event delay>
<polarity>
Values
0 seconds (pass-through)
0 triggers (pass-through)
INVerted
<mode>
SEQuence, 1
<source>
IMMEDIATE
3–188
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital to Analog Converter
Limits
Parameter
<time delay>
<event count>
<polarity>
Values
0 seconds
0 = pass through, 1 to 65,535 triggers in 1 ms steps
NORMal | INVerted
<mode>
SAMPle|SEGMent|(SEQuence, <sequence count>)
<source>
BUS, TTLTRG0, TTLTRG1, TTLTRG2, TTLTRG3, TTLTRG4,
TTLTRG5, TTLTRG6, TTLTRG7, COMMAND0, COMMAND1,
COMMAND2, COMMAND3, COMMAND4, SUREPATH, DMM,
COUNTER, CTR_EXTARM, DAC, DIGI, DIGO, HANDSHAKE
Related Commands
INITiate:IMMediate
Command Description
TRIGger ([:SEQuence1] |:STARt)[:LAYer]:DELay <time delay>
Specifies a time delay to occur after receipt of a trigger prior to actually
triggering. If the trigger source selected is fixed, this command will have no
effect on the instrument triggering. This command always zeros the event count
delay, so specifying a delay of zero places the trigger subsystem in pass-through
mode. In this mode, the instrument triggers immediately upon receipt of a
trigger.
TRIGger ([:SEQuence1] |:STARt)[:LAYer]:ECOunt <event count>
Specifies the number of triggers to count prior to triggering. Upon receipt of
trigger N (where N is the number specified in the command), the instrument will
enter the triggered state. If the trigger source selected is fixed, this command will
have no effect on the instrument triggering. This command always zeros the
delay by time parameter, so specifying an event count of zero places the trigger
subsystem in pass-through mode. In this mode, the instrument triggers immedi-
ately upon receipt of a trigger.
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:HANDshake:POLarity:REQuest|:STRobe
<polarity>
Specifies the active edge of the signals to be received and driven on the external
handshake lines. NORMal indicates that the rising edge is active. INVerted
indicates that the falling edge is active.
TRIGger ([:SEQuence1] |:STARt)[:LAYer]:IMMediate
Causes a one time entry into the triggered state without receiving the specified
trigger. This command is often used to “prime the pump” in cases such as setting
up a scan list measurement.
TRIGger ([:SEQuence1] |:STARt)[:LAYer]:MODE <mode>
After receipt of an initiate, if the <mode> is SAMPle, then on receipt of a trigger,
3–189
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital to Analog Converter
the next location in the active trace will be output by the instrument and the
location in the trace will be incremented. Each subsequent trigger will cause the
instrument to output a new value.
If the <mode> is SEGMent, the number of points specified with the
TRACe:POINts command will be output at the rate specified by the
TRACe:SRATe command. Each subsequent trigger will cause the instrument to
re-output the segment.
If the <mode> is SEQuence, the number of points specified with the
TRACe:POINts command will be output at the rate specified by the
TRACe:SRATe command. This will be repeated for the number of times
specified in the sequence count specified when the mode was set. The spacing
between each group of points will be such that the repeat period specified in the
TRACe:RPERiod will be met. Each subsequent trigger will cause the instrument
to re-output the entire sequence.
The instrument will remain in the initiated state, driving the output until an abort
or a reset occurs.
TRIGger([:SEQuence1] |:STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce <source>
Selects the trigger source to be used when the instrument is initiated.
Query Response
Query
Response
TRIGger ([:SEQuence1] |:
STARt)[:LAYer]:DELay?
<delay in seconds>
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:
STARt)[:LAYer]:ECOunt?
<triggers to count>
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:
STARt)[:LAYer]:MODE?
SAMPle|SEGMENT|SEQuence,<sequencecount>
NORMal | INVerted
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:
STARt)[:LAYer]:HANDshake:
POLarity:REQuest|STRobe?
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:
STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce?
<current source>
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:
STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce:
CATAlog[ALL]?
Lists all trigger sources available for use with the TRIG:SOUR
command.
HOLD, IMMEDIATE, BUS, EXTERNAL, TTLTRG0, TTLTRG1,
TTLTRG2, TTLTRG3, TTLTRG4, TTLTRG5, TTLTRG6,
TTLTRG7, COMMAND0, COMMAND1, COMMAND2,
COMMAND3, COMMAND4, TIMER, SUREPATH, DMM,
COUNTER, CTR_EXTARM, DAC, DIGI, DIGO, HANDSHAKE
NOTE: Depending upon which options were purchased with the VX4101A, some of the trigger
sources listed above may not be available for use.
3–190
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital to Analog Converter
Query
Response
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:
STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce:
CATalog:DELayable?
Lists all delayable trigger sources available for use with the
TRIG:SOUR command.
BUS, EXTERNAL, TTLTRG0, TTLTRG1, TTLTRG2, TTLTRG3,
TTLTRG4, TTLTRG5, TTLTRG6, TTLTRG7, COMMAND0,
COMMAND1, COMMAND2, COMMAND3, COMMAND4,
SUREPATH, DMM, COUNTER, CTR_EXTARM, DAC, DIGI,
DIGO
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:
STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce:
CATalog:FIXed?
Lists all fixed trigger sources available for use with the
TRIG:SOUR command.
HOLD, IMMEDIATE, TIMER, HANDSHAKE
Examples
TRIGger ([:SEQuence1] |:STARt)[:LAYer]:DELay
Command
Response
INST:SEL DAC
TRIG:SOUR TTLT0
TRIG:DEL 1E-3
INIT CONT ON
TTLT0 is delayed by 1 ms.
TRIGger ([:SEQuence1] |:STARt)[:LAYer]:ECOunt
Command
Response
INS:SEL DAC
TRIG:SOUR TTLT0
TRIG:ECO 100
INIT CONT ON
The DAC is triggered once per 100 TTLT0 triggers
TRIGger ([:SEQuence1] |:STARt)[:LAYer]:IMMediate
Command
Response
TRIG:SOUR:CAT?
IMMEDIATE, BUS, TTLTRG0, TTLTRG1, TTLTRG2,
TTLTRG3, TTLTRG4, TTLTRG5, TTLTRG6, TTLTRG7,
COMMAND0, COMMAND1, COMMAND2, COMMAND3,
COMMAND4, TIMER, SUREPATH, DMM, COUNTER,
CTR_EXTARM, DAC, DIGI, DIGO, HANDSHAKE
INST:SEL DAC
TRIG:SOUR TTLT0
INIT
Selects TTLT0 trigger source
TRIG:IMM
Triggers the instrument using software command
3–191
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital to Analog Converter
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:MODE
Command
Response
INST:SEL DAC
TRIG:MODE SAMP
TRIG:SOUR COMM0
INIT
Selects the sample mode
Selects the COMM0 trigger source
FIR0
Issues trigger
TRIGger([:SEQuence1] |:STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce
Command
Response
TRIG:SOUR:CAT?
HOLD, IMMEDIATE, BUS, TTLTRG0, TTLTRG1, TTLTRG2,
TTLTRG3, TTLTRG4, TTLTRG5, TTLTRG6, TTLTRG7,
COMMAND0, COMMAND1, COMMAND2, COMMAND3,
COMMAND4, TIMER, SUREPATH, DMM, COUNTER,
CTR_EXTARM, DAC, DIGI, DIGO, HANDSHAKE
INST:SEL DAC
TRIG:SOUR BUS
INIT:CONT ON
*TRG
Initiates the trigger
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce:CATAlog[ALL]?
Command
Response
INST:SEL DAC
TRIG:SOUR:CAT?
HOLD, IMMEDIATE, BUS, EXTERNAL, TTLTRG0, TTLTRG1,
TTLTRG2, TTLTRG3, TTLTRG4, TTLTRG5, TTLTRG6,
TTLTRG7, COMMAND0, COMMAND1, COMMAND2,
COMMAND3, COMMAND4, TIMER, SUREPATH, DMM,
COUNTER, CTR_EXTARM, DAC, DIGI, DIGO, HANDSHAKE
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce:CATalog:DELayable?
Command
Response
TRIG:SOUR:CAT:DEL?
BUS, EXTERNAL, TTLTRG0, TTLTRG1, TTLTRG2, TTLTRG3,
TTLTRG4, TTLTRG5, TTLTRG6, TTLTRG7, COMMAND0,
COMMAND1, COMMAND2, COMMAND3, COMMAND4,
SUREPATH, DMM, COUNTER, DAC, DIGI, DIGO,
CTR_EXTARM
3–192
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital to Analog Converter
TRIGger([:SEQuence1] |:STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce:CATalog:FIXed?
Command
Response
INST:SEL:DAC
TRIG:SOUR:CAT:FIX?
HOLD,IMMEDIATE,TIMER
VXI:FDC Subsystem
This subsystem contains the command set that allows the setup and use of the
DAC’s Fast Data Channel.
Command Syntax
VXI[:SERVant]:FDC:CLOSe [<channel number>]
VXI[:SERVant]:FDC:OPEN <channel mode>[,<channel number>]
VXI[:SERVant]:FDC:SEL <channel number>
VXI[:SERVant]:FDC:BUFFer <buffer length>[,<channel number>]
Query Syntax
*RST Value
Limits
VXI[:SERVant]:FDC?
VXI[:SERVant]:FDC:CONFiguration? [channel number]
VXI[:SERVant]:FDC:SEL?
VXI[:SERVant]:FDC:BUFFer?
Parameter
Value
0
<buffer length>
<channel number>
<channel mode>
1
N/A
Parameter
Value
<buffer length>
<channel number>
<channel mode>
1 v buffer length v 1024
1– total number of instrument FDC channels
RO, WO, RW
3–193
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital to Analog Converter
Description
VXI[:SERVant]:FDC:CLOSe [<channel number>]
This command closes the selected logical FDC channel. If the optional channel
number is omitted, the channel referenced by the VXI:FDC:SEL command is
used. Closed FDC channels must be opened before they can be accessed for data
transfer. The channel number parameter is the logical FDC channel number for
the instrument.
VXI[:SERVant]:FDC:OPEN <channel mode>[,<channel number>]
This command opens the selected logical FDC channel. The mode parameter
determines the direction of data flow, read only, write only or both read & write.
The <channel mode> parameter can be one of the following unquoted SCPI
labels: RO, WO, RW. Interpretation of Read and Write is from the servant
device’s point of view.; Data is READ off the VXIbus back plane into the
instrument and WRITTEN from the instrument to the VXIbus back plane. If the
optional channel number is omitted, the channel referenced by the
VXI:FDC:SEL command is used. FDC channels must be opened before they can
be accessed for data transfer.
Each opened FDC channel consumes system resources. Bidirectional channels
require more resources than Read or Write only channels. Only open FDC
channels in the operational mode appropriate for their intended use.
If the DAC FDC channel is opened for both reading and writing (mode
parameter = RW) then the DAC can be loaded with ASCII data (see
TRACE|DATA command description) and read back in binary. (see the FOR-
MAT command description). You can then store the binary representation of the
TRACE data on your hard drive and subsequently reload it into the DAC as a
binary file using the FDC channel. This results in faster waveform loading
operation for the DAC.
VXI[:SERVant]:FDC:SEL <channel number>
The command selects the FDC logical channel to be used by subsequent FDC
commands. The channel number parameter is the logical FDC channel number
for the instrument. It is not necessarily related to the physical FDC channel. It is
not related to the DAC channels. All of the DAC channels use only one FDC
channel. The power up default is logical channel 1.
VXI[:SERVant]:FDC:BUFFer <buffer length>,[,<channel number>]
This command specifies the amount of data to transfer from the servant back to
the host during a FDC protocol data transfer; and, it configures the instrument
for the transfer. This command is only needed when the controller is reading data
back from a source instrument (a the source instrument typically accepts data
from the host (via the VXI backplane) and sources it to the UUT). This
command allows you to both define the size of the data to transfer in the reverse
direction back to the host and to signal the instrument hardware to present the
specified amount data to the FDC transfer mechanism. You must issue the
3–194
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital to Analog Converter
BUFFer command prior to each utilization of the host’s FDC drivers to transfer
data back from the servant to the host.
The buffer length is specified in number of DAC samples. Note that all 8 DAC
channels are always transferred in any FDC transaction. Thus, a BUFFer setting
of 1 will return 16 bytes (8 channels, 2 bytes per channel).
The channel number parameter is the logical FDC channel number for the
instrument.
Note that this command is not necessary for measurement instruments, such as
the DMM or counter, since a measurement instrument knows how much data it
has ready to transfer via FDC. Nor is this command necessary for FDC writes to
a source instrument, since the host knows how much data will be transferred.
Thus, this command is only needed when the controller is utilizing FDC to
retrieve data from a source instrument.
See also FDC Operation in Instrument Functions
Query Response
VXI[:SERVant]:FDC?
This query returns comma separated list of physical FDC channel numbers
allocated to the instrument. Physical and logical channel numbers have a 1 to 1
correspondence. Channel assignment occurs as follows:
Logical channel 1 is established on the first physical channel number
returned by the query.
Logical channel 2 is established on the second physical channel number
returned by the query. This process continues until all logical channels are
established on their corresponding channel number.
Physical FDC channel allocation is dependent upon the VX4101A option
configuration. Knowledge of a logical FDC channel’s physical identity is
required by users writing their own low level Commander-side FDC drivers for
their host computer. For more information, see FDC Operation in Instrument
Functions
VXI[:SERVant]:FDC:CONFiguration? [<channel number>]
This query returns the configuration state of the selected FDC channel. If the
optional channel number is omitted, the channel referenced by the
VXI:FDC:SEL command is used. Return values are the following quoted ASCII
strings:
“CLOSED”, “OPEN”, “INITIALIZED”, “READ ONLY”, “WRITE ONLY”,
“READ_WRITE”
Configuration states of READ ONLY, WRITE ONLY and READ WRITE imply
an OPENED and INITIALIZED state. A channel that is in a Closed state must
3–195
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital to Analog Converter
be Opened before it can be accessed. In practice, a channel will be in one of the
four active states: (CLOSED, READ ONLY, WRITE ONLY, or both).
The <channel number> parameter is the logical FDC channel number for the
instrument.
VXI[:SERVant]:FDC:SEL?
The query returns the currently selected logical FDC channel. The return value is
a single integer, from 1 to the number of logical FDC channels the instrument
supports.
VXI[SERVant]:FDC:BUFFer?
Returns the length of the last FDC transaction between a servant and a host. The
buffer length is specified in number of samples. The return value is a single
integer ranging from 1 to the number of samples that you have specified.
Command
Response/Description
Examples
VXI:FDC:SEL<1>
VXI:FDC:Open, RO
VXI:FDC?
Selects logical FDC channel 1 for access.
Opens FDC channel 1 for read only operation
2,4
Indicates physical FDC channel 2 is implemented on this
devices logical channel 1; physical channel 4 on logical
channel 2
VXI:FDC:CONF? 1
VXI:FDC:CLOSe
“READ ONLY”
Indicates channel 1 is Opened, Initialized, and Read only.
Closes FDC channel 1
3–196
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Relay Drivers
This section contains the SCPI commands for the Relay Drivers of the VX4101A
MultiPaqtInstrument. You can use these commands to open and close relays,
direct signals through the 8 relay drivers, and inquire on device status.
Command Summary
The following lists the available commands for the relay drivers:
ROUTe Subsystem
Commands
[ROUTe:]CLOSe <channel list>
[ROUTe:]OPEN <channel list>
Queries
[ROUTe:]CLOSe:STATe?
STATus Subsystem
Queries
STATus:OPERation:CONDition?
ROUTe Subsystem
The ROUTe commands enable you to control signals through any or all of the
eight relay drivers.
Command Syntax
[ROUTe:]CLOSe <channel list>
[ROUTe:]OPEN <channel list>
Query Syntax
*RST Value
[ROUTe]:CLOSe:STATe?
N/A
Parameter
<channel list>
STATe
Value
N/A
Open
3–197
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Relay Drivers
Limits
Parameter
Value
<channel list>
@1:8
Related Commands
N/A
Command Description
The ROUTe commands perform the following operations:
[ROUTe:]CLOSe <channel list>
This command closes between one and eight relay drivers on the VX4101A.
[ROUTe:]OPEN <channel list>
This command opens between one and eight relay drivers on the VX4101A.
Query Response
[ROUTe]CLOSe:STATe?
This command queries the state of the relay drivers on the VX4101A. The MSB
corresponds to relay 8 and the LSB corresponds to relay 1. The possible values
are:
00000000–11111111
Examples
[ROUTe:]CLOSe
Command
Response
ROUT:CLOS(@1,3,5,7)
ROUTe:CLOSe:STATe?
Closes relay drivers 1,3,5, and 7
“01010101”
Queries which relay drivers are closed
[ROUTe:]OPEN
Command
Response
ROUT:CLOSe(@1,3,5,7)
ROUTe:CLOSe:STATe?
Closes relay drivers 1,3,5, and 7
“01010101”
Queries which relay drivers are closed
Opens relay drivers 1,3,5, and 7
ROUT:OPEN(@1,3,5,7)
3–198
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Relay Drivers
[ROUTe]CLOSe:STATe?
Command
Response
ROUT:CLOSe(@1,3,5,7)
ROUTe:CLOSe:STATe?
Closes relay drivers 1,3,5, and 7
“01010101”
Queries which relay drivers are closed
Opens relay drivers 1,3,5, and 7
ROUT:OPEN(@1,3,5,7)
STATus? Subsystem
The STATus subsystem queries the status of the Relay Drivers
Command Syntax
Query Syntax
*RST Value
N/A
STATus:OPERation:CONDition?
0
Limits
0
Related Commands
Query Response
N/A
The STATus query performs the following operations:
This query returns the status bits in the status register. A ‘0’ is always returned.
No bits are ever changed. This query was added for compatibility issues only.
Command
Action
Returns
Examples
STAT:OPER:COND?
Queries the status bits
0
3–199
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Relay Drivers
3–200
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Multimeter
This section contains summaries of SCPI commands for the Digital Multimeter
(DMM) instrument in the VX4101A MultiPaqtInstrument. You can use the
commands to calibrate the instrument, define the types of measurements you
want to make, the voltage levels you want to use, begin the measurement, and
retrieve measurement results.
Command Summary
The following is a listing of the available command subsystems and syntax:
CALCulate Subsystem
Commands
CALCulate:LIMit
:ENVelope[:DATA] <threshold1>,<threshold2>
:LOWer[:DATA] <threshold>
:REPort[:DATA]
:UPPer[:DATA] <threshold>
CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram:COUNt <numeric_value>
CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram:POINts <numeric_value>
CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram:RANGe <min>,<max>
CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram:RANGe:AUTO <ON|OFF>
Queries
CALCulate:AVERage? [<count>[,<offset>[,<step_size>]]]
CALCulate:LIMit:ENVelope[:DATA]?
CALCulate:LIMit:FCOunt?
CALCulate:LIMit:LOWer[:DATA]?
CALCulate:LIMit:REPort[:DATA]?
CALCulate:LIMit:UPPer[:DATA]?
CALCulate:MEDian?[<count>[,<offset>[,<step_size>]]]
CALCulate:MINimum?[<count>[,<offset>[,<step_size>]]]
CALCulate:MAXimum?[<count>[,<offset>[,<step_size>]]]
CALCulate:SDEViation?[<count>[,<offset>[,<step_size>]]]
CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram?
:ABOVe?
:BELow?
:COUNt?
:POINts?
3–201
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Multimeter
:RANGe?
:RANGe:AUTO?
CALCulate:VARiance?[<count>[,<offset>[,<step_size>]]]
CALibrate Subsystem
Commands
CALibrate:LFRequency <line frequency>
CALibrate:VALue <frequency>
CALibrate:ZERO:AUTO <auto>
Queries
CALibrate:LFREquency?
CALibrate:ZERO:AUTO?
CONFigure Subsystem
Commands
CONFigure([:SCALar]|:ARRay)[:...]
[:VOLTage]
ąą:AC [<array size>[,<Expected Value>[,<Resolution>]]]
ąą:ACDC [<array size>[,<Expected Value>[,<Resolution>]]]
ąą:DC [<array size>[,<Expected Value>[,<Resolution>]]]
:CURRent [:DC][<array size>[,<Expected
Value>[,<Resolution>]]]
:RESistance [<array size>[,<Expected Value>[,<Resolution>]]]
:FRESistance [<array size>[,<Expected Value>[,<Resolution>]]]
NOTE. If SCALar is specified, the <array size is not valid. If ARRay is specified,
<array size> is a required parameter.
Queries
CONFigure?
FETCh? Subsystem
INITiate Subsystem
Queries
FETCh? [<Count>[,<Offset>[,<Step Size>]]]
FETCh:COUNt?
Commands
INITiate[:IMMediate]
INITiate:CONTinuous [<Boolean>]
3–202
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Multimeter
Queries
INITiate:CONTinuous?
INPut Subsystem
Commands
INPut:IMPedance <impedance>
Queries
INPut:IMPedance?
INSTrument Subsystem
MEASure? Subsystem
Commands
INSTrument:ABORt
INSTrument:RESet
Queries
MEASure([:SCALar]|:ARRay)
[:VOLTage]
:AC? [<Array Size>[,<Expected Value>[,<Resolution>]]]
:ACDC? [<Array Size>[,<Expected Value>[,<Resolution>]]]
[:DC]? [<Array Size>[,<Expected Value>[,<Resolution>]]]
:CURRent[:DC]? [<Array Size>[,<Expected
Value>[,<Resolution>]]]
:RESistance? [<Array Size>[,<Expected Value>[,<Resolution>]]]
:FRESistance? [<Array Size>[,<Expected
Value>[,<Resolution>]]]
NOTE. If SCALar is specified, the <array size is not valid. If ARRay is specified,
<array size> is a required parameter.
READ? Subsystem
TEST Subsystem
SENSe Subsystem
READ?
TEST:ALL?
Commands
SENSe:BANDwidth:DETector <expected frequency>|DEFault|MINiĆ
mum|MAXimum
SENSe:FUNCtion <Measurement Function>
3–203
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Multimeter
SENSe:VOLTage
[:DC]
:AC
:ACDC
:RANGe[:UPPer] <Input Voltage Range>
:AUTO <auto>
:APERture <Aperture Value>
:RPSecond <Readings/Second>
:NPLCycles <Number ofPower Line Cycles>
:RESolution <Expected Resolution>
:COUNt <Array Size>
SENSe:CURRent[:DC]
:RANGe[:UPPer] <Input Current Range>
:AUTO <auto>
:APERture <Aperture Value>
:RPSecond <Readings/Second>
:NPLCycles <Number ofPower Line Cycles>
:RESolution <Expected Resolution>
:COUNt <Array Size>
SENSe:[RESistance|FRESistance]
:RANGe[:UPPer] <Input Resistance Range>
:AUTO <Boolean|ONCE>
:APERture <Aperture Value>
:RPSecond <Readings/Second>
:NPLCycles <Number ofPower Line Cycles>
:RESolution <Expected Resolution>
:COUNt <Array Size>
Queries
SENSe[...]?
SENSe:BANDwidth:DETector?
STATus? Subsystem
TEST Subsystem
STATus:OPERation:CONDition?
TEST:ALL?
3–204
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Multimeter
TRIGger Subsystem
Commands
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:DELay <time delay>
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:ECOunt <event delay>
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:HANDshake:POLarity
:REQuest <polarity>
:STRobe <polarity>
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:IMMediate
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:MODE <mode>
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce <source>
Queries
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:DELay?
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:ECOunt?
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:HANDshake:POLarity
:REQuest?
:STRobe?
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:MODE?
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce?
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce:CATAlog[ALL]?
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce:CATalog:DELayable?
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce:CATalog:FIXed?
VXI:FDC Subsystem
Commands
VXI[:SERVant]:FDC:CLOSe [<channel number>]
VXI[:SERVant]:FDC:OPEN <channel mode>[,<channel number>]
VXI[:SERVant]:FDC:SEL <channel number>
Queries
VXI[:SERVant]:FDC?
VXI[:SERVant]:FDC:CONFiguration? [<channel number>]
VXI[:SERVant]:FDC:SEL?
3–205
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Multimeter
CALCulate Subsystem
The CALCulate commands apply mathematical operations to a series of
measurements, or retrieve measurements according to specific criteria.
Command Syntax
CALCulate:LIMit
:ENVelope[:DATA] <threshold1>,<threshold2>
:LOWer[:DATA] <threshold>
:UPPer[:DATA] <threshold>
CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram:COUNt <numeric_value>
CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram:POINts <numeric_value>
CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram:RANGe <min>,<max>
CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram:RANGe:AUTO <ON|OFF>
Query Syntax
CALCulate:AVERage? [<count>[,<offset>[,<step_size>]]]
CALCulate:LIMit:ENVelope[:DATA]?
CALCulate:LIMit:FCOunt?
CALCulate:LIMit:LOWer[:DATA]?
CALCulate:LIMit:REPort[:DATA]?
CALCulate:LIMit:UPPer[:DATA]?
CALCulate:MEDian?[<count>[,<offset>[,<step_size>]]]
CALCulate:MINimum?[<count>[,<offset>[,<step_size>]]]
CALCulate:MAXimum?[<count>[,<offset>[,<step_size>]]]
CALCulate:SDEViation?[<count>[,<offset>[,<step_size>]]]
CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram?
:ABOVe?
:BELow?
:COUNt?
:POINts?
:RANGe?
:RANGe:AUTO?
CALCulate:VARiance?[<count>[,<offset>[,<step_size>]]]
3–206
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Multimeter
*RST Value
Parameter
<count>
Value
1
1
1
<offset>
<step_size>
<threshold>
<threshold1>
<threshold2>
<numeric_value>
<min>
User defined, depending on measurement
User defined, depending on measurement
User defined, depending on measurement
N/A
N/A
N/A
<max>
Limits
Parameter
<count>
Value
1–4096
<offset>
1–4096
<step_size>
<threshold>
<threshold1>
<threshold2>
<numeric_value>
<min>
1–4096
User defined, depending on measurement
User defined, depending on measurement
User defined, depending on measurement
N/A
N/A
N/A
<max>
Command Description
CALCulate:LIMit:ENVelope[:DATA] <threshold1>,<threshold2>
This command searches for all the input data values within an envelope of values
defined as being above, below, or in between, a set of boundary values. The
range of the envelope is determined by the <threshold1> and the <threshold2>
values. For example:
H
If the <threshold2> is greater than the <threshold1>, the range of data
values searched for is above the <threshold1> value or below the
<threshold1> value.
H
If the <threshold2> is less than <threshold1>, the range of data values
searched for is between the <threshold1> and <threshold2>.
3–207
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Multimeter
Threshold u Threshold
2
1
Threshold
Threshold
Threshold
Threshold
2
1
1
2
Threshold t Threshold
2
1
Threshold u Threshold
2
1
CALCulate:LIMit:LOWer[DATA] <threshold>
This command sets a lower threshold limit. This command is different from the
envelope command in that it checks only a lower threshold
CALCulate:LIMit:UPPer[DATA] <threshold>
This command sets an upper threshold limit. This command is different from the
envelope command in that it checks only an upper threshold.
CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram:COUNt <numeric value>
This command determines the number of data points to include in a histogam
calculation. The query version returns the programmed count.
CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram:POINts <numeric value>
This command sets the number of intervals in a histogram calculation. If a data
value is exactly the same value as a limit dividing two bins, the data value will
be counted in the next bin, unless the value matches the last interval limit. The
query version returns the number of intervals programmed.
Bin #
Limits
5 –10
1
2
3
4
5
6
10 –15
15 –20
20 –25
25 –30
30 –35
3–208
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Multimeter
Data
6
Bin
1
33
15
35
6
3
6
CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram:RANGe <min>,<max>
This command sets the minimum and maximum values to use in a histogram
calculation. The
CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram:RANGe:AUTO <ON|OFF>
This command sets the minimum and maximum values to use in a histogram
calculation to be automatically determined. The minimum and maximum data
points will be used.
Query Response
CALCulate:AVERage? [<count>[,<offset>[,<step size>]]]
This query averages a specified number of measurements in the memory buffer.
The optional parameters are for averaging selected values in the memory buffer.
The <count> parameter specifies the number of data points to calculate. If no
<count> is specified, then the last number measurements taken will be the
default.
The <offset> parameter determines at which point in memory values will start to
be averaged.
The <step_size> parameter determines the number of measurements to skip
before taking a value to be averaged.
NOTE. In order to specify a <step_size>, you must enter the <count> and the
<offset> information.
CALCulate:LIMit:FCOunt?
This query performs a limit test on the current available data and returns the
number of data points that failed a limit test.
NOTE. You must call a CALCulate:LIMit:Upper, lower, or envelope command
before this query.
3–209
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Multimeter
CALCulate:LIMit:LOWer[:DATA]?
This query returns the boundary value. The example below uses voltage.
NOTE. You must call a CALCulate:LIMit:Upper, lower, or envelope command
before you can use this query.
CALCulate:LIMit:REPort[:DATA]?
This query returns the indices of the data values collected in the most recent
CALCulate:LIMit:...[:DATA] command. Note:The CALCulate:LIMit:...[:DATA]
command must be run before this command. If no data values were found a zero
will be returned. (The first point in memory is “1”)
NOTE. You must call a CALCulate:LIMit:Upper, lower, or envelope command
before you can use this query.
CALCulate:LIMit:UPPer[:DATA]?
This query returns the boundary value.
CALCulate:MAXimum? [<count>[,<offset>[,<step size>]]]
This query calculates and returns the maximum value for a set of data. The
<data_index> returned indicated which data point in memory where the
maximum value is. The <maximum_value> returns the value of the maximum
data point. If no valid data values were found “No Data” will be returned. The
optional parameters are for comparing selected values in the memory buffer. The
optional <count> parameter specifies the number of data points to search. If no
<count> is specified, then the number measurements last taken will be the
default. The optional <offset> parameter determines at which point in memory
values will start to be searched. The optional <step_size> parameter determines
the number of measurements to skip before taking a value to be compared. Note:
In order to specify a <step_size>, you must enter the <count> and the <offset>
information.
CALCulate:MEDian? [<count>[,<offset>[,<step_size>]]]
This query calculates and returns the median value for a set of data. The
<data_index> returned indicated which data point in memory where the median
value is. The <median_value> returns the value of the median data point. If no
valid data values were found “No Data” will be returned. The optional parame-
ters are for searching selected values in the memory buffer. The optional <count>
parameter specifies the number of data points to search. If no <count> is
specified, then the number measurements last taken will be the default. The
3–210
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Multimeter
optional <offset> parameter determines at which point in memory values will
start to be searched. The optional <step_size> parameter determines the number
of measurements to skip before taking a value to be compared. Note: In order to
specify a <step_size>, you must enter the <count> and the <offset> information.
CALCulate:MINimum? [<count>[,<offset>[,<step_size>]]]
This query calculates and returns the minimum value for a set of data. The
<data_index> returned indicated which data point in memory where the median
value is. The <minimum_value> returns the value of the minimum data point. If
no valid data values were found “No Data” will be returned. The optional
parameters are for comparing selected values in the memory buffer. The optional
<count> parameter specifies the number of data points to compare. If no <count>
is specified, then the number measurements last taken will be the default. The
optional <offset> parameter determines at which point in memory values will
start to be searched. The optional <step_size> parameter determines the number
of measurements to skip before taking a value to be compared. Note: In order to
specify a <step_size>, you must enter the <count> and the <offset> information.
CALCulate:SDEViation? [<count>[,<offset>[,<step_size>]]]
This query calculates and returns the standard deviation for a set of data. The
formula used for standard deviation is:
σ + sqrt (S (datai – average)2 ń (n–1))
n + amount of data summed
If no valid data values were found “No Data” will be returned. The optional
parameters are for calculating selected values in the memory buffer. The optional
<count> parameter specifies the number of data points to calculate. If no
<count> is specified, then the number measurements last taken will be the
default. The optional <offset> parameter determines at which point in memory
values will start to be calculated. The optional <step_size> parameter determines
the number of measurements to skip before taking a value to be used.
NOTE. In order to specify a <step_size>, you must enter the <count> and the
<offset> information.
CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram?
This query calculates and returns the histogram for a set of data.
CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram:ABOVe?
Returns the number of points above the maximum value in a histogram
calculation.
3–211
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Multimeter
CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram:BELow?
Returns the number of points below the minimum value in a histogram
calculation.
CALCulate:VARiance? [<count>[,<offset>[,<step_size>]]]
This query calculates and returns the variance for a set of data. The variance is
the standard deviation squared or:
σ + sqrt (S (datai – average)2 ń (n–1))
n + amount of data summed
If no valid data values were found “No Data” will be returned. The optional
parameters are for calculating selected values in the memory buffer. The optional
<count> parameter specifies the number of data points to calculate. If no
<count> is specified, then the number measurements last taken will be the
default. The optional <offset> parameter determines at which point in memory
values will start to be calculated. The optional <step_size> parameter determines
the number of measurements to skip before taking a value to be used. Note: In
order to specify a <step_size>, you must enter the <count> and the <offset>
information.
Examples
CALCulate:AVERage? [<count>[,<offset>[,<step_size>]]]
Command
Response
inst:sel dmm
calc:lim:upper 5.0
calc:aver?
Selects the DMM
Sets upper voltage limit to 5
Averages all the data that has been collected
calc:aver? 20,3,2
Averages 20 measurement readings. Starts with the 3rd mea-
surement. Averages every other data point
CALCulate:LIMit:ENVelope[:DATA]
Command
Response
inst:sel dmm
Selects the DMM
calc:lim:env 5.0, 1.0
Sets an envelope voltage. All data points above 5.0 volts and
below 1.0 volts are targeted.
calc:lim:env?
1.0, 5.0<lf> returns the envelope threshold voltages
calc:lim:env 1.0,5.0
Sets an envelope voltage. All data points between 5.0 volts
and 1.0 volts are targeted.
calc:lim:env?
5.0, 1.0<lf> returns the envelope threshold voltage
3–212
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Multimeter
CALCulate:LIMit:FCOunt?
Command
inst:sel dmm
calc:lim:fco?
Response
Selects the DMM
4 Returns the number of data points outside of a defined
threshold.
CALCulate:LIMit:LOWer[:DATA]
Command
Response
inst:sel dmm
Selects the DMM
calc:lim:lower 5.0
calc:lim:lower?
Sets lower voltage threshold
5.0
Returns the lower threshold voltage
CALCulate:LIMit:REPort[:DATA]?
Command
inst:sel dmm
calc:lim:rep?
Response
Selects the DMM
2, 6.20; 5,5.01
Returns the number of data points and data values outside of
the defined threshold
CALCulate:LIMit:UPPer[:DATA]
Command
Response
inst:sel dmm
calc:lim:upper?
Selects the DMM
5.0 Returns the upper threshold voltage
CALCulate:MEDian?
Command
Response
inst:sel dmm
CALC:MEDian?
Selects the DMM
Calculates and returns the median value
CALCulate:MINimum?
Command
Response
inst:sel dmm
CALC:MINimum?
Selects the DMM
Calculates and returns the minimum value
3–213
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Multimeter
CALCulate:MAXimum?
Command
Response
inst:sel dmm
Selects the DMM
CALC:MAXimum?
Calculates and returns the maximum value
CALCulate:SDEViation?
Command
Response
inst:sel dmm
Selects the DMM
CALC:SDEViation?
Calculates and returns the standard deviation on a set of data
CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram?
Command
Response
inst:sel dmm
Selects the DMM
CALC:TRAN:HIST:COUNt 5
CALC:TRAN:HIST:POINts 3
Sets the number of data to use in a histogram calculation to 5
Sets the number of intervals in a histogram calculation to 3
Sets the range of a histogram calculation
CALC:TRAN:HIST:RANGE
10,50
CALC:TRAN:HIST?
Returns the histogram distribution
CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram:ABOVe?
Command
Response
inst:sel dmm
Selects the DMM
CALC:TRAN:HIST:COUNt 5
CALC:TRAN:HIST:POINts 3
Sets the number of data to use in a histogram calculation to 5
Sets the number of intervals in a histogram calculation to 3
CALC:TRAN:HIST:RANGE:A Turns off Autoranging.
UTO Off
CALC:TRAN:HIST:RANGe
10,50
Sets the minimum and maximum limit for a histogram
calculation.
CALC:TRAN:HIST:ABOV?
Returns the number of data points above the maximum value
3–214
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Multimeter
CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram:BELow?
Command
Response
inst:sel dmm
Selects the DMM
CALC:TRAN:HIST:COUNt 5
CALC:TRAN:HIST:POINts 3
Sets the number of data to use in a histogram calculation to 5
Sets the number of intervals in a histogram calculation to 3
CALC:TRAN:HIST:RANGE:A Turns off Autoranging.
UTO Off
CALC:TRAN:HIST:RANGe
10,50
Sets the minimum and maximum limit for a histogram
calculation.
CALC:TRAN:HIST:BEL?
Returns the number of data points below the minimum value
CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram:COUNt
Command
Response
inst:sel dmm
Selects the DMM
CALC:TRAN:HIST:COUNt 5
CALC:TRAN:HIST:COUNt?
Sets the number of data to use in a histogram calculation to 5
Returns the number of data points to use in a histogram
calculation
CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram:POINts
Command
Response
inst:sel dmm
Selects the DMM
CALC:TRAN:HIST:POINts 3
CALC:TRAN:HIST:POINts?
Sets the number of intervals in a histogram calculation to 3
Returns the number of intervals in a histogram calculation
CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram:RANGe
Command
Response
inst:sel dmm
Selects the DMM
CALC:TRAN:HIST:RANGe
CALC:TRAN:HIST:RANGe?
Sets the range of a histogram calculation
Returns the range of a histogram calculation
3–215
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Multimeter
CALCulate:TRANsform:HISTogram:RANGe:AUTO
Command
Response
inst:sel dmm
Selects the DMM
CALC:TRAN:HIST:RANGe:
AUTO ON
Automatically sets the range of a histogram calculation
CALC:TRAN:HIST:RANGe:
AUTO?
Tells if the histogram auto range is on or off
CALCulate:VARiance?
Command
Response
inst:sel dmm
CALC:VARiance?
Selects the DMM
Calculates and returns the variance on a set of data
CALibrate Subsystem
The CALibrate commands enable you to enter and retrieve values to compare
actual values with the device specifications. For complete procedures for
calibrating the DMM, see Calibrating the DMM in the Appendix.
Command Syntax
CALibrate:LFRequency <line frequency>
CALibrate:SOURce
CALibrate:VALue <calibration input value>
CALibrate:ZERO:AUTO <auto>
Query Syntax
*RST Value
CALibrate:LFREquency?
CALibrate:ZERO:AUTO?
Parameter
<line frequency>
<frequency>
<auto>
Value
Last programmed line frequency rejection value
N/A
Off
3–216
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Multimeter
Limits
Related Commands
Command Description
Parameter
Value
<Line Frequency>
50|60|400
CALibrate:VALue
<Calibration Input Value>
0 to 300,000,000
<AUTO>
OFF|ON|ONCE
MEASure?
CONFigure
SENSe
READ?
INITiate
INP:IMP
CALibrate:LFRequency <line frequency>
The CALibrate:LFRequency command defines the power line frequency at
which the DMM performs noise rejection. You can define the frequency as 50,
60, or 400 Hz. With 400 Hz, the DMM actually uses 50 Hz rejection, since
50 Hz is a subharmonic of 400 Hz.
The line frequency rejection value (60 Hz factory default) is stored in nonvolatile
memory for recall after power-on. Issuing the CALibrate:LFRequency command
automatically stores the value specified into nonvolatile memory.
NOTE. Because much of the setup of the DMM is dependent on the line frequency
rejection value, the DMM function of the module returns to its power-on state
when this command is issued.
Specifying a value other than 50, 60, or 400 Hz will cause the DMM to default
to 60 Hz.
CALibrate:SOURce <source>
Prior to calibration, the DMM must be programmed to a calibration source of
External. An error will be generated if a CALibrate:VALue command when the
calibration source is internal. This helps prevent inadvertent calibration of the
DMM.
CALibrate:VALue <frequency>
A calibration of the DMM is recommended once a year to maintain published
specifications accuracy. For more information, see Calibration for the DMM in
Appendix D: Calibration.
3–217
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Multimeter
The CALibrate:VALue command is used to perform the calibration. The set of
modes and ranges that must be calibrated are as follows:
DC (10 GW input impedance), 0.030, 0.300, 3.00 V ranges
DC (10 MW input impedance, all ranges)
AC/DC, all ranges
4-wire W, all ranges
2-wire W, 30 W range at null only
Current, all ranges
The AC mode uses the AC/DC calibration information and is not calibrated
separately.
The higher 2-wire W ranges depend on the 4-wire W gain calibration and the
30 W 2-wire null calibration, and are not calibrated separately. If a CALibra-
tion:VALue command is issued in the AC mode or higher 2-wire resistance
ranges, an “Invalid DMM Calibration Mode” error is generated.
All calibrated modes and ranges except the 2-wire 30 W range require both a null
and a gain calibration. The 2 wire 30 W range requires only a null calibration.
The null calibration must be performed prior to the gain calibration. The limits
of <Calibration Value Input> depend on the mode and range. For the DC,
resistance, and current mode null calibrations, the argument must be exactly 0.
The <Calibration Input Value> is the external calibration voltage, resistance or
current applied. Appendix E provides a set of external calibration specification
requirements, environmental requirements, and warm-up requirements necessary
for a valid calibration.
The DMM must be programmed for the desired mode/range prior to the
calibration. Use a CONFigure command with the expected value equal to the
range value, followed by an INITiate:[IMMediate] command or a READ? query.
CAUTION. Do not send only the CONFigure command followed by a CALIbra-
tion:VALue command. You must include an INITiate or READ? command to
place the DMM in the proper mode and range. You must allow sufficient time for
both the calibration source to stabilize and the VX4101A to stabilize physically
in the desired mode and range prior to performing the calibration.
For the AC/DC “null” calibration and the gain calibration for all calibrated
modes and ranges, the <Calibration Input Value> must be a positive value within
the limit listed below. The limits shown are as a percentage of the full scale
range value. For example, in the DC 30 V ranges, where the gain percentage
must be between 65% and 100%, the CALibration:VALue argument must be
between 19.5 and 30.0. A value outside of these limits will result in an “Invalid
DMM Calibration Input” error.
3–218
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Multimeter
Table 3–5: Limits of Calibration Input
Mode/Range
Low Limit
65%
High Limit
100%
40%
DC Gain, All Ranges
AC/DC Null, 30 mV Range
AC/DC Null, other Ranges
AC/DC Gain, All Ranges
4 wire Resistance, Gain, All Ranges
Current, Gain, All Ranges
30%
3.33%
65%
25%
100%
100%
100%
30%
65%
The AC/DC “null” calibrations are provided at a nonzero value due to the
inherent null noise in any AC measurement system. The “null” calibration limits
shown permit a more linear calibration for the region of specified operation for
each range (10% to 100% of range value).
In order for the CALibration:VALue command to be used, the DMM must be
programmed for CALibration:SOURce EXTernal. This provides a measure of
protection against an unintentional calibration or calibration by unqualified
personnel. In addition to the required limits above, a calibration reasonableness
check is also provided. If the difference between the <Calibration Input Values>
specified and the value measured by the VX4101 DMM is outside the required
design limits, “DMM Calibration out of Range” error is generated.
The time for the CALibration:VALue command to complete depends on the
mode and range and typically takes one or two seconds for all modes (except
AC, which takes slightly more). In the DC, resistance and current modes, an auto
zero base calibration is also performed with the null calibration. This additional
calibration is used as a base reference for the CAL:ZERO:AUTO function.
CALibrate:ZERO:AUTO <auto>
The calibration procedure of the DMM includes commands to calculate and
store, in nonvolatile memory, the offset value of every null calibrated function
and range on the DMM. After power-on, the instrument reads these values from
the nonvolatile memory, and uses them for null drift compensation.
Because offset drifts with time and temperature, the CALibrate:AUTO:ZERO
command re-zeroes the DMM during operation.
If you program the CALibrate:ZERO:AUTO ONCE command, the DMM
immediately performs an autozero operation for the function and range currently
in effect. It will then compensate all subsequent measurements for that function
by the calculated value.
3–219
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Multimeter
NOTE. You must issue the CALibrate:SOURce INT command before autozero will
work.
If data sampling is in progress, issuing a CALibrate:ZERO:AUTO ONCE
command will abort the acquisition.
If you program CALibrate:ZERO:AUTO ON, the DMM performs an autozero
operation each time it receives a MEASure?, READ? or INITiate command prior
to the first measurement, and whenever a measurement is taken which changes
either the current function, or the current range. For example, if autoranging and
autozeroing were enabled, issuing a MEASure? command would cause the
DMM to first seek the appropriate range for the input, and once found, perform
an autozero. If the range changes during the measurement process, the DMM
performs an autozero operation automatically on the new range. The autozero
routine uses the same aperture time as the measurement currently being taken.
For example, if the current function were programmed to a 0.5 second aperture,
the autozero routine will incur approximately 0.5 seconds of overhead each time
it is invoked.
If CALibrate:ZERO:AUTO OFF is programmed, autozeroing is disabled.
NOTE. The autozero setup is valid for all functions and ranges of the DMM. That
is, the autozeroing cannot be individually programmed for each function. Also
the autozero values are not stored in nonvolatile memory. The calibration
procedure of the DMM includes commands to calculate and store calibrated
base offset values.
Query Response
CALibrate:LFRequency?
Returns the rejection frequency value stored in nonvolatile memory.
CALibrate:SOURce?
Returns the calibration source, either EXT or INT.
CALibrate:ZERO:AUTO?
Returns a zero or a one, depending on whether you have enable autozeroing. The
values are:
0=disabled, OFF
1=enabled, ON
3–220
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Multimeter
Command
Response
Examples
calibrate:lfrequency 60
CAL:LFR?
Defines the line rejection frequency to be 60 Hz
60<LF>
The programmed line rejection frequency
cal:lfr 400
Defines the line rejection frequency to be 400 Hz
400<LF>
CALibrate:LFRequency?
Calibrate:source ext
CAL:SOUR?
Specifies an external calibration source
EXT<LF>
The programmed calibration source
CONF:FRES 300e3
CAL:SOUR?
READ?
Configures the DMM for the 4-wire 300 k resistance range
EXT<LF> The programmed calibration source
Returns the present resistance value and physically
places the DMM in the specified range
Cal:Val 0
Performs a null calibration in the 300 kW range. A 0 W
resistor input is required
CONF:FRES 300e3
READ?
Configures the DMM for the 4-wire 300 k resistance range
Returns the present resistance value and physically
places the DMM in the specified range
CAL:VALUE 100.03e3
Cal:sour int
Performs a gain calibration assuming a 100.03 kW
resistor has been placed on the input
Returns the DMM to internal Calibration source permitting
an autozero to be performed
calibrate:zero:auto on
CAL:ZERO:AUTO?
cal:zero:auto off
Enable the auto zero calibration for every measurement
1<LF> Auto zero enabled
Disable the auto zero calibration for each measurement
0<LF> Auto zero disabled
cal:zero:auto?
Cal:Zero:Auto 1
1 and 0 can be substituted for ON and OFF respectively
Perform an auto zero on the current function and range
Cal:zero:auto once
3–221
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Multimeter
CONFigure Subsystem
The CONFigure commands enable you to set up the DMM for a specific type of
input measurement.
Command Syntax
CONFigure([:SCALar]|:ARRay)
[:VOLTage]
:AC [<Array Size>[,<Expected Value>[,<Resolution>]]]
:ACDC [<Array Size>[,<Expected Value>[,<Resolution>]]]
:DC [<Array Size>[,<Expected Value>[,<Resolution>]]]
:CURRent[:DC] [<Array Size>[,<Expected
Value>[,<Resolution>]]]
:RESistance [<Array Size>[,<Expected Value>[,<Resolution>]]]
:FRESistance [<Array Size>[,<Expected Value>[,<Resolution>]]]
NOTE. If SCALar is specified, the <array size> parameter is not valid. If ARRay
is specified, <array size> is a required parameter.
Query Syntax
*RST Value
CONFigure?
Parameter
Value
CONFigure([:SCALar]|:
ARRay)[:...]
300 VDC,
10 MW Input,
0.001 Resolution,
Autoranging ON
Limits
Parameter
Value
<Array Size>
1 to 4096
NOTE: See MEASure? Command for more information on the <Expected Value> parameter.
See [SENse][...]:RESolution command for more information on the RESolution parameter.
3–222
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Multimeter
Related Commands
MEASure?
INPut
READ?
SENse
FETCh?
CALibrate:LFR
CALibrate:ZERO:AUTO
Command Description
The CONFigure commands are sublevel commands to the MEASure? com-
mands. They define the input configuration for a measurement without taking a
measurement. If desired, you can customize the configuration setups via the
lower level SENSe commands. The different input types you can set up are as
follows:
CONFigure([:SCALar|:ARRay)[:VOLTage]:AC[<Array Size>[,<Expected Val-
ue>[,<Resolution>]]]
Sets up AC coupled, AC TRMS voltage measurements. The AC bandwidth is set
to slow mode.
CONFigure([:SCALar|:ARRay)[:VOLTage]:ACDC[<Array Size>[,<Expected Val-
ue>[,<Resolution>]]](<Array Size>[,<Expected Value>[,<Resolution>]]]
Sets up DC coupled, AC TRMS voltage measurements. The AC bandwidth is set
to slow mode.
CONFigure([:SCALar|:ARRay)[:VOLTage]:DC[<Array Size>[,<Expected Val-
ue>[,<Resolution>]]]
Sets up DC voltage measurements.
CONFigure([:SCALar|:ARRay):CURRent[:DC](<Array Size>[,<Expected Val-
ue>[,<Resolution>]]]
Sets up DC current measurements.
CONFigure([:SCALar|:ARRay):RESistance[<Array Size>[,<Expected Value>[,<Reso-
lution>]]]
Sets up two-wire resistance measurements.
CONFigure([:SCALar|:ARRay):FRESistance[<Array Size>[,<Expected Value>[,<Res-
olution>]]]
Sets up four-wire resistance measurements.
3–223
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Multimeter
NOTE. See the MEASure? command for detailed descriptions of the [<Expected
Value>],[<Resolution>], and <Array Size> fields.
The CONFigure[.....]? queries return detailed setup information for the requested
function.
NOTE. If data sampling is in progress, it will be aborted on receipt of a
CONFigure command to prevent ambiguous data interpretation. Typically the
CONFigure (and SENSE) commands are used to predefine the setup of each of
the six measurement functions.
Query Response
Examples
CONFigure?
Returns the current measurement configuration information, with the actual
rounded and/or calculated values used by the DMM.
Command
Response
CONFigure:SCALar:VOLTage:DC 2 Set to DC Volts, 1 Measurement
CONF?
“:SCAL:VOLT:DC 3,1e-05”<LF>
Set to DC Volts
conf:dc 10
conf?
“:SCAL:VOLT:DC 30,0.0001”<LF>
Set to AC Volts
conf:volt:ac 5,0.01
configure?
“:SCAL:VOLT:AC 30,0.00154919”<LF>
Set to DC Amps maximum range and minimum resolution
“:SCAL:CURR:DC 1,7.74597e-05”<LF>
Set to two-wire Resistance
conf:curr:dc max,minimum
CONFIGURE?
conf:res def
conf?
“:SCAL:RES
3e+08,180000”<LF>
conf:fresistance
conf?
Set to four-wire Resistance
“:SCAL:FRES
3e+08,180000”<LF>
conf:ARRAY:volt:dc 10,50,0.01
configure?
Set to DC Volts, 10 Measurements
“:ARR:VOLT:DC 10,300,0.0109545”<LF>
conf:dc?
“:ARR:VOLT:DC 10,300,0.0109545 AutoRange OFF
AutoZero OFF Aperture=0.00166667 RPSec=600
NPLC=0.1 Rdgs2Avg=2 LFR=60”<LF> *
3–224
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Multimeter
Table 3–6: Meaning of Returned String
Returned
Meaning
AutoRange OFF
AutoZero OFF
Aperture=0.00166667
RPSec=600
The state of the autorange enable (ON | OFF | ONCE)
The state of the autozero enable (ON | OFF)
The aperture setting
The number of readings per second corresponding to the
aperture
NPLC=0.1
LFR=60
The number of power line cycles corresponding to the aperture
The line frequency rejection value
FETCh? Subsystem
The FETCh? subsystem is the lowest level of the measurement subsystem. It
retrieves the measurement data acquired through higher level commands. The
optional parameters selectively control which of the acquired value(s) the
measurement subsystem returns. If the optional parameters are not specified, the
command returns the amount of data specified by the <Array Size> field of the
higher level commands.
For example, if the subsystem acquires thirty measurements, issuing a “FETCh?”
returns the thirty values. Issuing a “FETCh? 10” would return the first 10 values
acquired. Issuing a “FETCh? 10,21” would return 10 data values, beginning at
offset 21 of the array (offset 1 = the first data value). Issuing a “FETCh? 5,1,2”
would return five data values, beginning with the first acquired value, and
stepping two locations for each value returned (values one, three, five, seven, and
nine). If the parameters specify an index outside the number of measurements
acquired, an error will be generated.
A subsequent FETCh? will return the same data if a new measurement has not
been INITiated.
Command Syntax
Query Syntax
N/A
FETCh? [<Count>[,<Offset>[,<Step Size>]]]
FETCh:COUNt?
*RST Value
Parameter
<Count>
Value
Size of last array measurement
<Offset>
0
1
<Step Size>
3–225
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Multimeter
Limits
Parameter
<Count>
Value
1-4096
1-4096
1-4096
<Offset>
<Step Size>
Related Commands
MEASure?
CONFigure
SENSe
INPUt
INITiate
*STB?
Command Description
Query Response
N/A
FETCh:COUNt?
The FETCh:COUNt? query returns the number of measurements acquired since
the last INITiate command was received. You can use this query to monitor the
progress of a measurement or array of measurements.
NOTE. A CONFigure, SENSe, or INPut command will empty the measurement
buffer. An error is generated if a FETCh? query is requested when no valid data
is available.
For multiple data measurements, the data is returned using SCPI block format.
The format is:
HEADERdata,data,...,data<LF>
where the HEADER field is
#xCOUNT
x = the size of the count field
COUNT = the number of bytes returned following the header field.
For example, the format of a “fetch? 2” response would be
#226+2.98999E+00,+2.99030E+00<LF>
The first numeral 2 following the # sign indicates that the COUNT size field is 2.
The number 26 following it indicates there are 26 characters in the block
following the header.
3–226
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Multimeter
Command
FETCh?
Response
Examples
#239+1.23456E+00,+2.34567E+00<LF>
+1.23456E+00<LF>
FETCh? 1
FETCh? 2,2
FETCh? 2,1,2
Fetch:count?
#226+2.34567E+00,+3.45678E+00<LF>
#226+1.23456E+00,+3.45678E+00<LF>
3<LF>
INITiate Subsystem
The INITiate commands initiate the DMM to begin making a measurement.
Command Syntax
INITiate[:IMMediate]
INITiate:CONTinuous [<Boolean>]
Query Syntax
*RST Value
INITiate:CONTinuous?
Parameter
Value
<Boolean>
0 (OFF)
Limits
Parameter
Value
<Boolean>
ON |1| OFF |0
Related Commands
MEASure?
CONFigure
SENSe
FETCh?
TRIGger
ABORt
Command Description
INITiate:CONTinuous [Boolean]
The INITiate:CONTinuous ON command internally triggers the DMM to operate
in a free-running mode, where it continuously acquires and updates a single
measurement. The FETCh? command can be issued any time after this command
to read the current value of the input. The INITiate:CONTinuous command is
independent of the trigger setup.
3–227
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Multimeter
The INITiate:CONTinuous OFF command aborts any measurements currently in
progress.
INITiate[:IMMediate]
Instrument initiates its current trigger sequence. After the instrument has
completed the current trigger sequence, it enters the idle state. See instrument
documentation for details on instrument state after an initiate.
NOTE. If data sampling is in progress, issuing an INITiate command aborts the
acquisition and starts a new acquisition.
Query Response
Examples
INITiate:CONTinuous?
Returns a zero or the number one indicating whether INITiate:CONTinuous is
off or on.
Command
Response
INITiate:IMMediate
init:continuous
Arms the triggers for an acquisition
Put the DMM into free-running acquisitions
INPut Subsystem
The INPut command defines the input impedance for the lower three DC ranges
of the DMM.
Command Syntax
Query Syntax
*RST Value
INPut:IMPedance <impedance>
INPut:IMPedance?
Parameter
Value
<impedance>
10e6 W
Limits
Parameter
Value
<impedance>
10e6 W, 10e9 W
3–228
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Multimeter
Related Commands
The related commands for INPut subsystem are as follows:
MEASure
CONFigure
SENSe
Command Description
INPut:IMPedance <impedance>
The INPut:IMPedance command defines the input impedance for DC voltage
measurements on the 30 mV, 300 mV, and 3 V ranges. The impedance may be
defined as either 10e6 or 10e9 W. Any value other than 10e6 or 10e9 is rounded
up to the nearer of these values. The 30 V and 300 V ranges are fixed at a
10 MW input impedance. If <Input Impedance> is not specified, 10e6 is
assumed. Specifying a value greater than 10e9 or less than zero generates an
error.
NOTE. If Autoranging is active for DC Voltage measurements, the impedance
value is automatically overwritten with 10.0e6 W when a DC Voltage measure-
ment is taken.
Query Response
Examples
INPut:IMPedance?
Returns the currently defined impedance value.
Command
Response
Input:Impedance 10e9
INP:IMP?
Define the input impedance as 10e9 W
1.00E+10<LF>
INSTrument Subsystem
The INSTrument commands enable you to control the operational state of the
DMM.
Command Syntax
INSTrument:ABORt
INSTrument:RESet
Query Syntax
*RST Value
N/A
N/A
3–229
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Multimeter
Limits
N/A
Related Commands
The related commands of INSTrument subsystem are as follows:
ABORt
INITiate
INITiate:CONTinuous
Command Description
INSTRument:ABORt
This command places the active instrument in the IDLE state, aborting any
measurement or other instrument activity in progress. The instrument configura-
tion is unchanged and a subsequent INIT command will cause the instrument to
restart the same type of measurement.
NOTE. If the instrument is in asynchronous mode, this command can be sent
while a query is in progress and the measurements will be aborted. If however,
the instrument is in synchronous mode, this command will be queued while a
query is in progress.
INSTrument:RESet
This command resets the currently selected instrument without effecting other
instruments. The instrument returns to its *RST state. The instrument remains
selected.
Query Response
Examples
N/A
INSTRument:ABORt
Command
Response
512
INST:SEL DMM
CONF:ARR:VOLT:DC
INIT
FETC:COUN?
INST:ABOR
127
FETC:COUN?
153
NOTE: After an ABORt command, the instrument stops taking measurements.
3–230
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Multimeter
INSTrument:RESet
Command
INST:SEL DMM
CONF:RES
CONF?
Response
“:SCAL:RES 3e+08,180000”
INST:RES
INST:SEL?
CONF?
DMM
“:SCAL:VOLT:DC 300,0.001”
MEASure? Subsystem
The MEASure? queries enable you to set up and initiate a measurement and
return the results.
Command Syntax
Query Syntax
N/A
MEASure([:SCALar|Array)
[:VOLTage]
:AC? [<Array Size>[,<Expected Value>[,<Resolution>]]]
:ACDC? [<Array Size>[,<Expected Value>[,<Resolution>]]]
[:DC]? [<Array Size>[,<Expected Value>[,<Resolution>]]]
:CURRent[:DC]? [<Array Size>[,<Expected
Value>[,<Resolution>]]]
:RESistance? [<Array Size>[,<Expected Value>[,<Resolution>]]]
:FRESistance? [<Array Size>[,<Expected
Value>[,<Resolution>]]]
NOTE. If SCALar is specified, the <array size> parameter is not valid. If ARRay
is specified, <array size> is a required parameter.
*RST Value
300 V,
DC Coupled,
10 MW Input,
0.001 Resolution,
Autoranging ON,
3–231
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Multimeter
Limits
Parameter
Value
<array_size>
<expected_value>
1–4096
See tables 3-7 - 3-10
NOTE. The <array_size> limit is 2048 when the aperture time is one second.
Related Commands
CONFigure?
INPut
SENSe
READ?
INITiate
FETCh?
CALibrate:LFRequency
CALibrate:ZERO:AUTO
Command Description
Query Response
N/A
MEASure([:SCALar]|:ARRay)[:VOLTage][:DC]? [<Array Size>[,<Expected Value>]]]
Performs DC voltage measurements.
MEASure([:SCALar]|:ARRay)[:VOLTage]:AC? [<Array Size>[,<Expected Value>]]]
Performs AC coupled, AC TRMS voltage measurements. The AC bandwidth is
reset to slow mode.
MEASure([:SCALar]|:ARRay)[:VOLTage]:ACDC? [<Array Size>[,<Expected Value>]]]
Performs DC coupled, AC TRMS voltage measurements. The AC bandwidth is
reset to slow mode.
MEASure([:SCALar]|:ARRay):CURRent[:DC]? [<Array Size>[,<Expected Value>]]]
Performs DC current measurements.
MEASure([:SCALar]|:ARRay):RESistance? [<Array Size>[,<Expected Value>]]]
Performs two-wire resistance measurements.
MEASure([:SCALar]|:ARRay):FRESistance? [<Array Size>[,<Expected Value>]]]
Performs four-wire resistance measurements.
3–232
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Multimeter
[:SCALar]:ARRay
The [:SCALar] and :ARRay fields define the number of measurements to be
taken. Specifying [:SCALar] defines a single measurement acquisition (<Array
Size> = 1). Specifying :ARRay defines multiple measurement acquisitions of
count <Array Size>. If <Array Size> is less than 1 or greater than 4096, an error
will be generated. Note that specifying an array size of 1 is equivalent to
specifying scalar.
<Expected Value>
<Expected Value> is an estimate of the input signal amplitude. If a numeric
value is specified, the DMM will use the range nearest to the value specified to
make the measurement (rounded up). <Expected Value> can also be specified as
MAXimum, MINimum, or DEFault to use the function’s highest range, lowest
range, or to default to autoranging respectively. If no value is specified, DEFault
(autorange ON) is assumed.
Autoranging uses the currently defined range as the starting value for the
autoranging search. If enabled, the DMM continuously checks and adjusts the
input range whenever the signal exceeds the current range, or falls below 9.9% of
the range. Once the range has been determined, the DMM will perform an
autozero (if enabled). Specifying any value other than DEFault or none disables
autoranging. See the SENSe:RANGe:AUTO command for more detail on
autoranging.
Specifying <Expected Value> outside the function’s range will generate an error.
<Resolution>
The <Resolution> field defines the resolution of a measurement by implicitly
defining the aperture time of the measurement. The aperture is the sampling of
the measurement acquisition. The greater the aperture, the more accurate the
measurement. If MAXimum is specified as the resolution field, the DMM will
use a 2 second aperture for each measurement. Specifying MINimum uses a
0.8333 ms (1 ms) aperture for 60 (50) Hz line frequency rejection. Specifying
DEFault (or none) sets the aperture to 200 ms. See the SENSe[.....]:RESolution
commands for the method used to determine the aperture when explicitly
defining the <RESolution> field.
For the MEASure:VOLTage[:DC]? commands, <Expected Value> selects the
range and input impedances as specified below. |EV| indicates the absolute value
of the <expected value>.
3–233
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Multimeter
Table 3–7: MEASure:VOLTage[DC]? and <Expected Value> ranges
<Expected Value>
Range
Input Impedance
10 MW or 10 GW
10 MW or 10 GW
10 MW or 10 GW
10 MW
+0.000 ≤ |EV| ≤ +0.030
+0.030 < |EV| ≤ +0.300
+0.300 < |EV| ≤ +3.000
+3.000 < |EV| ≤ +30.00
+30.00 < |EV| ≤ +300.0
MAXimum
±30 mV
±300 mV
±3.00 V
±30.0 V
±300.0 V
±300.0 V
Autorange
±30 mV
10 MW
10 MW
DEFault
10 MW
MINimum
10 MW
NOTE. Specifying DEFault (autorange) as the <expected value> overwrites the
value specified by the INPut:IMPedance command with 10e6 W.
For the MEASure:VOLTage:AC? and MEASure:VOLTage:ACDC? commands,
the TRMS (true root-mean-square) value is returned. The :AC command defines
AC coupled voltage measurements (DC rejection). The :ACDC command selects
the coupling as AC + DC. EV selects the range as specified below:
Table 3–8: MEASure:VOLTage:AC? and
<Expected Value> ranges
<Expected Value>
+0.000 ≤ EV ≤ +0.030
+0.030 < EV ≤ +0.300
+0.300 < EV ≤ +3.000
+3.000 < EV ≤ +30.00
+30.00 < EV ≤ +300.0
MAXimum
Range
±30 mV
±300 mV
±3.00 V
±30.0 V
±300.0 V
±300.0 V
Autorange
±30 mV
DEFault
MINimum
3–234
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Multimeter
For the MEASure:CURRent? command, <expected value> selects the range as
specified below:
Table 3–9: MEASure:CURRent? and <expected
value> ranges
<Expected Value>
0.000 ≤ |EV| ≤ 0.150
0.150 < |EV| ≤ 1.000
MAXimum
Range
±150 mA
±1.00 A
±1.00 A
Autorange
±150 mA
DEFault
MINimum
For the MEASure:RESistance? and MEASure:FRESistance? commands, 2-wire
or 4-wire resistance measurements are taken respectively. EV selects the range as
specified below:
Table 3–10: MEASure:RESistance? and
MEASure:FRESistance and <Expected Value> ranges
<Expected Value>
+0 ≤ EV ≤ +30
Range
30 W
300
+30 < EV ≤ +300
+300 < EV ≤ +3e3
+3000 < EV ≤ +30e3
+30000 < EV ≤ +300e3
+300e3 < EV ≤ +3e6
+3e6 < EV ≤ +30e6
+30e6 < EV ≤ +300e6
MAXimum
3e3
30e3
300e3
3e6
30e6
300e6
300e6
Autorange
30 W
DEFault
MINimum
3–235
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Multimeter
NOTE. Each of the six functions of the DMM maintains a configuration table of
its setup, which is independent of the other functions (DC Volts, AC Volts, ACDC
Volts, DC Current, 2-wire Resistance, 4-wire Resistance). Issuing a MEASure?
command defines the active measurement function for the READ? command, in
addition to the array size, range, and resolution (aperture), values of the
function’s configuration table. The Autorange flag is also set appropriately.
The MEASure[.....]? commands are executed immediately upon processing. If
data sampling is in progress, it will be aborted, and a new acquisition initiated.
For array measurements, the data is returned using SCPI block format.
The format is:
HEADERdata,data,...,data<LF>
where the HEADER field is
#xCOUNT
x = the size of the count field
COUNT = the number of bytes returned following the header field.
For example, the format of a “meas:arr? 2” response would be
#226+2.98999E+00,+2.99030E+00<LF>
The first 2 following the # sign indicates the COUNT size field is 2. The
following 26 indicates there are 26 characters in the block following the header.
Command/Query
Response/Description
Examples
MEASure:SCALar:
VOLTage:DC? 2
+1.23456<LF>
CONFigure?
:SCAL:VOLT:DC 3,1e–05
Performs a single DC Voltage measurement on the 3 V range.
Use the default resolution to set the aperture to 200 ms.
Explicitly defining an input range turns off autoranging. Issue
the following commands:
meas:volt:ac? max, 0.01
conf?
+40.9873<LF>
:SCAL:VOLT:AC 300,0.0109545<LF>
Performs a single AC Voltage measurement on the 300 V
(Maximum) range. The resolution specified is rounded per the
formula described in the SENSe[.....]:RESolution commands.
This resolution is equivalent to an aperture of 0.00166667 for
60 Hz rejection
3–236
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Multimeter
Command/Query
Response/Description
meas:resistance?
+12.3456<LF>
CONF?
:SCAL:RES 30,0.0001
Perform a 2-wire, autorange resistance measurement. The
default resolution is used to set the aperture to 200 ms. Issue
the following commands:
Meas:arr:curr? 3,0.15,
maximum
+0.109876,+0.109678,+0.109444<LF>
conf?
:ARR:CURR:DC 3,0.15,1.58114e-07
Perform three current measurements on the 150 mA range.
Specifying the maximum resolution sets the aperture value to 2
seconds. Issue the following commands:
TEST Subsystem
The TEST subsystem handles the self test operations of the instrument. The
Digital Output self test tests the Digital Output memory and the Read/Write
hardware control registers. The query returns pass/ fail information. In a failed
situation, additional failure information can be obtained with the SYStem:ER-
Ror? query.
Command Syntax
Query Syntax
N/A
TEST:ALL?
N/A
*RST Value
Limits
N/A
Related Commands
Command Description
*TST?
Initiates the Digital Output self test operation and returns one of two possible
responses:
“DIGO Self-Test Passed”
“DIGO Self-Test Failed”
3–237
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Multimeter
NOTE. If the test fails, you can obtain further information on the failure with the
SYST:ERR? query.
Command
Response
Examples
INSTRUMENT:SELECT DIGO Select the Digital Output
TEST:ALL?
“Digital Output passes self test.”
Run self test.
READ? Subsystem
The READ queries enable you to initiate and acquire a measurement.
Command Syntax
Query Syntax
*RST Value
N/A
READ?
N/A
Limits
N/A
Related Commands
MEASure?
CONFigure
SENSe
INPUt
INITiate
FETCh?
Command Description
Query Response
N/A
READ?
The READ? query is a sub-level command of the measurement subsystem, as its
action is dependent on the configuration set up by the higher level MEASure,
CONFigure, and SENSe commands. It performs a measurement acquisition by
executing an INITiate:IMMediate command, followed by a FETCh? query. The
measurement function which is performed is based on the current configuration
set up by the higher level commands. For example, if a CONFig-
ure:ARRay:VOLTage:DC? 10,3.0 command was previously issued, a READ?
query would initiate, acquire, and return 10 DC V measurements in the 3.0 V
3–238
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Multimeter
range. The READ? query always uses the currently active measurement function.
If the CONFigure command above were followed by a SENSe:FUNCtion AC
command, a READ? query would execute an AC V measurement.
NOTE. If data sampling is in progress, issuing a READ? will cause the acquisi-
tion to be aborted, and a new acquisition initiated.
Command
conf?
Response
Examples
:SCAL:VOLT:DC 3,1e-05<LF>
READ?
+1.23456<LF>
+9.87654<LF>
The measured DC voltage
The measured AC voltage
meas:ac? 10
conf?
:SCAL:VOLT:AC 30,0.0001<LF>
read?
+9.67890<LF>
The measured AC voltage
sense:function res
conf?
define the active configuration as 2W-resistance
:SCAL:RES
+123<LF>
3e+08,1<LF>
read?
The measured resistance
SENSe Subsystem
The SENSe commands are low-level commands that customize the setup of the
MEASure? and CONFigure commands.
For example, if you issued the command MEAS:VOLT? 3.0, and the measured
value(s) are over-ranging, you can issue a SENSe:VOLT 30.0 command to
switch to the 30 V range without modifying any of the other setups of the DC
voltage configuration.
Each of the six functions (DC Volts, AC Volts, ACDC Volts, DC Current, 2-wire
Resistance, 4-wire Resistance) of the DMM maintains a configuration table of its
setup, which is independent of the other functions. The SENSe commands allow
you to individually customize these parameters for each of the functions.
Command Syntax
SENSe:BANDwidth:DETector <expected frequency>|DEFault|MINiĆ
mum|MAXimum
SENSe:FUNCtion <Measurement Function>
SENSe:VOLTage[:DC]
:AC
:ACDC
3–239
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Multimeter
:RANGe[:UPPer] <Input Voltage Range>
:AUTO <auto>
:APERture <Aperture Value>
:RPSecond <Readings/Second>
:NPLCycles <Number ofPower Line Cycles>
:RESolution <Expected Resolution>
:COUNt <Array Size>
SENSe:CURRent[:DC]
:RANGe[:UPPer] <Input Current Range>
:AUTO <auto>
:APERture <Aperture Value>
:RPSecond <Readings/Second>
:NPLCycles <Number ofPower Line Cycles>
:RESolution <Expected Resolution>
:COUNt <Array Size>
SENSe:RESistance|FRESistance
:RANGe[:UPPer] <Input Resistance Range>
:AUTO <Boolean|ONCE>
:APERture <Aperture Value>
:RPSecond <Readings/Second>
:NPLCycles <Number ofPower Line Cycles>
:RESolution <Expected Resolution>
:COUNt <Array Size>
Query Syntax
SENSe[...]?
SENSe:BANDwidth:DETector?
Command Class
*RST Value
Instrument
Parameter
Values
<expected frequency>
<measurement function>
<Input Voltage Range>
<auto>
20
N/A
300 VDC, 300 V range
ON
<Aperture Value>
<readings/second>
0.2 seconds
50
3–240
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Multimeter
Parameter
Values
<Number of Power Line
Cycles>
12 (60 Hz),10 (50/400 Hz)
<Expected Resolution>
<array size>
0.001
N/A
<input resistance range>
<input current range>
300e6 W range
1 A range
Limits
Parameter
Value
<expected frequency>
<measurement function>
20-100000 Hz
VOLTage:DC
VOLTage:AC
VOLTage:ACDC
CURRent
RESistance
FRESistance
<Input Voltage Range>
<auto>
± 0.03, 0.3, 3.0, 30.0, 300.0 Volts
ON|1|OFF|0|ONCE
<Aperture Value>
<Readings/Second>
See the text below
See the text below
<Number of Power Line
Cycles>
See the text below
<expected resolution>
<Array Size>
See the text below
to 4096 (2048 for aperture >1 second)
± 0.150, 1.0 Amps
<Input Current Range>
<Input Resistance Range>
30, 300, 3e3, 30e3, 300e3, 3e6, 30e6, 300e6 W
NOTE. Input voltage ranges for SENSE:VOLTAGE [:AC] and [:ACDC] are
positive only.
Formats
<Measurement Function> DC | AC | ACDC | CURRent | RESistance | FRESis-
tance
<Boolean> ON | 1 | OFF | 0
Related Commands
MEASure?
CONFigure
READ?
3–241
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Multimeter
INPut
CALibrate:LFRequency
Command Description
SENSe:FUNCtion <measurement function>
The SENSe:FUNCtion commands define the measurement function for
subsequent READ? commands. For example, if the present configuration mode
is a DC voltage measurement, issuing a SENSe:FUNCtion RESistance command
will cause the next measurement to be a 2-wire resistance measurement.
Issuing a SENSe:FUNCtion FRESistance command will cause the next
measurement to be a 4-wire resistance measurement.
SENSe:BANDwidth:DETector <expected frequency>|DEFault|MINimum|MAXimum
This commands selects the bandwidth for the AC and ACDC voltage measure-
ments. Frequency is specified as the expected frequency of the input signal in
Hz. The DMM uses this to select the slow mode for frequencies below 100 Hz
and the fast mode for frequencies of 100 Hz or higher. The slow mode has a
longer time constant for the front end and takes longer for each measurement,
particularly for range changes. The fast mode has a shorter time constant and
takes measurements faster. If you are unsure of the frequency of the input signal,
the slow mode should be chosen to optimize measurement accuracy. MINimum
selects the slow mode by setting the expected frequency to 20 Hz. MAXimum
selects the fast mode by setting the expected frequency to 100000Hz.
CONFigure and MEASure AC and ACDC commands reset the bandwidth to the
slow mode.
SENSe[....]:COUNt <Array Size>
The SENSe[.....]:COUNt commands define the number of measurements to
acquire. If <Array Size> is less than 1 or greater than 4096, an error will be
generated. Specifying an <Array Size> of 1 is equivalent to specifying scalar.
SENSe[....]:RANGe <input range>
The SENSe[.....]:RANGe commands modify the applicable input range setup.
Issuing this command disables autoranging. All range values are rounded up to
the nearest applicable value. Specifying a value outside the function’s range will
generate an error.
SENSe[.....]:RANGe:AUTO <auto>
The SENSe[.....]:RANGe:AUTO commands control when the DMM performs
auto-ranging.
If you program a SENSe:RANGe:AUTO:ONCE, the DMM will perform an auto
range each time it receives a MEASure?, READ? or INITiate command, prior to
the first measurement only.
3–242
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Multimeter
For example, the command MEAS:ARR? 100 would autorange prior to the first
measurement, and would then use the range determined for making the 100
measurements. If any measurement exceeded the determined range, a +9.9E+37
(or –9.9E+37) value is stored as the measurement value.
If you program a SENSe:RANGe:AUTO ON command, the DMM continuously
monitors the level of the input signal for every measurement taken. If the signal
exceeds the current range, or falls below 9.9% of the range, the DMM will
autorange to seek the appropriate range, and retake the measurement on the new
range. If autozeroing is enabled, the DMM performs an autozero after each new
range is determined.
If you enable autoranging for DC V measurements, it will overwrite the
INPut:IMPedance value with 10e6 ohms.
NOTE. Note that autoranging is individually programmable for each function of
the DMM.
SENSe[.....]:APERture<aperture value>
SENSe[.....]:RPSecond<readings per second>
SENSe[.....]:NPLCycles<number of Powerline cycles>
SENSe[.....]:RESolution<Expected Resolution>
These commands define four different ways of specifying the aperture time of a
measurement, which is the acquisition or sampling time for the measurement.
All calculated values are internally rounded to values based on apertures
supported by the hardware.
You can use the CONFigure[.....]? queries to get the actual (rounded) values
calculated by the DMM for these parameters. If any field corresponds to an
aperture less than .0008333 seconds (.001 seconds for 50 Hz line frequency
rejection), or an aperture greater than 2.0 seconds, the DMM will limit the value
to that range. Within these limits, the aperture will be rounded to the next
allowable aperture value.
The relationship between the aperture, readings per second, number of power
line cycles, and expected resolution are per the formulae below.
NOTE. The rounding takes place within reasonable limits. For example, .0166
will be rounded up to .016666....
3–243
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Multimeter
The rounded aperture values permitted by the hardware design are as follows
H
H
For 60 Hz line frequency rejection:
From .000833... to .2725 seconds in .000833... second steps.
From .2733... to 1.0933... seconds in .00333... second steps.
From 1.10 to 2.0 seconds in .00833... second steps.
For 50 Hz line frequency rejection:
From .001 to .273 seconds in .001 second steps.
From .276 to 1.092 seconds in .004 second steps.
From 1.10 to 2.0 seconds in .01 second steps.
The readings per second and number of power line cycles are calculated based on
the allowable aperture as follows:
Readings per Second = 1. / Aperture.
Number of Power Line Cycles = 60. * Aperture, for 60 Hz line frequency
rejection, or 50. * Aperture, for 50 Hz line frequency rejection.
If the DMM is directly programmed for a specified Readings per Second, or
Number of Power Line Cycles per second, aperture is solved for using the
appropriate formula above, rounded to an allowable value. The Readings per
Second and Number of Power Line Cycles will be recalculated based on the
actual resulting aperture.
The expected resolution is also related to the measurement aperture. The intent
of programming resolution is to provide a means of specifying the approximate
accuracy of the measurement. It is not necessarily equal to the resolution of the
digits in the readings returned by the DMM. The VX4101A calculates an
expected resolution that roughly approximates the noise level of the measure-
ment. Noise level is inversely proportional to the square root of the aperture.
NOTE. For read back consistency, 5.5 digits in exponential format is returned for
all measurements. For an aperture less than one power line cycle, the least
significant digit is always 0.
The formula for expected resolution uses this relationship with a scaling that
provides 5.5 digits resolution (10 mV in the 3 V range) for the default aperture of
.200 seconds, and 4.5 digits expected resolution for an aperture of 2.0 msec,
which approximates the noise level of the DMM. The formula used to calculate
the expected resolution is as follows.
Resolution = (Range/300000.) * (.200/Aperture)^.5
3–244
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Multimeter
NOTE. The formula to calculate aperture from expected resolution is the inverse.
Aperture = .2 * Range^2 / (300000. * Resolution)^2
For the 1.5 A current range and the 300 MW resistance range, use a Range of
1.5 Amps and 54 Gohms respectively, in the formulas above.
Expected resolution is only an approximation. If you are concerned about
optimizing the tradeoff between aperture/ test time and accuracy, use the
Accuracy Specifications in the Appendix to determine an aperture. The
accuracies and apertures listed in the Appendix are tested at the factory. The
accuracy at apertures in between those tested may be assumed to change
logarithmically from one specified aperture to the next aperture. For example , if
the accuracy for some measurement level calculates to 120 mV for a .2 second
aperture, and 140 mV for a .0167 second aperture, the accuracy for a .05 second
aperture may be calculated as follows:
140 mV = 120 mV + k*log(.2/.0167), solving for k, k= 18.547 mV.
.05 second aperture accuracy = 120 mV + 18.547 mV * log(.2/.05) =
131.2 mV.
NOTE. Before choosing an aperture that is not a power line cycle integer
multiple, it should be noted that the accuracy specifications assume a quiet
power environment. In many testing environments, the power line noise
contributes measurable error, particularly in the most sensitive voltage ranges
and in the highest resistance ranges. An aperture that is a power line cycle
integer multiple is recommended.
Finally, if autoranging is enabled, the aperture value will remain unchanged if
the DMM input range changes. However, the expected resolution value will be
recalculated based on the new range found.
Example. If the command SENSe:VOLT:DC:RESolution 2.8e-4 were given, and
the current DC voltage range were 30; the aperture of the measurement would
be:
Aperture= .2 × 30. × 30./300000 × 2.8c-4)2 = 0.025510 seconds
To determine the rounded aperture, divide 0.25510 by the aperture step size of
.0008333 and round the result of 30.61 to 30.
The resulting aperture is: 30 × .0008333
The SENSe[.....]? query return the requested information.
3–245
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Multimeter
NOTE. If data sampling is in progress, issuing a SENSE command for any
function of the configuration currently in effect, or issuing a SENSe:FUNCtion
command will cause the acquisition to be aborted.
Query Response
Examples
The response is the specific requested Information
Command/Query
Response/Description
SENSe:BANDwidth:
DETector MAXimum
Set Bandwidth to Maximum (100 kHz)
SENSe:BANDwidth:
DETector?
100000
SENSe:BANDwidth:
DETector DEF
Set Bandwidth to Default (20 Hz)
SENSe:BANDwidth:
DETector?
20
SENSe:VOLTage:DC:
RANGe:UPPer 5
Sets the DC V range
sens:volt:range?
30<LF>
This is the rounded up range value
Sets the AC V aperture value
0.5<LF>
voltage:ac:aperture 0.5
sens:volt:ac:aper?
This is the aperture value
2<LF>
sense:volt:rps?
This is the number of readings per second
Sets the DMM to 120 power line cycles
SENSE:CURRENT:
NPLCYCLES 120
sens:curr:nplc?
sens:curr:a?
120<LF>
2<LF>
Modifying the power line automatically modifies the aperture;
the converse is also true
Sense:Resolution 0.1
sens:res:resolution?
Defines the resolution
56921<LF>
This is the calculated resolution
180000<LF>
sense:fres:res?
This is the current (default) resolution
sense:fres:range 30
Changes the 4-wire resistance range to 30
3–246
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Multimeter
Command/Query
Response/Description
sense:fres:res?
0.0001<LF>
The calculated resolution
sense:volt:range:
auto 1
Enables DC V autoranging. 1 is interchangeable with ON
sense:volt:range:auto?
1<LF>
STATus? Subsystem
The STATus queries enable you to inquire on the current operational state of the
instrument.
Many STATus commands are available for use for all instruments. For a
summary of those commands, see the Status and Events section.
Command Syntax
Query Syntax
Command Class
*RST Value
N/A
STATus:OPERation:CONDition?
Instrument
0
Limits
N/A
Formats
Query Response
Numeric
Related Commands
MEASure?
READ?
INITiate
ABORt
3–247
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Multimeter
Query Response
The STATus:OPERation:CONDition query returns the current operational status
of the DMM board. The bit definitions of the value are (bit 0 = the least
significant bit):
Bit Definition
Function
0
1
2
Calibrating
Set when any CALibration operation is running. Cleared when
the CALibration operation is complete
Settling
Set when the instrument changes its function or range. Cleared
when the all circuitry has settled
Ranging
Set when the instrument is autoranging. Cleared when the
input range has been found
3
4
Sweeping
Measuring
Not used
Set when the INITiate command is executed. Cleared when the
command is complete or aborted
5
Triggering
Set when the instrument is waiting for a trigger signal. Cleared
when the trigger is received
6
7
Arming
Not used
Correcting
Set when the instrument is performing an autozero operation.
Cleared when the autozero operation is complete
8
9
Testing (User 1)
Aborting (User 2)
Set when the instrument is performing a self-test. Cleared
when the self-test is complete
Set when the instrument is in the process of aborting an
operation. Cleared when the abort is complete
10 User 3
11 User 4
Not used
Not used
Reserved
Not used
Not used
Always 0
12 User 5
13 Instrument Summary
14 Program Running
15 Reserved
Command
Response
Examples
status:operation:condition?
stat:oper:cond?
16 Measurement in progress (0010 hex).
3072 Measurement complete because an ABORt was received
(0C00 hex).
3–248
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Multimeter
TEST Subsystem
The TEST queries enable you to initiate an instrument self-test.
Command Syntax
Query Syntax
Command Class
*RST Value
N/A
TEST:ALL?
Instrument
N/A
Limits
N/A
Related Commands
Query Response
*TST
This query is used to perform a self test of the DMM. If the test fails, an error
message is placed in the error queue and the error LED begins to blink. The
following are tested:
H
H
H
Acquisition memory and control logic
Programmable aperture circuitry
Autozero test covering the following:
DC amplifier
AC amplifier
TRMS converter
A/D converter
Serial to parallel conversion circuitry
Command
INST:SEL DMM
TEST:ALL?
Response
Examples
Selects the DMM
“DMM: Self-Test Passed”
“DMM: Self-Test Failed”
3–249
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Multimeter
TRIGger Subsystem
Command Syntax
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:DELay <time delay>
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:ECOunt <event delay>
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:HANDshake:POLarity
:REQuest <polarity>
:STRobe <polarity>
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:IMMediate
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:MODE <mode>
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce <source>
Query Syntax
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:DELay?
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:ECOunt?
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:HANDshake:POLarity
:REQuest?
:STRobe?
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:MODE?
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce?
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce:CATAlog[ALL]?
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce:CATalog:DELayable?
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce:CATalog:FIXed?
Command Class
*RST Value
Instrument
Parameter
<time delay>
<event count>
<polarity>
Value
0 seconds
0 triggers (pass-through)
INVerted
<mode>
ALL
<source>
IMMEDIATE
3–250
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Multimeter
Limits
Parameter
<time delay>
<event count>
<polarity>
Value
0 seconds
0 = pass through, 1 to 65,535 triggers
INVerted
<mode>
ONCE|ALL
<source>
BUS, TTLTRG0, TTLTRG1, TTLTRG2, TTLTRG3, TTLTRG4,
TTLTRG5, TTLTRG6, TTLTRG7, COMMAND0, COMMAND1,
COMMAND2, COMMAND3, COMMAND4, SUREPATH, DMM,
COUNTER, CTR_EXTARM, DAC, DIGI, DIGO, HANDSHAKE
Related Commands
Description
N/A
TRIGger ([:SEQuence1] |:STARt)[:LAYer]:DELay <time delay>
Specifies a time delay to occur after receipt of a trigger prior to actually
triggering. If the trigger source selected is fixed, this command will have no
effect on the instrument triggering. This command always zeros the event count
delay, so specifying a delay of zero places the trigger subsystem in pass-through
mode. In this mode, the instrument triggers immediately upon receipt of a
trigger.
TRIGger ([:SEQuence1] |:STARt)[:LAYer]:ECOunt <event delay>
Specifies the number of triggers to count prior to triggering. Upon receipt of
trigger N (where N is the number specified in the command), the instrument will
enter the triggered state. If the trigger source selected is fixed, this command will
have no effect on the instrument triggering. This command always zeros the
delay by time parameter, so specifying an event count of zero places the trigger
subsystem in pass-through mode. In this mode, the instrument triggers immedi-
ately upon receipt of a trigger.
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:HANDshake:POLarity:REQuest|:STRobe
<polarity>
Specifies the active edge of the signals to be received and driven on the external
handshake lines. NORMal indicates that the rising edge is active. INVerted
indicates that the falling edge is active.
TRIGger ([:SEQuence1] |:STARt)[:LAYer]:IMMediate
Causes a one time entry into the triggered state without receiving the specified
trigger. This command is often used to “prime the pump” in cases such as setting
up a scan list measurement.
3–251
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Multimeter
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:MODE <mode>
When an instrument has been configured for some type of array measurement,
this command specifies whether the instrument will perform one or all operations
when a trigger is received. If the mode is ALL, then all operations will be
completed upon receipt of one trigger condition. If the mode is ONCE, then the
instrument will perform one operation and reenter the initiated state. This will
continue until the specified number of triggers has been received (and hence, the
specified number of operations has been completed).
TRIGger([:SEQuence1] |:STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce <source>
Selects or queries the trigger source to be used when the instrument is initiated.
Query Response
Query
Response
TRIGger ([:SEQuence1] |:
STARt)[:LAYer]:DELay?
<delay in seconds>
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:
STARt)[:LAYer]:ECOunt?
<triggers to count>
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:
STARt)[:LAYer]:MODE?
Current state: ONCE|ALL
NORMal | INVerted
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:
STARt)[:LAYer]:HANDshake:
POLarity:REQuest|STRobe?
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:
STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce?
<current source>
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:
STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce:
CATAlog[ALL]?
Lists all trigger sources available for use with the TRIG:SOUR
command.
HOLD, IMMEDIATE, BUS, EXTERNAL, TTLTRG0, TTLTRG1,
TTLTRG2, TTLTRG3, TTLTRG4, TTLTRG5, TTLTRG6,
TTLTRG7, COMMAND0, COMMAND1, COMMAND2,
COMMAND3, COMMAND4, TIMER, SUREPATH, DMM,
COUNTER, CTR_EXTARM, DAC, DIGI, DIGO, HANDSHAKE
NOTE: Depending upon which options were purchased with the VX4101A, some of the trigger
sources listed above may not be available for use.
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:
STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce:
CATalog:DELayable?
Lists all delayable trigger sources available for use with the
TRIG:SOUR command.
BUS, EXTERNAL, TTLTRG0, TTLTRG1, TTLTRG2, TTLTRG3,
TTLTRG4, TTLTRG5, TTLTRG6, TTLTRG7, COMMAND0,
COMMAND1, COMMAND2, COMMAND3, COMMAND4,
SUREPATH, DMM, COUNTER, CTR_EXTARM, DAC, DIGI,
DIGO
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:
STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce:
CATalog:FIXed?
Lists all fixed trigger sources available for use with the
TRIG:SOUR command.
HOLD, IMMEDIATE, TIMER, HANDSHAKE
3–252
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Multimeter
Examples
TRIGger ([:SEQuence1] |:STARt)[:LAYer]:DELay
Command
Response
INST:SEL DMM
CONF:VOLT:DC
TRIG:SOUR TTLT0
TRIG:DEL 1E-3
INIT
Selects the DMM
Configures the DMM for DC measurements
Selects TTLT0 as the trigger source
Sets the trigger delay
Initiates the measurement
TRIGger ([:SEQuence1] |:STARt)[:LAYer]:ECOunt
Command
Response
INS:SEL DMM
CONF:VOLT:DC
TRIG:SOUR TTLT0
TRIG:ECO 100
INIT
Selects the DMM
Configures the DMM for DC measurements
Selects TTLT0 as the trigger source
Sets the event count to 100
Initiates the measurement
TRIGger ([:SEQuence1] |:STARt)[:LAYer]:IMMediate
Command
Response
TRIG:SOUR:CAT?
IMMEDIATE, BUS, TTLTRG0, TTLTRG1, TTLTRG2,
TTLTRG3, TTLTRG4, TTLTRG5, TTLTRG6, TTLTRG7,
COMMAND0, COMMAND1, COMMAND2, COMMAND3,
COMMAND4, TIMER, SUREPATH, DMM, COUNTER,
CTR_EXTARM, DAC, DIGI, DIGO, HANDSHAKE
INST:SEL DMM
CONF:VOLT:DC
TRIG:SOUR TTLT0
INIT
Selects the DMM
Configures the instrument for DC measurements
Selects TTLT0 as the trigger source
Initiates the measurement
0
FETC:COUN?
Returns the number of measurements completed
TRIG:IMM
Sets triggering to immediate
1
FETC:COUN?
Returns the number of measurements completed. This could
vary depending on the actual measurements.
F?
–6.03720E+00
3–253
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Multimeter
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:MODE
Command
Response
INST:SEL DMM
Selects the DMM
CONF:ARR:VOLT:DC 3
TRIG:MODE ONCE
Configures for 3 DC voltage measurements
Sets up the instrument to make one measurement and then
re-enter the initiated state
TRIG:SOUR COMM0
INIT
Selects COMM0 as the trigger source
Starts the measurement
0
FETC:COUN?
TRIG:FIR0
FETC:COUN?
TRIG:FIR0
1
TRIG:FIR0
FETCH:COUN?
FETC?
3
#239–6.04180E+00,–6.04180E+00,–6.04180E+00
TRIGger([:SEQuence1] |:STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce
Command
Response
TRIG:SOUR:CAT?
HOLD, IMMEDIATE, BUS, TTLTRG0, TTLTRG1, TTLTRG2,
TTLTRG3, TTLTRG4, TTLTRG5, TTLTRG6, TTLTRG7,
COMMAND0, COMMAND1, COMMAND2, COMMAND3,
COMMAND4, TIMER, SUREPATH, DMM, COUNTER,
CTR_EXTARM, DAC, DIGI, DIGO, HANDSHAKE
INST:SEL DMM
CONF:VOLT:DC
TRIG:SOUR BUS
INIT
FETC:COUN?
*TRG
0
FETC:COUN?
FETC?
1
–6.03720E+00
3–254
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Multimeter
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce:CATAlog[ALL]?
Command
Response
INST:SEL DMM
TRIG:SOUR:CAT?
HOLD, IMMEDIATE, BUS, EXTERNAL, TTLTRG0, TTLTRG1,
TTLTRG2, TTLTRG3, TTLTRG4, TTLTRG5, TTLTRG6,
TTLTRG7, COMMAND0, COMMAND1, COMMAND2,
COMMAND3, COMMAND4, TIMER, SUREPATH, DMM,
COUNTER, CTR_EXTARM, DAC, DIGI, DIGO, HANDSHAKE
TRIGger([:SEQuence1]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce:CATalog:DELayable?
Command
Response
TRIG:SOUR:CAT:DEL?
BUS, EXTERNAL, TTLTRG0, TTLTRG1, TTLTRG2, TTLTRG3,
TTLTRG4, TTLTRG5, TTLTRG6, TTLTRG7, COMMAND0,
COMMAND1, COMMAND2, COMMAND3, COMMAND4,
SUREPATH, DMM, COUNTER, DAC, DIGI, DIGO,
CTR_EXTARM
TRIGger([:SEQuence1] |:STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce:CATalog:FIXed?
Command
Response
INST:SEL:DMM
TRIG:SOUR:CAT:FIX?
HOLD,IMMEDIATE,TIMER
VXI:FDC Subsystem
These commands allow the setup and use of the instrument’s Fast Data Channel
(FDC).
Command Syntax
VXI[:SERVant]:FDC:CLOSe [<channel number>]
VXI[:SERVant]:FDC:OPEN <channel mode>[,<channel number>]
VXI[:SERVant]:FDC:SEL <channel number>
Query Syntax
VXI[:SERVant]:FDC?
VXI[:SERVant]:FDC:CONFiguration? [channel number]
VXI[:SERVant]:FDC:SEL?
3–255
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Multimeter
*RST Value
Parameter
Value
<channel number>
<channel mode>
1
All closed FDC channels are opened
Limits
Parameter
Value
<channel number>
<channel mode>
1 to total number of instrument FDC channels
WO
Command Description
VXI[:SERVant]:FDC:CLOSe [<channel number>]
This command closes the selected logical FDC channel. If the optional channel
number is omitted, the channel referenced by the VXI:FDC:SEL command is
used. Closed FDC channels must be opened before they can be accessed for data
transfer. The channel number parameter is the logical FDC channel number for
the instrument. It is not necessarily related to the physical FDC channel.
VXI[:SERVant]:FDC:OPEN <channel mode>[,<channel number>]
This command opens the selected logical FDC channel. The mode parameter
determines the direction of data flow, read only, write only or both read & write.
The mode parameter can be one of the following unquoted SCPI labels: RO,
WO, RW. Interpretation of Read and Write is from the servant device’s point of
view. Data is READ off the VXIbus back plane into the instrument and WRIT-
TEN from the instrument to the VXIbus back plane. The DMM only supports the
WO mode. If the optional channel number is omitted, the channel referenced by
the VXI:FDC:SEL command is used. FDC channels must be opened before they
can be accessed for data transfer.
VXI[:SERVant]:FDC:SEL<channel number>
The command selects the FDC logical channel to be used by subsequent FDC
commands. The channel number parameter is the logical FDC channel number
for the instrument. It is not necessarily related to the physical FDC channel. The
power up default is logical channel 1.
Query Response
VXI[:SERVant]:FDC?
This query returns comma separated list of physical FDC channel numbers
allocated to the instrument. Physical and logical channel numbers have a 1 to 1
correspondence. Channel assignment occurs as follows:
Logical channel 1 is established on the first physical channel number
returned by the query.
3–256
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Multimeter
Logical channel 2 is established on the second physical channel number
returned by the query. This process continues until all logical channels are
established on their corresponding channel number.
Physical FDC channel allocation is dependent upon the VX4101A option
configuration. Knowledge of a logical FDC channel’s physical identity is
required by users writing their own low level Commander-side FDC drivers for
their host computer. For more information, see FDC Operation in Instrument
Functions
VXI[:SERVant]:FDC:CONFiguration? [<channel number>]
This query returns the configuration state of the selected FDC channel. If the
optional channel number is omitted, the channel referenced by the
VXI:FDC:SEL command is used. Returned values are the following unquoted
ASCII strings:
“CLOSED”, “OPEN”, “INITIALIZED”, “READ ONLY”, “WRITE ONLY”,
“READ_WRITE”
Configuration states of READ ONLY, WRITE ONLY and READ WRITE imply
an OPENED and INITIALIZED state. A channel that is in a Closed state must
be Opened before it can be accessed. In practice, a channel will be in one of the
four active states: (CLOSED, READ ONLY, WRITE ONLY, or both).
The <channel number> parameter is the logical FDC channel number for the
instrument.
VXI[:SERVant]:FDC:SEL?
This query returns the currently selected logical FDC channel. The return value
is a single integer, from 1 to the number of logical FDC channels the instrument
supports.
Examples
VXI[:SERVant]:FDC?
Command
Response/Description
VXI:FDC:SEL 1
VXI:FDC:Open WO
VXI:FDC?
Selects logical FDC channel 1 for access.
Opens FDC channel 1 for write only operation
2,4
Indicates physical FDC channel 2 is implemented on this
devices logical channel 1; physical channel 4 on logical
channel 2
VXI:FDC:CONF? 1
VXI:FDC:CLOSe
WRITE ONLY
Indicates channel 1 is Opened, Initialized, and Write only.
Closes FDC channel 1
3–257
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the Digital Multimeter
3–258
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the SurePathtModules
This section lists the SCPI commands and queries for the SurePatht Scanner
master. This section is not a comprehensive listing of all SurePathtcommands.
The commands listed in this section apply specifically to the VX4330 120-Chan-
nel Relay Multiplexor Module. The commands active in your specific module
will vary with each model.
For commands specific to each individual SurePatht module, consult the
appropriate Tektronix manual for that module.
Command Summary
The following is a listing of the available command subsystems and syntax:
INITiate Subsystem
Commands
INITiate
:CONTinuous [0|OFF|1|ON]
[:IMMediate]
Queries
INITiate:CONTinuous?
INSTrument Subsystem
ROUTe Subsystem
Commands
INSTrument:ABORt
INSTrument:RESet
Commands
[ROUTe:]CLOSe <channel list>
:DWELl <modulename>, <nrf>
:MODE <mode>,<module_name>,<section_list>
[ROUTe:]Configure <configuration>,<module_name>,<section_list>
:DISJoin <modulename>
:JOIN <module_name>,<section_list>
3–259
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the SurePatht Modules
[ROUTe:]MODule
:DELete[:NAME] <module_name>
:DELete:ALL
[:DEFine] <module_name>,<nrf>
[ROUTe:]OPEN <channel_list>
:ALL [module_name]
:DWELl <module_name>,<nrf>
[ROUTe:]PFAil <action_at_powerfail>
[ROUTe:]SCAN <channel_list>
:RATE <scan_rate>,<module_name>
Queries
[ROUTe:]CLOSe? <channel_list>
[ROUTe:]ID?
[ROUTe:]MODule[:DEFine]? <module_name
[ROUTe:]OPEN? <channel_list>
[ROUTe:]MODule:CATalog?
[ROUTe:]MODule:CATalog:SUPPorted?
STATus Subsystem
Queries
STATus:OPERation:CONDition?
TEST Subsystem
TEST:ALL?
TRIGger Subsystem
Commands
TRIGger([:SEQuence]|:STARt)[:LAYer]
:DELay <delay in seconds>
:COUNt <count>
:ECOunt <triggers to count>
:IMMediate
:SOURce <source>
Queries
TRIGger([:SEQuence]|:STARt)[:LAYer]
:COUNt?
:DELay?
:ECOunt?
:MODE?
:SOURce?
3–260
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the SurePatht Modules
:CATalog[:ALL]?
:CATalog:DELayable?
:CATalog:FIXed?
NOTE. The Examples used in the command summaries are for illustrative
purposes only and apply only to the VX4380 model of the SurePathtModules.
INITiate Subsystem
These commands cause the current TRIGger command sequence to begin.
Command Syntax
INITiate
:CONTinuous] <control>
[:IMMediate|
Query Syntax
Command Class
*RST Value
INITiate:CONTinuous?
Instrument
Parameter
Value
<control>
OFF
Limits
Parameter
Value
<control>
0|1|OFF|ON
NOTE: 0=OFF, 1=ON
Related Commands
Description
ABORt
INSTrument:ABORt
The INItiate commands perform the following operations:
INITiate:CONTinuous <control>
This command initiates the current trigger sequence. After the instrument has
completed the current trigger sequence, it enters the initiated state a second time.
3–261
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the SurePatht Modules
It will continue this cycle until an abort, reset, or INIT:CONT OFF command is
received.
INITiate:IMMediate
This command initiates the current trigger sequence. After the instrument has
completed the current trigger sequence, it enters the idle state.
Query Response
Command
Response
INITiate:CONTinuous?
0 = continuous initiate not enabled
1 = continuous initiate enabled
Examples
See TRIGger([: SEQuence1] |:STARt) [:LAYer]:IMMediate command for an ex-
ample.
INSTrument Subsystem
The INSTrument commands control the current state of the modules. You can
cause the instrument to cease making measurements, and either return to its
default conditions or to retain the current setup.
Command Syntax
INSTrument:ABORt
INSTrument:RESet
Query Syntax
Command Class
SurePatht Module
Query Response
*RST Value
N/A
Instrument
Valid Commands for all SurePathtmodules
N/A
N/A
N/A
Limits
Related Commands
ABORt
INITiate
INITiate:CONTinuous
3–262
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the SurePatht Modules
Command Description
INSTrument:ABORt
Places active instrument in the IDLE state and ceases any measurement or other
instrument activity in progress. The instrument configuration is unchanged. A
subsequent INIT command will cause the instrument to re-start the same type of
measurement.
If the instrument is in Asynchronous mode, this command can be sent while
a query is in progress and the measurement will be aborted.
If the instrument is in Synchronous mode, this command will be queued
while a query is in progress.
NOTE. After abort, no more measurements are taken.
INSTrument:RESet
Resets the currently selected instrument without affecting other instruments. The
instrument returns to its *RST state. The instrument remains selected.
Examples
INSTrument:ABORt
Command
INST:SEL DMM
CONF:RES
CONF?
Response
“:SCAL:RES 3e+08,180000”
INST:RES
INST:SEL?
CONF?
DMM
“:SCAL:VOLT:DC 300,0.001”
INSTrument:RESet
See the TRIGger([: SEQuence1] |:STARt) [:LAYer]:IMMediate command for an
example.
3–263
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the SurePatht Modules
ROUTe Subsystem
These commands determine the specific path that signals will take through the
specific modules. The parameters used in SCPI/IEEE 488.2 commands and
command descriptions for the [ROUTe:] commands are as follows:
<NR1>
ASCII integer representation of a decimal number.
<NRf>
ASCII integer, fixed point or floating point representation of a decimal number.
<module_name>
A user-defined ASCII string to be associated with the local bus address of a relay
module. <module_name> strings must start with a letter and may consist of
alphanumeric characters, underscores, and digits. The maximum length of a
<module_name> is 12 characters.
<channel_spec>
One or more <NR1> ASCII strings separated by “!” characters that specify a
relay on a relay module. The format of a <channel_spec> field for each of the
SurePath relay modules is:
H
VX4320 RF Multiplexor: <NR1> ! <NR1>
The range of the first <NRf> field is 1 to 4. This field specifies a relay
within one of the sections of the VX4320. The range of the second <NRf>
field is 1 to 8. This field specifies a section of the VX4320. A one-dimen-
sional <channel_spec> may also be used to specify a channel on a VX4320
Module. The one-dimensional <channel_spec> is given by the formula:
( (section – 1 ) × 4 ) + relay
where variables “section” and “relay” are section and relay numbers
specified in a two-dimensional <channel_spec>.
H
VX4330 Scanner/Multiplexor: <NR1> ! <NR1>
The first <NR1> field specifies a relay within the specified section. The
range of this <NR1> field depends on the current configuration of the section
of the VX4330 specified in the second <NR1> field. The range of the second
<NR1> field is 1 to 6. This field specifies a section of the VX4330.
1 – 10
1 – 20
1 – 20
1 – 40
4-wire
4-wire independent
2-wire
1-wire
3–264
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the SurePatht Modules
H
H
VX4350 General Purpose Switching module: <NR1>
The range of this field is 1 to 64. It specifies one of 64 relays on the
VX4350.
VX4351 40-Channel, 10 Amp, SPST Switch Module: <NRI>
The range of this field is 1 to 40, specifying one of the 40 relays on the
module. If the module is placed in two-wire mode, then the range of the field
becomes 1 to 20, specifying one of the twenty relay pairs available on the
module.
H
VX4380 Matrix: <NR1> ! <NR1> ! <NR1>
The range of the first <NR1> field is 1 to 4. It specifies the row of a relay in
one of the sections of the VX4380. The range of the second <NR1> field is 1
to 16. It specifies the column of a relay in one of the sections of the VX4380.
The range of the third <NR1> field is 1 to 4. It specifies a section of the
VX4380. A one dimensional <channel_spec> may also be used to specify a
channel on a VX4380 Module. The one dimensional <channel_spec> is
given by the formula:
( (section – 1 ) × 64 ) + ( ( row – 1 ) × 16 ) + column
where variables “section” and “row” and “column” are section, row, and
column numbers specified in a three-dimensional <channel_spec>.
<channel_list>
A list of channel numbers on one or more relay modules.
The limits on the channel numbers in a <channel_list> depend on the model
number of the relay module(s) specified in the <channel_list>.
The syntax of a <channel_list> is shown in the following diagram:
<channel_range>
!
!
:
<NR1>
<NR1>
<channel_list>
,
,
(
@
<module_name>
(
)
)
<channel_range>
3–265
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the SurePatht Modules
A module_name is an ASCII string that has been associated with a relay module
in a ROUTe:MODule:DEFine command. A channel_range may consist of a
single <channel_spec> or a range of <channel_spec>s. A range of <chan-
nel_spec>s is indicated by two <channel_spec>s separated by a colon (:)
character. A <channel_spec> may have one, two or three dimensions depending
on the architecture of the relay module it applies to.
The following are examples of valid <channel_list>s for Tektronix VX4320,
VX4330, VX4350, and VX4380 relay modules. In these examples it is assumed
that the Option 01 is installed on a VX4320 Module. A VX4330, VX4350, and
VX4380 are installed in consecutive slots to the right of the VX4320. The
default module names for the VX4320, VX4330, VX4350, and VX4380 in this
example are m1, m2, m3, and m4 respectively. These module names may be
overridden by specifying new module names with the [ROUTe:]MODule[DE-
Fine] command. It is also assumed in these examples that all sections on the
VX4330 Module have been configured as 10-to-1 4-wire scanners.
<channel_list>
(@m1(1!2))
Channels Specified
Channel number 1 of section 2 on the VX4320 Module
(@m1(4!1,3!8))
Channel number 4 in section 1 and relay number 3 in section 8
of the VX4320 Module
(@m1(4!1:4!8))
Channel number 4 in sections 1 through 8 on the VX4320
Module
(@m1(4!1,4!2,4!3,4!4,
4!5,4!6,4!7,4!8))
Channel number 4 in sections 1 through 8 on the VX4320
Module
(@m2(1!6))
Channel 1 in section 6 of the VX4330 Module
(@m2(1!1:10!6))
All channels on the VX4330 Module in the following order: 1!1,
1!2, 1!3, 1!4, 1!5, 1!6, 2!1, 2!2, 2!3, 2!4, 2!5, 2!6, ... , 10!1,
10!2, 10!3, 10!4, 10!5, 10!6
(@m2(1!3:10!3))
(@m3(1:64))
All 10 channels in section 3 of the VX4330
All 64 channels on the VX4350
(@m3(1,2,3,10,11,
20:13))
Channels 1, 2, 3, 10, 11, and 20 through 13 on the VX4350
(@m4(1!13!3))
The channel that connects row 1 to column 13 in section 3 of
the VX4380
(@m4(65))
The channel that connects row 1 to column 1 in section 2 of
the VX4380
(@m4(1!1!2))
(@m4(1:16))
Same as the previous example
The channels that connect columns 1 through 16 to row 1 in
section 1 of the VX4380
3–266
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the SurePatht Modules
<channel_list>
Channels Specified
(@m4(1!1!1:1!16!1))
(@m4(1!1!1:2!3!4))
Same as the previous example
Channels 1!1!1, 1!1!2, 1!1!3, 1!1!4, 1!2!1, 1!2!2, 1!2!3, 1!2!4,
1!3!1, 1!3!2, 1!3!3, 1!3!4, 2!1!1, 2!1!2, 2!1!3, 2!1!4, 2!2!1, 2!2!2,
2!2!3, 2!2!4, 2!3!1, 2!3!2, 2!3!3, 2!3!4 on the VX4380 Module
As the <channel_list> syntax diagram shows, channels on more than one relay
module may be specified in a <channel_list>. The next example specifies
channels on three different relay modules:
<channel_list>
Channels Specified
(@m1(1!1), m2(4!6),
m4(3!13!2))
Channel 1 of section 1 on the VX4320, Channel 4 of section 6
of the VX4330, and the channel on the VX4380 that connects
row 3 to column 13 in section 2.
As mentioned above, the module names used in a <channel_list> may be
specified with a [ROUTe:]MODule[:DEFine] command. The command
route:module:Define rfmux, 1
changes the module name assigned to the VX4320 to “rfmux”. The following
<channel_list> can then be used to specify channels on the VX4320.
(@rfmux(3!1,2!2))
specifies channel 3 in section 1 and channel 2 in section 2 of the VX4320.
The order in which channels are specified is important in the [ROUTe:] CLOSE?
<channel_list> and [ROUTe:]OPEN? <channel_list> queries. The states of the
channels are returned in the same order that the channels are specified in the
<channel_list>.
The order in which channels are specified is also important in the [ROUTe:]
SCAN <channel_list> command. This determines the order in which the relays
will be closed each time a trigger event is detected.
The order in which channels are specified in a <channel_list> is important in the
[ROUTe:]CLOSe <channel_list> command when channels in the same section of
a VX4320 or a VX4330 are specified. A VX4320 can close only one channel in a
section. If a [ROUTe:]CLOSE <channel_list> command specifies more than one
relay in a section of a VX4320, the last channel in the <channel_list> will be
closed.
For example, the command
close (@m2(1!1,2!1))
3–267
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the SurePatht Modules
will close channel 2 of section 1 of the VX4320.
A VX4330 can close only one channel in a group of joined sections that have
been specified in a [ROUTe:]CLOSe:MODe SCAN,<module_name>,<sec-
tion_list> command. If more than one channel in such a group of sections is
specified in a [ROUTe:]CLOSe <channel_list> command, the last channel
specified will be closed. For example, the commands
route:configure:join m2,(1:6)
route:close:mode scan,m2,(1:6)
join the commons of all six sections of the VX4330 Module and set the mode of
the [ROUTe]:CLOSE <channel_list> to scan mode for all six sections of the
VX4330.
The command
route:close (@m2(1!1,1!6))
will then result in channel 1 of section 6 being closed and all other channels on
the module being opened.
<section_list>
One or more <nr1> fields separated by comma (,) or colon (:) characters and
enclosed in left and right parentheses. A <section_list> is used to specify the
sections of a relay module to be acted upon by a [ROUTe:]CONFigure or
[ROUTe:]CLOSe:MODE command. The following are examples of valid
<section_list>s.
For commands directed to a VX4330 which has six scanner sections:
<section_list>
(1:6)
Sections Specified
Sections 1 through 6
Sections 1, 2 and 3
(1,2,3)
(1:3,5:6)
(1:3,5,6)
(3)
Sections 1 through 3 and 5 and 6
Same as previous example
Section 3
Command Syntax
[ROUTe:]CLOSe <channel_list>
:DWELl <module_name>, <nrf>
:MODE <mode>,<module_name>,<section_list>
3–268
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the SurePatht Modules
[ROUTe:]Configure <configuration>,<module_name>,<section_list>
:DISJoin <module name>
:JOIN <module_name>,<section_list>
[ROUTe:]MODule
:DELete[:NAME] <module_name>
:DELete:ALL
[:DEFine] <module_name>, <nrf>
[ROUTe:]OPEN <channel_list>
:ALL [module_name]
:DWELl <module_name>, <nrf>
[ROUTe:]PFAil <action_at_powerfail>
[ROUTe:]SCAN <channel_list>
:RATE <scan_rate>,<module_name>
Query Syntax
[ROUTe:]CLOSe? <channel_list>
[ROUTe:]ID?
[ROUTe:]MODule
[:DEFine]? <module_name>
:CATalog?
:CATalog:SUPPorted?
[ROUTe:]OPEN? <channel_list>
SurePatht Module
The following table shows which command is used for a specific SurePatht
module.
Command
Module
[ROUTe:]CLOSe
<channel_list>
Valid for all SurePatht modules.
[ROUTe:]:DWEL1
<module_name>,<nrf>
Valid for all SurePatht modules.
[ROUTe:]CLOSe:MODE
[ROUTe:]CONFigure
Valid for VX4330 modules only.
Valid for VX4330, VX4351 only.
[ROUTe:]CONFigure:DISJoin Valid for VX4330 modules only.
[ROUTe:]ID?
Valid for all SurePatht modules.
[ROUTe:]CONFigure:JOIN
Valid for VX4330 modules only.
3–269
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the SurePatht Modules
Command
Module
[ROUTe:]MODule:CATalog?
[ROUTe:]MODule[:DEFine]
Valid for all SurePatht modules.
Valid for all SurePatht modules.
[ROUTe:]MODule:DELete:ALL Valid command for all SurePathtmodules.
[ROUTe:]MODule:
DELete[:NAME]
Valid command for all SurePathtmodules.
[ROUTe:]OPEN<channel list> Valid command for VX4330, VX4350, VX4351, and VX4380
SurePathtmodules
[ROUTe:]OPEN:ALL
Valid command for VX4330, VX4350, VX4351, and VX4380
SurePathtmodules
[ROUTe:]OPEN:DWELl
Valid command for VX4330, VX4350, VX4351, and VX4380,
SurePathtmodules
[ROUTe:]PFAil
Valid command for VX4330, VX4350, and VX4380 Sur-
<action_at_powerfail>
ePathtmodules
[ROUTe:]SCAN<channel_list> Valid command for VX4330, VX4350, VX4351, and VX4380
SurePathtmodules
[ROUTe:]SCAN:RATE
Valid command for the VX4330 only
*RST Value
Parameters
Value
<channel_list>
Open
[ROUTe:]:DWEL1
0 seconds
<module_name>,<nrf>
[ROUTe:]CLOSe:MODE
All sections of the SurePatht VX4330 Module are set to
operate in the mux mode. One or more channels in a section
may be closed at the same time.
[ROUTe:]CONFigure
The section numbers specified in the <section_list> portion of
this command must be between 1 and 6. The configurations of
each applicable instrument must be:
VX4330: FWIRE
VX4351: OWIRE
[ROUTe:]CONFigure:DISJoin All sections on the VX4330 module are disjoined.
[ROUTe:]ID?
N/A
[ROUTe:]CONFigure:JOIN
[ROUTe:]MODule:CATalog?
[ROUTe:]MODule[:DEFine]
All sections on all modules are disjoined.
N/A
Default module names are assigned as follows:
The module that is immediately to the right of the Sur-
ePathtMaster.
Consecutive slots to the right of module “M1” are assigned
module names “M2”, “M3”, ..., “M11”.
3–270
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the SurePatht Modules
Parameters
Value
[ROUTe:]OPEN<channel list> All relays on all modules are set to the open position.
[ROUTe:]OPEN:ALL
All relays on all modules are set to the open position.
The open dwell time of all modules is set to 0 seconds.
[ROUTe:]OPEN:DWELl
[ROUTe:]PFAil
<action_at_powerfail>
All relays on all modules are opened when power is removed
from the VXI chassis.
[ROUTe:]SCAN
<channel_list>
No scan list is defined.
[ROUTe:]SCAN:RATE
The VX4330 scan rate is set to normal. The minimum time to
sequence to the next channel in a scan list is approximately 16
ms. The SurePatht master on the VX4101A runs on a
multitasking system. The accuracy of the scan time depends
on the load placed on the VX4101A. Each time a channel is
opened or closed, front panel encode signals are generated,
and the control signals applied to all relays on the module are
verified.
Limits
For limits, look up the appropriate command in the user manual for your
SurePatht module.
NOTE. The limits of this command depend on the SurePatht Module you are
using. Consult the manual of your module to determine the limits.
Related Commands
ABORt
OUTPut:TTLTrg<n>[:STATe]
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:SOURce
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:COUNt
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:DELay
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:[IMMediate]
INITiate:CONTinuous
INITiate[:IMMediate]
Command Description
The ROUTe commands perform the following operations:
[ROUTe:]CLOSe <channel_list>
The action taken when this command is received depends on the close mode that
has been assigned to the sections specified in the <channel_list>. The close mode
of a section is set to either “mux” or “scan” by the [ROUTe:]CLOSe:MODE
command. At power-on or after an *RST command or SYSTem:PREset
command, the close mode of all VX4330 sections is set to “mux”. If the close
3–271
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the SurePatht Modules
mode of a section has been set to “mux”, then a [ROUTe:]CLOSE command can
be used to close one or more relays in that section.
[ROUTe:]CLOSe:DWELl <module_name>,<nrf>
Sets the time to wait after closing a relay before proceeding and pulsing any
enabled VXI TTL trigger signals.
[ROUTe:]CLOSe:MODE <mode>,<module_name>,<section_list>
Sets the mode of operation of sections on a VX4330 to scan or mux. When this
command is received, all relays in the sections specified in the <section_list>
argument are opened. In the mux mode, one or more relays in a section may be
closed at the same time. When a relay is closed in a section that has been set to
scan mode, all relays in that section are opened before the relay is closed. If
several sections are set to operate in scan mode and the commons of these
sections are joined (see the [ROUTe:]CONFigure:JOIN command) then when a
relay is closed in any of the sections, all relays in all of the sections are opened
first.
[ROUTe:]CONFigure <configuration>,<module_name>,<section_list>
Each section of a SurePatht VX4330 Module may be configured as a 40-to-1
1-wire scanner, or as a 20-to-1 2-wire scanner, or as a 10-to-1 4-wire scanner.
Also, each section may be configured as a 10-to-1 4-wire scanner with indepen-
dent control of the upper and lower halves of the 4-wire common. The <configu-
ration> portion of this command indicates which of these configurations is
selected according to the following table:
<configuration>
OWIRE
Configuration
40-to-1 1-wire scanner/mux
20-to-1 2-wire scanner/mux
10-to-1 4-wire scanner/mux
TWIRE
FWIRE
FWIRI
10-to-1 4-wire scanner/mux with independent control of the
upper and lower halves of the 4-wire common
The <module_name> argument of the command indicates to which module the
command is directed. The specified <module_name> is associated with a relay
module with a [ROUTe:]MODule:DEFine command.
The <section_list> argument indicates which sections of the selected module are
to be configured. All relays in the section(s) specified in this list are opened
when the [ROUTe:]CONFigure command is received.
3–272
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the SurePatht Modules
[ROUTe:]CONFigure:DISJoin <module_name>
Disconnect the commons of all sections of a module.
[ROUTe:]CONFigure:JOIN <module name>, <section_list>
This command connects the commons of adjacent sections on scanner modules.
On VX4330 Modules, if a section that is configured as a 4-wire scanner is joined
to a section that is configured as a 1-wire or 2-wire scanner, only the lower half
of the 4-wire scan common is connected. If a 4-wire section is joined to another
4-wire section, both halves of the 4-wire scan common are joined. Also for the
VX4330, if two or more sections that are set to scan mode are joined, when a
[ROUTe:]CLOSe command closes a relay in one of these sections, all relays in
the sections are opened before the specified relay is closed.
List of the model numbers of the modules controlled by the SurePathtMaster.
The first model number returned is that of the module that the Scanner Master is
installed on. Subsequent model numbers are those of modules in consecutive
slots to the right of the first module.
[ROUTe:]MODule[:DEFine] <module_name>, <nrf>
This command assigns a module name to a relay switching module. This name is
used to identify the module in channel lists in [ROUTe:]OPEN,
[ROUTe:]CLOSe, and [ROUTe:]SCAN commands.
[ROUTe:]MODule:DELete:ALL
This command will delete all module name definitions.
[ROUTe:]MODule:DELete[:NAME] <module_name>
This command deletes a module name definition. After this command is
executed, the specified module name is no longer associated with a relay
module.
[ROUTe:]OPEN <channel list>
This command closes the relays specified in the <channel_list> portion of this
command.
After these relays are opened, a delay specified in a previously issued
[ROUTe:]OPEN:DWELl command is generated. This command is used to
assign an open delay to each module controlled by an SurePathtMaster
daughter board. If more than one module is specified in the <channel_list>
argument of the [ROUTe:]OPEN command, the longest dwell time assigned to
any of the specified modules is used.
3–273
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the SurePatht Modules
[ROUTe:]OPEN:ALL <module_name>
If a module name is not specified in this command, open all relays on all
modules controlled by the SurePathtMaster. If a module name is specified,
open all relays on the specified module only. In either case, do not change the
state of the configuration relays on the modules.
[ROUTe:]OPEN:DWELl <module_name>, <nrf>
This command sets the time to wait after opening a relay before proceeding.
[ROUTe:]PFAil <action_at_powerfail>
This command specifies the state that all latching relays on all modules
controlled by the SurePathtMaster are to be placed in when power is removed
from the VXI chassis containing the modules. <action_at_powerfail> must be
OPEN or SAME. If OPEN is specified, all latching relays are opened at power
fail. If SAME is specified, all latching relays are left in their current state at
powerfail.
NOTE. VXI chassis +5 V power is maintained for 4 ms after ACFAIL is asserted,
in compliance with VXI Specifications. This allows for orderly system shutdown
and implementation of the PFAil OPEN option.
[ROUTe:]SCAN <channel_list>
This command defines a list of scan relay closures to sequence. When the
ROUTe:SCAN <channel_list> command is received, all relays in this list are
opened. In addition to defining a scan list, a trigger source must be specified
using the TRIGger[:SEQuence]:SOURce command. Trigger events are not
recognized until triggers are armed by a INITiate[:IMMediate] or INITiate:CON-
Tinuous command.
When the first trigger event is detected, the first relay in the scan list is closed.
When the second trigger event is detected, the first relay is opened and the
second relay is closed. When the nth trigger event is detected, the (n–1)th relay is
opened and the nth relay is closed. The act of opening the (n–1)th relay and
closing the nth relay is called sequencing the scan list. At any given time after
the first trigger event is detected, only one relay in the scan list is closed.
The TRIGger[:SEQuence]:COUNt command may be used to specify the number
of times to sequence through the entire scan list. The TRIGger [:SE-
Quence]:DELay, [ROUTe:]CLOSe:DWELl, and [ROUTe:]OPEN:DWELl
commands may optionally be used to specify the time to wait after a trigger
event is detected, a relay is closed or a relay is opened. A TRIGger[:SEQuence]
:IMMediate command causes the scan list to be sequenced without the delay
specified by a previously issued TRIGger[:SEQuence]:DELay command.
3–274
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the SurePatht Modules
[ROUTe:]SCAN:RATE <scan_rate>, <module_name>
<scan_rate> is either NORMal or FAST.
<module_name> is the module name assigned to the VX4330.
This command controls the maximum rate at which VX4330 channels in a scan
list can be sequenced. If a <scan_rate> of NORMal is specified in the
[ROUTe:]SCAN:RATE command, it takes approximately 16 ms plus the sum of
the close dwell and open dwell times assigned to the VX4330 and the trigger
delay time to:
open the VX4330 channel that is currently closed,
close the next VX4330 channel, and
pulse the front panel encode signal(s) corresponding to the closed channel.
The control signals applied to all relays on the VX4330 Module are verified after
the current channel is opened and after the next channel in the scan list is closed.
If a <scan_rate> of FAST is specified in the [ROUTe:]SCAN:RATE command, it
takes approximately 8 milliseconds plus the sum of the close dwell and open
dwell times assigned to the VX4330 and the trigger delay time to:
open the channel that is currently closed, and
to close the next channel in the scan list.
The VX4330 front panel encode signals are disabled and the relay control signals
are not verified after a channel is opened or closed.
NOTE. The SurePatht master on the VX4101A runs on a multitasking system.
The accuracy of the scan time varies depending on the load placed on the
VX4101A
Query Response
Query
Value
[ROUTe:]CLOSe?
<channel_list>
Indicates which relays are closed.
ROUTe:MODule:
VX4320, VX4330, VX4350, VX4351, and VX4380
CATalog:SUPPorted?
[ROUTe:]MODule[:DEFine]?
The name of the module.
[ROUTe:]OPEN?
<channel list>
Indicates which relays are opened.
[ROUTe:]ID?
List of the model numbers of the modules controlled by the
SurePath Master. The first model number returned is that of the
module that the Scanner Master is installed on. Subsequent
model numbers are those of modules in consecutive slots to
the right of the first module.
3–275
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the SurePatht Modules
Examples
[ROUTe:]CLOSe <channel_list>
The following sequence of commands illustrates the operation of sections that
have been assigned a close mode of mux. The VX4330 in these examples has
been assigned a module name of m1.
Command
Response
output:ttltrg7:State on
route:close:Dwell m1,.5
Enable VXI TTL trigger 7
Assign a close dwell of 0.5 seconds to the scanner
route:close:mode
mux,m1,(1:3)
Set the close mode of sections 1 through 3 of the scanner with
module name “m1” to “mux”. Open all channels in sections 1
through 3
route:close
(@m1(1!1:10!1,1!2:5!2,5!3:10!
3))
Close channels 1 through 10 in section 1, channels 1 through 5
in section 2 and channels 5 through 10 in section 3. After these
relays are closed, wait 0.5 seconds then pulse VXI TTL trigger
7 and pulse the front panel encode signals corresponding to
sections 1, 2, and 3
If the close mode of a section has been set to scan, then a [ROUTe:]CLOSE
command will open all relays in that section before the channel specified in the
<channel_list> is closed. Only one channel at a time is closed in a section that
has been assigned a close mode of scan. Also, if two or more sections that have
been assigned a close mode of scan are joined with the [ROUT:]CONFigure:
JOIN command, only one channel in that group of sections will be closed at a
time. When a channel in one of these sections is specified in a [ROUTe:] CLOSe
command, all channels in all of the joined sections will be opened before the
specified channel is closed.
The following sequence of commands illustrates the interaction between the
[ROUTe:]CLOSe, [ROUTe:]CLOSe:MODE and [ROUTe:]CONFigure:JOIN
commands. The SurePatht Module in these commands has been assigned
module name m1.
Command/Query
output:ttltrg7:State on
close:Dwell m1, .5
open:dwell m1, .2
Response/Description
Enable VXI TTL trigger 7
Assign a close dwell time of 0.5 seconds to the scanner
Assign an open dwell time of 0.2 seconds to the scanner
route:close:mode
scan,m1,(1:6)
Set the close mode of all sections of the scanner to scan.
Open all channels in all six sections of this module
route:configure:join m1,(1:6)
Join the commons of all six sections of the scanner
3–276
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the SurePatht Modules
Command/Query
Response/Description
route:close (@m1(1!1))
Open all channels in sections 1 through 6; wait 0.2 seconds;
close channel 1 of section 1; wait 0.5 seconds; then pulse VXI
TTL trigger 7 and pulse the front panel encode signals corre-
sponding to section 1
route:close (@m1(10!4))
Open all channels in sections 1 through 6; wait 0.2 seconds;
close channel 10 of section 4; wait 0.5 seconds then pulse VXI
TTL trigger 7 and pulse the front panel encode signals corre-
sponding to section 4
Enabled VXI TTL triggers are pulsed low for 200 ns after the close dwell time
has expired after a channel is closed.
The VX4330 has two front panel encode signals for each section. If the
configuration of a section is set to 40-to-1 1-wire, 20-to-1 2-wire, or 10-to-1
4-wire, both encode signals corresponding to that section are pulsed low for 4 ms
after a relay is closed in that section, 5 ms after the enabled VXI TTL triggers are
pulsed.
If the section is set to the 10-to-1 4-wire independent configuration, the encode
signal corresponding to the lower 2-wire common is pulsed when an odd
numbered channel is closed in that section. The encode signal corresponding to
the upper 2-wire common is pulsed when an even numbered channel is closed in
that section.
[ROUTe:]CLOSe:DWELl <module_name>,<nrf>
Command/Query
Response/Description
output:ttltrg1:state on
route:close:dwell m1,.25
route:open:dwell m1,0.5
route:configure fwire,m1,(3)
Enables VXI TTL trigger 1
Sets the close dwell time for the VX4330 to 0.25 seconds
Sets the open dwell time for the VX4330 to 0.5 seconds
Sets the configuration of section 3 to 10-to-1 4-wire. This
command causes all channels in section 3 to be opened
route:close (@m1(1!3:10!3))
Closes relays 1 through 10 in section 3 of the VX4330, wait
0.25 seconds, then pulse VXI TTL trigger 1
route:configure twire,m1,(1:6) Sets the configuration of all sections to 20-to-1 2-wire. This
command causes all channels in all sections to be opened
route:scan (@m1(1!6:20!6))
Defines a scan list consisting of relays 1 through 20 in section
6 of the VX4330
trigger:Sequence:
source:ttltrg2
Defines VXI TTL trigger 2 as the trigger source for the defined
scan list
trigger:sequence: delay 1
initiate:immediate
Sets the trigger delay time to 1 second
Initiates the scan sequence
3–277
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the SurePatht Modules
After this, each time the VXI TTL trigger 2 is pulsed low, the following
sequence of events occurs:
1. One second delay. This is the delay specified in the trigger:Sequence:delay
command.
2. The current relay in the scan list is opened.
3. 0.5 second delay. This is the delay specified in the route:open:dwell
command.
4. Close the next relay in the scan list.
5. 0.25 second delay. This is the delay specified in the route:close:dwell
command.
6. Pulse VXI TTL trigger 1 low for 200 ns.
7. Wait 5 ms then pulse the front panel encode signals corresponding to the
section of the close relay. The encode signals are pulsed low for 4 ms.
[ROUTe:]CLOSe:MODE
Three additional VX4330 Modules are installed in consecutive slots to the right
of this module.
Command
Response
route:close:mode mux
m1,(1:6)
Set all six sections of the first VX4330 to mux mode
route:conf twire,m1,(1:6)
Configure all six sections of the first VX4330 to 20-to-1 2-wire
scanner/mux
route:close (@m1(1!1:10!1))
Close the first 10 relays in section one of the first VX4330
route:close:mode
scan,m3,(1:3)
Set the close mode of sections 1 through 3 of the third VX4330
to “scan”
route:conf:join m3,(1:3)
route:conf owire,m3,(1:3)
Join the commons of sections 1 through 3 of the third VX4330
Set the configuration of sections 1 through 3 of the third
VX4330 to 40 to 1 one wire
NOTE: The previous three commands configure sections 1 through 3 of the third VX4330 as a
120-to-1 1-wire VX4330. The 1-wire common of any of these sections can be used as the
120-to-1 1-wire common.
close (@m3(1!1))
Open all channels in sections 1 through 3 of the third VX4330,
then close channel 1 of section 1.
close? (@m3(1!1:40!3))
1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3–278
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the SurePatht Modules
Command
Response
close (@m3(40!3))
Open all channels in sections 1 through 3 of the third VX4330,
then close channel 40 of section 3.
close? (@m3(1!1:40!3))
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
[ROUTe:]CONFigure
In this example, three additional VX4330 Modules are installed in consecutive
slots to the right of the VX4101A.
Command
Response
route:configure fwire,m1,(1:6) Configure all six sections of the first VX4330 as 10-to-1 4-wire
scanners
route:close:mode
scan,m1,(1:3)
Set the mode of operation of sections 1, 2, and 3 of the first
VX4330 to scan. In this mode, only one channel in a section is
closed at a time
route:close:mode
mux,m1,(4:6)
Set the mode of operation of sections 4, 5 and 6 of the first
VX4330 to mux. In this mode one or more channels in a
section may be closed at the same time
rout:conf owire,m3,(1)
rout:conf twire,m2,(2,3)
Configure section 1 of the third VX4330 as a 40-to-1 1-wire
scanner
Configure sections 2 and 3 of the second VX4330 as 20-to-1
2-wire scanners
route:configure fwire m3,(1:6) Configure all six sections of the third VX4330 as 10-to-1 4-wire
scanners with independent control of upper and lower halves of
the 4-wire common
route:close (@m3(1!1))
Connect the lower half of channel 1, section 1, to the lower half
of the 4-wire common. In this example, section 1 is assumed to
be configured as a 10-to-1 4-wire scanner with independent
control of the upper and lower halves of the 4-wire common
route:close (@m3(20!1))
Connect the upper half of the tenth channel of section 1 to the
upper half of the 4-wire common. In this example, section 1 is
assumed to be configured as a 10-to-1 4-wire scanner with
independent control of the upper and lower halves of the 4-wire
common
3–279
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the SurePatht Modules
[ROUTe:]CONFigure:DISJoin
Two additional VX4330 modules are installed in consecutive slots to the right of
the VX4101A.
Command
Response
route:configure:disjoin m1
Disconnect the commons of the first scanner
[ROUTe:]CONFigure:JOIN
Two additional VX4330 Modules are installed in consecutive slots to the right of
the VX4101A.
Command
Response
route:configure:join m1,(1:3)
Connect the commons of sections 1, 2, and 3 on the first
VX4330
route:close:mode
scan,m2,(1:4)
Set the mode of operation of sections 1 through 4 on the se-
cond VX4330 to scan mode. In this mode, only one relay is a
section is closed at a time
route:conf twire,m2,(1:4)
route:conf:join m2,(1:4)
Configure sections 1 through 4 on the second VX4330 as
20-to-1 2-wire scanners
Connect the commons of sections 1 through 4 on the second
VX4330. Since these sections have been set to operate in the
scan mode, and have been configured as 20-to-1 2-wire scan-
ners, these sections now comprise a single 80-to-1 2-wire
scanner
route:close (@m2(10!1))
route:close (@m2(2!4))
Close channel 10 of section 1 of the second VX4330
Close channel 2 of section 4 of the second VX4330. Since the
first four sections of this module are joined and are set to oper-
ate in the scan mode, all relays in sections 1 through 4 of this
module are opened before this relay is closed
[ROUTe:]ID?
A VX4330, VX4380, and VX4320 are installed in consecutive slots to the right
of the slot containing the VX4350. The default module names for the VX4350,
VX4380, VX4330, and VX4320 in this configuration are m1, m2, m3, and m4
respectively. These module names may be altered with the [ROUTe:]MOD-
ule:DEFine command.
Command
Response
route:id?
VX4350, VX4380, VX4330, VX4320
“M1”, “M2”, “M3”, “M4”
route:module:Catalog?
route:close (@m1(1))
Close relay number 1 on the VX4350
3–280
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the SurePatht Modules
Command
Response
route:open:all m2
Open all relays on the VX4380
route:close (@m3(1!6))
route:close (@m4(3!1:3!8))
Close relay number 1 in section 6 of the VX4330
Close relay number 3 in all eight sections of the VX4320
[ROUTe:]MODule:CATalog?
A VX4380 and VX4330 are installed in consecutive slots to the right of the slot
containing the VX4350.
Command
Response
route:module:catalog?
“M1”, “M2”, “M3”
route:module:define matrix_
1,2
Assign module name “matrix_1” to the VX4380
route:module:catalog?
“M1”, “MATRIX_1”, “M3”
2
route:module:define? matrix_1
route:module:delete matrix_1 Delete module name “matrix_1”
route:module:catalog? “M1”, “M3”
[ROUTe:]MODule:CATalog:SUPPorted?
This query returns a list of SurePatht modules that are supported in this version
of firmware.
Command
Action
Returns
inst:sel SurePath
Selects the SurePathtmas-
ter
rout:mod:cat:supp?
VX4320, VX4330, VX4350,
VX4351, and VX4380
Returns SurePatht module
supported.
[ROUTe:]MODule[:DEFine]
A VX4380 and VX4330 are installed in consecutive slots to the right of the slot
containing the VX4350.
Command
Response
route:module:define
gp_switch,1
Assign module name “gp_switch” to the VX4350
route:close
Close all 64 relays on the VX4350
(@gp_switch(1:64))
3–281
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the SurePatht Modules
Command
Response
route:module:define matrix,2
Assign module name “matrix” to the VX4380
route:close (@matrix(4!16!3)) Close the relay at row 4, column 16 in section 3 of the VX4380
route:module:define?
gp_switch
1
module:define
scanner,3
Assign module name “scanner” to the VX4330
Open all channels on the VX4330
open:all scanner
route:conf owire,
scanner,(1:6)
Set the configuration of all sections of the VX4330 to 40 to 1
one wire
close (@scanner(30!2))
module? scanner
Close channel 30 of section 2 on the VX4330
3
[ROUTe:]MODule:DELete:ALL
Command
Response
route:module:catalog?
“M1”, “M2”, “M3”
Delete all module names
route:module:
delete:all
route:module:catalog?
“ ”
[ROUTe:]MODule:DELete[:NAME]
Command
Response
route:module:catalog?
route:module:delete m1
route:module:catalog?
“M1”, “M2”, “M3”
Delete module name “M1”
“M2”, “M3”
[ROUTe:]OPEN<channel list>
Three additional VX4330 Modules are installed in consecutive slots to the right
of the first VX4101A. The default module names for these three modules are m1,
m2, and m3. These module names may be altered with the [ROUTe:]MOD-
ule[:DEFine] command.
Command
Response
route:open:dwell m1,.1
route:open:dwell m2,.2
Assign an open dwell time of 0.1 seconds to the first VX4330
Assign an open dwell time of 0.2 seconds to the second
VX4330
route:open:dwell m3,.5
Assign an open dwell time of 0.5 seconds to the third VX4330
3–282
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the SurePatht Modules
Command
Response
configure owire,m1,(1:6)
Set the configuration of all six sections of the first VX4330 to
40-to-1 1-wire
configure twire,m2,(1:6)
configure fwire,m3,(1:6)
route:open (@m1(1:40))
route:open (@m2(1!2:10!2))
route:open (@m3(1!1:10!6))
Set the configuration of all six sections of the second VX4330
to 20-to-1 2-wire
Set the configuration of all six sections of the third VX4330 to
10-to-1 4-wire
Open channels all channels in section 1 of the first VX4330
then wait 0.1 seconds
Open channels 1 through 10 in section 2 of the second VX4330
then wait 0.2 seconds
Open all channels in all sections of the third VX4330 then wait
0.5 seconds. This command is equivalent to the command:
route:open:all m3
open (@m1(1!1),
m2(1!1),m3(1!1))
Open channel 1 in section 1 of all three VX4330 Modules then
wait 0.5 seconds
[ROUTe:]OPEN:ALL
Command
Response
ROUTE:OPEN:ALL
Open all relays on all Modules controlled by the SurePatht
Master. Do not change the state of the configuration relays on
VX4330 Modules
rout:open:all
Same as the first example
route:open:all gp
Open all relays on the module that has been assigned module
name “gp”. See the [ROUTe:]MODule:DEFine command
[ROUTe:]OPEN:DWELl
Command
Response
output:ttltrg1:state on
route:close:dwell m1,.25
route:open:dwell m1,0.5
Enable VXI TTL trigger 1.
Set the close dwell time for the VX4330 to 0.25 seconds.
Set the open dwell time for the VX4330 to 0.5 seconds.
route:configure twire,m1,(1:6) Set the configuration of all sections to 20 to 1 2-wire. This
command causes all channels in all sections to be opened.
route:scan (@m1(1!6:20!6))
Define a scan list consisting of relays 1 through 20 in section 6
of the VX4330.
trigger:Sequence: source
ttltrg2
Define VXI TTL trigger 2 as the trigger source for the defined
scan list.
trigger:sequence:delay 1
initiate:immediate
Set the trigger delay time to 1 second
Initiate the scan sequence
3–283
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the SurePatht Modules
After this sequence, each time the VXI TTL trigger 2 is pulsed low, the
following sequence of events occur:
1. One second delay. This is the delay specified in the trigger:Sequence:delay
command.
2. The current relay in the scan list is opened.
3. 0.5 second delay. This is the delay specified in the route:open:dwell
command.
4. Close the next relay in the scan list.
5. 0.25 second delay. This is the delay specified in the route:close:dwell
command.
6. Pulse VXI TTL trigger 1 low for 3 ns.
7. Wait 5 ms then pulse the front panel encode signals corresponding to the
section of the close relay. The encode signals are pulsed low for 4 ms.
[ROUTe:]PFAil <action_at_powerfail>
Command
Response
route:pfail same
route:pfail open
Leave all latching relays in their current state at powerfail
Open all latching relays at powerfail
[ROUTe:]SCAN <channel_list>
A VX4380, VX4330, and VX4350 are installed in consecutive slots to the right
of the slot containing the VX4101A.
Command
Response
route:module:define gp,1
route:module:define matrix,2
Assign module name “gp” to the VX4350
Assign module name “matrix” to the VX4380
route:module:define scanner,3 Assign module name “scanner” to the VX4380
route:configure twire,
scanner,(1:6)
Set the configuration of all sections of the VX4330 to 20-to-1
2-wire. This command causes all channels in all sections to be
opened
route:scan (@gp(1:64),
matrix(1!1!1, 2!10!3),
scanner(1!1:20!1))
Define a scan list consisting of relays 1 through 64 on the
VX4350, relays at row 1, column 1 of section 1 and row 2,
column 10 of section 3 of the VX4380 and relays 1 through 20
of section 1 of the VX4330
trigger:sequence: source
immediate
Define a trigger source of “immediate”. This means to
sequence through the scan list without waiting for a trigger
event
3–284
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the SurePatht Modules
Command
Response
trigger:sequence:count 5
route:close:dwell gp,.5
initiate:immediate
*OPC
Sequence through the entire scan list five times
Wait 0.5 seconds after closing a relay on the VX4350
Begin sequencing through the scan list
Set the Operation Complete bit of the Standard Event Status
register after sequencing through the scan list five times
*wai; init:cont
abort
Wait until the scan list has been sequenced through five times,
then begin sequencing through the list repeatedly until an
ABORt command is received
Quit sequencing through the scan list and place the trigger
subsystem in the idle state
[ROUTe:]SCAN:RATE
Command
Response
scan (@m1(1!1:10!6))
Define a scan list consisting of channels 1 through 10 in each
section of the VX4330 Module
trigger:count 1
Set the number of times to sequence through the scan list
(after an INITiate[:IMMediate] command is received) to 1
trigger:source bus
Enable a VXI TRIGGER command as a trigger source
output:ttltrg1:State on
Enable VXI TTL trigger 1 to be pulsed each time a channel is
closed
close:Dwell m1,0
open:dwell m1,0
trig:del 0
Set the close dwell time associated with the VX4330 to 0
Set the open dwell time associated with the VX4330 to 0
Set the trigger delay time to 0
scan:rate norm,m1
init
Set the scan rate of the VX4330 to normal
Initiate the scan list. Sequence through the entire scan list one
time. Each time a VXI TRIGGER command is sent to the
SurePathtMaster VXI Interface, it takes 16 ms to open the
currently closed channel, close the next channel, pulse the
corresponding VX4330 front panel encode signal and pulse VXI
TTL trigger 1. The control signals applied to each relay on the
scanner are verified each time a channel is opened or closed.
abort
Abort the scan list
scan:rate fast,m1
trigger:sour immediate
Set the scan rate of the VX4330 to FAST
Set the trigger source to immediate
3–285
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the SurePatht Modules
Command
Response
initiate:continuous
Initiate the scan list. Sequence through the entire scan list
repeatedly until an ABORt command is received. It takes 8 ms
to open the currently closed channel, close the next channel
and pulse VXI TTL trigger 1. The VX4330 front panel encode
signals are set to a high logic level and the relay control signals
applied to the scanner relays are not verified each time a
channel is opened or closed
abort
Abort the scan list
STATus Subsystem
This subsystem lets you query the state of the status bits of the SurePatht
module.
Query Syntax
SurePatht Module
*RST Value
STATus:OPERation:CONDition?
Valid command for all SurePathtmodules
0
Limits
N/A
N/A
Related Commands
Query Response
This query returns the contents of the SCPI Status Operation Condition register.
For the SurePathtMaster, the value of this register is always equal to 0. The bit
definitions are:
Bit Definition
Function
0
1
Calibrating
Settling
Not used
Set when the instrument changes its function or range. Cleared
when the all circuitry has settled
2
3
Ranging
Not used
Sweeping
Set when a scan list operation begins. Cleared when the list
has been completely traversed or an abort occurs
4
5
Measuring
Triggering
Not used
Set when the instrument is waiting for an arm signal. Cleared
when the arm is received
3–286
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the SurePatht Modules
Bit Definition
Function
Not used
Not used
6
7
8
9
Arming
Correcting
Testing (User 1)
Aborting (User 2)
Set when self-test is in progress
Set when the instrument is in the process of aborting an
operation. Cleared when the abort is complete
10 User 3
11 User 4
Not used
Not used
Reserved
Not used
Not used
Always 0
12 User 5
13 Instrument Summary
14 Program Running
15 Reserved
Command
Response
Examples
status:operation: condition?
00000
TEST Subsystem
The TEST subsystem handles the self test operations of the instrument. The
SurePathtself test tests the control logic and data path for the SurePatht
module currently in use. The query returns pass/ fail information. In a failed
situation, additional failure information can be obtained with the SYStem:ER-
Ror? query.
Command Syntax
Query Syntax
*RST Value
N/A
TEST:ALL?
N/A
Limits
N/A
Related Commands
*TST?
3–287
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the SurePatht Modules
Query Response
Initiates the Digital Input self test operation and returns one of two possible
responses:
“SurePath: Self Test Passed”
“SurePath: Self Test Failed”
NOTE. If the self-test fails, you can obtain further information with a SYST:ERR?
query.
Command/Query
Response/Description
Examples
INSTRUMENT:SELECT
SUREPATH
Selects the SurePatht module.
TEST:ALL?
”SurePath: Self-Test Passed”
Runs the self-test.
TRIGger Subsystem
This subsystem is used to control when a measurement should begin for more
information on triggering, see Instrument Functions.
Command Syntax
TRIGger([:SEQuence]|:STARt)[:LAYer]
:DELay <delay in seconds>
:COUNt <number>
:ECOunt <triggers to count>
:IMMediate
:SOURce<source>
Query Syntax
TRIGger([:SEQuence]|:STARt)[:LAYer]
:COUNt?
:DELay?
:ECOunt?
:SOURce?
:CATalog[:ALL]?
:CATalog:DELayable?
:CATalog:FIXed?
Command Class
Instrument
3–288
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the SurePatht Modules
SurePatht Module
Query Syntax
*RST Value
Valid command for VX4330, VX4350 and VX4380 SurePathtmodules
N/A
Parameter
Value
<count>
1
<delay in seconds>
<triggers to count>
<source>
0 seconds (pass-through)
0 triggers (pass-through)
IMMEDIATE
Limits
Parameter
Value
<count>
1–65535
<delay in seconds>
<triggers to count>
0=pass through, 1 ms–65.536 ms in 1 ms steps
0 = pass through
1 – 65,536 triggers
<source>
BUS,TTLGRG0, TTLTRG1, TTLTRG2, TTLTRG3, TTLTRG4,
TTLTRG5, TTLTRG6, TTLTRG7, COMMAND0, COMMAND1,
COMMAND2, COMMAND3, COMMAND4, SUREPATH, DMM,
COUNTER, CTR_EXTARM, DAC, DIGI, DIGO
Related Commands
Description
ABORt,
[ROUTe:]SCAN
TRIGger([:SEQuence]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:COUNt <count>
Specifies the number of times the instrument will enter the waiting for trigger
state prior to returning to the idle state. After an initiate, the instrument will enter
the wait for trigger state until a trigger is received, at which time the trigger
count will be decremented. The selected operation will take place and if the
trigger count is not zero, the instrument will re-enter the wait for trigger state.
TRIGger([:SEQuence]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:DELay <delay in seconds>
Specifies a time delay to occur after receipt of a trigger command before actually
triggering. If the selected trigger source is fixed, this command will have no
effect on the instrument triggering. This command always zeros the event count
delay, so specifying a delay of zero places the trigger subsystem in pass-through
mode. In this mode, the instrument triggers immediately upon receipt of a trigger
command.
3–289
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the SurePatht Modules
TRIGger([:SEQuence]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:ECOunt <triggers to count>
Specifies the number of triggers to count prior to triggering. Upon receipt of
trigger N (where N is the number specified in the command), the instrument will
enter the triggered state. If the trigger source selected is fixed, this command will
have no effect on the instrument triggering. This command always zeros the
delay by time parameter, so specifying an event count of zero places the trigger
subsystem in pass-through mode. In this mode, the instrument triggers immedi-
ately upon receipt of a trigger.
TRIGger([:SEQuence]|:STARt)[:LAYer]:IMMediate
Causes a one time entry into the triggered state without receiving the specified
trigger. This command is often used to prepare for cases such as setting up a scan
list measurement. The example below shows an example of an automated
integrated trigger scan of four resistance values in autorange.
TRIGger([: SEQuence] |:STARt) [:LAYer]:SOURce <source>
Selects or queries the trigger source to be used when the instrument is initiated.
Query Response
Command
Response
TRIGger([:SEQuence]|:
STARt) [:LAYer]:DELay
<delay in seconds>
TRIGger([:SEQuence]|:
STARt)[:LAYer]:ECOunt
<triggers to count>
<current source>
TRIGger([:SEQuence]|:
STARt) [:LAYer]:SOURce
TRIGger([:SEQuence] |:
STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce:
CATalog[:ALL]?
Lists all trigger sources available for use with the TRIG:SOUR
command.
HOLD, IMMEDIATE, BUS, TTLTRG0, TTLTRG1, TTLTRG2,
TTLTRG3, TTLTRG4, TTLTRG5, TTLTRG6, TTLTRG7,
COMMAND0, COMMAND1, COMMAND2, COMMAND3,
COMMAND4, TIMER, SUREPATH, DMM, COUNTER,
CTR_EXTARM, DAC, DIGI, DIGO
TRIGger([:SEQuence]|:
STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce:
CATalog:DELayable?
Lists all delayable trigger sources available for use with the
TRIG:SOUR command.
BUS, TTLTRG0, TTLTRG1, TTLTRG2, TTLTRG3, TTLTRG4,
TTLTRG5, TTLTRG6, TTLTRG7, COMMAND0 COMMAND1,
COMMAND2, COMMAND3, COMMAND4, SUREPATH, DMM,
COUNTER, CTR_EXTARM, DAC, DIGI, DIGO
TRIGger([:SEQuence]|:
STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce:
CATalog:FIXed?
HOLD, IMMEDIATE, TIMER
3–290
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the SurePatht Modules
Examples
TRIGger([:SEQuence]|STARt[LAYer]:COUNt <count>
Two VX4330 Modules are installed in the slots next to the VX4101A. The de-
fault module names “m1” and “m2” have been assigned.
Command
Response
route:conf twire,m1,(1:6)
Set the configuration of all six sections of the first VX4330 to
20-to-1 2-wire
route:conf fwire,m2,(1:3)
configure owire,m2,(4:6)
Set the configuration of sections 1 through 3 of the second
VX4330 to 10-to-1 4-wire
Set the configuration of sections 4 through 6 of the second
VX4330 to 40-to-1 1-wire
scan(@m1(1!5:20!5),m2(1!3:1 Define a scan list consisting of 2-wire channels 1 through 20 in
section 5 of the first VX4330, 4-wire channels 1 through 10 in
section 3 of the second VX4330 and 1-wire channels 1 through
40 in section 6 of the second VX4330
0!3,1!6:40!6))
trigger:sequence:count 2
Define the number of times to sequence through the scan list
before setting the state of the trigger subsystem back to the
idle state
trigger:sequence:
source immediate
Sequence through the scan list without waiting for a trigger
event after an INITiate[:Immediate] command is received
initiate:immediate
Initiate the scan sequence. Sequence through the entire scan
list two times
TRIGger([: SEQuence1] |:STARt) [:LAYer]:IMMediate
Command
Response
TRIG:SOUR:CAT?
HOLD, IMMEDIATE, BUS, TTLTRG0, TTLTRG1, TTLTRG2,
TTLTRG3, TTLTRG4, TTLTRG5, TTLTRG6, TTLTRG7,
COMMAND0, COMMAND1, COMMAND2, COMMAND3,
COMMAND4, TIMER, SUREPATH, DMM, COUNTER,
CTR_EXTARM
INST:SEL DMM
Select DMM
CONF:ARR:RES 4
TRIG:MODE:ONCE
TRIG:SOUR SUREPATH
INIT
Configure for 4 resistance readings
Require a separate trigger for each
Select DMM Trigger source as SurePatht
Initiate and wait for trigger
INST:SEL SUREPATH
Select SurePatht instrument
Program a 4 channel scan list for the VX4380
ROUT:SCAN (@m1
(1!1!1,1!2!1,1!3!1,1!4!1))a
ROUT:CLOS:DWEL m1, .3
TRIG:SOUR DMM
INIT
0.3 second delay from channel close to trigger
Select SurePatht trigger source as DMM
Initiate and wait for trigger
3–291
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCPI Commands for the SurePatht Modules
Command
Response
TRIG:IMM
Self trigger first channel to get started
Selects DMM
INST:SEL DMM
FETC:COUN?
0 (no measurements available initially).Wait for measure
completion. May take a few seconds.
FETC:COUN?
FETC?
4
#252+1.15123E+02, +1.15456E+03, +1.15789E+04,
+1.16000E+05
TRIGger ([:SEQuence] |:STARt) [:LAYer]:SOURce
Command
Response
TRIG:SOUR:CAT?
HOLD, EXTERNAL, IMMEDIATE, BUS, TTLTRG0, TTLTRG1,
TTLTRG2, TTLTRG3, TTLTRG4, TTLTRG5, TTLTRG6,
TTLTRG7, COMMAND0, COMMAND1, COMMAND2,
COMMAND3, COMMAND4, TIMER, SUREPATH, DMM,
COUNTER, CTR_EXTARM, DAC, DIGI, DIGO
CONF:VOLT:DC
TRIG:SOUR BUS
INIT
TRIGger ([:SEQuence] |:STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce:CATalog:DELayable?
Command
Response
TRIG:SOUR:CAT:DEL?
BUS, TTLTRG0, TTLTRG1, TTLTRG2, TTLTRG3, TTLTRG4,
TTLTRG5, TTLTRG6, TTLTRG7, COMMAND0, COMMAND1,
COMMAND2, COMMAND3, COMMAND4, SUREPATH, DMM,
COUNTER, CTR_EXTARM
TRIGger ([:SEQuence] |:STARt)[:LAYer]:SOURce:CATalog:FIXed?
Command
Response
TRIG:SOUR:CAT:FIX?
HOLD,IMMEDIATE,TIMER
3–292
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
IEEE-488.2 Common Commands
This section includes IEEE-488.2 commmands. A summary of the commands
are as follows:
*CLS
*ESE
*ESE?
*ESR
*ESR?
*IDN?
*OPC
*OPC?
*RST
*SRE
*SRE?
*STB?
*TRG
*TST?
*WAI
*CLS
Command Syntax
Query Syntax
Command Class
*RST Value
*CLS
N/A
Global
N/A
Limits
N/A
Related Commands
N/A
Command Description
Clears all event status registers and queues.
3–293
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
IEEE-488.2 Common Commands
*ESE
Command Syntax
Query Syntax
*ESE
*ESE?
Command Class
*RST Value
Global
N/A
Limits
0–255
Related Commands
Command Description
Query Response
N/A
Sets the contents of the IEEE 488.2 Standard Event Status Enable Register.
Queries the contents of the IEEE 488.2 Standard Event Status Enable Register.
The contents of this register are unaffected by a register read. The response is in
NR1 format and ranges from 0 through 255.
Examples
See Status & Events section for examples.
*ESR
Command Syntax
Query Syntax
Command Class
*RST Value
ESR
*ESR?
Global
N/A
Limits
0-255
N/A
Related Commands
3–294
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
IEEE-488.2 Common Commands
Command Description
Query Response
Sets or queries the contents of the IEEE 488.2 Standard Event Status Register.
Queries the contents of the IEEE 488.2 Standard Event Status Register. The
contents of this register are cleared after the read is complete. The response is in
NR1 format and ranges from 0 through 255.
Examples
See Status & Events section for examples
*IDN?
Command Syntax
Query Syntax
Command Class
*RST Value
N/A
*IDN?
Global
N/A
Limits
N/A
Related Commands
SYSTem:VERSion?
SYSTem:SNUMber?
SYSTem:OPTions?
Query Response
Examples
Returns a unique instrument identification string which includes board serial
number and firmware revision level in the following format:
Tektronix, VX4101A, <serial #>, Firmware v.<version>/SCPI:95.0
Command
Response
*IDN?
Tektronix, VX4101A, B000001, Firmware v.2.0.0/SCPI:95.0
3–295
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
IEEE-488.2 Common Commands
*OPC
Command Syntax
Query Syntax
*OPC
*OPC?
Global
N/A
Command Class
*RST Value
Limits
N/A
Related Commands
Command Description
*WAI
This command delays the VX4101A parser from processing any further
commands until all commands currently in progress have completed. After all
commands have completed, the *OPC command sets the operation complete bit
in the IEEE 488.2 Standard Event Status Register. Note that a command is
considered complete as soon as its action has been initiated. See the description
of *WAI for more on this concept.
Query Response
Examples
The *OPC? query places an ASCII character 1 in the Output queue.
Command
Response
INST:SEL SUREPATH;
ROUT:CLOS (@1); *OPC
ESR?
ESR?
0
1
INST:SEL DMM;
MEAS:VOLT:DC?
+2.39340E-1
1
INST:SEL SUREPATH;
ROUT:CLOS (@1); *OPC?
INST:SEL DMM;
MEAS:VOLT:DC?
+2.39340E-1
3–296
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
IEEE-488.2 Common Commands
*RST
Command Syntax
Query Syntax
*RST
N/A
Command Class
Query Response
*RST Value
Global
N/A
The following are reset values for the components in the VX4101A MultiPaqt:
Table 3–11: VX4101A Reset Values
Characteristic
Description
Communication Protocol
Reference Oscillator Source
TTL Trigger Sources
Periodic Trigger Period
Query Timeout
Synchronous (IEEE 488.2)
Internal 10 MHz
HOLD
0 (Off)
Off
External Trigger Source
HOLD
Table 3–12: Counter Front Panel Arm Reset Values
Characteristic
Description
1.4 V
Threshold
Table 3–13: Counter Channels 1 & 2 Analog Front-End
Characteristic
Coupling
Description
AC
1 MW
X1
Impedance
Attenuator
Offset
0 V
1
Gain
Lowpass Filter
Off
3–297
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
IEEE-488.2 Common Commands
Table 3–13: Counter Channels 1 & 2 Analog Front-End (Cont.)
Characteristic
Description
20 MHz
Positive
0 V
Lowpass Filter Frequency
Comparator Slope
Comparator Level
Hysteresis
.06 V
Table 3–14: Counter Measurement Settings
Characteristic
Function
Description
SCALar:FREQuency
1
Channel
Start Trigger Source
Stop Trigger Source
Mode
IMMediate
INTernal
Aperture
Events
1000
Auto Setup
On
Time Interval Delay
1.0e–6 Seconds
Table 3–15: DMM Calibration Settings
Characteristic
Line Frequency
Source
Description
As Last Programmed (60 Hz Default)
Internal
Off
Auto-Zero
Table 3–16: DMM Measurement Settings
Characteristic
Function
Description
SCALar:VOLT:DC
MAX (300 V)
Immediate
200e–3 seconds
On
Range
Trigger Source
Aperture
Auto-Ranging
Input Impedance
10e9 W
3–298
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
IEEE-488.2 Common Commands
Table 3–16: DMM Measurement Settings (Cont.)
Characteristic
50 Hz NPLC
60 Hz NPLC
Description
10
12
Table 3–17: Digital Input Settings
Characteristic
Description
Format Output Data
Format Input Data
Input Voltage Threshold
Sample Rate
Hexadecimal
Formatted
2.3V
48 KHz
Prematch Mask
#h0
Prematch Pattern
Inverted/Normal Mode
Input Pins Active
Number of Measurements
Trigger Count
#h0
Normal
#hFFFFFFFF or ALL
1
1
Trigger Source
immediate
0
Trigger Timer
Table 3–18: Digital Output Settings
Characteristic
Format Query Output Data
Sample Rate
Description
Hexadecimal
48 KHz
High (Inactive)
External
SEQ, 1
Output State
Voltage Source
Trigger Mode
Trigger Count
1
Trigger Source
Trigger Timer
IMMediate
0
Output Trigger Source
SEQ
3–299
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
IEEE-488.2 Common Commands
Table 3–19: Digital to Analog Converter (DAC) Settings
Characteristic
Data Format
Description
ASCII
Trace Voltages
Trace Buffer Points
Repeat Frequency
Repeat Period
Sample Rate
Time Delay
0.0
1
OFF
OFF
15000 Hz
0 seconds (pass-through)
0 triggers (pass-through)
INVerted
Event Delay
Polarity
Mode
SEQuence, 1
IMMEDIATE
SEQ
Trigger Source
Output Trigger Source
Table 3–20: SurePath Settings
Characteristic
Trigger Source
Scan Rate
Description
Immediate
16e–3 seconds
M1,M2,M3,...,Mn
0 seconds
Default Module Names
Open/Close Dwell Time
Power Fail Action
VX4320
Open
All sections closed to first relay
VX4330
All sections disjoined, set to 4-wire MUX
mode, all relays opened
VX4350
VX4380
All relays opened
All relays opened
Limits
Related Commands
Command Description
N/A
INSTrument:RESet
This command sets all instruments to known states independent of past use. All
instruments are deselected by this command. The Error/Event Queue, Event
Status Registers, and Event Enable Registers are not affected by this command.
3–300
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
IEEE-488.2 Common Commands
Command
INST:SEL DMM
CONF:FRES
CONF?
Response
Examples
“:SCAL:FRES 3e+08,180000”
“:SCAL:VOLT:DC 300,0.001”
*RST
INST:SEL DMM
CONF?
*SRE
Command Syntax
Query Syntax
Command Class
*RST Value
*SRE
*SRE?
Global
N/A
Limits
0–255
N/A
Related Commands
Command Description
Query Response
Sets the contents of the IEEE 488.2 Service Request Enable Register. The
contents of this register are unaffected by a register read.
Queries the contents of the IEEE 488.2 Service Request Enable Register. The
contents of this register are unaffected by a register read. The response is in NR1
format and ranges from 0–255.
3–301
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
IEEE-488.2 Common Commands
Examples
See Status & Events section for examples.
*STB?
Command Syntax
Query Syntax
Command Class
*RST Value
N/A
*STB?
Global
N/A
Limits
0-255
N/A
Related Commands
Query Response
Queries the contents of the IEEE 488.2 Status Byte Register. The contents of this
register are cleared after the read is complete. Response is in NR1 format, 0–255.
*TRG
Command Syntax
Query Syntax
Command Class
*RST Value
*TRG
N/A
Global
N/A
Limits
N/A
Related Commands
TRIGger:SOURce
3–302
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
IEEE-488.2 Common Commands
Command Description
Examples
This command is equivalent to a Group Execute Trigger command. Upon its
receipt, places any instrument which has selected BUS as its trigger source in the
Device Trigger Active State as defined by the IEEE 488.2 standard.
Command
INST:SEL DMM
CONF:VOLT:DC
TRIG:SOUR BUS
INIT
Response
FETC:COUN?
*TRG
0
FETC:COUN?
FETC?
1
+2.39340E-1
*TST?
Command Syntax
Query Syntax
Command Class
*RST Value
N/A
*TST?
Global
N/A
Limits
N/A
Related Commands
Query Response
TEST:ALL?
This query is used to perform a system wide self-test of the VX4101A infrastruc-
ture and all associated instruments. At the end of the self-test the overall pass/fail
status, as well as the pass/fail status for each instrument is returned as a response
to the query. If a test fails, a descriptive error message is placed in the error
queue and the error LED begins to blink. At the end of the self-test, the
VX4101A is returned to the reset condition. The reponse format is as follows:
3–303
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
IEEE-488.2 Common Commands
PASS,VX4101A: Self-Test Passed,SurePath: Self-Test Passed,DMM:
Self-Test Passed,Counter: Self-Test Passed,DAC: Self-Test Passed,DIGI:
Self-Test Passed,DIGO: Self-Test Passed
NOTE. PASS can also be FAIL, and Passed can be Failed, depending on the
results of the test.
Command
Response
Examples
*TST?
PASS,VX4101A: Self-Test Passed,SurePath: Self-Test
Passed,DMM: Self-Test Passed,Counter: Self-Test
Passed,DAC: Self-Test Passed,DIGI: Self-Test Passed,DIGO:
Self-Test Passed
INST:SEL:COUNTER
CONF:FREQ
CONF?
“1:SCAL:FREQ”
INST:RES
INST:SEL?
CONF?
COUNTER
“1:SCAL:VOLT:DC”
*WAI
Command Syntax
Query Syntax
Command Class
*RST Value
*WAI
N/A
Global
N/A
Limits
N/A
Related Commands
*OPC
*OPC?
Command Description
This command delays the VX4101A parser from processing any further
commands until all commands currently in progress have completed. A
3–304
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
IEEE-488.2 Common Commands
command is considered complete as soon as its action has been initiated. The
instrument may continue processing, collecting, or measuring after the command
has been reported as complete. If, for instance, it is desired to wait for a
measurement to complete, it is not sufficient to do a *WAI after sending an INIT
command. Rather, one should set up and wait for a service request to be
generated by a negative transition of the Measurement-In-Progress bit of the
event register. In the following example, the DMM measurement is delayed until
the relay is closed.
Command
Response
Examples
INST:SEL SUREPATH;
ROUT:CLOS (@1); *WAI;
INST:SEL DMM;
+2.39340E-1
MEAS:VOLT:DC?
3–305
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
IEEE-488.2 Common Commands
3–306
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Status and Events
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Status and Event Reporting System
The VX4101A Status system uses a hierarchical set of registers to provide status
information on all instruments. The structure of each instrument register is
composed of a set of three registers and two transition registers as defined in the
SCPI standard. The Standard Event Status Register and Status Byte Register are
defined by the IEEE 488.2 standard. For the purposes of this discussion, if a
register bit is referred to as being set, its value is a positive logic one (1). A bit
which is cleared has a value of positive logic zero (0).
In order to maintain conformance to the SCPI standard, the VX4101A has a
SCPI Questionable status register. This register is typically used to convey
information about the quality of an instrument operation. The VX4101A places
warning messages in the error/event queue instead of using these registers. These
registers are identical in structure to the (OSR) Operational Status Registers
(simply substitute the keyword QUEStionable for OPERational), but are always
in the cleared state.
The following pages contain an overview of the VX4101A status registers and a
description of the associated command set.
4–1
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Status and Event Reporting System
Error Event Queue
SYST:ERR?
Status Byte Register
*STB?
0
Reserved
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Reserved
Standard Event Status Register
*ESR?
Entries?
Summary
Request
Error/Event Queue
Questionable Summary
MAV
0
Operation Complete
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
ESR Summary
MSS
1
Request Control
2
Query Error
Device Dependent Error
Operational Summary
3
Execution Error
Command Error
User Request
Power On
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Service Request
Enable Register
*SRE <VALUE> *SRE?
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Standard Event Status
Enable Register
Positive & Negative
Transition Filters
*ESE <VALUE>, *ESE?
STAT:OPER:PTR?
STAT:OPER:PTR <VALUE>
STAT:OPER:NTR?
STAT:OPER:NTR <VALUE>
Condition Register
STAT:OPER:COND?
Event Register
STAT:OPER?
Surepath Operational
Status Register
0
1
0
1
Surepath Summary Bit
DMM Summary Bit
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
2
2
Counter Summary Bit
3
3
Instrument 4 Summary Bit
DMM Operational
Status Register
4
4
Instrument 5 Summary Bit
Instrument 6 Summary Bit
Instrument 7 Summary Bit
Instrument 8 Summary Bit
Instrument 9 Summary Bit
Instrument 10 Summary Bit
Instrument 11 Summary Bit
Instrument 12 Summary Bit
5
5
6
6
7
7
Counter Operational
Status Register
8
8
9
9
Summary Bit
10
11
12
13
14
15
10
11
12
13
14
15
Instrument 13 Summary Bit
Self-Test In Progress
Reserved
Instrument N *
Operational
Status Register
Reserved (always 0)
(See Figure 4–2)
0
1
* NOTE: Exact Instrument N bit as-
signments depend upon which of the
following optional devices are
installed:
2
3
4
Event Enable Register
5
6
STAT:OPER:ENAB?
STAT:OPER:ENAB <VALUE>
7
Digital to Analog Converter
Digital Input
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Digital Output
Relay Driver
Logical ”OR”
Logical ”AND”
&
Figure 4–1: VX4101A Standard Registers
4–2
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Status and Event Reporting System
Positive & Negative
Transition Filters
STAT:OPER:PTR?
STAT:OPER:PTR <VALUE>
STAT:OPER:NTR?
STAT:OPER:NTR <VALUE>
Condition Register
STAT:OPER:COND?
Event Register
STAT:OPER?
0
1
0
1
CALibrating
*
&
SETTling
RANGing
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
2
2
3
3
SWEeping
4
4
MEASuring
5
5
TRIGgering
Instrument N
Summary Bit
6
6
ARMing
7
7
CORRecting
VX4101A Operational
Status register
8
8
Instrument Defined 0 (TESTing)
Instrument Defined 1 (ABORting)
Instrument Defined 2 (MATChed)
Instrument Defined 3 (Reserved)
Instrument Defined 4 (Reserved)
INSTrument Summary
PROGram running
9
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
10
11
12
13
14
15
(See Figure 4–1)
Reserved (always 0)
0
1
2
3
4
Event Enable Register
5
6
STAT:OPER:ENAB?
STAT:OPER:ENAB <VALUE>
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Logical ”OR”
Logical ”AND”
&
Figure 4–2: Instrument Operational Status Registers
Table 4–1: Instrument Operational Status Register
Bit #
Name
Description
0
1
2
3
4
5
CALibrating
SETTling
RANGing
SWEeping
MEASuring
TRIGgering
Instrument performing calibration
Waiting for controls to settle
Instrument is changing range
Sweep is in progress
A triggered measurement is in progress
Instrument is waiting for trigger condition
4–3
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Status and Event Reporting System
Table 4–1: Instrument Operational Status Register (Cont.)
Bit # Name
Description
6
ARMing
Instrument is waiting for arm condition
Instrument is performing a correction
Self-Test in progress
7
CORRecting
8
Instrument Defined 0
Instrument Defined 1
Instrument Defined 2
Instrument Defined 3
Instrument Defined 4
INSTrument summary
PROGram running
Reserved
9
Abort in progress
10
11
12
13
14
15
Reserved by VX4101A
Reserved by VX4101A
Reserved by VX4101A
Not used by VX4101A
User-defined program is running
Always zero
The Instrument Operational Status Register structure appears in the above table.
An instrument uses this register during normal operation to record its current
state. As mentioned above, this register is composed of three subregisters and
two transition filters.
The Condition Register is updated by the instrument firmware in real-time. Bits
are set or cleared to identify what action the instrument is currently performing.
NOTE. The STATus:OPERational:CONDitional? query is described in the
individual instrument sections.
Note that some bits may not be used by some instruments and that there are five
bits which are instrument defined. See the individual instrument documentation
to determine which bits are used.
Following the condition register are two sets of transition filters. The Positive
Transition Filter is used to specify which bits of the Condition Register are only
of interest when they go from the Cleared to the Set state. The Negative
Transition Filter is also used to specify which bits of the Condition Register are
only of interest when they go from the Set to the Cleared state. For information
on any transition of a bit, both filters would be set.
Any transition which successfully passes through the transition filters sets the
corresponding bit in the event register. It is important to remember that for a bit
with the Negative Transition Filter set, a event in the Condition Register would
cause the same bit in the Event Register to be set, not cleared. Reading this
register causes it to be cleared.
4–4
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Status and Event Reporting System
Table 4–2: VX4101 A Operational Status Register
Bit #
1
Name
Description
Surepath Summary
DMM Summary
Summary bit from Surepath OSR
Summary bit from DMM OSR
Summary bit from Counter OSR
Summary bit for Instrument 4
Summary bit for Instrument 5
Summary bit for Instrument 6
Summary bit for Instrument 7
Summary bit for Instrument 8
Summary bit for Instrument 9
Summary bit for Instrument 10
Summary bit for Instrument 11
Summary bit for Instrument 12
Summary bit for Instrument 13
Summary bit for Instrument 13
Always zero
2
3
Counter Summary
4
Instrument 4 Summary *
Instrument 5 Summary *
Instrument 6 Summary *
Instrument 7 Summary *
Instrument 8 Summary
Instrument 9 Summary
Instrument 10 Summary
Instrument 11 Summary
Instrument 12 Summary
Instrument 13 Summary
Instrument 14 Summary
Reserved
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
NOTE. Exact instrument N bit assignments will vary depending upon which of
the following optional devices are installed:
Digital to Analog Converter (DAC)
Digital Input
Digital Output
Relay Driver
The third register is the Event Enable Register. Bits are set or cleared in this
register to indicate which bits of the Event Register should be propagated to the
summary bit. The summary bit is the logical OR of each bit in the Event
Register logically ANDed with the corresponding bit in the Event Enable
Register. The summary bit becomes a single bit of another register in the next
level of the register hierarchy.
In the case of the VX4101A, the next level in the hierarchy is the VX4101A
Operational Status Register. This register has the same structure as the Instru-
ment Operational Status Register with the following exception:
The summary bit of the VX4101A Operational Status register propagates to a
bit in the IEEE 488.2 Status Byte Register.
4–5
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Status and Event Reporting System
The IEEE 488.2 Standard Event Status Register provides general status on the
VX4101 and all instruments and is at the same hierarchical level as the VX4101A
Operational Status Register. Its structure is simpler than the operational status
register, in that the Condition Register and transition filters do not exist. This
register is cleared when read (by a *ESR? query) and when a *CLS command is
received. The register is eight bits wide as shown in the table below.
Table 4–3: Status Byte Register
Bit #
Name
Description
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Operation Complete
Request Control
Query Error
Set in response to *OPC?
Not Used by VX4101A
Error occurred during query
Any error besides query, command or execution
Error in command or query parameters
Command or query syntax error
Not used by VX4101A
Device Specific Error
Execution Error
Command Error
User Request
Power On
Indicates initial power on condition
Table 4–4: IEEE 488.2 Standard Event Status Register
Bit #
Name
Description
0
1
2
Reserved
Not Used by VX4101A
Not Used by VX4101A
Reserved
Error/Event Queue
Set when Error/Event Queue has one or more
entries
3
4
5
Questionable Summary
MAV
Always zero
Set when a message is available for a VXIbus read
ESR Summary
Summary bit from IEEE 488.2 Standard Event
Status Register
6
7
MSS
Master Summary Status
Operational Summary
Summary bit from VX4101A Operational Status
Register
The summary bit from the IEEE 488.2 Standard Event Status Register propa-
gates to the IEEE 488.2 Status Byte Register. The IEEE 488.2 Standard Event
Status Enable Register is used to specify which events comprise the summary
bit.
4–6
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Status and Event Reporting System
The IEEE 488.2 Status Byte Register is the top of the status hierarchy. Like the
IEEE 488.2 Event Status Register, this register does not have a Condition
Register or transition filters.
The IEEE 488.2 Service Request Enable Register is used to specify which bits of
the IEEE 488.2 Status Byte Register propagate to the summary bit. This
summary bit is a special case in that when it is set, the VX4101A generates a
VXIbus Service Request.
STATus and Event Commands
The following commands control status and events in the VX4101A:
STATus Subsystem
STATus:PRESet
STATus:OPERation
:ENABle
:ENABle?
[:EVENt]?
:NTRansition
:NTRansition?
:PTRansition
:PTRansition?
STATus:QUEue
:ENABle <numeric list>
:ENABle?
[:NEXT]?
STATus:QUEStionable
[:EVENt]?
:CONDition?
:ENABle?
:ENABle
:NTRansition
:NTRansition?
:PTRansition
:PTRansition?
IEEE 488.2 Commands
The following IEEE 488.2 commands also control status and event reporting:
*SRE
*STB?
*CLS
4–7
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Status and Event Reporting System
*ESE
*ESR
Please consult the IEEE 488.2 Commands section elsewhere in this manual for a
full explanation of these commands.
STATus
Command Syntax
STATus:PRESet
N/A
Query Syntax
Command Class
*RST Value
Global
N/A
Limits
N/A
Related Commands
Command Description
*CLS
This command clears the enable registers of all Operational Status Registers, sets
all Positive Transition Filters, and clears all Negative Transition Filters. This
command has no effect on the IEEE488.2 Standard Event Status Register, IEEE
488.2 Standard Event Status Enable Register, IEEE 488.2 Status Byte Register,
or IEEE 488.2 Service Request Enable Register.
4–8
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Status and Event Reporting System
STATus : OPERation : ENABle
Command Syntax
Query Syntax
STATus:OPERation:ENABle
STATus:OPERation:ENABle?
Command Class
*RST Value
Instrument
N/A
Limits
0-32767 (all enabled)
N/A
Related Commands
Command Description
Sets the Operational Enable Register for the currently selected instrument.
Setting a bit in this register allows the corresponding bit in the Operational Event
Register to propagate to the summary bit.
Query Response
Queries the Operational Enable Register for the currently selected instrument.
The response is in NR1 format and ranges from 0-32767
4–9
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Status and Event Reporting System
STATus : OPERation [:EVENt]?
Command Syntax
Query Syntax
Command Class
*RST Value
N/A
STATus:OPERation[:EVENt]?
Instrument
N/A
Limits
0 - 32767
N/A
Related Commands
Query Response
Returns contents of Operational Event Register for currently selected instrument.
Register contents are cleared after read completed. The response is in NR1
format with a range from 0-32767
4–10
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Status and Event Reporting System
STATus : OPERation : NTRansition
Command Syntax
Query Syntax
STATus:OPERation:NTRansition
STATus:OPERation:NTRansition?
Command Class
*RST Value
Instrument
0
Limits
0–32767
N/A
Related Commands
Command Description
Sets the Operational Negative Transition Filter for the currently selected
instrument. Setting a bit in this filter latches one to zero transitions of the
corresponding bit in the Operational Condition Register into the Operational
Event Register.
Query Response
Queries the Operational Negative Transition Filter for the currently selected
instrument. The response is in NR1 format with a range from 0-32767.
4–11
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Status and Event Reporting System
STATus : OPERation : PTRansition
Command Syntax
Query Syntax
STATus:OPERation:PTRansition
STATus:OPERation:PTRansition?
Command Class
*RST Value
Instrument
32,767
Limits
0–32767
N/A
Related Commands
Command Description
Sets the Operational Positive Transition Filter for the currently selected
instrument. Setting a bit in this filter latches zero to one transitions of the
corresponding bit in the Operational Condition Register into in the Operational
Event Register.
Query Response
Queries the Operational Positive Transition Filter for the currently selected
instrument. Response is in NR1 format with a range of 0-32767.
4–12
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Status and Event Reporting System
STATus : QUEue : ENABle <numeric list>
Command Syntax
Query Syntax
STATus:QUEue:ENABle <numeric list>
STATus:QUEue:ENABle?
Command Class
*RST Value
Global
(–499:–100)
N/A
Limits
Related Commands
Command Description
N/A
Allows you to specify by error number which errors and events should be placed
in the error/event queue.
Query Response
Returns the currently enabled range as a numeric list in NR1 format.
4–13
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Status and Event Reporting System
STATus : QUEue [:NEXT]?
Command Syntax
Query Syntax
Command Class
*RST Value
N/A
STATus:QUEue [:NEXT]?
Global
N/A
Limits
N/A
Related Commands
Query Response
SYST:ERR?
Returns next item from error/event queue in FIFO order. The possible responses
are as follows:
If errors have ocurred:
<error #>,<error message>
If no errors:
0,"No error"
4–14
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Status and Event Reporting System
STATus : QUEStionable [:EVENt]?
Command Syntax
Query Syntax
Command Class
*RST Value
N/A
STATus:QUEStionable [:EVENt]?
Instrument
N/A
Limits
0-32767
N/A
Related Commands
Query Response
Returns contents of Questionable Event Register for currently selected instru-
ment. Register contents are cleared after read completed. The response is in NR1
format with a range of 0-32767.
4–15
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Status and Event Reporting System
STATus : QUEStionable : CONDition?
Command Syntax
Query Syntax
Command Class
*RST Value
N/A
STATus:QUEStionable:CONDition?
Instrument
32767 (all enabled)
0 - 32767
Limits
Related Commands
Query Response
N/A
Returns contents of Questionable Condition Register for currently selected
instrument. Register contents are unaffected by this query. The response is in
NR1 format with a range of 0-32767.
4–16
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Status and Event Reporting System
STATus : QUEStionable : ENABle
Command Syntax
Query Syntax
STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle
STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle?
Command Class
*RST Value
Instrument
32767 (all enabled)
0–32767
Limits
Related Commands
Command Description
N/A
Sets the Questionable Enable Register for the currently selected instrument.
Setting a bit in this register allows the corresponding bit in the Questionable
Event Register to propagate to the summary bit.
Query Response
Queries the Questionable Enable Register for the currently selected instrument.
The response is in NR1 format with a range of 0-32767
4–17
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Status and Event Reporting System
STATus : QUEStionable : NTRansition
Command Syntax
Query Syntax
STATus:QUEStionable:NTRansition
STATus:QUEStionable:NTRansition?
Command Class
*RST Value
Instrument
0
Limits
0–32767
N/A
Related Commands
Command Description
Sets the Questionable Negative Transition Filter for the currently selected
instrument. Setting a bit in this filter latches one to zero transitions of the
corresponding bit in the Questionable Condition Register into the Questionable
Event Register.
Query Response
Queries the Questionable Negative Transition Filter for the currently selected
instrument. Response is in NR1 format with a range of 0-32767.
4–18
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Status and Event Reporting System
STATus : QUEStionable : PTRansition
Command Syntax
Query Syntax
STATus:QUEStionable:PTRansition
STATus:QUEStionable:PTRansition?
Command Class
*RST Value
Instrument
32767
Limits
0-32767
N/A
Related Commands
Command Description
Sets the Questionable Positive Transition Filter for the currently selected
instrument. Setting a bit in this filter latches zero to one transitions of the
corresponding bit in the Questionable Condition Register into in the Question-
able Event Register.
Query Response
Queries the Questionable Positive Transition Filter for the currently selected
instrument. Response is in NR1 format with a range of 0–32767.
4–19
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Status and Event Reporting System
Status Subsystem Example
The following is an example of using the Status Subsystem to receive a service
request at the end of a DMM array measurement. The DMM sets bit 4 of the
Operational Condition Register while a measurement is in progress and clears
the bit when the measurement has completed (or aborted). The service request
will therefore depend upon a negative transition of this bit.
When using the Status subsystem commands for the VX4101A, it must be
selected using “INST:NSEL 0” commands. It is unnecessary when using all
other global commands to actually select the VX4101A.
NOTE. Successful interrupt generation is dependent upon following the sequence
outlined in this example.
Table 4–5: Status Subsystem and Service Requests
Command/Query
*RST
Response Comments
Reset
*CLS
Clear all event status registers and queues
INST:SEL DMM
STAT:OPER:PTR 0
STAT:OPER:NTR 16
STAT:OPER:ENAB 16
STAT:OPER?
Select DMM
Don’t report any positive transitions
Report negative transitions of bit 4
Propagate bit 4 into summary
Clear event register by reading
Take approximately 30 seconds of measurements
0
CONF:ARR:VOLT:DC
150
INST:NSEL 0
STAT:OPER:PTR 2
STAT:OPER:NTR 0
STAT:OPER:ENAB 2
STAT:OPER?
*SRE 128
Select VX4101A
Report positive transitions of bit 1
Don’t report any negative transitions
propagate bit 1 into summary
Clear event register by reading
Generate SRQ on Bit 8
0
*STB?
16
Clear status register by reading (except MAV)
Select DMM
INST:SEL DMM
INIT
Initiate measurement
<WAIT FOR SRQ>
FETC:COUN?
INST:NSEL 0
Approximately 30 seconds
All measurements taken
Select VX4101A
150
4–20
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Status and Event Reporting System
Table 4–5: Status Subsystem and Service Requests (Cont.)
Command/Query
*STB?
Response Comments
208
2
Operational Summary bit, MSS bit, MAV bit
Bit 1 (DMM Summary)
STAT:OPER?
INST:SEL DMM
STAT:OPER?
FETC?
Select DMM
16
Bit 4 (Measuring)
<DATA IN
IEEE 488.2
BLOCK
FORMAT>
4–21
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Status and Event Reporting System
4–22
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendices
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix A: Specifications
VX4101A General Characteristics
Table A–1: VXI Instrument Characteristics
Characteristics
Description
VXI General Characteristics
The instrument provides a VXI interface that complies with Revision 1.4.
The VXI interface is defined by the VXI Consortium, Inc.
Interface Type
Message Based (1.4)
Word Serial (WSP), FDC 2.0
2.0
Other Protocols
Firmware Revision
Hardware Revision
671-3328-00/671–3532-00
671-3533-00/671-3537-00
Manufacturer ID
9FFD
779A
42W
Device ID
Power Dissipated
Cooling Required
Operating Ambient Temperature
DMM Input Ratings
Counter Input Ratings
TTL Outputs
2
0–50_C
300 V CAT II 1A DC
300 V CAT II
VXI TTLTRG* Lines TTLTRG0* through TTLTRG7* under program control
Table A–2: Power Supply Voltage and Current
DC Volts
+24 V
+12 V
+5 V
Current
325 mA
130 mA
3.5 A
–2 V
60 mA
1.2 A
–5.2 V
–12 V
–24 V
72 mA
175 mA
A–1
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix A: Specifications
Table A–3: Environmental/Reliability Characteristics
Characteristics
Temperature
Operating
Description
Meets or exceeds MIL-T-28800E for Type III, 0 to 50_ C external ambient, when operated
in a mainframe providing Class 3 equipment
Non-operating
Relative Humidity
Operating
–40_ C to + 71_ C
Up to 95% at up to 30_ C, and up to 45%, at up to 50_ C
Up to 95%, at up to 50_ C
Nonoperating
Altitude (1) Operating
Altitude (2)
10,000 ft. altitude
Meets or exceeds MIL-T-28800E for Type III, (operating to 10,000 ft., nonoperating to
15,000 ft.)
Table A–4: VX4101A-Specific Characteristics
Characteristics
Description
VXI Compliance
VXI message-based, fully compliant with revision 1.4 of the VXI specification
Message based device
VXI Device Classification
VME Interrupter Level
VXI Logical Address
Dynamically configured
Switch selectable to a value between 0 and 254
Contents of device/manufacturer
dependent VXI registers.
ID Register: 9FFD hexadecimal.
Device Type: 779A hexadecimal.
VXI TTL Trigger Outputs
One or more of the VXI TTLTRG* signals may be driven. All TTLTRG* outputs may be
disabled
VXI TTL Trigger Inputs
One of the VXI TTLTRG* signals may be selected to be polled or to act as an interrupt
source to the modules microprocessor
Module Size
VXI Protocol
“C” size, one slot wide
Word Serial (WSP) with Fast Data Channel for DMM and Digital to Analog Converter
(DAC) data
Command Set
SCPI, IEEE-488.2
A–2
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix A: Specifications
Table A–5: VX4101A-Specific Physical Characteristics
Characteristics
Weight
Description
1.8 kg (4 lbs)
Mounting location
Front panel signal connectors
Installs in an instrument module slot (1-12) of a “C” size VXIbus mainframe
BNC for Counter channels 1 and 2
SMA for Counter channel 3
SMB for Counter external arm
DB-9 (male) for DMM
160-pin connector for Digital to Analog Converter (DAC), Digital Input, Digital Output, and
Relay Drivers
Over Voltage Indication
Bench top DMMs typically display some maximum value and an over-voltage
indication when an over-voltage or over-range condition is measured. These
features are intended to indicate a possible unsafe condition.
For modules (plug in or VXI), a display and an easily noticeable over-voltage
indication light are not feasible and over-voltage becomes the responsibility of
the user. The VX4101 DMM returns a value of 9.9E + 37 or –9.9E + 37 to detect
this situation.
CAUTION. The user should provide some visible indication of a possible unsafe
condition if a value greater that 9.89E + 37 or less than –9.89E + 37 is
returned. Due to rounding errors inherent in floating point storage, it is
recommended that the user not test for explicit equality with the over-range
values.
A–3
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix A: Specifications
Universal Counter Specifications
This section contains specification tables for the counter. The specifications
contain a variety of equations and mathematical operators. A table at the end of
the counter specifications contains definitions for the operators.
Table A–6: Universal Counter General Specifications
Characteristics
Description
Number of Channels
One input channel for frequency, period, pulse width, time interval, time interval after
delay, rise time, fall time, an ratio. A second input channel can be used independently for
frequency, period, pulse width, rise time, and fall time; or in conjunction with the first input
for time interval, time interval after delay, and phase angle. The second input can also be
used for very-high-speed gating.
A third input channel (OPTIONAL) uses a divide-by-4 prescaler for extremely high speed
signals. It measures frequency or period, or measures ratio in conjunction with either of
the first two inputs.
Number of Digits
Gating
Up to 17 digits will be returned. Engineering notation is used for positioning the decimal
point except for totalizing event measurements.
Front panel Arm signal, VXI command gating, VXI backplane triggers, and fixed interval
timing. Gating can be: level, pulse on from one source and off from a second source, or
on from the edge of one pulse then off from the corresponding edge of a second pulse.
Table A–7: Channel 1 and 2 Frequency
Characteristics
Range
Description
0.1 µHz to 250 MHz (500MHz with Option 1C)
2
Least Significant Digit
Resolution
10exp{Int(log((P /4) * F /(N"F(P /4)))) + 1}.
VCO
VCO
UnGated Resolution:
2
±LSD±1.414(TJE) F /N.
Gated Resolution:
2
2
±((P ) F /n)±(1.414(TJE) * F /n).
VCO
Accuracy
±Resolution±F(TBE).
A–4
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix A: Specifications
Table A–8: Channel 1 and 2 Period
Characteristics
Range
Description
4 ns to 9 million seconds (2ns min. with Option 1C).
Least Significant Digit
Resolution
250 ps or 250 ps/N rounded downward to the nearest decade.
UnGated Resolution:
±LSD±1.414(TJE)/N±2 ps
Gated Resolution:
±(P /n)±(1.414(TJE)/n).±2 ps
VCO
Accuracy
±Resolution±TBE
.
VCO
NOTE: Detection of signals crossing prescribed thresholds is subject to timing uncertainty
(trigger jitter error) due to system noise and threshold inaccuracies. This error affects all
measurements but is more pronounced for single-shot measurements and for signals with
slow rise and fall time. The timing trigger jitter error (TJE) equals:
[(RMSnoiseofinputsignal)2 ) (RMSnoiseofinputChannel)2]1ń2
InputSlewRateattheTriggerPoint
Table A–9: Channel 3 Frequency (Option 2C)
Characteristics
Range
Description
200 MHz to 3000 MHz
2
Least Significant Digit
Resolution
10exp{Int(log((P /4) * 4 * F /(N±4 * F(P /4)))) + 1}.
VCO VCO
Ungated Resolution:
2
±LSD±1.414(TJE) F /N.
Gated Resolution:
2
2
±((P ) * F /n)±(1.414(TJE) * F /n).
VCO
Accuracy
±Resolution±F(TBE)
Table A–10: Channel 3 Period (Option 2C)
Characteristics
Range
Description
333 ps to 5 ns
Least Significant Digit
Resolution
250 ps or 250 ps/N rounded downward to the nearest decade.
Ungated Resolution:
±LSD±1.414(TJE)/N±2 ps
Gated Resolution:
±(P /n)±(1.414(TJE)/n)±2 ps
VCO
Accuracy
±Resolution±TBE
VCO
A–5
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix A: Specifications
Table A–11: Time Interval
Characteristics
Description
Frequency Range
Up to 250 MHz (500 MHz with option 1C)
Up to 150 MHz for Time Interval with Delay
–1 ns to 9 million seconds
Range
Least Significant Digit
250 ps for N = 1, single-shot
(1 ns/√N) for N > 1 rounded downward to the nearest decade.
Resolution
Accuracy
±LSD±1.414 ((TJE + TJE )/√N)±2 ps
1
2
±TBE (Time Interval) ± Resolution + (TLE /Slew – TLE /Slew )±200 ps
1
S
2
E
Table A–12: Frequency Ratio
Characteristics
Description
–14
14
Ch 1/Ch 2 and Ch 2/Ch 1
10 to 10
–15
Ch 1/Ch 3 and Ch 2/Ch 3 with Option 2C
Ch 3/Ch 1 and Ch 3/Ch 2 with Option 2C
10 to 1
15
1 to 10
Table A–13: Channels 1 and 2 Totalizer
Characteristics
Range
Description
52
15
1 to 2 (4.5 × 10 )
Least Significant Digit
One count.
Table A–14: Channels 1 and 2 Rise/Fall Time
Characteristics
Description
Up to 250 MHz
Frequency Range
(0.5 V minimum signal for specified accuracy).
p-p
Range
250 ps single-shot
1 ns to 9 million seconds
Least Significant Digit
250 ps for N = 1, single-shot
(1 ns/√N) for N > 1 rounded downward to the nearest decade.
Resolution
Accuracy
LSD±1.414 ((TJE + TJE )/√N)±2 ps RMS
1
2
±TBE (Time Interval) ± Resolution + (TLE /Slew – TLE /Slew )±200 ps
2
S
1
E
A–6
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix A: Specifications
Table A–15: Channels 1 and 2 Positive/Negative Pulse Width
Characteristics
Frequency Range
Range
Description
Up to 250 MHz (500 MHz with Option 1C)
1 ns to 9 million seconds
Least Significant Digit
Resolution
250 ps (single-shot)
±LSD±1.414 ((TJE TJE )/√N)±2ps
1 +
2
(for 1 ≤ N ≤9 million)
Accuracy
±Resolution±Width (TBE)±TLE ±TLE ±1 ns.
1
2
Table A–16: Frequency Ratio 1/2,2/1,3/1,3/2,1/3,2/3
Characteristics
Range
Description
–12
12
10 to 10
(F / F ) * Gate time (divide F by 4 for channel 3 prescaler)
Least Significant Digit
Resolution
n
d
Same as LSD
Same as LSD
Accuracy
Table A–17: Voltages
Characteristics
Offset Range
Maximum Input Signal
Resolution
Description
±100 V DC
± 125 VPP + offset
200 mV × Attenuation/Gain
± 7.5% of reading ± 25 mV × Attenuation
Accuracy
Table A–18: Channels 1 and 2 Input Characteristics
Characteristics
Description
Programmable in 10 mV steps from:
Hysteresis (@ 1 MHz)
p-p
Minimum (10 mV on-to-off) to
p-p
Maximum (60 mV on-to-off) × Attenuation/Gain
p-p
Coupling
AC,DC
Trigger Slope
Attenuator
Impedance
Independent selection of slope polarity
×1, ×10, ×100 Nominal
1 MW shunted by 15 pF or 50 W
A–7
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix A: Specifications
Table A–18: Channels 1 and 2 Input Characteristics (Cont.)
Characteristics
Description
Damage Level
Input voltage at 1 MW
×1:
300 V (DC or peak AC)
derate to 5 V (DC + peak AC) at 20 dB/decade above 10 kHz
×10:
300 V (DC or peak AC)
derate to 5 V (DC + peak AC) at 20 dB/decade above 10 MHz
×100: 300 V (DC or peak AC)
derate to 5 V (DC + peak AC) at 20 dB/decade above 10 MHz
Input Voltage at 50 W = 5 V (0.5 W) maximum
(Overload protection auto-switch to 1M W over 840 mW (6.5 VDC) in less than 5
seconds.)
Common Input Limitations
Sensitivity
None
–20 dBm to 200 MHz, then 6 db per octave to
–12 dBm at 500 MHz
–13 dBm at 1000 MHz typical
3dB Low Frequency limit with AC coupling:
1 e6 W input impedance = 10 Hz
50 W input impedance = 200 kHz
Input Channel Noise
Filters
±2mV
rms
typt500 mV
rms
None, 20 MHz, or 100 MHz
Table A–19: Channel 3 Input Characteristics (Option 2C)
Characteristic
Coupling
Description
AC
Trigger Slope 3
Impedance 3
Positive slope (threshold at mean)
50 W
Damage Level 3
Common Input Limitations
Sensitivity 3
5 VPTP (AC)
t 5 VPP
200 MHz to 1000 MHz–(–30 dBm)
1000 MHz to 3000 MHz–(–25 dBm)
4000 MHz –(–13 dBm typical)
A–8
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix A: Specifications
Table A–20: Arm Characteristics
Characteristic
Description
Arm Sources
VXI TTL Trigger lines, front panel arm, Channel 2, DMM, SurePath, Software, and an
internal timer
Arm Start/Stop
Except for channel 2, the arm can be a level or a pulse to start and a second pulse to
stop. The start and stop pulses may be different sources. Channel 2 is high speed arm
that is a level
Front Panel Arm Polarity
Threshold
Positive or Negative
Programmable
Measurement Time-out
Programmable time-out to abort measurements in case no input signal is present
Table A–21: Channel 1 and 2 Trigger Level
Characteristic
Description
Trigger Level Range
Trigger Level Accuracy
±4 mV to±225 V
For DC or 1 kHz 100 MHz:
Resolution: 0.2 mV * (Gain/Attenuation)
Error =±7.5% of setting ±25mV *Attenuation
Table A–22: Channels 1 and 2 Autotrigger
Characteristic
Description
Auto Trigger Range
Same as user selected for continuous waveforms v 1 kHz
Table A–23: Front Panel Connectors
Characteristic
Description
Connector Types
BNC (Ch1, Ch2), SMA (Ch3), SMB (Arm)
A–9
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix A: Specifications
Table A–24: TimeBase Characteristics (Option 1T)
Characteristic
Description
Time Base Characteristics
The time base can be drawn from four different sources: the on-board 10 MHz source,
the optional on-board high accuracy 10 MHz source, the VXI Slot 0 10 MHz source, and
the Slot 0 External 10 MHz source. The user can select, by programmed command, the
source and what degree of accuracy is required.
The Slot 0 External 10 MHz source can be synchronized to other systems.
Time Base Reference Clock
On-board
25 ppm
VXI Slot 0 required accuracy 100 ppm
VXI Slot 0 External
Standard
As required
25 ppm
Time Base Temperature Stability
High Accuracy (optional)
User provided
1.5 ppm (TXCO) Option 1T
External Time Base
Frequency Range
VXI cards are available with tightly controlled specifications, including a Rubidium Vapor
-11
Oscillator with a claimed accuracy of t5 x 10 per month stability.
Interface
10 MHz connected into 50 W Slot 0 connector. The Slot 0 card must be programmed to
source the VXI backplane 10 MHz from the front-panel input.
Table A–25: Gate Input Trigger
Characteristic
Description
Gate Inputs
There are four sources of gate inputs: VXI TTL backplane triggers, on-board processor
generated triggers (either by VXI Command or timer algorithm), front panel Gate/Arm
input, or Channel 2 input as gate.
All gate inputs will start and stop counting synchronously with the measured input on its
next transition (Trigger) for all measurements except totalizing.
NOTE: Tektronix terminology uses the measured signals input (Channel 1 or Channel 2)
as Triggers, processor and backplane on/off signals as Gates, and the front-panel control
signal as the Arm signal. When the Channel 2 input signal controls the starting and
stopping of the Channel 1 signal, the Channel 2 signal will be referred to as a Gate.
Front Panel Gate Input Interface
Polarity
SMB connector
Programmable
Gate Type
Programmable: level, edge, pulse-on/pulse-off
±500 mV minimum, ±20 V Maximum
40 ns minimum pulse width
t20 ns
Edge Triggering Amplitude
Pulse Width Requirements
Gate Start/End Uncertainty
A–10
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix A: Specifications
Table A–26: VXIBus TTLTRG Gate Input
Characteristic
Description
TTLTRG Timing
Synchronous with VXI backplane 10 MHz Asynchronous
Programmable: level, edge, pulse-on/pulse-off
Programmable
TTLTRG Type
Channel-B Counter Input Gate Polarity
Gate Type
Programmable: level, edge
Edge Triggering Amplitude/Pulse Width
Requirements
±5 mV minimum, ±200 V Maximum
2.86 ns minimum
Table A–27: Software Gate/Trigger
Characteristic
Description
Software Gate Type
Level
Software Gate Duration Time Range
Command based: User defined
Timer based: 10 ns to 9 million seconds, 1 ns resolution
Table A–28: Gate Duration Modes
Characteristic
Description
Gate Duration Time Range
2.86 ns minimum (Channel 2 Gate)
1000 seconds maximum
Gate Duration Indefinite
Gate Output
Software command or hardware based
At the conclusion of the measurement, defined time, or defined number or events.
Table A–29: Measurement Throughput
Characteristic
Description
Throughput Rate
30 measurements/second for array measurements.
Single Shot Array Capture Rate
As fast as 4 1/3 ms per measurement.
(6.5 ms for phase or duty cycle)
As fast as 4 1/3 ms for a 1000 measurement array
(6.5 ms for a phase or duty cycle 1000 measurement array)
A–11
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix A: Specifications
Table A–30: Counter Specifications Terms
Term
Description
Frequency Terms
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
Frequency of the signal being measured (F = 1/P).
Frequency of the leading (first) signal being measured.
Frequency of the trailing (second) signal being measured.
Frequency of the Channel 1 signal being measured.
Frequency of the Channel 2 signal being measured.
Frequency of the Numerator (Ratio Measurement).
Frequency of the Denominator (Ratio Measurement).
Frequency of the Universal Counter Voltage Controlled Oscillator time base.
L
T
1
2
n
d
VCO
(F
has been chosen so that it is not evenly divisible by 10 kHz, thereby
VCO
reducing the likelihood of aliasing.) It is calculated as follows:
(F = 10e6 × 304.0/3.0)
VCO
Numeric Terms
N
Number of events in a measurement interval. For Auto-Averaging, N is the
greater of one or the number of events in a 100 ms interval.
N
1
N
2
N
1
N
2
n
Number of events in a leading (first) measurement interval.
Number of events in a trailing (second) measurement interval.
Number of events in a Channel 1 measurement interval.
Number of events in a Channel 2 measurement interval.
For gated measurements, n is the number of events within the gated interval.
A–12
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix A: Specifications
Table A–30: Counter Specifications Terms (Cont.)
Term
Description
Timing Terms
DJ
P
Delay Jitter
The period of the signal being measured (P = 1/F).
P
VCO
(1/ F ). Approximately 0.987 ns.
VCO
Slew
Slew at the ending edge of a measurement. For sine waves, the slew rate at
the 50% level is as follows:
E
2 × π × F × VPP/2
For sine waves at 10% (or 90%) the slew rate is as follows:
cos (arcsine (–1.0 + (10% of 2.0))) × 2 × π × F× VPP/2
Slew
TBE
Slew at the starting edge of a measurement.
S
Time Base Error of the 10 MHz root time base provided by the Slot 0 board, a
frequency plugged into the Slot 0 board, or the optional on-board oscillator.
TBE
Time Base Error of the root time base applied to the frequency of the Universal
Counter Voltage Controlled Oscillator time base.
VCO
TJE
TJE
Trigger Jitter Error of the Channel 1 event.
Trigger Jitter Error of the Channel 2 event.
1
2
NOTE: Detection of signals crossing prescribed thresholds is subject to timing uncertainty
(trigger jitter error) due to system noise and threshold inaccuracies. This error affects all
measurements but is more pronounced for single-shot measurements and for signals with
slow rise and fall time. The timing trigger jitter error (TJE) equals:
[(RMSnoiseofinputsignal)2 ) (RMSnoiseofinputChannel)2]1ń2
InputSlewRateattheTriggerPoint
TLE
TLE
TJE
Trigger Level Error of the leading (first) event.
1
Trigger Level Error of the trailing (second) event.
Trigger Jitter Error which is the input signal RMS noise voltage.
Trigger Jitter Error of the leading (first) event.
2
TJE
TJE
1
2
Trigger Jitter Error of the trailing (second) event.
Mathematical Terms
exp{}
Int()
Exponentiates to the power given by the expression within the bracket.
Converts the expression within the parenthesis to the nearest integer of lesser
or equal value. For example:
Int(1.7) = 1 and Int(-1.7) = -2
(Use floor (x) in the C programming language.)
log()
Computes the base 10 (common) logarithm of the expression within the
parenthesis.
A–13
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix A: Specifications
Digital Multimeter (DMM) Specifications
Table A–31: Aperture Specifications
Characteristics
Aperture (50 Hz)
Aperture (60 Hz)
Description
1 ms to 2 sec in 1 ms to 10 ms steps (total of 560 apertures)
833 ms to 2 sec in 833 ms to 8.33 ms steps (total of 680 apertures)
Table A–32: Digits vs. Aperture
Digits
5.5
Aperture
Readings/Second
≤60 (50)
≥16.67 ms (20.0 ms)
<16.67 ms
4.5
>60 (50)
Table A–33: Memory Capacity
Characteristics
Description
On-Board Memory
4096 Measurements
Table A–34: DC Voltage
Range
30 mV
300 mV
3 V
Maximum Reading
"30.0000 mV
"300.000 mV
"3.00000 V
Resolution
100 nV
1 mV
10 mV
30 V
"30.0000 V
100 mV
1 mV
300 V
"300.000 V
Table A–35: Accuracy Specifications for 2-Second Aperture
Range
30 mV
300 mV
3 V
24 Hour
90 Day
1 Year
Temp Coefficient
0.0010% + 1.5 mV
0.0010% + 2.5 mV
0.0010% + 5 mV
0.006% + 8 mV (9 mV)
0.005% + 14 mV (15 mV)
0.012% + 8 mV (9 mV)
0.010% + 14 mV (15 mV)
0.018% + 8 mV (9 mV)
0.015% + 14 (15 mV)
0.012% + 70 mV (80 mV)
0.004% + 70 mV (80 mV) 0.008% + 70 mV (80 mV)
A–14
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix A: Specifications
Table A–35: Accuracy Specifications for 2-Second Aperture (Cont.)
Range
24 Hour
90 Day
1 Year
Temp Coefficient
30 V
0.009% + 900 mV
(1.0 mV)
0.016% + 900 mV
(1.0 mV)
0.023% + 900 mV
(1.0 mV)
0.0010% + 50 mV
300 V
0.007% + 8 mV (9 mV)
0.014% + 8 mV (9 mV)
0.020% + 8 mV (9 mV)
0.0010% + 500 mV
NOTE. Values shown above in parenthesis are for a 200 ms aperture.
Table A–36: Accuracy Specification for v 1 Millisecond Aperture
Range
30 mV
300 mV
3 V
24 Hour
90 Day
1 Year
Temp Coefficient
0.0015% + 1.5 mV
0.0015% + 2.5 mV
0.0015% + 5 mV
0.0015% + 50 mV
0.0015% + 500 mV
0.007% + 15 mV (12 mV)
0.005% + 30 mV (20 mV)
0.004% + 150 mV (100mV)
0.009% + 1.7 mV (1.2 mV)
0.008% + 15 mV (10 mV)
0.012% + 15 mV (12 mV)
0.010% + 30 mV (20 mV)
0.008% + 150 mV (100mV)
0.016% + 1.7 mV (1.2 mV)
0.014% + 15 mV (10 mV)
0.018% + 15 mV (12 mV)
0.015% + 30 mV (20 mV)
0.012% + 150 mV (100mV)
0.023% + 1.7 mV (1.2 mV)
0.020% + 15 mV (10 mV)
30 V
300 V
NOTE. Values shown above in parenthesis are for a 16.67 ms or 20 ms aperture.
NOTE. Percents listed above are percents of reading. The instrument setup is as
follows:
Autozero On following twenty minute warm-up period.
Tcal is the calibration temperature (18_ to 28_ C). Specifications are for Tcal
±3_C. Multiply the total temperature coefficient by the difference between the
actual operating temperature and Tcal ±3_C.
Add 0.001% of the range setting to the first reading following a range change.
For Autozero Off, do the following:
For daily and long term drift, add 24 mV per day for the 30 mV and 300 mV
ranges, and 0.0027% of range for the other ranges.
For temperature drift, add .4 mV per _C for the 30 mV range, .001% of range
per _C for the other ranges.
A–15
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix A: Specifications
Table A–37: DC Input Resistance
Range
Resistance
30 mV, 300 mV, 3 V Ranges
30 V, 300 V Ranges
10 MW ±5%, or u10 GW, programmable
10 MW ± 5%
Table A–38: DC Input Protection
Range
Protection
V + V–
V + to Chassis
V– to Chassis
350 VDC or VRMS, or 450 V peak AC, all ranges
Table A–39: CMRR
Aperture
CMRR (DC)
All
140 dB
Table A–40: DC CMRR (0 to 400 Hz)
Aperture
2 seconds
200 ms
20 ms
CMRR 0–60 Hz
115 dB
CMRR 0–400 Hz
115 dB
95 dB
75 dB
73 dB
50 dB
95 dB
75 dB
16.7 ms
1 ms
73 dB
63 dB
Table A–41: DC Normal Mode Rejection (50/60/400 Hz)
Aperture
Frequency
50 Hz
NMR
All
83 dB
83 dB
79 dB
60 Hz
400 Hz
A–16
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix A: Specifications
Table A–42: DC ECMR (50/60/400 Hz)
Aperture
Frequency
50 Hz
ECMR
122 dB
120 dB
102 dB
All
60 Hz
400 Hz
Table A–43: TRMS AC Voltage (DC Coupled and AC Coupled)
Range
30 mV
300 mV
3 V
Maximum Reading
30.0000 mV
300.000 mV
3.00000
Resolution
100 nV
1 mV
10 mV
30 V
30.0000 V
100 mV
1 mV
300 V
300.000
Table A–44: TRMS Accuracy Specifications –24-Hour
Range
Frequency
20–45 Hz
DC Coupled
AC Coupled
Temp Coefficient / _C
.03% + 15.0 mV
.03% + 15.0 mV
.03% + 15.0 mV
.03% + 15.0 mV
.03% + 15.0 mV
.03% + 15.0 mV
.03% + 15.0 mV
.03% + 15.0 mV
.03% + 15.0 mV
.03% + 15.0 mV
.03% + 250 mV
.03% + 250 mV
.03% + 250 mV
.03% + 250 mV
.03% + 250 mV
.03% + 250 mV
.03% + 2.5 mV
30 mV
300 mV
3 V
0.65% + 180 mV
0.40% + 180 mV
0.30% + 180 mV
0.60% + 180 mV
1.50% + 180 mV
0.65% + 300 mV
0.40% + 300 mV
0.30% + 300 mV
0.60% + 300 mV
1.00% + 300 mV
0.65% + 3 mV
0.40% + 3 mV
0.30% + 3 mV
0.90% + 3 mV
2.50% + 3 mV
0.65% + 30 mV
0.40% + 30 mV
1.10% + 180 mV
0.40% + 180 mV
0.30% + 180 mV
0.60% + 180 mV
1.50% + 180 mV
1.10% + 300 mV
0.40% + 300 mV
0.30% + 300 mV
0.60% + 300 mV
1.00% + 300 mV
1.10% + 3 mV
45–100 Hz
100 Hz–10 kHz
10–20 kHz
20–50 kHz
20–45 Hz
45–100 Hz
0.1–10 kHz
10–20 kHz
20–50 kHz
20–45 Hz
45–100 Hz
0.1–10 kHz
10–20 kHz
20–50 kHz
20–45 Hz
0.40% + 3 mV
0.30% + 3 mV
0.90% + 3 mV
2.50% + 3 mV
30 V
1.10% + 30 mV
0.40% + 30 mV
45–100 Hz
A–17
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix A: Specifications
Table A–44: TRMS Accuracy Specifications –24-Hour (Cont.)
Range
Frequency
0.1–10 kHz
10–20 kHz
20–50 kHz
20–45 Hz
DC Coupled
AC Coupled
Temp Coefficient / _C
.03% + 2.5 mV
.03% + 2.5 mV
.03% + 2.5 mV
.03% + 25 mV
.03% + 25 mV
.03% + 25 mV
.03% + 25 mV
.03% + 25 mV
30 V (Cont.)
0.30% + 30 mV
0.90% + 30 mV
1.50% + 30 mV
0.65% + 300 mV
0.60% + 300 mV
0.50% + 300 mV
1.30% + 300 mV
2.50% + 300 mV
0.30% + 30 mV
0.90% + 30 mV
1.50% + 30 mV
1.10% + 300 mV
0.50% + 300 mV
0.40% + 300 mV
1.30% + 300 mV
2.50% + 300 mV
300 V
45–100 Hz
0.1–10 kHz
10–20 kHz
20–50 kHz
NOTE. Specifications are for u7% of range and are valid for all apertures.
Table A–45: TRMS Accuracy–90 Day and 1 Year
Characteristic
90-Day Accuracy
1 Year Accuracy
Description
Add 0.08% of reading to 24-Hour Specifications above
Add 0.15% of reading to 24-Hour Specifications above
Table A–46: TRMS Crest Factor
Characteristic
100% Full Scale
10% Full Scale
Description
1.9:1
7:1
Table A–47: TRMS Input Impedance
Characteristics
Description
30 mV and 300 mV, 3V Ranges
3 V, 30 V, and 300 V Ranges
1.01 MW " 5%, <120 pF
1.02 MW " 5%, <120 pF
A–18
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix A: Specifications
Table A–48: TRMS Input Protection – V+ to V–, V+ to Chassis, and V– to Chassis
Characteristics
DC & AC/RMS
AC Peak
Description
350 V on all ranges
450 V on all ranges
Table A–49: TRMS CMRR (0 to 400 Hz)
Range
30 mV
300 mV
3 V
Range
Description
0 to 60 Hz
0 to 60 Hz
0 to 60 Hz
0 to 60 Hz
0 to 60 Hz
0 to 400 Hz
0 to 400 Hz
0 to 400 Hz
0 to 400 Hz
0 to 400 Hz
>75 dB
>67 dB
>67 dB
>70 dB
>63 dB
>59 dB
>51 dB
>51 dB
>54 dB
>47 dB
30 V
300 V
30 mV
300 mV
3 V
30 V
300 V
Table A–50: Resistance (2-Wire and 4-Wire)
Range
30 W
Maximum Reading
Resolution
100 mW
1 mW
30.0000 W
300 W
3 kW
300.000 W
3.00000 kW
30.0000 kW
300.000 kW
3.00000 MW
30.0000 MW
300.000 MW
10 mW
100 mW
1 W
30 kW
300 kW
3 MW
10 W
30 MW
300 MW
100 W
1 kW (nom)
A–19
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix A: Specifications
Table A–51: Resistance Accuracy Specifications for 2-Second Aperture
Range
Temp
Coefficient / _C
Source Current
24 Hour
90 Day
1 Year
30 W
1 mA
0.017% + 8 mW
(9 mW)
0.023% + 8 mW
(9 mW)
0.037% + 8 mW
(9 mW)
0.007% + 1.5 mW
0.007% + 2.5 mW
0.007% + 5 mW
0.007% + 50 mW
0.007% + 500 mW
0.012% + 20 W
300 W
3 kW
1 mA
0.010% + 14 mW
(15 mW)
0.015% + 14 mW
(15 mW)
0.020% + 14 mW
(15 mW)
1 mA
0.010% + 70 mW
(80 mW)
0.015% + 70 mW
(80 mW)
0.020% + 70 mW
(80 mW)
30 kW
300 kW
3 MW
100 mA
10 mA
1 mA
0.010% + 700 mW
(800 mW)
0.015% + 700 mW
(800 mW)
0.020% + 700 mW
(800 mW)
0.010% + 7 W
(8 W)
0.015% + 7 W
(8 W)
0.020% + 7 W
(8 W)
0.040% + 70 W
0.060% + 70 W
0.080% + 70 W
(80 W)
(80 W)
(80 W)
30 MW
300 MW
100 nA
100 nA
0.300% + 700 W
(800 W)
0.400% + 700 W
(800 W)
0.500% + 700 W
(800 W)
0.050% + 200 W
(.3 + .03R)% + 7 kW
(8 kW)
(.4 + .04R)% + 7 kW
(8k W)
(.5 + .05R)% + 7 kW
(8 kW)
(.05 + .005R)% +
2000 W
NOTE. Values shown in parenthesis above are for a 200 ms aperture.
NOTE. The value R in the 300 MW range specification is the measured resistance
in MW.
Table A–52: Resistance Accuracy Specifications for 1 Millisecond Aperture
Source
Temp
Coefficient / _C
Range
Current
24 Hour
90 Day
1 Year
30 W
1 mA
0.037% + 15 mW
(12 mW)
0.037% + 15 m W
(12 mW)
0.037% + 15 mW
(12 mW)
0.007% + 1.5 mW
0.007% + 2.5 mW
0.007% + 5.0 mW
0.007% + 50 mW
0.007% + 500 mW
300 W
3 kW
1 mA
0.015% + 30 mW
(20 mW)
0.020% + 30 mW
(20 mW)
0.025% + 30 mW
(20 mW)
1 mA
0.015% + 150 mW
(100 mW)
0.020% + 150 mW
(100 mW)
0.025% + 150 mW
(100 mW)
30 kW
300 kW
100 mA
10 mA
0.015% + 1.5 W
(1.0 W)
0.020% + 1.5 W
(1.0 W)
0.025% + 1.5 W
(1.0 W)
0.030% + 15 W
0.030% + 15 W
0. 040% + 15 W
(10 W)
(10 W)
(10 W)
A–20
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix A: Specifications
Table A–52: Resistance Accuracy Specifications for 1 Millisecond Aperture (Cont.)
Source
Temp
Range
Current
Coefficient / _C
24 Hour
90 Day
1 Year
3 MW
1 mA
0.080% + 150 W
0.100% + 150 W
0.120% + 150 W
0.012% + 20 W
(100 W)
(100 W)
(100 W)
30 MW
100 nA
100 nA
0.300% + 1.5 kW
(1.0 kW)
0.400% + 1.5 kW
(1.0 kW)
0.500% + 1.5 kW
(1.0 kW)
0.050% + 200 W
300 MW
(.3 + .03R)% + 15 kW
(.4 + .04R)% + 15 kW
(.5 + .05R)% + 15 kW
(.05 + .005R)%
(10 kW)
(10 kW)
(10 kW)
+ 2000 W
NOTE. Values shown in parenthesis above are for a 16.67 ms or 20 ms aperture.
NOTE. The value R in the 300 MW range specification is the measured resistance
in MW.
A–21
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix A: Specifications
NOTE. Percents listed above are percents of reading. Instrument set up is as
follows:
Autozero On, after 20 minute warm-up.
The above specifications are for 4-wire W. Add 50 MW to all specifications for
2-wire ohms.
Tcal is the calibration temperature (18 to 28° C). Specifications are for Tcal
±3° C. Multiply the total temperature coefficient by the difference between the
actual operating temperature and Tcal ±3° C.
For the 300 MW range, the measured resistance in MW multiplied by the
temperature difference in °C is limited to 1000, for example, at 100 MW the
temperature drift specification is only valid for a temperature difference of
10 °C.
Add 0.002% of the range setting to the first reading following a range change.
For Autozero Off, do the following:
For daily and long term drift, add 500 mW/Day for the 30 W range, 1 mW/ Day
for the 300 W range, 100 kW/ Day for the 300 mW range, and 0.0001% of range
for the other ranges.
For temperature drift, increase the second part of the temperature coefficient by
a factor of 4, for 300 kW range or lower (increase 1.5 mW to 6 mW, 2.5 mW to
10 mW, etc.) .
Table A–53: Resistance Input Protection-All Ranges
Terminals
DC and AC/RMS
250 V
AC Peak
250 V
R+ to R–
R+ to chassis
R– to chassis
350 V
450 V
350 V
450 V
NOTE. For Common Mode Rejection, see DCV Specifications.
Table A–54: DC Current
Range
Maximum Reading
±150.000 mA
Resolution
150 mA
0.5 mA
1 A
5 mA
±1.00000 A
A–22
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix A: Specifications
Table A–55: DC Current Sense Resistance
Characteristic
Description
0.19 W
Sense Resistance
Table A–56: DC Current Accuracy Specifications for 2-Second and 0.2-Second Aperture
Range
Temp
Coefficient / _C
Burden
24 Hour
90 Day
1 Year
150 mA
0.10% + 40 mA
(50 mA)
0.12% + 40 mA
(50 mA)
0.15% + 40 mA
(50 mA)
0.05% + 8 mA
±0.1 V
1A
0.15% + 200 mA
(220 mA)
0.15% + 240 mA
(260 mA)
0.18% + 270 mA
(300 mA)
0.05% + 50 mA
±0.4 V
NOTE. Values shown in parenthesis above are for 16.67 or 20 ms aperture.
A–23
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix A: Specifications
Table A–57: DC Current Accuracy Specifications for 1 Millisecond Aperture
Range
Temp
Coefficient / _C
Burden
±0.1 V
±0.4 V
24 Hour
90 Day
1 Year
150 mA
1 A
0.10% + 80 mA
0.15% + 240 mA
0.12% + 100 mA
0.15% + 280 mA
0.15% + 120 mA
0.18% + 320 mA
0.05% + 8 mA
0.05% + 50 mA
NOTE. Percents listed above are percent of reading. Instrument set up is as
follows:
Autozero On, after 20 minute warm-up.
Tcal is the calibration temperature (18 to 28° C). Specifications are for Tcal
±3° C. Multiply the total temperature coefficient by the difference between the
actual operating temperature and Tcal ±3° C.
Add 0.02% of the range setting to the first reading following a range change.
Burden voltage is the maximum voltage drop caused by the current measurement
for the maximum reading in the range.
For Autozero Off, do the following:
For daily and long term drift, add 110 mA/Day for the 150 mA range and
120 mA/Day for the 1A range.
For temperature drift, add 2 mA per °C for 150 mA range, and 15 mA per °C for
the 1A range.
A–24
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix A: Specifications
Digital Input and Output (Option 1D)
Table A–58: Digital Input Characteristics
Characteristic
Description
Number Of Pins
32 (shared with Digital Output)
Input/Output Selectability
Each pin in individually useable as an input pin, as and output pin, or as a bidirectional
open collector pin
Threshold Level *
Accuracy (typical)
Input Loading
0.01 - 20.00 V, programmable in 5 mV steps
±(40 mV + 0.8% of setting), 1 year
8.25 K pullup to selected Digital Output excitation (5 VDC, 12 VDC, 24 VDC or external)
additional nominal 23.0 K load to 5 VDC or 0 VDC depending on input level (all excitation
selections)
Hysteresis
.12 VDC nominal
External Handshake Characteristics
Request TTL compatible (with 1 KW pullup), minimum pulse width = 50 nsec,
programmable active high or low (default). Request input must be in the inactive state
prior to selecting Handshake as the trigger source, input data setup 0, hold time,
5.3 msec of the Request pulse leading edge.
Acknowledge output pulse, TTL compatible, 1.04 msec pulse width, programmable, high
or low (default), the Acknowledge pulse leading edge may be used to indicate that the
input hold time has been met.
*
Clock
External handshake (48 kHz maximum) or internal (3.662 Hz to 48 kHz)
4095 maximum prematch, 4096 maximum postmatch
*
Memory
*
Must be identical for all 32 bits
Table A–59: Digital Output Characteristics
Characteristic
Description
Number Of Pins
32 (shared with Digital Input)
Input/Output Selectability
Each pin in individually useable as an input pin, as and output pin, or as a bidirectional
open collector pin
*
Output Level
+5 V, +12 V, +24 V, or user-supplied (+5 V to +32 V)
Output Sink Current
Source Current
50 mA maximum at V
of 0.4 VDC maximum.
CESAT
The following assumes the Digital Input instrument threshold is set to 50% (or less) of the
Digital Output excitation level:
5 VDC excitation, 240 mA at 3.5 VDC
12 VDC excitation, 350 mA at 8.0 VDC
24 VDC excitation, 500 mA at 16.0 VDC
Rise/Fall Time
Memory *
Clock*
5.21 msec, 10 % to 90%, 90% to 10%
4096 samples
External handshake (48 kHz maximum) or internal (3.662 Hz to 48 kHz)
A–25
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix A: Specifications
Table A–59: Digital Output Characteristics (Cont.)
Characteristic
Description
External Handshake Characteristics
Request TTL compatible (with 1 kW pullup), minimum pulse width = 50 nsec, program-
mable active high or low (default). Request input must be in the inactive state prior to
selecting Handshake or the trigger source, update will occur within 5.21 msec of the
Request Leading edge pulse, TTL compatible 1.04 msec nominal pulse width,
programmable high or low pulse, leading edge may be used as a handshake acknowl-
edge, trailing edge as a settled indication.
Segment Repeat Count *
Segment Repeat Period *
1-4096 or continuous
20.83 ms to 16 seconds
*
Must be identical for all 32 bits
Digital to Analog Converter (DAC) (Option 1A)
Table A–60: Digital to Analog Converter Characteristics
Characteristic
Number Of Channels
Vertical Resolution
Output
Description
8
112 bits (3501 levels)
± 14 V with 8 mV resolution
±(20.0 mV + 0.5% of reading)
±(1 mV + 0.025% of reading)/month
Accuracy
Drift
Protection
Short circuit to ground, indefinite.
Do not short to other DAC outputs (channel high output pins are placed non-adjacent to
help prevent this from happening).
Setting Time
33.3 msec to published accuracy
Memory *
1024 samples per channel
Clock
External handshake (15 kHz maximum) or internal (3.6662 Hz - 15 kHz)
External Handshake Characteristics
Request TTL compatible (with 1 kW pullup), minimum pulse width = 50 ns, program-
mable, active, high or low (default), Request input must be in inactive state prior to
selecting handshake as the trigger source, update will occur within 5.21 msec of the
Request Leading edge.
Strobe, Output pulse, TTL compatible, 2.0 pulse width, programmable high or low
(default) pulse, leading edge may be used as a handshake acknowledge, trailing edge as
a settled indication.
A–26
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix A: Specifications
Table A–60: Digital to Analog Converter Characteristics (Cont.)
Characteristic
Description
Maximum Output Load
<30_C: >800 W (600 W to ±12 VDC)
<55_C: >1545 W (1345 W to ±12 VDC)
Segment Repeat Count *
Segment Repeat Period *
1-4096 or continuous
66.7 mS to 16 s
*
Must be identical for all 32 bits
Relay Drivers (Option 1D)
Table A–61: Relay Drivers Characteristics
Characteristic
Description
Number Of Bits
8
Configuration
Open collector
100 mA each channel
1.2 V
Maximum sink current
Maximum Output Level at 100 mA
Maximum Switching Voltage
35 V
SurePath Specifications
The VX4101A controls the following currently available SurePathtswitching
modules as slaves:
H
H
H
H
H
VX4320 1.3 GHz RF Multiplexer
VX4330 120 Channel Scanner/Multiplexer
VX4350 64 Channel SPDT
VX4380 256 Cross Point Relay Matrix Module
VX4351 40-Channel, 10 Amp, SPST Switch Module
Maximum number of slave modules: 11
A–27
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix A: Specifications
Certifications and Compliances
Table A–62: Certifications and compliances
Characteristics
Description
EC Declaration of Conformity -
EMC
Meets intent of EMC Directive 89/336/EEC for Electromagnetic Compatibility. Compliance was
demonstrated to the following specifications as listed in the Official Journal of the European
Communities:
EN 55011
Class A Radiated and Conducted Emissions
AC Power Line Harmonic Emissions
EN 50081-1 Emissions:
EN 60555-2
EN 50082-1 Immunity:
IEC 801-2
Electrostatic Discharge Immunity
RF Electromagnetic Field Immunity
Electrical Fast Transient/Burst Immunity
Power Line Surge Immunity
IEC 801-3
IEC 801-4
IEC 801-5
To ensure compliance with EMC requirements, this module must be installed in a mainframe which
has backplane shields installed complying with Rule B.7.45 of the VXIbus Specification. Also, only
high quality shielded cables having a reliable, continuous outer shield with low impedance
connections to shielded connector housings at both ends should be connected to this product.
Australian Declaration of
Conformity - EMC
Conforms with the following standards in accordance with the Electromagnetic Compatibility
Framework:
AS/NZS 2064.1/2
Class A Radiated and Conducted Emissions
To ensure compliance with EMC requirements, this module must be installed in a mainframe which
has backplane shields installed which comply with Rule B.7.45 of the VXIbus Specification.
Additionally, only high quality shielded cables having a reliable, continuous outer shield which has
low impedance connections to shielded connector housings at both ends should be connected to
this product.
EC Declaration of Conformity -
Low Voltage
Meets intent of Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC as amended by 93/68/EEC, for Product Safety.
Compliance was demonstrated to the following specification as listed in the Official Journal of the
European Communities:
EN 61010-1/A2:1995
Safety requirements for electrical equipment for measurement,
control, and laboratory use.
Approvals
UL3111-1 - Standard for electrical measuring and test equipment
CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 1010.1 - Safety requirements for electrical equipment for measurement,
control and laboratory use.
Safety Certification of Plug-in or
VXI Modules
For modules (plug-in or VXI) that are safety certified by Underwriters Laboratories, UL Listing
applies only when the module is installed in a UL Listed product.
For modules (plug-in or VXI) that have cUL or CSA approval, the approval applies only when the
module is installed in a cUL or CSA approved product.
Installation Category Descriptions Terminals on this product may have different installation category designations. The installation
categories are:
A–28
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix A: Specifications
Table A–62: Certifications and compliances (cont.)
Characteristics
Description
CAT III Distribution-level mains (usually permanently connected). Equipment at this level is
typically in a fixed industrial location.
CAT II Local-level mains (wall sockets). Equipment at this level includes appliances, portable
tools, and similar products. Equipment is usually cord-connected.
CAT I
Secondary (signal level) or battery operated circuits of electronic equipment.
A–29
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix A: Specifications
A–30
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix B: Input/Output Connections
Table B–1: Digital Multimeter (DMM) Input/Output Connections
Pin Number Signal
6
1
9
5
7
3
2
4
8
Voltage/2-wire W +, 4-wire W +
Voltage/2-wire W –, 4-wire W –
4-wire W +
1
2
3
4
5
4-wire W –
Current +
Current –
Not connected
Not connected
Not connected
6
7
8
9
B–1
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix B: Input/Output Connections
Table B–2: 160-Pin Connector Pinouts
Maximum voltage
limits
Pin number
23B
23A
22E
23E
22C
22D
22A
22B
21D
21C
21B
21A
20E
21E
20C
20D
20A
20B
17D
17C
17B
17A
16D
16C
16B
16A
15D
15C
15B
15A
14D
14C
14B
14A
Signal description
DAC High Channel 1
DAC Low Channel 1
DAC High Channel 2
DAC Low Channel 2
DAC High Channel 3
DAC Low Channel 3
DAC High Channel 4
DAC Low Channel 4
DAC High Channel 5
DAC Low Channel 5
DAC High Channel 6
DAC Low Channel 6
DAC High Channel 7
DAC Low Channel 7
DAC High Channel 8
DAC Low Channel 8
DAC Request *
Input or Output
Output
± 14 VDC
Ground
Output
Output
± 14 VDC
Ground
Output
Output
± 14 VDC
Ground
Output
Output
± 14 VDC
Ground
Output
Output
± 14 VDC
Ground
Output
Output
± 14 VDC
Ground
Output
Output
± 14 VDC
Ground
Output
Output
± 14 VDC
Ground
Output
Input
TTL
DAC Strobe*
Output
TTL
Digital I/O Pin 1
Input/Output
Input/Output
Input/Output
Input/Output
Input/Output
Input/Output
Input/Output
Input/Output
Input/Output
Input/Output
Input/Output
Input/Output
Input/Output
Input/Output
Input/Output
Input/Output
+0 - 32 VDC
+0 - 32 VDC
+0 - 32 VDC
+0 - 32 VDC
+0 - 32 VDC
+0 - 32 VDC
+0 - 32 VDC
+0 - 32 VDC
+0 - 32 VDC
+0 - 32 VDC
+0 - 32 VDC
+0 - 32 VDC
+0 - 32 VDC
+0 - 32 VDC
+0 - 32 VDC
+0 - 32 VDC
Digital I/O Pin 2
Digital I/O Pin 3
Digital I/O Pin 4
Digital I/O Pin 5
Digital I/O Pin 6
Digital I/O Pin 7
Digital I/O Pin 8
Digital I/O Pin 9
Digital I/O Pin 10
Digital I/O Pin 11
Digital I/O Pin 12
Digital I/O Pin 13
Digital I/O Pin 14
Digital I/O Pin 15
Digital I/O Pin 16
B–2
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix B: Input/Output Connections
Table B–2: 160-Pin Connector Pinouts (Cont.)
Maximum voltage
limits
Pin number
13D
13C
13B
13A
12D
12C
12B
12A
11D
11C
11B
11A
10D
10C
10B
10A
18B
17E
18C
18A
13E
11E
15E
9E
Signal description
Digital I/O Pin 17
Digital I/O Pin 18
Digital I/O Pin 19
Digital I/O Pin 20
Digital I/O Pin 21
Digital I/O Pin 22
Digital I/O Pin 23
Digital I/O Pin 24
Digital I/O Pin 25
Digital I/O Pin 26
Digital I/O Pin 27
Digital I/O Pin 28
Digital I/O Pin 29
Digital I/O Pin 30
Digital I/O Pin 31
Digital I/O Pin 32
Digital I/O External Excitation
Digital I/O Return
Digital I/O Return
Digital In Acknowledge*
Digital In Request*
Digital Out Request *
Digital Out Acknowledge *
Relay Driver 1
Input or Output
Input/Output
Input/Output
Input/Output
Input/Output
Input/Output
Input/Output
Input/Output
Input/Output
Input/Output
Input/Output
Input/Output
Input/Output
Input/Output
Input/Output
Input/Output
Input/Output
Input
+0 - 32 VDC
+0 - 32 VDC
+0 - 32 VDC
+0 - 32 VDC
+0 - 32 VDC
+0 - 32 VDC
+0 - 32 VDC
+0 - 32 VDC
+0 - 32 VDC
+0 - 32 VDC
+0 - 32 VDC
+0 - 32 VDC
+0 - 32 VDC
+0 - 32 VDC
+0 - 32 VDC
+0 - 32 VDC
+0 - 32 VDC
Ground
Input/Output
Input/Output
Output
Ground
TTL
Input
TTL
Input
TTL
Output
TTL
Output
+0 - 35 VDC
+0 - 35 VDC
+0 - 35 VDC
+0 - 35 VDC
+0 - 35 VDC
+0 - 35 VDC
+0 - 35 VDC
+0 - 35 VDC
+0 - 35 VDC
Ground
9D
Relay Driver 2
Output
9C
Relay Driver 3
Output
9B
Relay Driver 4
Output
8E
Relay Driver 5
Output
8D
Relay Driver 6
Output
8C
Relay Driver 7
Output
8B
Relay Driver 8
Output
9A
Relay External Excitation
Relay Excitation Return
DMM Trigger *
Input
8A
Input/Output
Input
24A
TTL
B–3
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix B: Input/Output Connections
Table B–2: 160-Pin Connector Pinouts (Cont.)
Maximum voltage
limits
Pin number
19E
Signal description
Input or Output
Output
DMM Acknowledge *
TTL
TTL
24B
VX4101A MultiPaqt Instru-
Input
ment External Trigger In
24E
25E
25D
VX4101A MultiPaqt Instru-
Output
TTL
ment External Trigger Out
Daughter Common Bus
Signal 1
Input/Output
Input/Output
Reserved for daugh-
ter cards
Daughter Common Bus
Signal 2
Reserved for daugh-
ter cards
23C
23D
24C
24D
Digital Ground
Digital Ground
Digital Ground
Digital Ground
Input/Output
Input/Output
Input/Output
Input/Output
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
B–4
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix C: Instrument I/O Operation
CAUTION. If the user’s mainframe has other manufacturers’ computer boards
operating in the role of VXIbus foreign devices, the assertion of BERR* (as
defined by the VXIbus Specification) may cause operating problems on these
boards.
This section describes the input and output operations of the VX4101A
MultiPaqtInstrument. The VX4101A supports the Normal Transfer Mode of the
VXIbus using the Write Ready, Read Ready, Data In Ready (DIR), and Data Out
Ready (DOR) bits of the module Response register. The read and write opera-
tions in Normal Transfer Mode are as follows:
Normal Transfer Mode
Read Operation
A Normal Transfer Mode read of the VX4101A Module proceeds as follows:
1. The commander reads the VX4101A Response register and checks if the
Write Ready and DOR bits are true. If they are, the commander proceeds to
the next step. If not, the commander continues to poll these bits until they
become true.
2. The commander writes the Byte Request command (hexadecimal 0DEFF) to
the Data Low register of the VX4101A.
3. The commander reads the VX4101A Response register and checks if the
Read Ready bit is true. If it is, the commander proceeds to the next step. If
not, the commander continues to poll this bit until it becomes true.
4. The commander reads the VX4101A Data Low register.
Normal Transfer Mode
Write Operation
A Normal Transfer Mode write to the VX4101A Module proceeds as follows:
1. The commander reads the VX4101A Response register and checks if the
Write Ready and DIR bits are true. If they are, the commander proceeds to
the next step. If not, the commander continues to poll the Write Ready and
DIR bits until they are true.
2. The commander writes the Byte Available command which contains the data
(hexadecimal 0BCXX or 0BDXX, depending on the End bit) to the Data
Low register of the VX4101A.
The module has no registers beyond those defined for VXIbus message based
devices. All communications with the module are through the Data Low register,
the Response register, or the VXIbus interrupt cycle. Any attempt by another
module to read or write to any undefined location of the VX4101A address space
may cause incorrect operation of the module.
C–1
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix C: Instrument I/O Operation
As with all VXIbus devices, the VX4101A Module has registers located within a
64 byte block in the A16 address space. The base address of the VX4101A
device registers is determined by the device unique logical address and can be
calculated as follows:
Base Address = V16 * 4016 + C00016
where V is the logical address of the device as set by the Logical Address
switches.
Configuration Registers
Table C–1 contains a list of the VX4101A Configuration registers and a
complete description of each register. The offset is relative to the module base
address.
Table C–1: Register Definitions
Address
(hexadecimal)
Register
ID Register
Device Type
Status
Type
RO
RO
R
Value (Bits 15-0)
0000
1001 1111 1111 1101 (hexadecimal 9FFD)
0111 0111 1001 1010 (hexadecimal 779A)
Defined by state of interface
Defined by state of interface
Assigned by Resource Manager
1011 0111 1111 1111 (hexadecimal B7FF)
Defined by state of the interface
Not used
0002
0004
Control
0004
W
Offset
0006
WO
RO
RO
Protocol
Response
Data High
Data Low
Data Low
0008
000A
000C
000E
W
R
Not fixed; command-dependent
Not fixed; command-dependent
000E
RO is Read Only
WO is Write Only
R is Read
W is Write
C–2
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix C: Instrument I/O Operation
VMEbus Interrupt Level Selection
Each function module in a VXIbus System can generate an interrupt at a
specified level on the VMEbus to request service from the interrupt handler
located on its commander. The VX4101 supports programmable interrupt
selection for setting the interrupt level for the device.
Interrupts are used by the module to return VXIbus Protocol Events to the
module commander.
C–3
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix C: Instrument I/O Operation
C–4
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix D: Counter Architecture
Threshold
–.5 V to +.5 V
COUNTER LOGIC
Comparator1_1
Hysteresis= 10 to 60 mV
Offset
–1 V to +1 V
Channel
X1, X10, X100
One
Attenuator,
AC/DC Coupling
50/1 MW Impedance
Comparator1_2
Hysteresis= 10 to 60 mV
Amplifier _1
Gain=.4 to 10
20 MHz/100 MHz/Off
Filter
Threshold
–.5 V to +.5 V
Threshold
–.5 V to +.5 V
Comparator2_1
Hysteresis= 10 to 60 mV
Offset
–1 V to +1 V
Channel
Two
X1, X10, X100
Attenuator,
AC/DC Coupling
50/1 MW Impedance
Amplifier _2
Comparator2_2
Hysteresis= 10 to 60 mV
Gain=.4 to 10
20 MHz/100 MHz/Off
Filter
Threshold
–.5 V to +.5 V
Channel Three
(0ption 2C)
DIVIDE BY 4
PRESCALER
Arm
Trigger Logic
Slope"
Threshold
–20 V to +20 V
D–1
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix D: Counter Architecture
D–2
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix E: Obsolete Commands
The following SENSe subsystem commands provide backward compatibility
with the previously released Counter included with the VX4101 DMM/Counter.
For complete information about these commands, consult the VX4101 DMM/
Counter User Guide.
Counter Commands
The following commands are backwards compatible with the VX4101 DMM/
Counter:
SENSe Subsystem
SENSe[:...]:COUNt
SENSe[:...]:COUNt?
SENSe[:...]:APERture
SENSe[:...]:APERture?
SENSe[:...]:EVENts
SENSe[:...]:EVENts?
SENSe[:...]:MODe
SENSe[:...]:MODe?
On the VX4101, you were required to replace [:...] with one of the functions
below. This is no longer necessary on the VX4101A. For example, the
VX4101A command to set the aperture was SENSe:FREQuency:APERture. The
new VX4101A command is SENSe:APERture.
VOLTage:AC
VOLTage:DC
VOLTage:MINimum
VOLTage:MAXimum
VOLTage:PTP
FREQuency
PERiod
FREQuency:RATio
RISE:TIME
RTIME
FALL:TIMe
FTIMe
PWIDth
NWIDTH
TINTerval
E–1
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix E: Obsolete Commands
NOTE. The SENSe:TINTerval:DELay[STATe] commands were used by the
VX4101 to switch off the delay by time capability. With the VX4101A, you can
now program time interval with delay by events.
The SENSe:FUNCtion commands included with the VX4101A enable a variety of
time interval programing options, including time interval, time interval with
delay by time, or time interval with delay by events using SENSe:FUNCtion.
This means that the command SENSe:TINTerval:DELay[:STATe] and the
associated SENSe:TINTerval:DELay[:STATe] query are no longer necessary and
are not active in the VX4101A.
E–2
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
WARNING
The following servicing instructions are for use only by qualified personnel. To
avoid injury, do not perform any servicing other than that stated in the operating
instructions unless you are qualified to do so. Refer to all Safety Summaries before
performing any service.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix F: Performance Verification Procedure
Semi-Automated PVP Procedures
The VX4101A MultiPaqtInstrument is designed to run semi-automated
performance verification procedures (PVPs) using the VXIplug&play soft front
panels.
There is a menu choice on the pull-down menus of each soft front panel/
Manual PVP Procedures
Manual PVP procedures are included on the media accompanying your
instrument. You can use them if you do not want to use the semi-automated
procedures. The files are in .PDF format for viewing with the Adobe Acrobat
viewer. The file names are as follows:
CNTRPVP.PDF
DMMPVP.PDF
DACPVP.PDF
NOTE. The manual PVPs for the DMM and Counter are very long and complex.
Tektronix recommends that you use the semi-automated PVPs available through
the soft front panels.
F–1
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix F: Performance Verification Procedures
F–2
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix G: Calibration
This section contains calibration procedures for the following modules in the
VX4101A MultiPaqtInstrument:
H
H
H
Digital Multimeter (DMM)
Counter
Digital to Analog Converter (DAC)
Calibration for the DMM
The DMM calibration procedure consists of the following:
H
H
H
Null and gain calibration in all DC ranges
All AC TRMS (DC Coupled) ranges
All 4Ćwire resistance ranges and the two current ranges.
An additional 2Ćwire W null calibration in the 30 W range is required and may be
used to compensate for 2Ćwire W field wiring.
Nonzero values specified below may be ±10% of the value specified, with a
maximum value equal the value of the range. Enter the exact value as displayed
on the calibrator (or as measured by an accurate system DMM if a DMM is used
as a transfer standard. The tolerances shown following the applied values below
are the accuracy to which the cal:val command argument must be known. A
calibration standard meeting those accuracies must be used (or an accurate
system DMM used as a transfer standard).
NOTE. See the CALibration:VALue command description in the SCPI Command
section of this user manual for a description of the calibration commands and
additional information about the calibration of the VX4101A DMM.
Between applying an external voltage and sending the cal:val command in the
procedures below, sufficient time should be allowed for both the calibration
source and the VX4101A input circuit to settle to the tolerance shown. A good
way to assure this in an automated program is to take continuous measurements
with the VX4101A DMM after the voltage, resistance or current is applied, make
sure that the reading is stable within a value equal to 25% of the accuracy of the
measurement, and that the VX4101A measurement is reasonable.
G–1
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix G: Calibration
Recommended Calibration
Interval
1 year
Before You Begin
Connect calibrator voltage outputs to VX4101A voltage inputs.
Program the VX4101A as follows:
inst:sel dmm
cal:sour ext
After completion, program the VX4101A as follows:
cal:sour int
DC Mode Calibration Procedure
Perform this procedure to calibrate the DMM through its entire range of DC
measurements. This procedure is separated into phases to permit calibration of
all ranges, but should be run in its entirety. Perform the following steps to
calibrate the DMM in DC mode:
DC Range .03 VDC with
This part of the procedure calibrates the DMM for 0.03 VDC with 10 MW
impedance.
10 MW Impedance
1. Program the VX4101A as follows:
conf:dc .03
2. Program the VX4101A as follows:
inp:imp 10e6; init
3. Apply 0.0 VDC ±100 nVDC
4. Program the VX4101A as follows:
cal:val 0
5. Apply 0.029 VDC±1.9 mVDC
6. Program the VX4101A as follows:
cal:val .029
DC Range .3 VDC with
This part of the procedure calibrates the DMM for 0.3 VDC with 10 MW
impedance.
10 MW Impedance
7. Program the VX4101A as follows:
G–2
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix G: Calibration
conf:dc .3;init
8. Apply 0.0 VDC ±1 mVDC
9. Program the VX4101A as follows:
cal:val 0
10. Apply 0.290 VDC ±5.3 mVDC
11. Program the VX4101A as follows:
cal:val .29 (or any other desired value)
DC Range 3 VDC with
This part of the procedure calibrates the DMM for 3 VDC with 10 MW
impedance.
10 MW Impedance
12. Program the VX4101A as follows:
conf:dc 3;init
13. Apply 0.0 VDC ±4 mVDC
14. Program the VX4101A as follows:
cal:val 0
15. Apply 2.90 VDC ±35 mVDC
16. Program the VX4101A as follows:
cal:val 2.9 (or any other desired value)
DC Range 30 VDC with
This part of the procedure calibrates the DMM for 30 VDC with 10 MW
impedance.
10 MW Impedance
17. Program the VX4101A as follows:
conf:dc 30;init
18. Apply 0.0 VDC ±40 mVDC
19. Program the VX4101A as follows:
cal:val 0
20. Apply 29.0 VDC ±450 mVDC
21. Program the VX4101A as follows:
cal:val 29 (or any other desired value)
G–3
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix G: Calibration
DC Range 300 VDC with
This part of the procedure calibrates the DMM for 300 VDC with 10 MW
impedance.
10 MW Impedance
22. Program the VX4101A as follows:
conf:dc 300;init
23. Apply 0.0 VDC ±400 mVDC
24. Program the VX4101A as follows:
cal:val 0
25. Apply 290 VDC ±4.5 mVDC
26. Program the VX4101A as follows:
cal:val 290 (or any other desired value)
DC Range .03 VDC with
This part of the procedure calibrates the DMM for 0.03 VDC with 10 GW
impedance.
10 GW Impedance
27. Program the VX4101A as follows:
conf:dc .03
28. Program the VX4101A as follows:
inp:imp 10e9;init
29. Apply 0.0 VDC ±100 nVDC
30. Program the VX4101A as follows:
cal:val 0
31. Apply 0.029 VDC ±1.9 mVDC
32. Program the VX4101A as follows:
cal:val .029 (or any other desired value)
G–4
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix G: Calibration
DC Range 0.3 VDC with
This part of the procedure calibrates the DMM for 0.3 VDC with 10 GW
impedance.
10 GW Impedance
33. Program the VX4101A as follows:
conf:dc .3;init
34. Apply 0.0 VDC ±1 mVDC
35. Program the VX4101A as follows:
cal:val 0
36. Apply 0.290 VDC ±5.3 mVDC
37. Program the VX4101A as follows:
cal:val .29 (or any other desired value)
DC Range 3 VDC with
This part of the procedure calibrates the DMM for 3 VDC with 10 GW imped-
ance.
10 GW Impedance
38. Program the VX4101A as follows:
conf:dc 3;init
39. Apply 0.0 VDC ±4 mVDC
40. Program the VX4101A as follows:
cal:val 0
41. Apply 2.90 VDC ±35 mVDC
42. Program the VX4101A as follows:
cal:val 2.9 (or any other desired value)
G–5
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix G: Calibration
TRMS AC (DC Coupled) Mode Calibrations
This procedure will calibrate the DMM throughout its range of TRMS AC (DC
Coupled) measurements. This procedure is separated into phases to permit
calibration of all ranges, but should be run in its entirety. The procedure is as
follows:
AC/DC Coupled Range
.03 VDC or RMS
This part of the procedure calibrates the DMM for AC/DC Coupled Range
0.03 VDC or RMS.
1. Program the VX4101A as follows:
conf:acdc .03;init
2. Apply 0.009 VRMS ±1.9 mVRMS at 1 kHz
3. Program the VX4101A as follows:
cal:val .009
4. Apply .029 VRMS ±1.9 mVRMS at 1 kHz
5. Program the VX4101A as follows:
cal:val .029 (or any other desired value)
AC/DC Coupled Range
0.3 VDC or RMS
This part of the procedure calibrates the DMM for AC/DC Coupled Range
0.3 VDC or RMS.
6. Program the VX4101A as follows:
conf:acdc .3;init
7. Apply .03 VRMS ±1.9 mVRMS at 1 kHz
8. Program the VX4101A as follows:
cal:val .03 (or any other desired value)
9. Apply .290 VRMS ±5.3 mRMS at 1 kHz
10. Program the VX4101A as follows:
cal:val .29 (or any other desired value)
G–6
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix G: Calibration
AC/DC Coupled Range
3 VDC or RMS
This part of the procedure calibrates the DMM for AC/DC Coupled Range
3 VDC or RMS.
11. Program the VX4101A as follows:
conf:acdc 3;init
12. Apply .300 VRMS ±5.3 mVRMS at 1 kHz
13. Program the VX4101A as follows:
cal:val .3 (or any other desired value)
14. Apply 2.90 VRMS ±35 mVRMS at 1 kHz
15. Program the VX4101A as follows:
cal:val 2.9 (or any other desired value)
AC/DC Coupled Range
30 VDC or RMS
This part of the procedure calibrates the DMM for AC/DC Coupled Range
30 VDC or RMS.
16. Program the VX4101A as follows:
conf:acdc 30;init
17. Apply 3.0 VRMS ±35 mVRMS at 1 kHz
18. Program the VX4101A as follows:
cal:val 3 (or any other desired value)
19. Apply 29.0 VRMS ±450 mVRMS at 1 kHz
20. Program the VX4101A as follows:
cal:val 29 (or any other desired value)
AC/DC Coupled Range
300 VDC or RMS
This part of the procedure calibrates the DMM for AC/DC Coupled Range
300 VDC or RMS.
21. Program the VX4101A as follows:
conf:acdc 300;init
22. Apply 30.0 VRMS ±450 mVRMS at 1 kHz
23. Program the VX4101A as follows:
cal:val 30 (or any other desired value)
24. Apply 290 VRMS ±4.5 mVRMS at 1 kHz
G–7
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix G: Calibration
25. Program the VX4101A as follows:
cal:val 290 (or any other desired value)
NOTE. TRMS AC (AC Coupled) ranges use the above calibration information. A
separate TRMS AC (AC Coupled) calibration is not required.
Resistance Mode Calibration Procedure
This procedure will calibrate the DMM through its entire range of resistance
measurement settings. The procedure is separated into several phases, but should
be run in its entirety. The procedure is as follows:
Resistance 30 W 4-Wire
This part of the procedure calibrates the DMM for 30 W Resistance, 4-wire.
1. Program the VX4101A as follows:
conf:fres 30;init
2. Apply 0.0 W ±1.0 mW
3. Program the VX4101A as follows:
cal:val 0
4. Apply 10.0 W ±1.3 mW
5. Program the VX4101A as follows:
cal:val 10 (or any other desired value)
Resistance 30 W 2-Wire
This part of the procedure calibrates the DMM for 30 W Resistance, 2-wire.
6. Program the VX4101A as follows:
conf:res 30;init
7. Apply 0.0 W ±1.0 mW
8. Program the VX4101A as follows:
cal:val 0
9. Apply 10.0 W ±1.3 mW
G–8
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix G: Calibration
10. Program the VX4101A as follows:
cal:val 10 (or any other desired value)
Resistance 300 W
Resistance 3 kW
Resistance 30 kW
This part of the procedure calibrates the DMM for 300 W resistance.
11. Program the VX4101A as follows:
conf:fres 300;init
12. Apply 0.0 W ±1.0 mW
13. Program the VX4101A as follows:
cal:val 0
14. Apply 100.0 W ±3 mW
15. Program the VX4101A as follows:
cal:val 10 (or any other desired value)
This part of the procedure calibrates the DMM for 300 kW resistance.
16. Program the VX4101A as follows:
⊂onf:fres 3000;init
17. Apply 0.0 W ±4.0 mW
18. Program the VX4101A as follows:
cal:val 0
19. Apply 1000.0 W ±16 mW
20. Program the VX4101A as follows:
cal:val 100 (or any other desired value)
This part of the procedure calibrates the DMM for 30 kW resistance.
21. Program the VX4101A as follows:
conf:fres 30000;init
22. Apply 0.0 W ±40 mW
23. Program the VX4101A as follows:
cal:val 0
G–9
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix G: Calibration
24. Apply 10 kW ±.16 W
25. Program the VX4101A as follows:
cal:val 10e3 (or any other desired value)
Resistance 300 kW
This part of the procedure calibrates the DMM for 300 kW resistance.
26. Program the VX4101A as follows:
conf:fres 300e3;init
27. Apply 0.0 W ±.4 W
28. Program the VX4101A as follows:
cal:val 0
29. Apply 100 kW ±1.8 W
30. Program the VX4101A as follows:
cal:val 100e3 (or any other desired value)
Resistance 3 MW
This part of the procedure calibrates the DMM for 3 MW resistance.
31. Program the VX4101A as follows:
conf:fres 3e6;init
32. Apply 0.0 W ±8 W
33. Program the VX4101A as follows:
cal:val 0
34. Apply 1.0 MW ± 48 W
35. Program the VX4101A as follows:
cal:val 1e6 (or any other desired value)
Resistance 30 MW
This part of the procedure calibrates the DMM for 30 MW resistance.
36. Program the VX4101A as follows:
conf:fres 30e6;init
37. Apply 0.0 W ±160 W
G–10
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix G: Calibration
38. Program the VX4101A as follows:
cal:val 0
39. Apply 10 MW ±2000 W
40. Program the VX4101A as follows:
cal:val 10e6 (or any other desired value)
Resistance 300 MW
This part of the procedure calibrates the DMM for 300 MW resistance.
41. Program the VX4101A as follows:
conf:fres 300e6;init
42. Apply 0.0 W ±1600 W
43. Program the VX4101A as follows:
cal:val 0
44. Apply 100 MW ±200 kW
45. Program the VX4101A as follows:
cal:val 100e6 (or any other desired value)
NOTE. 2-wire resistance W ranges use the above calibration information. A
separate 2-wire W calibration (other than at 30 W) is not required.
G–11
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix G: Calibration
Current Mode Calibration Procedure
This procedure calibrates the DMM in current mode throughout its range of
current measurements. This procedure is separated into phases to permit
calibration at all ranges, but is intended to be run in its entirety. The procedure is
as follows:
Current .15A
This part of the procedure calibrates for 0.15A current.
1. Program the VX4101A as follows:
conf:curr .15;init
2. Apply 0.0 mA ±8 mA
3. Program the VX4101A as follows:
cal:val 0
4. Apply 140 mA ±35 mA
5. Program the VX4101A as follows:
cal:val .14 (or any other desired value)
Current 1A
This part of the procedure calibrates for 1A current.
6. Program the VX4101A as follows:
conf:curr 1;init
7. Apply 0.0 mA ±14 mA
8. Program the VX4101A as follows:
cal:val 0
9. Apply 900 mA ±0.28 mA
NOTE. This measurement takes extra time to settle
10. Program the VX4101A as follows:
cal:val 1 (or any other desired value)
G–12
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix G: Calibration
Calibration for the Counter
This procedure shows you how to calibrate the Counter for the VX4101A
MultiPaqtInstrument.
Prerequisites
It is assumed the module has completed its power-on self test. For information
on specific commands or syntax, please review the Syntax and Commands
section.
Equipment Required
You need the following equipment to calibrate the Counter:
H
H
Precision DC calibrator
Function generator (1 kHz square wave at ±2.5 V)
(10 MHz square wave at ±1.0 V)
H
H
High frequency signal generator (Required for factory calibration only)
(1000 MHz Sine @–21 dBm, 10 MHz Sine @ 0 dBm)
High accuracy clock standard, such as a rubidium clock source (10 MHz @
0 dBm)
Recommended Calibration
Interval
1 year
What You Should Know
About
Before you begin the calibration procedures for the Counter, you should
understand the following:
Channel Specifications. For the calibration procedures referenced below,
[<channel>] is either 1 or 2, depending on the channel being calibrated. For
example, the command CALibrate[<channel>]:ZERO could be specified as one
of the following:
cal1:zero
cal2:zero
to zero channel 1, or
to zero channel 2
If [<channel>] is not specified (e.g. cal:zero), channel 1 is the default.
For channel 1, the input signal should be connected to the CH 1 input of the
Counter.
For channel 2, the input signal should be connected to the CH 2 input of the
Counter.
G–13
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix G: Calibration
NOTE. For the ARM calibrations, the input should be connected to the SMB
connector.
For the channel 3 (factory) calibrations, the input should be connected to the
SMA Connector, if this option is included.
Determining Status. To determine the status of a calibration command, do the
following:
1. Issue the following query:
STATus:OPERation:CONDition?
NOTE. Bit 0 in the response data indicates the following:
Bit 0 = 0
Bit 0 = 1
Indicates that the calibration command is complete
Indicates that the calibration is in progress
2. You can issue the following query to determine if there was a failure in the
calibration:
SYSTem:ERRor?
NOTE. When polling the cards for calibration complete, it is recommended that
the polling period be greater than 1 ms to minimize the overhead incurred for
processing the query while the calibration is in progress. An alternative method
to eliminate the polling overhead is to program the card to generate an SRQ
(service request) interrupt when the calibration bit (described above) changes
from a 1 to a 0
About the Adjustment Procedures. The individual channel adjustments detailed in
Step Two below should be performed in the sequence in which they appear for
the channel 1 and channel 2 inputs of the Counter. Once these steps have been
performed, the command function and cross channel calibrations steps in Step
Three should be executed.
Step One: Initialize the
instrument
To initialize the instrument and prepare it for adjustment, do the following:
1. Send the following command to select the counter function of the VX4101A:
INSTrument:SELect COUNTER
G–14
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix G: Calibration
2. Connect the calibrator to the channel being calibrated.
Step Two: Individual
Channel Adjustments
Adjust each channel as follows:
Offset Adjustment. To adjust offset, do the following:
1. Set the calibrator to 0.0 ±0.001 V.
2. For the channel being calibrated, send the command
CALibrate[<channel>]:ZERO
This command will take approximately 110 seconds to execute.
Preamp Linearization. To adjust preamp linearization:
1. Set the calibrator to 0.5 V ±0.1%.
2. For the channel being calibrated, send the command
CALibrate[<channel>]:LINearity
This command takes approximately 30 seconds to execute.
Gain and Offset Gain Correction. To adjust gain and offset gain correction,
perform the following steps for each of the voltages specified below:
1. For each of the following voltages, set the calibrator to the voltage value
±0.1%:
<voltage> Value
<voltage> Value
<voltage> Value
<voltage> Value
50
0.5
–10
–0.1
0.05
20
0.2
–5.0
–2.0
–1.0
–0.5
–0.2
10
0.1
5.0
2.0
1.0
0.05
–50
–20
2. For the channel being calibrated, send the following command:
CALibrate[<channel>]:VALue <voltage>
where <voltage> is the value in the table above (e.g. cal1:val 50.0).
This command takes approximately 2 seconds to execute for each voltage value.
G–15
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix G: Calibration
Hysteresis Calibration. Since this function uses an internal reference, it requires
no external inputs. The calibrator should either be disconnected or set to 0 V for
this step.
To calibrate hysteresis, do the following:
1. For the channel being calibrated, send the following command:
CALibrate[<channel>]:HYSTeresis
This command takes approximately 90 seconds to execute.
Low Frequency Compensation Adjustment. To adjust low frequency compensa-
tion:
1. Connect the function generator to the channel being calibrated, and set it to
output a 1 kHz square wave at ±2.5 ±0.1 V (1 MW load impedance).
2. For the channel being calibrated, send the command
CALibrate[<channel>]:LFCOmp
This command takes approximately 6 seconds to execute.
Step Three: Common
Function and
After performing all of the previous procedures steps for both channels, perform
the following required additional steps as required:
Cross-Channel Calibration
Adjustments
ARM Input Zero and Gain Correction. To adjust ARM Input zero and gain
Correction:
1. Set the calibrator to 0.00 ±0.001 V, and connect it to the ARM input of the
card.
2. Send the command
CALibrate:ARM:VALue 0.0
This command takes approximately 0.5 second to execute.
3. Set the calibrator to 20.0 V ±0.1%.
4. Send the command
CALibrate:ARM:VALue 20.0
This command takes approximately 0.5 seconds to execute.
G–16
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix G: Calibration
Digital Time Interpolation. To calibrate the Digital Time Interpolation, do as
follows:
1. Connect the function generator for a square wave at ±0.5 V ±0.1 V @10
MHz to the channel 1 input (50 W load impedance).
2. Send the command:
CALibrate:DTI
This command takes approximately 16 seconds to execute.
Cross Channel Delays. To calibrate the cross channel delays, do as follows:
1. Using a 50 W RF splitter and equal length cables, connect the function
generator to both the Channel 1 and Channel 2 inputs. Set up the function
generator for a 10 MHz square wave at ±2.0 V ±0.1 V (±0.5 V at each 50 W
input).
2. For determining the channel 1 cable delay, send the command:
CALibrate1:DELay
This command takes approximately 3 seconds to execute.
3. For determining the channel 2 cable delay, send the command:
CALibrate2:DELay
This command takes approximately 3 seconds to execute.
4. For determining the channel 1 to 2 cross channel delay, send the command:
CALibrate:DELay 12
This command takes approximately 3 seconds to execute.
5. For determining the channel 2 to 1 cross channel delay, send the command:
CALibrate:DELay 21
This command takes approximately 3 seconds to execute.
NOTE. If an invalid input signal is present, these commands will timeout and
generate an error after approximately 5 seconds.
G–17
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix G: Calibration
Factory Calibration
The following additional steps are performed during initial factory calibration,
when the channel 3 option is available. This step is not part of the normal
calibration sequence, and is included here for completeness only.
Channel 3 Pre-Scaler BIAS Adjustment.
1. Set up the high frequency source for a sine wave at 1000 MHz ±100 kHz at
–21 dBm, and connect it to the prescaler (channel 3) input.
2. Send the command
CALibrate3:BIAS
This command takes approximately 2 seconds to execute.
System Clock Calibration
There are two clock sources available which the Counter can use as its reference
oscillator. These are the internal 10 MHz clock located on the VX4101A CPU
card, and the VXI backplane 10 MHz clock.
Either or both of these sources could be used in the actual operation of the card.
It is recommended that both sources be calibrated.
Selecting a noncalibrated source during operation will generate an error. For best
results, the VXI clock should be calibrated in the actual system in which it is
used.
Calibrate the clock sources as follows:
1. Connect the High Accuracy Clock Standard into the Channel 1 input, and set
it to 10 MHz @ 0 dBm. To do this, send the following command:
INP1:IMP50
2. Select the source of the clock to be calibrated, as follows:
SOURce:COSCillator ROSC
3. Calibrate the internal clock with the following command:
SOURce:ROSCillator INTernal
4. Calibrate the VXI backplane clock with the following command:
SOURce:ROSCillator CLOCk10
5. Calibrate the Option 1T, TXC01 with the following command:
SOURce:COSCillator TXCO1
G–18
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix G: Calibration
6. To complete the calibration, issue the following command:
CALibrate:ROSCillator
This command takes approximately 11 seconds to execute.
NOTE. If an invalid input signal is present, this command will time out and
generate an error after approximately 12 seconds.
Calibration for the Digital to Analog Converter
This procedure shows you how to calibrate the Digital to Analog Converter
(DAC) of the VX4101A MultiPaqtInstrument. Each of the eight channels of the
DAC requires a separate offset and gain calibration. In this procedure, you will
initialize the instrument, and then calibrate each channel in succession for offset,
and then for gain.
Prerequisites
It is assumed the module has completed its power-on self test. For information
on specific commands or syntax, please review the Syntax and Commands
section.
Equipment Required
You need the following equipment to calibrate the DAC:
H
4 1/2 digit or better digital voltmeter
Recommended Calibration
Interval
1 Year
What You Should Know
About
Before you begin the calibration procedure, you should understand the follow-
ing:
DAC <channel> Values For the commands referenced below, [<channel>] can be 1
through 8, depending on the DAC channel being calibrated. For example, the
command CALibrate[<channel>]:OUTput 1.0 could be specified as
cal1:out 8 for outputting 8 volts on channel one
cal8:out 0 for outputting 0 volts on channel eight
G–19
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix G: Calibration
NOTE. If you do not enter a specific value for <channel>, the instrument will use
channel one as the default.
DAC Pin AssignmentsThe Pin connections for the eight channels are shown in the
table below.
Table G–1: DAC Pin Connections
Channel
Positive (+) Output
Negative (–) Output
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
23B
22E
22C
22A
21D
21B
20E
20C
23A
23E
22D
22B
21C
21A
21E
20D
Querying Status To determine the status of a calibration command, issue the
following query:
STATus:OPERation:CONDition? query.
Bit 0 (LSB) in the response indicates the following:
Bit 0 = 0
Bit 0 = 1
Calibration command complete
Calibration in progress.
You can send a SYSTem:ERRor? query to determine if there was a failure in the
calibration.
NOTE. When polling the device to see if the calibration is complete, it is
recommended that the polling period be greater than 1 mS to minimize the
overhead incurred for processing the query while the calibration is in progress.
An alternative method to eliminate the polling overhead is to program the card
to generate an SRQ (service request) interrupt when the calibration bit
(described above) transitions from a 1 to a 0.
G–20
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix G: Calibration
Before You Begin
To prepare instrument for calibration, do the following:
1. Connect the digital voltmeter to the channel being calibrated.
2. Send the following command to select the DAC as the active instrument:
INSTrument:SELect DAC
DAC Calibration Procedure
The following procedure shows you how to program a single DAC channel. You
should perform the procedure for each DAC channel in succesion for each of the
eight DAC channels.
NOTE. Until you complete the calibration procedure for all eight DAC channels,
the instrument will return a DAC calibration error.
Adjusting Offset
This part of the procedure adjusts offset for a selected DAC channel. You will
select the DAC channel that you want to calibrate, and then adjust the channel
total of six times.
1. For the channel being calibrated, set the DAC output to nominal zero by
sending the command
CALibrate[<channel>]:OUTput 0.0
2. Send the following command:
CALibrate[<channel>]:VALue 0.0,<DVM reading>
NOTE. <DVM reading> is the value measured by the digital voltmeter
3. Change the value in <DVM reading> to the most recent reading from the
digital voltmeter.
4. Repeat steps two and three a total of six times, each time changing the value
in <DVM reading> to the most recent reading from the digital voltmeter.
Adjusting Gain
This part of the procedure calibrates the gain for a single DAC channel. You
will select the DAC channel that you want to calibrate, and then make a total of
twenty adjustments to the channel. The first six iterations are a coarse adjust-
ment. The next 14 find the optimal value centered around the best value found in
the first six tries.
G–21
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix G: Calibration
1. Set the DAC output for the channel being calibrated to nominal 8 V with the
following command:
CALibrate[<channel>]:OUTput 8.0
2. Send the following command:
CALibrate[<channel>]:VALue 8.0,<DVM reading>
NOTE. <DVM reading> is the value measured by the digital voltmeter.
3. Change the value in <DVM reading> to the most recent reading from the
digital voltmeter.
4. Repeat steps two and three a total of twenty times, each time changing the
value in <DVM reading> to the most recent reading from the digital
voltmeter.
Repeating the Proceedure
Repeat the calibration procedure from the beginning for the next DAC channel.
Saving the Results in
EEPROM
After you have calibrated all channels, you use this procedure to save the best
values found in the offset and gain adjustment procedures in the EEPROM. The
calibration channel of the DAC are then loaded with the values.
1. Send the following command once:
CALibrate[<channel>]:SAVE
G–22
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix G: Calibration
Calibration for the Digital Input
This procedure shows you how to calibrate the Digital Input for the VX4101A
MultiPaqtInstrument. You must calibrate the instrument for both a 2.5 VDC
and 12 VDC threshold.
Prerequisites
It is assumed the module has completed its power-on self test. For information
on specific commands or syntax, please review the Syntax and Commands
section.
You must hook up the external source to Discrete Input 1 and program the
Digital Output excitation to other than external and make sure that Digital
Output 1 is programmed for an inactive (high) output.
Equipment Required
You need the following equipment to calibrate the Digital Input:
H
External voltage sources of 2.500$.001 VDC and 12.00$.001 VDC
Recommended Calibration
Interval
1 Year
What You Should Know
About
Before you begin the calibration procedure, you should understand the follow-
ing:
H
The Digital Output instrument uses the same pins as the Digital Input, so
you must reset Digital Output 1 used by the Digital Input to ensure that it is
inactive.
Before You Begin
To prepare instrument for calibration, do the following:
1. Program the Digital Output excitation for other than external and program
Digital Output 1 inactive (high).
2. Connect the external voltage source to Digital Input 1.
3. Send the following command to select the Digital Input as the active
instrument:
INSTrument:SELect DIGI
G–23
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix G: Calibration
Digital Input Calibration Procedure
This procedure calibrates the Digital Input threshold. This is a 2-point calibration
using voltages of 2.5 VDC and 12 VDC respectively.
Setting the 2.5 Volt
Calibration Factor
In this procedure, you will calibrate the Digital Input for a 2.5 VDC threshold.
1. Set the external voltage source to 2.500 VDC.
2. Enter the following command to calibrate for 2.5 V:
CALibration:VALue 2.5
Setting the 12 V
Calibration Factor
In this procedure, you will calibrate the Digital Input for a 12 VDC threshold.
1. Set the external voltage source to 12.00 VDC.
2. Enter the following command to calibrate for 12 V:
CALibration:VALue 12
G–24
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix H: User Service
This appendix contains service-related information for the VX4101A MultiPaqt
that covers the following topics:
H
H
H
Performance Verification
Preventive maintenance
Troubleshooting
Performance Verification
See Appendix F.
Preventive Maintenance
You should perform inspection and cleaning as preventive maintenance.
Preventive maintenance, when done regularly, may prevent VX4101A malfunc-
tion and enhance reliability. Inspect and clean the VX4101A as often as
conditions require by following these steps:
1. Turn off power and remove the VX4101A from the VXIbus mainframe.
2. Remove loose dust on the outside of the instrument with a lint-free cloth.
3. Remove any remaining dirt with a lint-free cloth dampened with water or a
75% isopropyl alcohol solution. Do not use abrasive cleaners.
Troubleshooting
If you suspect a malfunction, first double check connections to and from the
VX4101A. If the trouble persists, perform a self test.
If the self test indicates a failure, contact your Tektronix field office or represen-
tative for assistance.
H–1
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix H: User Service
H–2
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix I: Replaceable Parts
This section contains a list of the replaceable modules for the VX4101A
MultiPaqtInstrument. Use this list to identify and order replacement parts.
Parts Ordering Information
Replacement parts are available through your local Tektronix field office or
representative.
Changes to Tektronix products are sometimes made to accommodate improved
components as they become available and to give you the benefit of the latest
improvements. Therefore, when ordering parts, it is important to include the
following information in your order:
H
H
H
H
Part number
Instrument type or model number
Instrument serial number
Instrument modification number, if applicable
If you order a part that has been replaced with a different or improved part, your
local Tektronix field office or representative will contact you concerning any
change in part number.
Change information, if any, is located at the rear of this manual.
Module Servicing
Modules can be serviced by selecting one of the following three options. Contact
your local Tektronix service center or representative for repair assistance.
Module Exchange. In some cases you may exchange your module for a reman-
ufactured module. These modules cost significantly less than new modules and
meet the same factory specifications. For more information about the module
exchange program, call 1-800-TEK-WIDE, extension 6630.
Module Repair and Return. You may ship your module to us for repair, after which
we will return it to you.
New Modules. You may purchase replacement modules in the same way as other
replacement parts.
I–1
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Replaceable Parts
Using the Replaceable Parts List
This section contains a list of the mechanical and/or electrical components that
are replaceable for the VX4101A MultiPaqtInstrument. Use this list to identify
and order replacement parts. The following table describes each column in the
parts list.
Parts list column descriptions
Column Column name
Description
1
Figure & index number
Items in this section are referenced by figure and index numbers to the exploded view
illustrations that follow.
2
Tektronix part number
Serial number
Use this part number when ordering replacement parts from Tektronix.
3 and 4
Column three indicates the serial number at which the part was first effective. Column four
indicates the serial number at which the part was discontinued. No entry indicates the part is
good for all serial numbers.
5
6
Qty
This indicates the quantity of parts used.
Name & description
An item name is separated from the description by a colon (:). Because of space limitations, an
item name may sometimes appear as incomplete. Use the U.S. Federal Catalog handbook
H6-1 for further item name identification.
7
8
Mfr. code
This indicates the code of the actual manufacturer of the part.
This indicates the actual manufacturer’s or vendor’s part number.
Mfr. part number
Abbreviations
Abbreviations conform to American National Standard ANSI Y1.1–1972.
Mfr. Code to Manufacturer
Cross Index
The table titled Manufacturers Cross Index shows codes, names, and addresses
of manufacturers or vendors of components listed in the parts list.
I–2
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Replaceable Parts
Manufacturers cross index
Mfr.
code
Manufacturer
Address
City, state, zip code
00779
AMP INC.
CUSTOMER SERVICE DEPT
PO BOX 3608
HARRISBURG, PA 17105–3608
060D9
UNITREK CORPORATION
3000 COLUMBIA HOUSE BLVD, SUITE 1
20
VANCOUVER, WA 98661
0KB01
0KB05
0KM03
30817
STAUFFER SUPPLY CO
810 SE SHERMAN
PORTLAND, OR 97214–4657
HILLSBORO, OR 97124–6474
PLACENTIA, CA 92670
NORTH STAR NAMEPLATE INC
INSTRUMENT SPECIALTIES CO INC.
INSTRUMENT SPECIALTIES CO INC
5750 NE MOORE COURT
505 PORTER WAY
EXIT 53, RT 80
BOX A
DELAWARE WATER GAP, PA 18327
57997
EMI PRECISION
20350 71ST AVE NE
SUITE C
ARLINGTON, WA 98223
62559
6V439
75915
80009
SCHROFF INC
170 COMMERCE DRIVE
WARWICK, RI 02886–2430
CHESTER, VA 23831
ERNI COMPONENTS INC
LITTELFUSE INC
TEKTRONIX INC
12701 NORTH KINGSTON AVENUE
800 E NORTHWEST HWY
DES PLAINES, IL 60016–3049
BEAVERTON, OR 97077–0001
14150 SW KARL BRAUN DR
PO BOX 500
93907
CAMCAR DIV OF TEXTRON INC
ATTN: ALICIA SANFORD
516 18TH AVE
ROCKFORD, IL 611045181
TK0198
TK0588
TK1943
TK2548
TK2626
06383
HAMILTON HALLMARK
9750 SW NIMBUS AVE
BEAVERTON, OR 97005
HILLSBORO, OR 97124
SALEM, OR 97303
UNIVERSAL PRECISION PRODUCT
NEILSEN MANUFACTURING INC
XEROX CORPORATION
1775 NW CORNELIUS PASS RD
3501 PORTLAND RD NE
14181 SW MILLIKAN WAY
2166 MOUNTAIN INDUSTRIAL BLVD.
17303 RIDGELAND AVE
BEAVERTON, OR 97005
TUCKER, GA 30084–5088
TINLEY PARK, IL 60477–3048
ETTERS, PA 17319
OPTIMA ELECTRONIC PACKAGING SYSTEMS
PANDUIT CORP
22526
BERG ELECTRONICS INC
BOYD CORPORATION
825 OLD TRAIL ROAD
2K262
6136 NE 87TH AVENUE
PORTLAND, OR 97220
I–3
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Replaceable Parts
Replaceable parts list
Fig. &
Tektronixpart Serial no. Serial no.
Mfr.
index
number
effective
discont’d
code
Qty Name & description
Mfr. part number
number
1
174–2675–00
2
CA ASSY,SP,ELEC:100 OHM,1.9NS TWISTED
PAIR,SHEILDED
00779
620273–1
(REFERENCE DESIGNATOR, J322 to J323, and J222 to J42)
2
3
4
5
6
7
671–4153–XX
131–3199–00
211–0914–00
671–3877–XX
348–1434–00
211–0373–00
1
CIRCUIT BD ASSY:COUNTER BD
80009
22526
671–4153–00
68786–202
1
CONN,SHUNT:SHUNT,FEMALE JUMPER
JACKSCREW:JACKSCREW,4–40 X 0.394,STL
CIRCUIT BD ASSY:CLOCK DAUGHTER CARD
GASKET,EMI:2.912 L,CLIP ON
2
TK0588 211091400
1
80009
30817
93907
671–3877–XX
4
97–613–17–029
12
SCREW,MACHINE:4–40 X 0.250,PNH, T–10 TORX DR
ORDER BY
DESCRIPTION
8
9
671–3328–XX
159–5014–00
1
5
CIRCUIT BD ASSY:CPU LOWER ASSY
80009
75915
671–3328–XX
154 002
FUSE:2.0A,125V,FAST BLOW
(REFERENCE DESIGNATOR, F1141, F1352, F1451, F651,
F652)
10
11
159–5015–00
163–0599–00
1
1
FUSE,SMD:10.0A,125V,FAST BLOW
(REFERENCE DESIGNATOR, F75)
75915
R451 010
IC,DIGITAL:CMOS
( REFERENCE DESIGNATOR, U931)
TK0198 163059900
80009 671–3532–XX
12
13
14
15
671–3532–XX
211–0894–00
200–4231–00
159–5010–00
1
5
1
1
CIRCUIT BD ASSY:CPU UPPER BOARD
SCREW,MACHINE:4–40 X 0.625,PNH,T–10,TORX DR
COVER:VXI APPLICATION,SAFETY CONTROLLED
0KB01 211–0894–00
TK1943 200–4231–00
FUSE,SMD:7A,125V,FAST BLOW
75915
451007
(REFERENCE DESIGNATOR, F1351)
16
160–9691–01
1
IC, MEMORY:CMOS,EPROM
(REFERENCE DESIGNATOR, U1121)
TK0198 160969101
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
337–4139–00
211–0897–00
351–0983–00
671–4011–XX
351–0984–00
950–3794–00
950–4448–00
211–0391–00
1
6
1
1
1
2
2
7
SHIELD,ELEC:DMM,W/MYLAR ATTACHED
SCREW,MACHINE:4–40 X 0.188,PNH,T–10,TORX
GUIDE:TOP GUIDE
TK1943 337–4139–00
0KB01 211–0897–00
TK1943 351–0983–00
CIRCUIT BD ASSY:DMM PLUS
80009
TK1943 351–0984–00
80009 950–3794–00
TK2626 409013905
671–4011–XX
GUIDE:BOTTOM GUIDE
WASHER WAVY
SCREW M2.5X10 CHEESEHEAD
SCR,ASSEM,WSHR:2–56 X 0.437,PNH,STL,T–8 TORX DR
93907
ORDER BY
DESCRIPTION
25
26
27
28
29
441–2110–00
950–4827–00
367–0410–00
334–9091–00
348–1365–01
1
2
1
1
1
CHASSIS:CHASSIS VXI
80009
441–2110–00
SCREW:PHIL,M,2.5 X 8,CSK
0KB01 950–4827–00
HANDLE,EJECTOR:BOTTOM,SINGLE WIDE MODULE
MARKER,IDENT:LABEL MARKED MULTIPAQ
62559
80009
20817–327
334–9091–00
SHLD GSKT,ELEC:SYMETRICAL SLOTTED FINGER,0.350 W
X 7.5 L
0KM03 0493–0070–00
30
131–0890–01
2
CONN,HARDWARE:DSUB,JACK SCREW,4–40 X 0.312 L HEX
HD
00779 205818–2
I–4
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Replaceable Parts
Replaceable parts list (cont.)
Fig. &
Tektronixpart Serial no. Serial no.
Mfr.
index
number
effective
discont’d
code
number
Qty Name & description
Mfr. part number
214470900
31
32
33
34
214–4709–00
367–0411–00
334–9468–00
174–3653–00
1
1
1
1
KEY:KEY TTL RIGHT,ALUM
57997
62559
HANDLE,EJECTOR:TOP,SINGLE WIDE
MARKER,IDENT:LABEL,MKD VX4101A
20817–328
0KB05 334–9468–00
060D9 501–1429–05
CABLE ASSY:COAX,RFP,50 OHM,6.0L,SMA
(REFERENCE DESIGNATOR, J232 TO FRONT PANEL)
35
174–3549–00
1
CABLE ASSY:COAX,RFP,50 OHM,6.0L,SMB
(REFERENCE DESIGNATOR, J231 TO FRONT PANEL)
060D9 174–3549–00
36
37
131–0955–00
343–0549–00
2
3
CONN,RF JACK; BNC,;50 OHM,FEMALE
STRAP,TIEDOWN
00779
06383
87–3334–017
PLT1M
The following parts are Optional Accessories
VX1630
1
1
CABLE, ANALOG; 160 PIN CONN W/160 COND CBL
VX1630M
MOD KIT; VX4101 DMM MOD KIT FOR VX1630 CABLE, 3
TWISTED PAIRS, DE–9P MALE SUBMINIATURE, 24L
VX1630S
VX1729
1
1
160 PIN CON KIT; BAK SHL, PIN HOUSNG, 200 PINS
CABLE,INTCON; COAX,VX1729;RFD,50 OHM,RG188,
10 FT,BNC,MALE X SMB,STR
VX1730
VX1760
1
1
CABLE, ADAPTER; SMB SNAP ON PLUG TO PLUG
SMA–BNC MALE; LE COAX CABLE, RFD50–OHM,
1784S RG188, 10FT, BNC MALE–SMA, STR
VX1784S
1
1
CONN HOODED; DE–9 FEMALE SOCKET
174–1428–00
CABLE ASSY:COAX,RFD,50 OHM,60.0L,SMA,STR,BOTH
ENDS,MALE
060D9 174–1428–00
060D9 012–0057–01
012–0057–01
003–1493–00
1
1
CA ASSY,RF:COAXIAL,RFD,50 OHM,43 L,BNC,MALE
HAND TOOL:DISASSEMBLY TOOL FOR CRIMP & POKE
CONTACTS
6V439
471 555
003–1494–00
1
HAND TOOL:HAND TOOL FOR LOOSE CRIMP & POKE
CONTACTS
6V439
014 374
The following parts are Standard Accessories
VX1784S
CONN HOODED; DE–9 FEMALE SOCKET
MANUAL,TECH:USERS,VX4101A
071–0049–XX
071–0050–XX
1
1
TK2548 071–0049–XX/
TK2548 071–0050–XX
MANUAL,TECH:REFERENCE,VX4101A
I–5
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Replaceable Parts
1
37
35
2
A2
3
4
A5
5
23
36
32
8
A1
22
35
7
36
12
A4
6
9
34
11
10
26
33
32
16
13
31
24
24
30
24
9
15
9
7
29
17
24
24
18
25
6
7
9
25
28
19
26
27
23
24
20
22
A3
27
21
14
Figure I–1: VX4101A Exploded View
I–6
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Replaceable Parts
J232
J231
J222
J323
J42
J322
Note: Cable dress for the delay line on the Counter board is
very critical. Be sure to keep the cable off of the heat sinks.
Figure I–2: VX4101A Delay Line Cable Dress
I–7
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Glossary and Index
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Glossary
The terms in this glossary are defined as used in the VXIbus System. Although
some of these terms may have different meanings in other systems, it is
important to use these definitions in VXIbus applications. Terms which apply
only to a particular instrument module are noted. Not all terms appear in every
manual.
Accessed Indicator
An amber LED indicator that lights when the module identity is selected by
the Resource Manager module, and flashes during any I/O operation for the
module.
ACFAIL*
A VMEbus backplane line that is asserted under these conditions: 1) by the
mainframe Power Supply when a power failure has occurred (either ac line
source or power supply malfunction), or 2) by the front panel ON/
STANDBY switch when switched to STANDBY.
A-Size Card
A VXIbus instrument module that is 100.0 × 160 mm × 20.32 mm (3.9 ×
6.3 in × 0.8 in), the same size as a VMEbus single-height short module.
Asynchronous Communication
Communications that occur outside the normal “command-response” cycle.
Such communications have higher priority than synchronous communica-
tion.
Backplane
The printed circuit board that is mounted in a VXIbus mainframe to provide
the interface between VXIbus modules and between those modules and the
external system.
B-Size Card
A VXIbus instrument module that is 233.4 × 160 mm × 20.32 mm (9.2 ×
6.3 in × 0.8 in), the same size as a VMEbus double-height short module.
Bus Arbitration
In the VMEbus interface, a system for resolving contention for service
among VMEbus Master devices on the VMEbus.
Bus Timer
A functional module that measures the duration of each data transfer on the
Data Transfer Bus (DTB) and terminates the DTB cycle if the duration is
excessive. Without the termination capability of this module, a Bus Master
attempt to transfer data to or from a non-existent Slave location could result
in an infinitely long wait for the Slave response.
Glossary–1
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Glossary
Client
In shared memory protocol (SMP), that half of an SMP channel that does not
control the shared memory buffers.
CLK10
A 10 MHz, ±100 ppm, individually buffered (to each module slot),
differential ECL system clock that is sourced from Slot 0 and distributed to
Slots 1–12 on P2. It is distributed to each module slot as a single source,
single destination signal with a matched delay of under 8 ns.
CLK100
A 100 MHz, ±100 ppm, individually buffered (to each module slot),
differential ECL system clock that is sourced from Slot 0 and distributed to
Slots 1–12 on P3. It is distributed to each module slot in synchronous with
CLK10 as a single source, single destination signal with a maximum system
timing skew of 2 ns, and a maximum total delay of 8 ns.
Commander
In the VXIbus interface, a device that controls another device (a servant). A
commander may be a servant of another commander.
Command
A directive to a device. There are three types of commands:
In Word Serial Protocol, a 16-bit imperative to a servant from its com-
mander.
In Shared Memory Protocol, a 16-bit imperative from a client to a server, or
vice versa.
In a Message, an ASCII-coded, multi-byte directive to any receiving device.
Communication Registers
In word serial protocol, a set of device registers that are accessible to the
commander of the device. Such registers are used for inter-device commu-
nications, and are required on all VXIbus message-based devices.
Configuration Registers
A set of registers that allow the system to identify a (module) device type,
model, manufacturer, address space, and memory requirements. In order to
support automatic system and memory configuration, the VXIbus standard
specifies that all VXIbus devices have a set of such registers, all accessible
from P1 on the VMEbus.
C-Size Card
A VXIbus instrument module that is 340.0 mm × 233.4 mm × 30.48 mm
(13.4 in. × 9.2 in × 1.2 in).
Glossary–2
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Glossary
Custom Device
A special-purpose VXIbus device that has configuration registers so as to be
identified by the system and to allow for definition of future device types to
support further levels of compatibility.
Data Transfer Bus
One of four buses on the VMEbus backplane. The Data Transfer Bus allows
Bus Masters to direct the transfer of binary data between Masters and Slaves.
DC SUPPLIES Indicator
A red LED indicator that illuminates when a DC power fault is detected on
the backplane.
Device Specific Protocol
A protocol for communication with a device that is not defined in the
VXIbus specification.
D-Size Card
A VXIbus instrument module that is 340.0 × 366.7 mm × 30.48 mm (13.4 ×
14.4 in × 1.2 in).
DTB
See Data Transfer Bus.
DTB Arbiter
A functional module that accepts bus requests from Requester modules and
grants control of the DTB to one Requester at a time.
DUT
Device Under Test.
ECLTRG
Six single-ended ECL trigger lines (two on P2 and four on P3) that function
as inter-module timing resources, and that are bussed across the VXIbus
subsystem backplane. Any module, including the Slot 0 module, may drive
and receive information from these lines. These lines have an impedance of
50 W; the asserted state is logical High.
Embedded Address
An address in a communications protocol in which the destination of the
message is included in the message.
ESTST
Extended STart/STop protocol; used to synchronize VXIbus modules.
Extended Self Test
Any self test or diagnostic power-on routine that executes after the initial
kernel self test program.
Glossary–3
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Glossary
External System Controller
The host computer or other external controller that exerts overall control
over VXIbus operations.
FDC
See Fast Data Channel
Fast Data Channel
A communication protocol that uses a block of memory that is accessible to
both client and server. The memory block operates as a message buffer for
either data or command communication.
FAILED Indicator
A red LED indicator that lights when a device on the VXIbus has detected an
internal fault. This might result in the assertion of the SYSFAIL* line.
IACK Daisy Chain Driver
The circuit that drives the VMEbus Interrupt Acknowledge daisy chain line
that runs continuously through all installed modules or through jumpers
across the backplane.
ID-ROM
An NVRAM storage area that provides for non-volatile storage of diagnostic
data.
Instrument Module
A plug-in printed circuit board, with associated components and shields, that
may be installed in a VXIbus mainframe. An instrument module may
contain more than one device. Also, one device may require more than one
instrument module.
Interface Device
A VXIbus device that provides one or more interfaces to external equipment.
Interrupt Handler
A functional module that detects interrupt requests generated by Interrupters
and responds to those requests by requesting status and identity information.
Interrupter
A device capable of asserting VMEbus interrupts and performing the
interrupt acknowledge sequence.
IRQ
The Interrupt ReQuest signal, which is the VMEbus interrupt line that is
asserted by an Interrupter to signify to the controller that a device on the bus
requires service by the controller.
Local Bus
A daisy-chained bus that connects adjacent VXIbus slots.
Glossary–4
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Glossary
Local Controller
The instrument module that performs system control and external interface
functions for the instrument modules in a VXIbus mainframe or several
mainframes. See Resource Manager.
Local Processor
The processor on an instrument module.
Logical Address
The smallest functional unit recognized by a VXIbus system. It is often used
to identify a particular module.
Mainframe
Card Cage. For example, the Tektronix VX1410 Mainframe, an operable
housing that includes 13 C-size VXIbus instrument module slots.
Memory Device
A storage element (such as bubble memory, RAM, and ROM) that has
configuration registers and memory attributes (such as type and access time).
Message
A series of data bytes that are treated as a single communication, with a well
defined terminator and message body.
Message Based Device
A VXIbus device that supports VXI configuration and communication
registers. Such devices support the word serial protocol, and possibly other
message-based protocols.
MODID Lines
Module/system identity lines.
Physical Address
The address assigned to a backplane slot during an access.
Power Monitor
A device that monitors backplane power and reports fault conditions.
P1
The top-most backplane connector for a given module slot in a vertical
mainframe such as the Tektronix VX1410. The left-most backplane
connector for a given slot in a horizontal mainframe.
P2
The bottom backplane connector for a given module slot in a vertical C-size
mainframe such as the VX1410; or the middle backplane connector for a
given module slot in a vertical D-size mainframe such as the VX1500.
Query
A form of command that allows for inquiry to obtain status or data.
Glossary–5
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Glossary
READY Indicator
A green LED indicator that lights when the power-on diagnostic routines
have been completed successfully. An internal failure or failure of +5 V
power will extinguish this indicator.
Register Based Device
A VXIbus device that supports VXI register maps, but not high level
VXIbus communication protocols; includes devices that are register-based
servant elements.
Requester
A functional module that resides on the same module as a Master or
Interrupt Handler and requests use of the DTB whenever its Master or
Interrupt Handler requires it.
Resource Manager
A VXIbus device that provides configuration management services such as
address map configuration, determining system hierarchy, allocating shared
system resources, performing system self test diagnostics, and initializing
system commanders.
Sample
A single DAC output point.
Self Calibration
A routine that verifies the basic calibration of the instrument module circuits,
and adjusts this calibration to compensate for short- and long-term variables.
Self Test
A set of routines that determine if the instrument module circuits will
perform according to a given set of standards. A self test routine is per-
formed upon power-on.
Segment
A group of Digital to Analog Converter (DAC) points that generate a
waveform.
Sequence
A programmed repetition of segments. The maximum number of segments is
4096. At the end of a sequence, the DAC output amplitude remains at the
last sequence value until a new sequence is triggered. You use the
TRIG:MODE SEQ,<sequence length> command to define the number of
segments. You can initiate a new sequence either by a trigger, or continuous-
ly.
Servant
A VXIbus message-based device that is controlled by a commander.
Glossary–6
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Glossary
Server
A shared memory device that controls the shared memory buffers used in a
given Shared Memory Protocol channel.
Shared Memory Protocol
A communications protocol that uses a block of memory that is accessible to
both client and server. The memory block operates as a message buffer for
communications.
Slot 0 Controller
See Slot 0 Module. Also see Resource Manager.
Slot 0 Module
A VXIbus device that provides the minimum VXIbus slot 0 services to slots
1 through 12 (CLK10 and the module identity lines), but that may provide
other services such as CLK100, SYNC100, STARBUS, and trigger control.
SMP
See Shared Memory Protocol.
STARX
Two (2) bi-directional, 50 W, differential ECL lines that provide for
inter-module asynchronous communication. These pairs of timed and
matched delay lines connect slot 0 and each of slots 1 through 12 in a
mainframe. The delay between slots is less than 5 ns, and the lines are well
matched for timing skew.
STARY
Two (2) bi-directional, 50 W, differential ECL lines that provide for
inter-module asynchronous communication. These pairs of timed and
matched delay lines connect slot 0 and each of slots 1 through 12 in a
mainframe. The delay between slots is less than 5 ns, and the lines are well
matched for timing skew.
STST
STart/STop protocol; used to synchronize modules.
SYNC100
A Slot 0 signal that is used to synchronize multiple devices with respect to a
given rising edge of CLK100. These signals are individually buffered and
matched to less than 2 ns of skew.
Synchronous Communications
A communications system that follows the “command-response” cycle
model. In this model, a device issues a command to another device; the
second device executes the command; then returns a response. Synchronous
commands are executed in the order received.
Glossary–7
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Glossary
SYSFAIL*
A signal line on the VMEbus that is used to indicate a failure by a device.
The device that fails asserts this line.
System Clock Driver
A functional module that provides a 16 MHz timing signal on the Utility
Bus.
System Hierarchy
The tree structure of the commander/servant relationships of all devices in
the system at a given time. In the VXIbus structure, each servant has a
commander. A commander may also have a commander.
Test Monitor
An executive routine that is responsible for executing the self tests, storing
any errors in the ID-ROM, and reporting such errors to the Resource
Manager.
Test Program
A program, executed on the system controller, that controls the execution of
tests within the test system.
Test System
A collection of hardware and software modules that operate in concert to test
a target DUT.
TTLTRG
Open collector TTL lines used for inter-module timing and communication.
VXIbus Subsystem
One mainframe with modules installed. The installed modules include one
module that performs slot 0 functions and a given complement of instrument
modules. The subsystem may also include a Resource Manager.
Waveform Period
The waveform period is defined as the number of points in the waveform
times the sample period.
Word Serial Protocol
A VXIbus word oriented, bi-directional, serial protocol for communications
between message-based devices (that is, devices that include communication
registers in addition to configuration registers).
Word Serial Communications
Inter-device communications using the Word Serial Protocol.
WSP
See Word Serial Protocol.
10-MHz Clock
A 10 MHz, ±100 ppm timing reference. Also see CLK10.
Glossary–8
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Glossary
100-MHz Clock
A 100 MHz, ±100 ppm clock synchronized with CLK10. Also see CLK100.
488-To-VXIbus Interface
A message based device that provides for communication between the
IEEE-488 bus and VXIbus instrument modules.
Glossary–9
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Glossary
Glossary–10
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
for Counter, 3–29
for Digital Input, 3–115
A
ABORt commands, 3–7
for Digital Output, 3–147
for Digital to Analog Converter (DAC), 3–169
for Relay Drivers, 3–255
for SurePath modules, 3–259
Global and instrument, 2–1
IEEE 488.2, 3–293
for VX4101A Multipaq Instrument, 3–7
AC Volt Measurement, 2–44
With the Digital Multimeter (DMM), connections,
2–44
with the Digital Multimeter (DMM), 2–44
Accessories
Optional, 1–12
Standard, 1–12
Addressing
Comparator, Counter block diagram, D–1
Comparator hysteresis, 3–63
CONFigure Commands, for Counter, 3–63
CONFigure commands, 3–120
for Digital Multimeter (DMM), 3–218
Controls and indicators, 1–8
LEDs, 1–9
IEEE–488 address, 1–10
Logical address switch, 1–15
Logical address switches, 1–8
Aperture, 3–66
Counter
Aperture Calculation, 3–70
ARM commands for, 3–37
arming, 3–39
Calculation, 3–68, 3–99
ARM Commands, for Counter, 3–37
Arming, Counter, 3–39
Attenuator, D–1
Block Diagram, D–1
CALCulate commands for, 3–47
CALibrate commands for, 3–58
Calibration, G–13
Asynchronous Mode, 2–4
Command structure overview, 2–4
Query response formats, 2–5
by sequence name, 2–6
by sequence number, 2–6, 2–23
Using, 2–23
coincidence bit, 3–110
CONFigure commands for, 3–63
Description, 1–2
Attenuation, 3–59, 3–60, 3–63, 3–65, 3–66, 3–81,
3–82, 3–84, 3–85, 3–91, 3–94, 3–95, 3–101
Counter block diagram, D–1
Input calibration settings for Counter, 3–59
FETch? queries for, 3–73
INITiate commands for, 3–77
INPut commands for, 3–78
INSTrument commands for, 3–89
MEASure? queries for, 3–91
Measuring frequency with, 2–27
Measuring rise time with, 2–29
Measuring time interval with, 2–28
Measuring time interval with delay, 2–30
OUTPut commands for, 3–100
Phase Measurement, 3–69
READ? queries for, 3–102
Rise and fall time, 3–69
SCPI commands for, 3–29
Selecting input channels, 3–105, 3–107
Self-test, 1–11
SENSe commands for, 3–102
SOURce commands for, 3–109
Specifications, A–4
C
CALCulate commands, 3–47
for Counter, 3–47
for Digital Multimeter (DMM), 3–202
CALibrate Commands, For VX4101A Multipaq
Instrument, 3–9
CALibrate commands
for Counter, 3–58
for Digital Multimeter (DMM), 3–212
Calibration, Input settings for Counter, 3–59
CALibration Commands, for Digital Input, 3–119
Closing a Relay, With a SurePath module, 2–57
Coincidence bit, defined, 3–110
Command Syntax, 3–1
General rules for entering, 3–1
Syntax Example, 3–1
Commands, 2–1
Status bits for, 3–111
STATus commands for, 3–110
Time Interval Measurement, 3–70
Available at power-on, 3–20
Index–1
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
Time Interval measurement, 3–71, 3–98
INSTrument commands for, 3–225
Making a DC volt measurement with, 2–44
Making AC volt measurement, 2–44
Making current measurement, 2–46
Making two-wire resistance measurement with, 2–45
MEASure? queries for, 3–227
READ? queries for, 3–234
SCPI commands for, 3–197
SENSe commands, 3–235
Specifications, A–14
Totalize measurement, 3–72
trigger sources, 3–39, 3–40, 3–42, 3–100
UNIT commands for, 3–114
used as a trigger source, 3–101
Using, 2–27
Voltage measurement, 3–72
Voltage measurements, 3–99
Current Measurement, with Digital Multimeter
(DMM), 2–46
Status bit definitions, 3–137, 3–155, 3–178, 3–244
STATus queries, 3–243
TEST commands, 3–245
D
TRIGger commands, 3–246
Digital Output
DC Volt Measurement
with Digital Multimeter (DMM), 2–44
With the Digital Multimeter (DMM), hardware tips,
2–44
FORMat commands, 3–149
INITiate commands, 3–150
INSTRument commands, 3–152
OUTPut commands, 3–153
Outputing a 32-Bit Word, 2–38
Outputting loops, 2–39
SCPI commands for, 3–147
TEST commands, 3–156, 3–233
TRACe commands, 3–157
Digital Multimeter (DMM), And low level DC
measurements, 2–42
Digital Input
CALibration commands, 3–119
CONFigure commands, 3–120
Description, 1–3
External output source and effect on input threshold,
TRIGger commands, 3–163
Using, 2–37
2–33
FETCh? queries, 3–122
Digital to Analog Converter, Fast Data Channel (FDC)
FORMat commands, 3–125
INSTrument Commands, 3–126
MEASure commands, 3–128
Programming steps, 2–34
Reading current input, 2–35
SCPI commands for, 3–115
Shared pins with Digital Output, 2–33
STATus queries, 3–137, 3–155
TEST commands, 3–138, 3–287
Using, 2–33
commands, 3–193
Digital to Analog Converter (DAC)
and internal clock, 2–48
And number of segments in a sequence of
waveforms, 2–47
and output amplitude, 2–47
and sample value, 2–47
and waveform period, 2–47
FORMat commands for, 3–172
Generating waveforms with, 2–48
INITiate commands, 3–173
INSTrument commands, 3–174
number of output points, 2–47
OUTPut commands, 3–176
Programming a trace with, 2–53
Reading a trace from, 2–51
Shared functions for all channels, 2–48
STATus queries, 3–178
Terminating activities in progress, 3–175
TEST commands, 3–113, 3–179
TRACe commands, 3–180
TRIGger commands, 3–188
Trigger modes, 2–48
Digital Multimeter
Selecting the input impedance, 2–41
Using, 2–41
Using MEASure and CONFigure Commands, 2–41
Digital Multimeter (DMM)
and power line noise, 2–43
CALCulate commands for, 3–202
CALibrate commands for, 3–212
Calibration, G–1
Commands for, 3–197
CONFigure commands for, 3–218
Description, 1–4
Fast Data Channel (FDC) commands, 3–251
FETCh? queries for, 3–221
INITiate commands for, 3–223
INPut commands for, 3–224
Using, 2–47
Using sample handshake mechanism, 2–52
Index–2
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
Duty cycle, 3–67
Using the DAC sample handshake mechanism,
hardware tips for, 2–52
Hysteresis, 3–59, 3–63
E
Block diagram, D–1
Error/event queue, 4–1
Errors, how VX4101A stores and delivers, 4–1
Event handling, 4–1
I
IEEE 488.2 Commands, 3–293
IEEE 488.2 Protocol, 2–3
INITiate commands
F
for Counter, 3–77
for Digital Input, 3–126
for Digital Multimeter (DMM), 3–223
for Digital Output, 3–150
for Digital to Analog Converter (DAC), 3–173
for SurePath, 3–261
Fast Data Channel (FDC), 2–13
Commands for DAC, 3–194, 3–252
Commands for Digital Multimeter (DMM), 3–251
Commands for Digital to Analog Converter (DAC),
3–193
Control of, 1–2
INPut commands
Establishing a communication channel with, 2–15
Opening and configuring, 2–15
Principles of operation, 2–13
SCPI command structure for, 2–16
Sequence of operation, 2–14
Transferring data with, 2–15
Fast Data Channel (FDC) Commands
for Digital Multimeter (DMM), 3–251
for Digital to Analog Converter (DAC), 3–193
FETCh? queries
for Counter, 3–78
for Digital Multimeter (DMM), 3–224
Input Impedance, And the Digital Multimeter, 2–41
Installation, 1–15
Checklist, 1–30
Module installation procedure, 1–16
Requirements and cautions, 1–15
Self-test, 1–25
Slot 0 restriction, 1–15
Software installation, 1–17
Tools required, 1–15
for Digital Input, 3–122
for Digital Multimeter (DMM), 3–221
FETch? Queries, for Counter, 3–73
FORMat Commands, for Digital Input, 3–125
FORMat commands
for Digital Output, 3–149
for Digital to Analog Converter (DAC), 3–172
Frequency, 2–27
Measurements with the Counter, 2–27
Front Panel, 1–8
Functional Check, 1–25
INSTRument commands
for Counter, 3–89
for Digital Input, 3–126
INSTrument commands
for Digital Multimeter (DMM), 3–225
for Digital to Analog Converter (DAC), 3–174
for SurePath, 3–262
For VX4101A Multipaq Instrument, 3–11
Instrument Input/Output, C–1
INSTtrument commands, for Digital Output, 3–152
Fuses
Location on chassis, 1–7
Types of, 1–10
L
LEDs
G
On front panel, 1–9
Status at power–on, 1–25
Logical Address Switches, 1–8
Logical address switches, 1–8
And installation, 1–15
Gain, 3–59, 3–63, 3–65, 3–66
Input calibration settings for Counter, 3–59
Low Level DC Measurements, And the Digital
H
Multimeter (DMM), 2–42
Handshaking
using DAC sample handshake mechanism, 2–52
Index–3
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
When used by the Digital Input and Digital Output
Together, 2–37
When used only by the Digital Input, 2–33
Power Line Noise, and the Digital Multimeter (DMM),
2–43
M
Maintenance, Preventive, H–1
MEASure commands, for Digital Input, 3–128
MEASure? queries
for Counter, 3–91
Power-On
for Digital Multimeter (DMM), 3–227
Messages, How VX4101A handles, 4–1
Commands available at, 1–22
LED states at, 1–25
Power-on sequence, 1–7
Product Description, 1–1
Product description, Physical description, 1–7
N
Normal Transfer Mode, C–1
R
O
READ? queries
for Counter, 3–102
Operational Check
for Digital Multimeter (DMM), 3–234
Relay Drivers
For Counter, 1–27
For Digital Input, 1–28
For Digital Multimeter (DMM), 1–27
For Digital Output, 1–28
For Digital to Analog Converter (DAC), 1–29
For Option 1A, 1–29
For option 1D, 1–28
For Relay Driver, 1–28
For SurePath(tm), 1–27
Description, 1–5
Directing signals through, 3–255
Opening and closing a relay with, 2–55
ROUTe commands, 3–255
SCPI commands for, 3–255
STATus commands, 3–257
Using, 2–55
Reset values, 3–297
For VX4101A Multipaq Instrument, 1–27
Using the Soft Front Panels, 1–26
Options, 1–13
Resistance, Two-wire measurements, 2–45
Rise Time Measurements, Using the Counter for, 2–29
ROUTe commands
1T, 1–13
Option 1A, 1–13
Option 1D, 1–13
for Relay Drivers, 3–255
for SurePath, 3–264
Routing signals, through SurePath modules, 3–264
Possible options available, 3–20
Output amplitude, And the Digital to Analog Converter
(DAC), 2–47
S
OUTPut Commands, for Digital to Analog Converter
(DAC), 3–176
Sample, 2–47
OUTPut commands, for Counter, 3–100
OUTput Commands, For VX4101A Multipaq
Instrument, 3–14
Definition of, 2–47
SCPI Commands
Available at power-on, 3–20
for Counter, 3–29
OUTput commands, for Digital Output, 3–153
for Digital Input, 3–115
for Digital Multimeter, 3–197
for Digital Output, 3–147
for Digital to Analog Converter (DAC), 3–169
for Relay Drivers, 3–255
for SurePath modules, 3–259
For the VX4101A, 3–5
Segment, Definition of, 2–47
Self–test
P
Performance Verification Procedures, F–1
Performance Verification Procedures, using the Soft
Front Panels, F–1
Phase, 3–97
Pin Assignments, 2–37
When shared by Digital Input and Digital Output,
2–37
For Counter, 1–11
Index–4
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
For Digital Output, 1–11
For the Digital Multimeter, 1–11
For the Digital to Analog Converter, 1–11
For the SurePath Modules, 1–11
For the VX4101A Multipaq Instrument, 1–10
Highlights of, 1–10
Using, 2–57
VX4330, 2–57
SurePath modules
SCPI commands for, 3–259
Specifications, A–26
Switches
Self-Test, Sequence, 1–25
Self-test, and Digital Input, 3–138, 3–287
SENSe commands
Location on chassis, 1–7
Logical Address Switches, 1–15
SYSFAIL* Operation, 1–25
SYSTem Commands, For VX4101A Multipaq
Instrument, 3–18
for Counter, 3–102
for Digital Multimeter (DMM), 3–235
implied abort and, 3–102
Sequence
T
Definition of, 2–47
Maximum number of segments in, 2–47
Soft Front Panels (SFPs)
about, 1–13, 1–17
TEST Commands, for Digital to Analog Converter
(DAC), 3–113, 3–179
TEST commands
and operational check, 1–26
Frameworks used with, 1–13
Illustrations of, 1–27
for Digital Input, 3–138, 3–287
for Digital Multimeter (DMM), 3–245
for Digital Output, 3–156, 3–233
Threshold, 3–65
Time Interval Measurements, with the Counter, 2–28
Time Interval with Delay, Using the Counter for, 2–30
Totalize, 3–99
Installation, 1–17
Software, 1–17
SOURce Commands
and TXCO option, 3–109
for VX4101A Multipaq Instrument, 3–16
SOURce commands, for Counter, 3–109
Specifications, A–1
TRACe Commands, for Digital to Analog Converter
(DAC), 3–180
TRACe commands, for Digital Output, 3–157
Traces, Reading from the Digital to Analog Converter
(DAC), 2–51
TRIGger Commands, For VX4101A Multipaq
Instrument, 3–26
TRIGger commands
Status, 4–1
Status bits, 4–1
And status registers, 4–1
for Counter, 3–111
for DMM, 3–137, 3–155, 3–178, 3–244
for SurePath modules, 3–286
types of, 4–3
for Digital Multimeter (DMM), 3–246
for Digital Output, 3–163
for Digital to Analog Converter (DAC), 3–188
for SurePath, 3–288
STATus commands
and coincidence bit, 3–110
for Counter, 3–110
for Relay Drivers, 3–257
for SurePath, 3–286
Trigger Commands, Overview, 2–9
Trigger Sources
for Counter, 2–10
for Digital Input, 2–11
for Digital Output, 2–11
for Digital to Analog Converter, 2–11
for the Digital Multimeter, 2–11
For VX4101A, 2–9
STATus queries
for Digital Input, 3–137, 3–155
for Digital Multimeter (DMM), 3–243
for Digital to Analog Converter (DAC), 3–178
Status registers, 4–1
Architecture, 4–1
SurePath
Accuracy of scan time, 3–275
INITiate commands, 3–261
INSTrument commands, 3–262
ROUTe commands, 3–264
Status commands, 3–286
TRIGger commands, 3–288
SurePath Modules, 1–5
Triggering
and other instruments, 1–2
and the Digital Input, 2–33
Architecture, 2–11
Digital to Analog Converter trigger modes, 2–48
Trigger Sources, 2–9
Types of sources, 2–11
Troubleshooting, H–1
Index–5
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
Two-Wire Resistance Measurement, With the Digital
Multimeter (DMM), hardware tips, 2–45, 2–46
TXCO Time Base
Status registers in, 4–1
SYSTem Commands for, 3–18
TRIGger commands for, 3–26
VX4320 Multiplexor, 1–5
routing signals through, 3–264
VX4330 Multiplexor, 1–5
routing signals through, 3–264
VX4350 Switching Module, 1–6
routing signals through, 3–265
VX4351 Relay Matrix Module, routing signals through,
3–265
and SOURce commands, 3–109
As option, 1–13
U
UNIT commands, for Counter, 3–114
VX4351 Switch Module, 1–6
VX4380 Matrix, routing signals through, 3–265
VX4380 Relay Matrix Module, 1–6
VXIplug&play instrument drivers
File locations, 1–18
V
VX4101, 1–1
Specifications, A–1
VX4101A Multipaq Instrument
ABORt Commands for, 3–7
Accessories for, 1–12
Files installed, 1–18
VXIplug&play Software
And Fast Data Channel, 1–2
Asynchronous Mode, 2–3
CALibrate Commands for, 3–9
Commands available at power-on, 3–20
Description, 1–1
Installation procedure, 1–17
Installing device drivers, 1–17
VXIplug&play software
Description, 1–13
Device drivers, 1–13
Features, 1–1
Soft Front Panels, 1–13
Functional check, 1–25
Instrument, 1–2
Using, 1–14
INSTrument commands, 3–11
OUTPut Commands for, 3–14
Performance Options, 1–2
SCPI commands for, 3–5
SOURce Commands, 3–16
W
Waveform, Number of points in, 2–47
Waveform period, Definition of, 2–47
Index–6
VX4101A MultiPaq Instrument User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
|